Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/433/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/433/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:30 GMT Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:30 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/433/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/433/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/433/ thebookvoice.com no Mackenzie Hegmann bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/433/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 1: 1933–1968 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. From Franklin Delano Roosevelt to Barack Obama, this collection features original speeches by the presidents of the United States. *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording. Speechworks Tue, 17 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249682 thebookvoice.com 10:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 1: 1933–1968 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. From Franklin Delano Roosevelt to Barack Obama, this collection features original speeches by the presidents of the United States. *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Great Speeches by the Presidents of the United States, Vol. 1: 1933–1968 Author: Speechworks Narrator: Speechworks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A day that will live in infamy … Nothing to fear but fear itself … Ask not what your country can do for you … Ich bin ein Berliner … Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall. From Franklin Delano Roosevelt to Barack Obama, this collection features original speeches by the presidents of the United States. *These are actual historic recordings, the sound quality represents the available audio technology of the era, and varies by recording. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249651 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nixon's Gamble: How a President's Own Secret Government Destroyed His Administration Author: Ray Locker Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 12, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After being sworn in as president, Richard Nixon told the assembled crowd that government will listen. Those who have been left out, we will try to bring in. But that same day, he obliterated those pledges of greater citizen control of government by signing National Security Decision Memorandum 2, a document that made sweeping changes to the national security power structure. Nixon's signature erased the influence that the departments of State and Defense, as well as the CIA, had over Vietnam and the course of the Cold War. The new structure put Nixon at the center, surrounded by loyal aides and a new national security adviser, Henry Kissinger, who coordinated policy through the National Security Council under Nixon's command. Using years of research and revelations from newly released documents, USA Today reporter Ray Locker upends much of the conventional wisdom about the Nixon administration and its impact and shows how the creation of this secret, unprecedented, extra-constitutional government undermined U.S. policy and values. In doing so, Nixon sowed the seeds of his own destruction by creating a climate of secrecy, paranoia, and reprisal that still affects Washington today. Ray Locker Mon, 12 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249651 thebookvoice.com 14:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nixon's Gamble: How a President's Own Secret Government Destroyed His Administration Author: Ray Locker Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 12, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After being sworn in as president, Richard Nixon told the assembled crowd that government will listen. Those who have been left out, we will try to bring in. But that same day, he obliterated those pledges of greater citizen control of government by signing National Security Decision Memorandum 2, a document that made sweeping changes to the national security power structure. Nixon's signature erased the influence that the departments of State and Defense, as well as the CIA, had over Vietnam and the course of the Cold War. The new structure put Nixon at the center, surrounded by loyal aides and a new national security adviser, Henry Kissinger, who coordinated policy through the National Security Council under Nixon's command. Using years of research and revelations from newly released documents, USA Today reporter Ray Locker upends much of the conventional wisdom about the Nixon administration and its impact and shows how the creation of this secret, unprecedented, extra-constitutional government undermined U.S. policy and values. In doing so, Nixon sowed the seeds of his own destruction by creating a climate of secrecy, paranoia, and reprisal that still affects Washington today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249651]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nixon's Gamble: How a President's Own Secret Government Destroyed His Administration Author: Ray Locker Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 12, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After being sworn in as president, Richard Nixon told the assembled crowd that government will listen. Those who have been left out, we will try to bring in. But that same day, he obliterated those pledges of greater citizen control of government by signing National Security Decision Memorandum 2, a document that made sweeping changes to the national security power structure. Nixon's signature erased the influence that the departments of State and Defense, as well as the CIA, had over Vietnam and the course of the Cold War. The new structure put Nixon at the center, surrounded by loyal aides and a new national security adviser, Henry Kissinger, who coordinated policy through the National Security Council under Nixon's command. Using years of research and revelations from newly released documents, USA Today reporter Ray Locker upends much of the conventional wisdom about the Nixon administration and its impact and shows how the creation of this secret, unprecedented, extra-constitutional government undermined U.S. policy and values. In doing so, Nixon sowed the seeds of his own destruction by creating a climate of secrecy, paranoia, and reprisal that still affects Washington today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249566 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crippled America: How to Make America Great Again Author: Donald J. Trump Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this book (previously published as Crippled America), we’re going to look at the state of the world right now. It’s a terrible mess, and that’s putting it mildly. There has never been a more dangerous time. The politicians and special interests in Washington, DC are directly responsible for the mess we are in. So why should we continue listening to them? It’s time to bring America back to its rightful owners—the American people. I’m not going to play the same game politicians have been playing for decades—all talk, no action, while special interests and lobbyists dictate our laws. I am shaking up the establishment on both sides of the political aisle because I can’t be bought. I want to bring America back, to make it great and prosperous again, and to be sure we are respected by our allies and feared by our adversaries. It’s time for action. Americans are fed up with politics as usual. And they should be! In this book, I outline my vision to make America great again, including: how to fix our failing economy; how to reform health care so it is more efficient, cost-effective, and doesn’t alienate both doctors and patients; how to rebuild our military and start winning wars—instead of watching our enemies take over—while keeping our promises to our great veterans; how to ensure that our education system offers the resources that allow our students to compete internationally, so tomorrow’s jobseekers have the tools they need to succeed; and how to immediately bring jobs back to America by closing our doors to illegal immigrants, and pressuring businesses to produce their goods at home. This book is my blueprint for how to Make America Great Again. It’s not hard. We just need someone with the courage to say what needs to be said. Donald J. Trump Tue, 03 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249566 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crippled America: How to Make America Great Again Author: Donald J. Trump Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this book (previously published as Crippled America), we’re going to look at the state of the world right now. It’s a terrible mess, and that’s putting it mildly. There has never been a more dangerous time. The politicians and special interests in Washington, DC are directly responsible for the mess we are in. So why should we continue listening to them? It’s time to bring America back to its rightful owners—the American people. I’m not going to play the same game politicians have been playing for decades—all talk, no action, while special interests and lobbyists dictate our laws. I am shaking up the establishment on both sides of the political aisle because I can’t be bought. I want to bring America back, to make it great and prosperous again, and to be sure we are respected by our allies and feared by our adversaries. It’s time for action. Americans are fed up with politics as usual. And they should be! In this book, I outline my vision to make America great again, including: how to fix our failing economy; how to reform health care so it is more efficient, cost-effective, and doesn’t alienate both doctors and patients; how to rebuild our military and start winning wars—instead of watching our enemies take over—while keeping our promises to our great veterans; how to ensure that our education system offers the resources that allow our students to compete internationally, so tomorrow’s jobseekers have the tools they need to succeed; and how to immediately bring jobs back to America by closing our doors to illegal immigrants, and pressuring businesses to produce their goods at home. This book is my blueprint for how to Make America Great Again. It’s not hard. We just need someone with the courage to say what needs to be said. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crippled America: How to Make America Great Again Author: Donald J. Trump Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this book (previously published as Crippled America), we’re going to look at the state of the world right now. It’s a terrible mess, and that’s putting it mildly. There has never been a more dangerous time. The politicians and special interests in Washington, DC are directly responsible for the mess we are in. So why should we continue listening to them? It’s time to bring America back to its rightful owners—the American people. I’m not going to play the same game politicians have been playing for decades—all talk, no action, while special interests and lobbyists dictate our laws. I am shaking up the establishment on both sides of the political aisle because I can’t be bought. I want to bring America back, to make it great and prosperous again, and to be sure we are respected by our allies and feared by our adversaries. It’s time for action. Americans are fed up with politics as usual. And they should be! In this book, I outline my vision to make America great again, including: how to fix our failing economy; how to reform health care so it is more efficient, cost-effective, and doesn’t alienate both doctors and patients; how to rebuild our military and start winning wars—instead of watching our enemies take over—while keeping our promises to our great veterans; how to ensure that our education system offers the resources that allow our students to compete internationally, so tomorrow’s jobseekers have the tools they need to succeed; and how to immediately bring jobs back to America by closing our doors to illegal immigrants, and pressuring businesses to produce their goods at home. This book is my blueprint for how to Make America Great Again. It’s not hard. We just need someone with the courage to say what needs to be said. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249561 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lenin's Tomb: The Last Days of the Soviet Empire (Pulitzer Prize Winner) Author: David Remnick Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize One of the Best Books of the Year: The New York Times  From the editor of The New Yorker: a riveting account of the collapse of the Soviet Union, which has become the standard book on the subject. Lenin’s Tomb combines the global vision of the best historical scholarship with the immediacy of eyewitness journalism. Remnick takes us through the tumultuous 75-year period of Communist rule leading up to the collapse and gives us the voices of those who lived through it, from democratic activists to Party members, from anti-Semites to Holocaust survivors, from Gorbachev to Yeltsin to Sakharov. An extraordinary history of an empire undone, Lenin’s Tomb stands as essential reading for our times. David Remnick Tue, 01 Dec 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249561 thebookvoice.com 29:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lenin's Tomb: The Last Days of the Soviet Empire (Pulitzer Prize Winner) Author: David Remnick Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize One of the Best Books of the Year: The New York Times  From the editor of The New Yorker: a riveting account of the collapse of the Soviet Union, which has become the standard book on the subject. Lenin’s Tomb combines the global vision of the best historical scholarship with the immediacy of eyewitness journalism. Remnick takes us through the tumultuous 75-year period of Communist rule leading up to the collapse and gives us the voices of those who lived through it, from democratic activists to Party members, from anti-Semites to Holocaust survivors, from Gorbachev to Yeltsin to Sakharov. An extraordinary history of an empire undone, Lenin’s Tomb stands as essential reading for our times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249561]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lenin's Tomb: The Last Days of the Soviet Empire (Pulitzer Prize Winner) Author: David Remnick Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Pulitzer Prize One of the Best Books of the Year: The New York Times  From the editor of The New Yorker: a riveting account of the collapse of the Soviet Union, which has become the standard book on the subject. Lenin’s Tomb combines the global vision of the best historical scholarship with the immediacy of eyewitness journalism. Remnick takes us through the tumultuous 75-year period of Communist rule leading up to the collapse and gives us the voices of those who lived through it, from democratic activists to Party members, from anti-Semites to Holocaust survivors, from Gorbachev to Yeltsin to Sakharov. An extraordinary history of an empire undone, Lenin’s Tomb stands as essential reading for our times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Such Thing as a Bad Day Author: Hamilton Jordan Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Surviving non-Hodgkins lymphoma, melanoma, and prostate cancer, former White House chief-of-staff Hamilton Jordan shares his personal and political reflections--from his experiences with the Civil Rights movement to his civilian volunteer tour in Vietnam, from his years of scrutiny under the Carter administration to his agonizing, yet triumphant times battling cancer. Quickly motivated to accept cancer as a fact in his life, Jordan deals with the stages of the disease, 'Denial? Deny what? I've got a mass in my chest the size of an apple ... Angry? At whom? I have lived a great life and have been blessed with much more than I deserve ... 'Why me?' but 'Why not me?' ... Bargaining with God? The God that I believe in has all the cards ...' Serving as an inspiration to others, Jordan stresses the importance of becoming proactive and maintaining a positive attitude in the face of a terminal disease. The warm voice of narrator Tom Stechschulte gives us an intimate portrait of this tireless public servant and crusader. Hamilton Jordan Fri, 26 Aug 2011 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249320 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Such Thing as a Bad Day Author: Hamilton Jordan Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Surviving non-Hodgkins lymphoma, melanoma, and prostate cancer, former White House chief-of-staff Hamilton Jordan shares his personal and political reflections--from his experiences with the Civil Rights movement to his civilian volunteer tour in Vietnam, from his years of scrutiny under the Carter administration to his agonizing, yet triumphant times battling cancer. Quickly motivated to accept cancer as a fact in his life, Jordan deals with the stages of the disease, 'Denial? Deny what? I've got a mass in my chest the size of an apple ... Angry? At whom? I have lived a great life and have been blessed with much more than I deserve ... 'Why me?' but 'Why not me?' ... Bargaining with God? The God that I believe in has all the cards ...' Serving as an inspiration to others, Jordan stresses the importance of becoming proactive and maintaining a positive attitude in the face of a terminal disease. The warm voice of narrator Tom Stechschulte gives us an intimate portrait of this tireless public servant and crusader. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Such Thing as a Bad Day Author: Hamilton Jordan Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Surviving non-Hodgkins lymphoma, melanoma, and prostate cancer, former White House chief-of-staff Hamilton Jordan shares his personal and political reflections--from his experiences with the Civil Rights movement to his civilian volunteer tour in Vietnam, from his years of scrutiny under the Carter administration to his agonizing, yet triumphant times battling cancer. Quickly motivated to accept cancer as a fact in his life, Jordan deals with the stages of the disease, 'Denial? Deny what? I've got a mass in my chest the size of an apple ... Angry? At whom? I have lived a great life and have been blessed with much more than I deserve ... 'Why me?' but 'Why not me?' ... Bargaining with God? The God that I believe in has all the cards ...' Serving as an inspiration to others, Jordan stresses the importance of becoming proactive and maintaining a positive attitude in the face of a terminal disease. The warm voice of narrator Tom Stechschulte gives us an intimate portrait of this tireless public servant and crusader. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lone Star Nation: How Texas Will Transform the America Author: Richard Parker Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Richard Parker delivers a provocative and eye-opening look at the most explosive and controversial state in America, where everything is bigger, bolder-and is shaping the future of America. Americans today are reckoning with a new Texas-that love-it-or-hate-it giant slice of America that has sparked controversy, bred presidents, and fomented change from the Civil War to the election of George W. Bush and the Iraq War. In LONE STAR NATION, Parker examines this evolving landscape. But the Texas that Americans think they know is changing, and as a result it will change America itself in the twenty-first century, just as California did in the last century. Richard Parker uncovers a new Texas: a profoundly urban one, an overwhelmingly Hispanic one, an increasingly liberal one, and one succeeding in the global economy while being forced to face the looming threats of poverty and climate change-and sooner rather than later. He explores the broader implications of change in Texas that could help remake Washington and energize the American economy. Along the way, he shares the stories of the powerful and everyday people that are shaping Texas and, as a result, the country itself, as one in every five Americans will soon call Texas something else: Home. Richard Parker is an award-winning journalist who writes about political, economic, technological and social change. His work appears in the Op-Ed and Sunday Review sections of the New York Times, the Columbia Journalism Review and other major newspapers. He lives in the Texas hill country outside Austin. Richard Parker Tue, 04 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249152 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lone Star Nation: How Texas Will Transform the America Author: Richard Parker Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Richard Parker delivers a provocative and eye-opening look at the most explosive and controversial state in America, where everything is bigger, bolder-and is shaping the future of America. Americans today are reckoning with a new Texas-that love-it-or-hate-it giant slice of America that has sparked controversy, bred presidents, and fomented change from the Civil War to the election of George W. Bush and the Iraq War. In LONE STAR NATION, Parker examines this evolving landscape. But the Texas that Americans think they know is changing, and as a result it will change America itself in the twenty-first century, just as California did in the last century. Richard Parker uncovers a new Texas: a profoundly urban one, an overwhelmingly Hispanic one, an increasingly liberal one, and one succeeding in the global economy while being forced to face the looming threats of poverty and climate change-and sooner rather than later. He explores the broader implications of change in Texas that could help remake Washington and energize the American economy. Along the way, he shares the stories of the powerful and everyday people that are shaping Texas and, as a result, the country itself, as one in every five Americans will soon call Texas something else: Home. Richard Parker is an award-winning journalist who writes about political, economic, technological and social change. His work appears in the Op-Ed and Sunday Review sections of the New York Times, the Columbia Journalism Review and other major newspapers. He lives in the Texas hill country outside Austin. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lone Star Nation: How Texas Will Transform the America Author: Richard Parker Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Richard Parker delivers a provocative and eye-opening look at the most explosive and controversial state in America, where everything is bigger, bolder-and is shaping the future of America. Americans today are reckoning with a new Texas-that love-it-or-hate-it giant slice of America that has sparked controversy, bred presidents, and fomented change from the Civil War to the election of George W. Bush and the Iraq War. In LONE STAR NATION, Parker examines this evolving landscape. But the Texas that Americans think they know is changing, and as a result it will change America itself in the twenty-first century, just as California did in the last century. Richard Parker uncovers a new Texas: a profoundly urban one, an overwhelmingly Hispanic one, an increasingly liberal one, and one succeeding in the global economy while being forced to face the looming threats of poverty and climate change-and sooner rather than later. He explores the broader implications of change in Texas that could help remake Washington and energize the American economy. Along the way, he shares the stories of the powerful and everyday people that are shaping Texas and, as a result, the country itself, as one in every five Americans will soon call Texas something else: Home. Richard Parker is an award-winning journalist who writes about political, economic, technological and social change. His work appears in the Op-Ed and Sunday Review sections of the New York Times, the Columbia Journalism Review and other major newspapers. He lives in the Texas hill country outside Austin. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Team: How to Succeed By Thinking Like the Enemy Author: Micah Zenko Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Red teaming. It is a practice as old as the Devil’s Advocate, the eleventh-century Vatican official charged with discrediting candidates for sainthood. Today, red teams—comprised primarily of fearless skeptics and those assuming the role of saboteurs who seek to better understand the interests, intentions, and capabilities of institutions or potential competitors—are used widely in both the public and private sector. Red teaming, including simulations, vulnerability probes, and alternative analyses, helps institutions in competitive environments to identify vulnerabilities and weaknesses, challenge assumptions, and anticipate potential threats ahead of the next special operations raid, malicious cyberattack, or corporate merger. But not all red teams are created equal; indeed, some cause more damage than they prevent. In Red Team, national security expert Micah Zenko provides an in-depth investigation into the work of red teams, revealing the best practices, most common pitfalls, and most effective applications of these modern-day Devil’s Advocates. The best practices of red teaming can be applied to the CIA, NYPD, or a pharmaceutical company, and executed correctly they can yield impressive results: red teams give businesses an edge over their competition, poke holes in vital intelligence estimates, and troubleshoot dangerous military missions long before boots are on the ground. But red teams are only as good as leaders allow them to be, and Zenko shows not only how to create and empower red teams, but also what to do with the information they produce. Essential reading for business leaders and policymakers alike, Red Team will revolutionize the way organizations think about, exploit, compensate for, and correct their institutional strengths and weaknesses. Drawing on little-known case studies and unprecedented access to elite red teamers in the United States and abroad, Zenko shows how any group—from military units to friendly hackers—can win by thinking like the enemy. Micah Zenko Tue, 03 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248497 thebookvoice.com 11:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Team: How to Succeed By Thinking Like the Enemy Author: Micah Zenko Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Red teaming. It is a practice as old as the Devil’s Advocate, the eleventh-century Vatican official charged with discrediting candidates for sainthood. Today, red teams—comprised primarily of fearless skeptics and those assuming the role of saboteurs who seek to better understand the interests, intentions, and capabilities of institutions or potential competitors—are used widely in both the public and private sector. Red teaming, including simulations, vulnerability probes, and alternative analyses, helps institutions in competitive environments to identify vulnerabilities and weaknesses, challenge assumptions, and anticipate potential threats ahead of the next special operations raid, malicious cyberattack, or corporate merger. But not all red teams are created equal; indeed, some cause more damage than they prevent. In Red Team, national security expert Micah Zenko provides an in-depth investigation into the work of red teams, revealing the best practices, most common pitfalls, and most effective applications of these modern-day Devil’s Advocates. The best practices of red teaming can be applied to the CIA, NYPD, or a pharmaceutical company, and executed correctly they can yield impressive results: red teams give businesses an edge over their competition, poke holes in vital intelligence estimates, and troubleshoot dangerous military missions long before boots are on the ground. But red teams are only as good as leaders allow them to be, and Zenko shows not only how to create and empower red teams, but also what to do with the information they produce. Essential reading for business leaders and policymakers alike, Red Team will revolutionize the way organizations think about, exploit, compensate for, and correct their institutional strengths and weaknesses. Drawing on little-known case studies and unprecedented access to elite red teamers in the United States and abroad, Zenko shows how any group—from military units to friendly hackers—can win by thinking like the enemy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Team: How to Succeed By Thinking Like the Enemy Author: Micah Zenko Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Red teaming. It is a practice as old as the Devil’s Advocate, the eleventh-century Vatican official charged with discrediting candidates for sainthood. Today, red teams—comprised primarily of fearless skeptics and those assuming the role of saboteurs who seek to better understand the interests, intentions, and capabilities of institutions or potential competitors—are used widely in both the public and private sector. Red teaming, including simulations, vulnerability probes, and alternative analyses, helps institutions in competitive environments to identify vulnerabilities and weaknesses, challenge assumptions, and anticipate potential threats ahead of the next special operations raid, malicious cyberattack, or corporate merger. But not all red teams are created equal; indeed, some cause more damage than they prevent. In Red Team, national security expert Micah Zenko provides an in-depth investigation into the work of red teams, revealing the best practices, most common pitfalls, and most effective applications of these modern-day Devil’s Advocates. The best practices of red teaming can be applied to the CIA, NYPD, or a pharmaceutical company, and executed correctly they can yield impressive results: red teams give businesses an edge over their competition, poke holes in vital intelligence estimates, and troubleshoot dangerous military missions long before boots are on the ground. But red teams are only as good as leaders allow them to be, and Zenko shows not only how to create and empower red teams, but also what to do with the information they produce. Essential reading for business leaders and policymakers alike, Red Team will revolutionize the way organizations think about, exploit, compensate for, and correct their institutional strengths and weaknesses. Drawing on little-known case studies and unprecedented access to elite red teamers in the United States and abroad, Zenko shows how any group—from military units to friendly hackers—can win by thinking like the enemy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Wars: Inside Obama's Post-9/11 Presidency Author: Charlie Savage Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Charlie Savage's penetrating investigation of the Obama presidency and the national security state. Barack Obama campaigned on changing George W. Bush's 'global war on terror' but ended up entrenching extraordinary executive powers, from warrantless surveillance and indefinite detention to military commissions and targeted killings. Then Obama found himself bequeathing those authorities to Donald Trump. How did the United States get here? In Power Wars, Charlie Savage reveals high-level national security legal and policy deliberations in a way no one has done before. He tells inside stories of how Obama came to order the drone killing of an American citizen, preside over an unprecendented crackdown on leaks, and keep a then-secret program that logged every American's phone calls. Encompassing the first comprehensive history of NSA surveillance over the past forty years as well as new information about the Osama bin Laden raid, Power Wars equips readers to understand the legacy of Bush's and Obama's post-9/11 presidencies in the Trump era. Charlie Savage Tue, 03 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248196 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Wars: Inside Obama's Post-9/11 Presidency Author: Charlie Savage Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Charlie Savage's penetrating investigation of the Obama presidency and the national security state. Barack Obama campaigned on changing George W. Bush's 'global war on terror' but ended up entrenching extraordinary executive powers, from warrantless surveillance and indefinite detention to military commissions and targeted killings. Then Obama found himself bequeathing those authorities to Donald Trump. How did the United States get here? In Power Wars, Charlie Savage reveals high-level national security legal and policy deliberations in a way no one has done before. He tells inside stories of how Obama came to order the drone killing of an American citizen, preside over an unprecendented crackdown on leaks, and keep a then-secret program that logged every American's phone calls. Encompassing the first comprehensive history of NSA surveillance over the past forty years as well as new information about the Osama bin Laden raid, Power Wars equips readers to understand the legacy of Bush's and Obama's post-9/11 presidencies in the Trump era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Wars: Inside Obama's Post-9/11 Presidency Author: Charlie Savage Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Charlie Savage's penetrating investigation of the Obama presidency and the national security state. Barack Obama campaigned on changing George W. Bush's 'global war on terror' but ended up entrenching extraordinary executive powers, from warrantless surveillance and indefinite detention to military commissions and targeted killings. Then Obama found himself bequeathing those authorities to Donald Trump. How did the United States get here? In Power Wars, Charlie Savage reveals high-level national security legal and policy deliberations in a way no one has done before. He tells inside stories of how Obama came to order the drone killing of an American citizen, preside over an unprecendented crackdown on leaks, and keep a then-secret program that logged every American's phone calls. Encompassing the first comprehensive history of NSA surveillance over the past forty years as well as new information about the Osama bin Laden raid, Power Wars equips readers to understand the legacy of Bush's and Obama's post-9/11 presidencies in the Trump era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting Season: James Foley, ISIS, and the Kidnapping Campaign that Started a War Author: James Harkin Narrator: Paul Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on his groundbreaking reporting for Vanity Fair, Hunting Season is award-winning journalist James Harkin's harrowing investigation into the abduction, captivity, and execution of James Foley, at the hands of the masked militant known as 'Jihadi John' (Mohammed Emwazi), and the fate of more than two-dozen other ISIS hostages. On August 19, 2014, the jihadist rebel group known as ISIS uploaded a video to YouTube. Entitled 'Message to America,' the clip depicted the final moments of American journalist James Foley's life--and the gruesome aftermath of his beheading at the hands of a masked executioner. Foley's murder--and the choreographed killings that would follow--captured the world's attention, and the Islamic State's kidnapping campaign exploded into war. Hunting Season is a riveting account of how the world's newest and most powerful terror franchise came to target Western hostages, who was behind it, and why almost no one knew about it until it was too late. James Harkin Tue, 10 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248192 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting Season: James Foley, ISIS, and the Kidnapping Campaign that Started a War Author: James Harkin Narrator: Paul Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on his groundbreaking reporting for Vanity Fair, Hunting Season is award-winning journalist James Harkin's harrowing investigation into the abduction, captivity, and execution of James Foley, at the hands of the masked militant known as 'Jihadi John' (Mohammed Emwazi), and the fate of more than two-dozen other ISIS hostages. On August 19, 2014, the jihadist rebel group known as ISIS uploaded a video to YouTube. Entitled 'Message to America,' the clip depicted the final moments of American journalist James Foley's life--and the gruesome aftermath of his beheading at the hands of a masked executioner. Foley's murder--and the choreographed killings that would follow--captured the world's attention, and the Islamic State's kidnapping campaign exploded into war. Hunting Season is a riveting account of how the world's newest and most powerful terror franchise came to target Western hostages, who was behind it, and why almost no one knew about it until it was too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting Season: James Foley, ISIS, and the Kidnapping Campaign that Started a War Author: James Harkin Narrator: Paul Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on his groundbreaking reporting for Vanity Fair, Hunting Season is award-winning journalist James Harkin's harrowing investigation into the abduction, captivity, and execution of James Foley, at the hands of the masked militant known as 'Jihadi John' (Mohammed Emwazi), and the fate of more than two-dozen other ISIS hostages. On August 19, 2014, the jihadist rebel group known as ISIS uploaded a video to YouTube. Entitled 'Message to America,' the clip depicted the final moments of American journalist James Foley's life--and the gruesome aftermath of his beheading at the hands of a masked executioner. Foley's murder--and the choreographed killings that would follow--captured the world's attention, and the Islamic State's kidnapping campaign exploded into war. Hunting Season is a riveting account of how the world's newest and most powerful terror franchise came to target Western hostages, who was behind it, and why almost no one knew about it until it was too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248184 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sold Out: How High-Tech Billionaires & Bipartisan Beltway Crapweasels Are Screwing America's Best & Brightest Workers Author: Michelle Malkin, John Miano Narrator: Juliet St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author and firebrand syndicated columnist Michelle Malkin sets her sights on the corrupt businessmen, politicians, and lobbyists flooding our borders and selling out America’s best and brightest workers. In Sold Out, Michelle Malkin and John Miano name names and expose the lies of those who pretend to champion the middle class, while aiding and abetting massive layoffs of highly skilled American workers in favor of cheap foreign labor. Malkin and Miano will explode some of the most commonly told myths spread in the media like these: Lie #1: America is suffering from an apocalyptic “shortage” of science, technology, engineering, and math workers. Lie #2: US companies cannot function without an unlimited injection of the “highly skilled” and “highly educated” foreign workers, who offer capital and energy that American workers can’t match. Lie #3: America’s best and brightest talents are protected because employers are required to demonstrate that they’ve made every effort to hire American citizens before resorting to foreign labor. For too long, open-borders tech billionaires and their political enablers have escaped tough public scrutiny of their means and motives. It’s time to trade the whitewash for solvent. American workers deserve better and the public deserves the unvarnished truth. Michelle Malkin, John Miano Tue, 10 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248184 thebookvoice.com 11:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sold Out: How High-Tech Billionaires & Bipartisan Beltway Crapweasels Are Screwing America's Best & Brightest Workers Author: Michelle Malkin, John Miano Narrator: Juliet St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author and firebrand syndicated columnist Michelle Malkin sets her sights on the corrupt businessmen, politicians, and lobbyists flooding our borders and selling out America’s best and brightest workers. In Sold Out, Michelle Malkin and John Miano name names and expose the lies of those who pretend to champion the middle class, while aiding and abetting massive layoffs of highly skilled American workers in favor of cheap foreign labor. Malkin and Miano will explode some of the most commonly told myths spread in the media like these: Lie #1: America is suffering from an apocalyptic “shortage” of science, technology, engineering, and math workers. Lie #2: US companies cannot function without an unlimited injection of the “highly skilled” and “highly educated” foreign workers, who offer capital and energy that American workers can’t match. Lie #3: America’s best and brightest talents are protected because employers are required to demonstrate that they’ve made every effort to hire American citizens before resorting to foreign labor. For too long, open-borders tech billionaires and their political enablers have escaped tough public scrutiny of their means and motives. It’s time to trade the whitewash for solvent. American workers deserve better and the public deserves the unvarnished truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sold Out: How High-Tech Billionaires & Bipartisan Beltway Crapweasels Are Screwing America's Best & Brightest Workers Author: Michelle Malkin, John Miano Narrator: Juliet St. John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author and firebrand syndicated columnist Michelle Malkin sets her sights on the corrupt businessmen, politicians, and lobbyists flooding our borders and selling out America’s best and brightest workers. In Sold Out, Michelle Malkin and John Miano name names and expose the lies of those who pretend to champion the middle class, while aiding and abetting massive layoffs of highly skilled American workers in favor of cheap foreign labor. Malkin and Miano will explode some of the most commonly told myths spread in the media like these: Lie #1: America is suffering from an apocalyptic “shortage” of science, technology, engineering, and math workers. Lie #2: US companies cannot function without an unlimited injection of the “highly skilled” and “highly educated” foreign workers, who offer capital and energy that American workers can’t match. Lie #3: America’s best and brightest talents are protected because employers are required to demonstrate that they’ve made every effort to hire American citizens before resorting to foreign labor. For too long, open-borders tech billionaires and their political enablers have escaped tough public scrutiny of their means and motives. It’s time to trade the whitewash for solvent. American workers deserve better and the public deserves the unvarnished truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law Author: Frederic Bastiat Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Law was originally published as a pamphlet in French in 1850 by Frederic Bastiat. It is his most famous work and was written two years after the third French Revolution of 1848. It defines, through development, a just system of laws and then demonstrates how such law facilitates a free society. Bastiat was a French classical liberal theorist, political economist, and member of the French assembly. He was notable for developing the important economic concept of opportunity cost. He was the author of many works on economics and political economy, generally characterized by their clear organization, forceful argumentation, and acerbic wit. Born in Bayonne, Aquitaine, France, Bastiat was orphaned at nine and became a ward of his paternal grandparents. At 17, he left school to work in his family's export business. Economist Thomas DiLorenzo suggests that this experience was crucial to Bastiat's later work since it allowed young Frédéric to acquire first-hand knowledge of how regulation can affect markets. When Bastiat was 25, his grandfather died, leaving the young man the family estate, thereby providing him with the means to further his theoretical inquiries. After the middle-class Revolution of 1830, Bastiat became politically active and was elected justice of the peace in 1831 and to the Council General in 1832. He was elected to the national legislative assembly after the French Revolution of 1848. His public career as an economist began in 1844 and was cut short by his untimely death in 1850. Frederic Bastiat Thu, 02 Feb 2012 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248055 thebookvoice.com 1:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law Author: Frederic Bastiat Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Law was originally published as a pamphlet in French in 1850 by Frederic Bastiat. It is his most famous work and was written two years after the third French Revolution of 1848. It defines, through development, a just system of laws and then demonstrates how such law facilitates a free society. Bastiat was a French classical liberal theorist, political economist, and member of the French assembly. He was notable for developing the important economic concept of opportunity cost. He was the author of many works on economics and political economy, generally characterized by their clear organization, forceful argumentation, and acerbic wit. Born in Bayonne, Aquitaine, France, Bastiat was orphaned at nine and became a ward of his paternal grandparents. At 17, he left school to work in his family's export business. Economist Thomas DiLorenzo suggests that this experience was crucial to Bastiat's later work since it allowed young Frédéric to acquire first-hand knowledge of how regulation can affect markets. When Bastiat was 25, his grandfather died, leaving the young man the family estate, thereby providing him with the means to further his theoretical inquiries. After the middle-class Revolution of 1830, Bastiat became politically active and was elected justice of the peace in 1831 and to the Council General in 1832. He was elected to the national legislative assembly after the French Revolution of 1848. His public career as an economist began in 1844 and was cut short by his untimely death in 1850. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law Author: Frederic Bastiat Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Law was originally published as a pamphlet in French in 1850 by Frederic Bastiat. It is his most famous work and was written two years after the third French Revolution of 1848. It defines, through development, a just system of laws and then demonstrates how such law facilitates a free society. Bastiat was a French classical liberal theorist, political economist, and member of the French assembly. He was notable for developing the important economic concept of opportunity cost. He was the author of many works on economics and political economy, generally characterized by their clear organization, forceful argumentation, and acerbic wit. Born in Bayonne, Aquitaine, France, Bastiat was orphaned at nine and became a ward of his paternal grandparents. At 17, he left school to work in his family's export business. Economist Thomas DiLorenzo suggests that this experience was crucial to Bastiat's later work since it allowed young Frédéric to acquire first-hand knowledge of how regulation can affect markets. When Bastiat was 25, his grandfather died, leaving the young man the family estate, thereby providing him with the means to further his theoretical inquiries. After the middle-class Revolution of 1830, Bastiat became politically active and was elected justice of the peace in 1831 and to the Council General in 1832. He was elected to the national legislative assembly after the French Revolution of 1848. His public career as an economist began in 1844 and was cut short by his untimely death in 1850. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248047 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endgame: The End of The Best Supercycle And How It Changes Everything Author: John Mauldin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'We all know we have seen the end of an era, and now we have courtside seats to watch the Endgame unfold. We are watching the end of Act I: The Debt Supercycle. Now we will get to see how Act II: The Endgame plays out.'—John Mauldin & Jonathan Tepper (Chapter 1) Hundreds of books have been written about the financial crisis that engulfed the world after Lehman Brothers went bankrupt. But what if the bigger financial crisis is ahead of us, not behind us? As John Mauldin and Jonathan Tepper deftly illustrate in this controversial audio book, the crisis was more than a half-century in the making. The Great Financial Crisis, however, was merely Act I. Act II has now begun. The massive household deleveraging and historic shift of private debt onto government balance sheets now underway all over the world represents the end of a sixty-year global Debt Supercycle. We have now entered the Endgame, a time when bankruptcies and defaults (disguised as 'restructuring') will not be of households and companies but of governments. The stakes are now higher. The coming crises will offer policymakers few good choices and many bad ones. It will require extraordinary clarity and courage from leaders, courage that so far is largely completely lacking. Yet, despite the authors' dark forecast, the message in Endgame is not all gloom and doom. The book lays out positive steps governments can take to weather the worst of the stormy days ahead, minimize the inevitable pain and discomfort most of us can expect to experience, and chart a bold new course to sustained economic growth and prosperity. It also offers investors an abundance of useful analysis and expert advice on how to protect their assets during the worst of it and prosper from the many new opportunities that will emerge globally as they present themselves. In Part 2, the authors take listeners on a country-by-country tour—including the United States, UK, European countries, and Japan—clearly explaining the problems each country faces, as well as the good and bad policy options open to each, and the investment pitfalls and opportunities likely to be found in each national economy. Whether you call it the Great Recession, the Great Financial Crisis, or the Global Debt Crisis, what we are experiencing is unlike anything seen in eighty years. Now is not the time to succumb to panic and superstition. It is a time for courage and intelligent decision making informed by the brand of rational analysis and wisdom you'll find in Endgame. John Mauldin Mon, 04 Jul 2011 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248047 thebookvoice.com 9:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endgame: The End of The Best Supercycle And How It Changes Everything Author: John Mauldin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'We all know we have seen the end of an era, and now we have courtside seats to watch the Endgame unfold. We are watching the end of Act I: The Debt Supercycle. Now we will get to see how Act II: The Endgame plays out.'—John Mauldin & Jonathan Tepper (Chapter 1) Hundreds of books have been written about the financial crisis that engulfed the world after Lehman Brothers went bankrupt. But what if the bigger financial crisis is ahead of us, not behind us? As John Mauldin and Jonathan Tepper deftly illustrate in this controversial audio book, the crisis was more than a half-century in the making. The Great Financial Crisis, however, was merely Act I. Act II has now begun. The massive household deleveraging and historic shift of private debt onto government balance sheets now underway all over the world represents the end of a sixty-year global Debt Supercycle. We have now entered the Endgame, a time when bankruptcies and defaults (disguised as 'restructuring') will not be of households and companies but of governments. The stakes are now higher. The coming crises will offer policymakers few good choices and many bad ones. It will require extraordinary clarity and courage from leaders, courage that so far is largely completely lacking. Yet, despite the authors' dark forecast, the message in Endgame is not all gloom and doom. The book lays out positive steps governments can take to weather the worst of the stormy days ahead, minimize the inevitable pain and discomfort most of us can expect to experience, and chart a bold new course to sustained economic growth and prosperity. It also offers investors an abundance of useful analysis and expert advice on how to protect their assets during the worst of it and prosper from the many new opportunities that will emerge globally as they present themselves. In Part 2, the authors take listeners on a country-by-country tour—including the United States, UK, European countries, and Japan—clearly explaining the problems each country faces, as well as the good and bad policy options open to each, and the investment pitfalls and opportunities likely to be found in each national economy. Whether you call it the Great Recession, the Great Financial Crisis, or the Global Debt Crisis, what we are experiencing is unlike anything seen in eighty years. Now is not the time to succumb to panic and superstition. It is a time for courage and intelligent decision making informed by the brand of rational analysis and wisdom you'll find in Endgame. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endgame: The End of The Best Supercycle And How It Changes Everything Author: John Mauldin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 4, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'We all know we have seen the end of an era, and now we have courtside seats to watch the Endgame unfold. We are watching the end of Act I: The Debt Supercycle. Now we will get to see how Act II: The Endgame plays out.'—John Mauldin & Jonathan Tepper (Chapter 1) Hundreds of books have been written about the financial crisis that engulfed the world after Lehman Brothers went bankrupt. But what if the bigger financial crisis is ahead of us, not behind us? As John Mauldin and Jonathan Tepper deftly illustrate in this controversial audio book, the crisis was more than a half-century in the making. The Great Financial Crisis, however, was merely Act I. Act II has now begun. The massive household deleveraging and historic shift of private debt onto government balance sheets now underway all over the world represents the end of a sixty-year global Debt Supercycle. We have now entered the Endgame, a time when bankruptcies and defaults (disguised as 'restructuring') will not be of households and companies but of governments. The stakes are now higher. The coming crises will offer policymakers few good choices and many bad ones. It will require extraordinary clarity and courage from leaders, courage that so far is largely completely lacking. Yet, despite the authors' dark forecast, the message in Endgame is not all gloom and doom. The book lays out positive steps governments can take to weather the worst of the stormy days ahead, minimize the inevitable pain and discomfort most of us can expect to experience, and chart a bold new course to sustained economic growth and prosperity. It also offers investors an abundance of useful analysis and expert advice on how to protect their assets during the worst of it and prosper from the many new opportunities that will emerge globally as they present themselves. In Part 2, the authors take listeners on a country-by-country tour—including the United States, UK, European countries, and Japan—clearly explaining the problems each country faces, as well as the good and bad policy options open to each, and the investment pitfalls and opportunities likely to be found in each national economy. Whether you call it the Great Recession, the Great Financial Crisis, or the Global Debt Crisis, what we are experiencing is unlike anything seen in eighty years. Now is not the time to succumb to panic and superstition. It is a time for courage and intelligent decision making informed by the brand of rational analysis and wisdom you'll find in Endgame. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Time of Our Lives: Collected Writings Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Rena-Marie Villano, Betsy Foldes Meiman, Peggy Noonan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2017 Pulitzer Prize Winner for Commentary and conservative icon Peggy Noonan offers her most insightful work, including her Wall Street Journal columns about the 2016 Election. New York Times bestseller The Time of Our Lives travels the path of Peggy Noonan's remarkable and influential career, beginning with a revealing essay about her motivations as a writer and thinker. It's followed by an address to students at Harvard University on the drafting of President Reagan's speech the day the space shuttle Challenger exploded. Then comes one surprising chapter after the next including: 'People I Miss' -- memorable salutes to the likes of Tim Russert, Joan Rivers, Margaret Thatcher, and others. 'Making Trouble' -- Peggy's sharpest, funniest and most critical columns about Democrats and Republicans, the idiocracy of government, and Beltway disconnect. 'I Just Called to Say I Love You' -- Peggy's most poignant writing capturing the country's grief and recovery in the wake of 9-11, and clear-eyed foresight on what lay ahead in terms of war and sacrifice. 'The Loneliest President Since Nixon' -- tracking hope and change as it became disillusionment and disappointment with President Obama. And other sections where Peggy discerns the mood of the country ('State of the Union'), the melodrama of the historic 2008 election ('My Beautiful Election'), her battles with the Catholic Church ('What I Told the Bishops') and lighter meditations on baseball, a snowy afternoon in Brooklyn, and motherhood ('Having Fun'). Annotated throughout, The Time of Our Lives articulates Peggy's conservative vision, demonstrating why she has been awarded the Pulitzer Prize, journalism's highest honor. Peggy Noonan Tue, 03 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247955 thebookvoice.com 18:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Time of Our Lives: Collected Writings Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Rena-Marie Villano, Betsy Foldes Meiman, Peggy Noonan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2017 Pulitzer Prize Winner for Commentary and conservative icon Peggy Noonan offers her most insightful work, including her Wall Street Journal columns about the 2016 Election. New York Times bestseller The Time of Our Lives travels the path of Peggy Noonan's remarkable and influential career, beginning with a revealing essay about her motivations as a writer and thinker. It's followed by an address to students at Harvard University on the drafting of President Reagan's speech the day the space shuttle Challenger exploded. Then comes one surprising chapter after the next including: 'People I Miss' -- memorable salutes to the likes of Tim Russert, Joan Rivers, Margaret Thatcher, and others. 'Making Trouble' -- Peggy's sharpest, funniest and most critical columns about Democrats and Republicans, the idiocracy of government, and Beltway disconnect. 'I Just Called to Say I Love You' -- Peggy's most poignant writing capturing the country's grief and recovery in the wake of 9-11, and clear-eyed foresight on what lay ahead in terms of war and sacrifice. 'The Loneliest President Since Nixon' -- tracking hope and change as it became disillusionment and disappointment with President Obama. And other sections where Peggy discerns the mood of the country ('State of the Union'), the melodrama of the historic 2008 election ('My Beautiful Election'), her battles with the Catholic Church ('What I Told the Bishops') and lighter meditations on baseball, a snowy afternoon in Brooklyn, and motherhood ('Having Fun'). Annotated throughout, The Time of Our Lives articulates Peggy's conservative vision, demonstrating why she has been awarded the Pulitzer Prize, journalism's highest honor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Time of Our Lives: Collected Writings Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Rena-Marie Villano, Betsy Foldes Meiman, Peggy Noonan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2017 Pulitzer Prize Winner for Commentary and conservative icon Peggy Noonan offers her most insightful work, including her Wall Street Journal columns about the 2016 Election. New York Times bestseller The Time of Our Lives travels the path of Peggy Noonan's remarkable and influential career, beginning with a revealing essay about her motivations as a writer and thinker. It's followed by an address to students at Harvard University on the drafting of President Reagan's speech the day the space shuttle Challenger exploded. Then comes one surprising chapter after the next including: 'People I Miss' -- memorable salutes to the likes of Tim Russert, Joan Rivers, Margaret Thatcher, and others. 'Making Trouble' -- Peggy's sharpest, funniest and most critical columns about Democrats and Republicans, the idiocracy of government, and Beltway disconnect. 'I Just Called to Say I Love You' -- Peggy's most poignant writing capturing the country's grief and recovery in the wake of 9-11, and clear-eyed foresight on what lay ahead in terms of war and sacrifice. 'The Loneliest President Since Nixon' -- tracking hope and change as it became disillusionment and disappointment with President Obama. And other sections where Peggy discerns the mood of the country ('State of the Union'), the melodrama of the historic 2008 election ('My Beautiful Election'), her battles with the Catholic Church ('What I Told the Bishops') and lighter meditations on baseball, a snowy afternoon in Brooklyn, and motherhood ('Having Fun'). Annotated throughout, The Time of Our Lives articulates Peggy's conservative vision, demonstrating why she has been awarded the Pulitzer Prize, journalism's highest honor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconciliation: Islam, Democracy, and the West Author: Benazir Bhutto Narrator: Rita Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former Prime Minister of Pakistan, who finished writing this extraordinary book just days before her assassination, comes a groundbreaking vision of how to bridge the widening gap between the Islamic world and the West. Benazir Bhutto returned to Pakistan in October 2007, after eight years of exile, hopeful that she could be a catalyst for change. Upon a tumultuous reception, she survived a suicide-bomb attack that killed nearly 200 of her countrymen. But she continued to forge ahead, with more courage and conviction than ever, since she knew that time was running out—for the future of her nation, and for her life. In Reconciliation, Bhutto recounts in gripping detail her final months in Pakistan and offers a bold new agenda for how to stem the tide of Islamic radicalism and to rediscover the values of tolerance and justice that lay at the heart of her religion. After reading this book, it will become even clearer what the world has lost by her assassination. Benazir Bhutto Tue, 12 Feb 2008 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247946 thebookvoice.com 12:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconciliation: Islam, Democracy, and the West Author: Benazir Bhutto Narrator: Rita Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former Prime Minister of Pakistan, who finished writing this extraordinary book just days before her assassination, comes a groundbreaking vision of how to bridge the widening gap between the Islamic world and the West. Benazir Bhutto returned to Pakistan in October 2007, after eight years of exile, hopeful that she could be a catalyst for change. Upon a tumultuous reception, she survived a suicide-bomb attack that killed nearly 200 of her countrymen. But she continued to forge ahead, with more courage and conviction than ever, since she knew that time was running out—for the future of her nation, and for her life. In Reconciliation, Bhutto recounts in gripping detail her final months in Pakistan and offers a bold new agenda for how to stem the tide of Islamic radicalism and to rediscover the values of tolerance and justice that lay at the heart of her religion. After reading this book, it will become even clearer what the world has lost by her assassination. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconciliation: Islam, Democracy, and the West Author: Benazir Bhutto Narrator: Rita Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 12, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former Prime Minister of Pakistan, who finished writing this extraordinary book just days before her assassination, comes a groundbreaking vision of how to bridge the widening gap between the Islamic world and the West. Benazir Bhutto returned to Pakistan in October 2007, after eight years of exile, hopeful that she could be a catalyst for change. Upon a tumultuous reception, she survived a suicide-bomb attack that killed nearly 200 of her countrymen. But she continued to forge ahead, with more courage and conviction than ever, since she knew that time was running out—for the future of her nation, and for her life. In Reconciliation, Bhutto recounts in gripping detail her final months in Pakistan and offers a bold new agenda for how to stem the tide of Islamic radicalism and to rediscover the values of tolerance and justice that lay at the heart of her religion. After reading this book, it will become even clearer what the world has lost by her assassination. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Fight Author: Peter Beinart Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 30, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time, liberals knew what they believed. They believed America must lead the world by persuasion, not command. And they believed that by championing freedom overseas, America itself could become more free. That liberal spirit won America's trust at the dawn of the Cold War. Then it collapsed in the wake of Vietnam. Now, after 9/11, and the failed presidency of George W. Bush, America needs it back. In this powerful and provocative book, Peter Beinart offers a new liberal vision, based on principles liberals too often forget: That America's goodness cannot simply be asserted; it must be proved. That American leadership is not American empire. And that liberalism cannot merely define itself against the right, but must oppose the totalitarianism that blighted Europe a half century ago, and which stalks the Islamic world today. With liberals severed from their own history, conservatives have drawn on theirs -- the principles of national chauvinism and moral complacency that America once rejected. The country will reject them again, and embrace the creed that brought it greatness before. But only if liberals remember what that means. It means an unyielding hostility to totalitarianism -- and a recognition that defeating it requires bringing hope to the bleakest corners of the globe. And it means understanding that democracy begins at home. Peter Beinart's The Good Fight is a passionate rejoinder to the conservatives who have ruled Washington since 9/11. It is an intellectual lifeline for a Democratic Party lying flat on its back. And it is a call for liberals to revive the spirit that swept America, and inspired the world. Read by David Slavin Peter Beinart Tue, 30 May 2006 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Fight Author: Peter Beinart Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 30, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time, liberals knew what they believed. They believed America must lead the world by persuasion, not command. And they believed that by championing freedom overseas, America itself could become more free. That liberal spirit won America's trust at the dawn of the Cold War. Then it collapsed in the wake of Vietnam. Now, after 9/11, and the failed presidency of George W. Bush, America needs it back. In this powerful and provocative book, Peter Beinart offers a new liberal vision, based on principles liberals too often forget: That America's goodness cannot simply be asserted; it must be proved. That American leadership is not American empire. And that liberalism cannot merely define itself against the right, but must oppose the totalitarianism that blighted Europe a half century ago, and which stalks the Islamic world today. With liberals severed from their own history, conservatives have drawn on theirs -- the principles of national chauvinism and moral complacency that America once rejected. The country will reject them again, and embrace the creed that brought it greatness before. But only if liberals remember what that means. It means an unyielding hostility to totalitarianism -- and a recognition that defeating it requires bringing hope to the bleakest corners of the globe. And it means understanding that democracy begins at home. Peter Beinart's The Good Fight is a passionate rejoinder to the conservatives who have ruled Washington since 9/11. It is an intellectual lifeline for a Democratic Party lying flat on its back. And it is a call for liberals to revive the spirit that swept America, and inspired the world. Read by David Slavin Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Fight Author: Peter Beinart Narrator: David Slavin Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 30, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time, liberals knew what they believed. They believed America must lead the world by persuasion, not command. And they believed that by championing freedom overseas, America itself could become more free. That liberal spirit won America's trust at the dawn of the Cold War. Then it collapsed in the wake of Vietnam. Now, after 9/11, and the failed presidency of George W. Bush, America needs it back. In this powerful and provocative book, Peter Beinart offers a new liberal vision, based on principles liberals too often forget: That America's goodness cannot simply be asserted; it must be proved. That American leadership is not American empire. And that liberalism cannot merely define itself against the right, but must oppose the totalitarianism that blighted Europe a half century ago, and which stalks the Islamic world today. With liberals severed from their own history, conservatives have drawn on theirs -- the principles of national chauvinism and moral complacency that America once rejected. The country will reject them again, and embrace the creed that brought it greatness before. But only if liberals remember what that means. It means an unyielding hostility to totalitarianism -- and a recognition that defeating it requires bringing hope to the bleakest corners of the globe. And it means understanding that democracy begins at home. Peter Beinart's The Good Fight is a passionate rejoinder to the conservatives who have ruled Washington since 9/11. It is an intellectual lifeline for a Democratic Party lying flat on its back. And it is a call for liberals to revive the spirit that swept America, and inspired the world. Read by David Slavin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kids Are Americans Too Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kids Are Americans Too! And that means you have rights just like everybody else. But it's not enough to just say you have them. You have to know what those rights are...and are not! Luckily for you, Bill O'Reilly is back opining for kids on that very subject—your legal rights. O'Reilly and his coauthor Charles Flowers, dole out the kind of blunt, cogent, commonsense commentary you count on them for. Together they explore timely questions being debated in and out of courts today including: Can a kid wear an anti-gay T-shirt on campus? Does a school newspaper have the right to badmouth a principal? Does a mother have the right to eavesdrop on her daughter's telephone conversations? Some of the answers will surprise you. Some will empower you. All will make you think. Bill O'Reilly Tue, 16 Oct 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247860 thebookvoice.com 2:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kids Are Americans Too Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kids Are Americans Too! And that means you have rights just like everybody else. But it's not enough to just say you have them. You have to know what those rights are...and are not! Luckily for you, Bill O'Reilly is back opining for kids on that very subject—your legal rights. O'Reilly and his coauthor Charles Flowers, dole out the kind of blunt, cogent, commonsense commentary you count on them for. Together they explore timely questions being debated in and out of courts today including: Can a kid wear an anti-gay T-shirt on campus? Does a school newspaper have the right to badmouth a principal? Does a mother have the right to eavesdrop on her daughter's telephone conversations? Some of the answers will surprise you. Some will empower you. All will make you think. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kids Are Americans Too Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kids Are Americans Too! And that means you have rights just like everybody else. But it's not enough to just say you have them. You have to know what those rights are...and are not! Luckily for you, Bill O'Reilly is back opining for kids on that very subject—your legal rights. O'Reilly and his coauthor Charles Flowers, dole out the kind of blunt, cogent, commonsense commentary you count on them for. Together they explore timely questions being debated in and out of courts today including: Can a kid wear an anti-gay T-shirt on campus? Does a school newspaper have the right to badmouth a principal? Does a mother have the right to eavesdrop on her daughter's telephone conversations? Some of the answers will surprise you. Some will empower you. All will make you think. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247760 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing America: What My Experience with Criminal Gangs Taught Me About Obama, Hillary, and the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Dinesh D'Souza, Andrew Klavan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WHY HILLARY, OBAMA, AND THE ENTIRE DEMOCRATIC PARTY ARE NO BETTER THAN A GANG OF THIEVES In the fall of 2014, outspoken author and filmmaker Dinesh D’Souza found himself hauled into federal court for improperly donating money to an old friend’s Senate campaign. D’Souza pleaded guilty and was sentenced to eight months in a state-run confinement center.  There he lived among hardened criminals—drug dealers, thieves, gangbangers, rapists, and murderers. Now the bestselling author explains how this experience not only changed his life, but fundamentally transformed his view of his adopted country. Previously, D’Souza had seen America through the eyes of a grateful immigrant who became successful by applying and defending conservative principles. Again and again, D’Souza made the case that America is an exceptional nation, fundamentally fair and just. In book after book, he argued against liberalism as though it were a genuine movement of ideas capable of being engaged and refuted. But his prolonged exposure to the criminal underclass provided an eye-opening education in American realities. In the view of hardened criminals, D’Souza learned, America is anything but fair and just. Instead, it is a jungle in which various armed gangs face off against one another, with the biggest and most powerful gangs inhabiting the federal government. As for American liberalism, it is not a movement of ideas at all but a series of scams and cons aimed at nothing less than stealing the entire wealth of the nation, built up over more than two centuries: the total value of the homes, the lifelong savings of the people, the assets of every industry, and all the funds allocated to health and education and every other service, both public and private. “The thieves I am speaking about want all of it.” And who are the leading figures in this historically ambitious scam that has turned the federal government into a vast and unprecedented shakedown scheme? Why, none other than Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton – the current leaders of the Democratic Party. This pair of smooth-talking con artists, trained in the methods of radical activist Saul Alinsky, have taken his crude but effective political shakedown techniques to a level even he never dreamed of. As the nation approaches a crucial election in 2016, Stealing America is an urgent wakeup call for all Americans who want to prevent this theft from being completed by eight more years of Democratic rule. Dinesh D'Souza Tue, 17 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247760 thebookvoice.com 11:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing America: What My Experience with Criminal Gangs Taught Me About Obama, Hillary, and the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Dinesh D'Souza, Andrew Klavan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WHY HILLARY, OBAMA, AND THE ENTIRE DEMOCRATIC PARTY ARE NO BETTER THAN A GANG OF THIEVES In the fall of 2014, outspoken author and filmmaker Dinesh D’Souza found himself hauled into federal court for improperly donating money to an old friend’s Senate campaign. D’Souza pleaded guilty and was sentenced to eight months in a state-run confinement center.  There he lived among hardened criminals—drug dealers, thieves, gangbangers, rapists, and murderers. Now the bestselling author explains how this experience not only changed his life, but fundamentally transformed his view of his adopted country. Previously, D’Souza had seen America through the eyes of a grateful immigrant who became successful by applying and defending conservative principles. Again and again, D’Souza made the case that America is an exceptional nation, fundamentally fair and just. In book after book, he argued against liberalism as though it were a genuine movement of ideas capable of being engaged and refuted. But his prolonged exposure to the criminal underclass provided an eye-opening education in American realities. In the view of hardened criminals, D’Souza learned, America is anything but fair and just. Instead, it is a jungle in which various armed gangs face off against one another, with the biggest and most powerful gangs inhabiting the federal government. As for American liberalism, it is not a movement of ideas at all but a series of scams and cons aimed at nothing less than stealing the entire wealth of the nation, built up over more than two centuries: the total value of the homes, the lifelong savings of the people, the assets of every industry, and all the funds allocated to health and education and every other service, both public and private. “The thieves I am speaking about want all of it.” And who are the leading figures in this historically ambitious scam that has turned the federal government into a vast and unprecedented shakedown scheme? Why, none other than Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton – the current leaders of the Democratic Party. This pair of smooth-talking con artists, trained in the methods of radical activist Saul Alinsky, have taken his crude but effective political shakedown techniques to a level even he never dreamed of. As the nation approaches a crucial election in 2016, Stealing America is an urgent wakeup call for all Americans who want to prevent this theft from being completed by eight more years of Democratic rule. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stealing America: What My Experience with Criminal Gangs Taught Me About Obama, Hillary, and the Democratic Party Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Dinesh D'Souza, Andrew Klavan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WHY HILLARY, OBAMA, AND THE ENTIRE DEMOCRATIC PARTY ARE NO BETTER THAN A GANG OF THIEVES In the fall of 2014, outspoken author and filmmaker Dinesh D’Souza found himself hauled into federal court for improperly donating money to an old friend’s Senate campaign. D’Souza pleaded guilty and was sentenced to eight months in a state-run confinement center.  There he lived among hardened criminals—drug dealers, thieves, gangbangers, rapists, and murderers. Now the bestselling author explains how this experience not only changed his life, but fundamentally transformed his view of his adopted country. Previously, D’Souza had seen America through the eyes of a grateful immigrant who became successful by applying and defending conservative principles. Again and again, D’Souza made the case that America is an exceptional nation, fundamentally fair and just. In book after book, he argued against liberalism as though it were a genuine movement of ideas capable of being engaged and refuted. But his prolonged exposure to the criminal underclass provided an eye-opening education in American realities. In the view of hardened criminals, D’Souza learned, America is anything but fair and just. Instead, it is a jungle in which various armed gangs face off against one another, with the biggest and most powerful gangs inhabiting the federal government. As for American liberalism, it is not a movement of ideas at all but a series of scams and cons aimed at nothing less than stealing the entire wealth of the nation, built up over more than two centuries: the total value of the homes, the lifelong savings of the people, the assets of every industry, and all the funds allocated to health and education and every other service, both public and private. “The thieves I am speaking about want all of it.” And who are the leading figures in this historically ambitious scam that has turned the federal government into a vast and unprecedented shakedown scheme? Why, none other than Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton – the current leaders of the Democratic Party. This pair of smooth-talking con artists, trained in the methods of radical activist Saul Alinsky, have taken his crude but effective political shakedown techniques to a level even he never dreamed of. As the nation approaches a crucial election in 2016, Stealing America is an urgent wakeup call for all Americans who want to prevent this theft from being completed by eight more years of Democratic rule. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247571 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business for Punks: Break All the Rules – the BrewDog Way Author: James Watt Narrator: James Watt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 5, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Business for Punks written and read by James Watt. START A REVOLUTION NOT A BUSINESS Don't waste your time on bullsh*t business plans. Forget sales. Put everything on the line for what you believe in. These are some of the mantras that have turned BrewDog into one of the world's fastest-growing drinks brands, famous for beers, bars and crowdfunding. In Business for Punks, BrewDog co-founder James Watt bottles the essence of this success. From finances ('chase down every cent, pimp every pound') to marketing ('lead with the crusade, not the product') this is an anarchic, indispensable guide to thriving on your own terms. 'Indispensable tips for a fledgeling entrepreneur with a bright idea' The Times James Watt Thu, 05 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247571 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business for Punks: Break All the Rules – the BrewDog Way Author: James Watt Narrator: James Watt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 5, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Business for Punks written and read by James Watt. START A REVOLUTION NOT A BUSINESS Don't waste your time on bullsh*t business plans. Forget sales. Put everything on the line for what you believe in. These are some of the mantras that have turned BrewDog into one of the world's fastest-growing drinks brands, famous for beers, bars and crowdfunding. In Business for Punks, BrewDog co-founder James Watt bottles the essence of this success. From finances ('chase down every cent, pimp every pound') to marketing ('lead with the crusade, not the product') this is an anarchic, indispensable guide to thriving on your own terms. 'Indispensable tips for a fledgeling entrepreneur with a bright idea' The Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business for Punks: Break All the Rules – the BrewDog Way Author: James Watt Narrator: James Watt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 5, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Business for Punks written and read by James Watt. START A REVOLUTION NOT A BUSINESS Don't waste your time on bullsh*t business plans. Forget sales. Put everything on the line for what you believe in. These are some of the mantras that have turned BrewDog into one of the world's fastest-growing drinks brands, famous for beers, bars and crowdfunding. In Business for Punks, BrewDog co-founder James Watt bottles the essence of this success. From finances ('chase down every cent, pimp every pound') to marketing ('lead with the crusade, not the product') this is an anarchic, indispensable guide to thriving on your own terms. 'Indispensable tips for a fledgeling entrepreneur with a bright idea' The Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewriting the Rules of the American Economy: An Agenda for Growth and Shared Prosperity Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inequality is a choice.The United States bills itself as the land of opportunity, a place where anyone can achieve success and a better life through hard work and determination. But the facts tell a different story—the U.S. today lags behind most other developed nations in measures of inequality and economic mobility. For decades, wages have stagnated for the majority of workers while economic gains have disproportionately gone to the top one percent. Education, housing, and health care—essential ingredients for individual success—are growing ever more expensive. Deeply rooted structural discrimination continues to hold down women and people of color, and more than one-fifth of all American children now live in poverty. These trends are on track to become even worse in the future. Some economists claim that today’s bleak conditions are inevitable consequences of market outcomes, globalization, and technological progress. If we want greater equality, they argue, we have to sacrifice growth. This is simply not true. American inequality is the result of misguided structural rules that actually constrict economic growth. We have stripped away worker protections and family support systems, created a tax system that rewards short-term gains over long-term investment, offered a de facto public safety net to too-big-to-fail financial institutions, and chosen monetary and fiscal policies that promote wealth over full employment. Joseph E. Stiglitz Mon, 02 Nov 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247564 thebookvoice.com 5:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewriting the Rules of the American Economy: An Agenda for Growth and Shared Prosperity Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inequality is a choice.The United States bills itself as the land of opportunity, a place where anyone can achieve success and a better life through hard work and determination. But the facts tell a different story—the U.S. today lags behind most other developed nations in measures of inequality and economic mobility. For decades, wages have stagnated for the majority of workers while economic gains have disproportionately gone to the top one percent. Education, housing, and health care—essential ingredients for individual success—are growing ever more expensive. Deeply rooted structural discrimination continues to hold down women and people of color, and more than one-fifth of all American children now live in poverty. These trends are on track to become even worse in the future. Some economists claim that today’s bleak conditions are inevitable consequences of market outcomes, globalization, and technological progress. If we want greater equality, they argue, we have to sacrifice growth. This is simply not true. American inequality is the result of misguided structural rules that actually constrict economic growth. We have stripped away worker protections and family support systems, created a tax system that rewards short-term gains over long-term investment, offered a de facto public safety net to too-big-to-fail financial institutions, and chosen monetary and fiscal policies that promote wealth over full employment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewriting the Rules of the American Economy: An Agenda for Growth and Shared Prosperity Author: Joseph E. Stiglitz Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inequality is a choice.The United States bills itself as the land of opportunity, a place where anyone can achieve success and a better life through hard work and determination. But the facts tell a different story—the U.S. today lags behind most other developed nations in measures of inequality and economic mobility. For decades, wages have stagnated for the majority of workers while economic gains have disproportionately gone to the top one percent. Education, housing, and health care—essential ingredients for individual success—are growing ever more expensive. Deeply rooted structural discrimination continues to hold down women and people of color, and more than one-fifth of all American children now live in poverty. These trends are on track to become even worse in the future. Some economists claim that today’s bleak conditions are inevitable consequences of market outcomes, globalization, and technological progress. If we want greater equality, they argue, we have to sacrifice growth. This is simply not true. American inequality is the result of misguided structural rules that actually constrict economic growth. We have stripped away worker protections and family support systems, created a tax system that rewards short-term gains over long-term investment, offered a de facto public safety net to too-big-to-fail financial institutions, and chosen monetary and fiscal policies that promote wealth over full employment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247556 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last of the President's Men Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Campbell Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bob Woodward exposes one of the final pieces of the Richard Nixon puzzle in this “intimate but disturbing portrayal of Nixon in the Oval Office” (The Washington Post). “Four decades after Watergate shook America, journalist Bob Woodward returns to the scandal to profile Alexander Butterfield, the Richard Nixon aide who revealed the existence of the Oval Office tapes and effectively toppled the presidency…Woodward re-creates detailed scenes, which reveal the petty power plays of America’s most powerful men…a close-up view of the Oval Office in its darkest hour” (Kirkus Reviews). In The Last of the President’s Men, Woodward reveals the untold story based on forty-six hours of interviews with Butterfield, supported by thousands of documents—many of them original and not in the presidential archives and libraries—and uncovered new dimensions of Nixon’s secrets, obsessions, and deceptions. “This volume…amplifies (rather than revises) the familiar, almost Miltonian portrait of the thirty-seventh president…as a brooding, duplicitous despot, obsessed with enemies and score-settling and not the least bit hesitant about lying to the public and breaking the law” (The New York Times). Today, The Last of the President’s Men could not be more timely and relevant as voters question how much do we know about those who are now seeking the presidency in 2016—what really drives them, how do they really make decisions, who do they surround themselves with, and what are their true political and personal values? This is “yet another fascinating gift to history by DC’s most relentless reporter” (Politico). Bob Woodward Tue, 13 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247556 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last of the President's Men Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Campbell Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bob Woodward exposes one of the final pieces of the Richard Nixon puzzle in this “intimate but disturbing portrayal of Nixon in the Oval Office” (The Washington Post). “Four decades after Watergate shook America, journalist Bob Woodward returns to the scandal to profile Alexander Butterfield, the Richard Nixon aide who revealed the existence of the Oval Office tapes and effectively toppled the presidency…Woodward re-creates detailed scenes, which reveal the petty power plays of America’s most powerful men…a close-up view of the Oval Office in its darkest hour” (Kirkus Reviews). In The Last of the President’s Men, Woodward reveals the untold story based on forty-six hours of interviews with Butterfield, supported by thousands of documents—many of them original and not in the presidential archives and libraries—and uncovered new dimensions of Nixon’s secrets, obsessions, and deceptions. “This volume…amplifies (rather than revises) the familiar, almost Miltonian portrait of the thirty-seventh president…as a brooding, duplicitous despot, obsessed with enemies and score-settling and not the least bit hesitant about lying to the public and breaking the law” (The New York Times). Today, The Last of the President’s Men could not be more timely and relevant as voters question how much do we know about those who are now seeking the presidency in 2016—what really drives them, how do they really make decisions, who do they surround themselves with, and what are their true political and personal values? This is “yet another fascinating gift to history by DC’s most relentless reporter” (Politico). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last of the President's Men Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Campbell Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bob Woodward exposes one of the final pieces of the Richard Nixon puzzle in this “intimate but disturbing portrayal of Nixon in the Oval Office” (The Washington Post). “Four decades after Watergate shook America, journalist Bob Woodward returns to the scandal to profile Alexander Butterfield, the Richard Nixon aide who revealed the existence of the Oval Office tapes and effectively toppled the presidency…Woodward re-creates detailed scenes, which reveal the petty power plays of America’s most powerful men…a close-up view of the Oval Office in its darkest hour” (Kirkus Reviews). In The Last of the President’s Men, Woodward reveals the untold story based on forty-six hours of interviews with Butterfield, supported by thousands of documents—many of them original and not in the presidential archives and libraries—and uncovered new dimensions of Nixon’s secrets, obsessions, and deceptions. “This volume…amplifies (rather than revises) the familiar, almost Miltonian portrait of the thirty-seventh president…as a brooding, duplicitous despot, obsessed with enemies and score-settling and not the least bit hesitant about lying to the public and breaking the law” (The New York Times). Today, The Last of the President’s Men could not be more timely and relevant as voters question how much do we know about those who are now seeking the presidency in 2016—what really drives them, how do they really make decisions, who do they surround themselves with, and what are their true political and personal values? This is “yet another fascinating gift to history by DC’s most relentless reporter” (Politico). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power Author: Mary Mapes Narrator: Mary Mapes Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mary Mapes's Truth (previously published as Truth & Duty) was made into the 2015 film Truth, starring Cate Blanchett, Robert Redford, Topher Grace and Elizabeth Moss. A riveting play-by-play of a reporter getting and defending a story that recalls All the President's Men, Truth puts readers in the center of the '60 Minutes II' story on George W. Bush's shirking of his National Guard duty. The firestorm that followed that broadcast--a conflagration that was carefully sparked by the right and fanned by bloggers--trashed Mapes' well-respected twenty-five year producing career, caused newsman Dan Rather to resign from his anchor chair early and led to an unprecedented 'internal inquiry' into the story...chaired by former Reagan attorney general Richard Thornburgh. Truth examines Bush's political roots as governor of Texas, delves into what is known about his National Guard duty-or lack of service-and sheds light on the solidity of the documents that backed up the National Guard story, even including images of the actual documents in an appendix to the book. It is peopled with a colorful cast of characters-from Karl Rove to Sumner Redstone-and moves from small-town Texas to Black Rock-CBS corporate headquarters-in New York City. Truth connects the dots between a corporation under fire from the federal government and the decision about what kinds of stories a news network may cover. It draws a line from reporting in the trenches to the gutting of the great American tradition of a independent media and asks whether it's possible to break important stories on a powerful sitting president. Mary Mapes Tue, 13 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246320 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power Author: Mary Mapes Narrator: Mary Mapes Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mary Mapes's Truth (previously published as Truth & Duty) was made into the 2015 film Truth, starring Cate Blanchett, Robert Redford, Topher Grace and Elizabeth Moss. A riveting play-by-play of a reporter getting and defending a story that recalls All the President's Men, Truth puts readers in the center of the '60 Minutes II' story on George W. Bush's shirking of his National Guard duty. The firestorm that followed that broadcast--a conflagration that was carefully sparked by the right and fanned by bloggers--trashed Mapes' well-respected twenty-five year producing career, caused newsman Dan Rather to resign from his anchor chair early and led to an unprecedented 'internal inquiry' into the story...chaired by former Reagan attorney general Richard Thornburgh. Truth examines Bush's political roots as governor of Texas, delves into what is known about his National Guard duty-or lack of service-and sheds light on the solidity of the documents that backed up the National Guard story, even including images of the actual documents in an appendix to the book. It is peopled with a colorful cast of characters-from Karl Rove to Sumner Redstone-and moves from small-town Texas to Black Rock-CBS corporate headquarters-in New York City. Truth connects the dots between a corporation under fire from the federal government and the decision about what kinds of stories a news network may cover. It draws a line from reporting in the trenches to the gutting of the great American tradition of a independent media and asks whether it's possible to break important stories on a powerful sitting president. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power Author: Mary Mapes Narrator: Mary Mapes Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mary Mapes's Truth (previously published as Truth & Duty) was made into the 2015 film Truth, starring Cate Blanchett, Robert Redford, Topher Grace and Elizabeth Moss. A riveting play-by-play of a reporter getting and defending a story that recalls All the President's Men, Truth puts readers in the center of the '60 Minutes II' story on George W. Bush's shirking of his National Guard duty. The firestorm that followed that broadcast--a conflagration that was carefully sparked by the right and fanned by bloggers--trashed Mapes' well-respected twenty-five year producing career, caused newsman Dan Rather to resign from his anchor chair early and led to an unprecedented 'internal inquiry' into the story...chaired by former Reagan attorney general Richard Thornburgh. Truth examines Bush's political roots as governor of Texas, delves into what is known about his National Guard duty-or lack of service-and sheds light on the solidity of the documents that backed up the National Guard story, even including images of the actual documents in an appendix to the book. It is peopled with a colorful cast of characters-from Karl Rove to Sumner Redstone-and moves from small-town Texas to Black Rock-CBS corporate headquarters-in New York City. Truth connects the dots between a corporation under fire from the federal government and the decision about what kinds of stories a news network may cover. It draws a line from reporting in the trenches to the gutting of the great American tradition of a independent media and asks whether it's possible to break important stories on a powerful sitting president. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doomed to Succeed: The U.S.-Israel Relationship from Truman to Obama Author: Dennis Ross Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A necessary and unprecedented account of America's changing relationship with Israel When it comes to Israel, U.S. policy has always emphasized the unbreakable bond between the two countries and our ironclad commitment to Israel's security. Today our ties to Israel are close—so close that when there are differences, they tend to make the news. But it was not always this way. Dennis Ross has been a direct participant in shaping U.S. policy toward the Middle East, and Israel specifically, for nearly thirty years. He served in senior roles, including as Bill Clinton's envoy for Arab-Israeli peace, and was an active player in the debates over how Israel fit into the region and what should guide our policies. In Doomed to Succeed, he takes us through every administration from Truman to Obama, throwing into dramatic relief each president's attitudes toward Israel and the region, the often tumultuous debates between key advisers, and the events that drove the policies and at times led to a shift in approach. Ross points out how rarely lessons were learned and how distancing the United States from Israel in the Eisenhower, Nixon, Bush, and Obama administrations never yielded any benefits and why that lesson has never been learned. Doomed to Succeed offers compelling advice for how to understand the priorities of Arab leaders and how future administrations might best shape U.S. policy in that light. Dennis Ross Tue, 13 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246317 thebookvoice.com 18:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doomed to Succeed: The U.S.-Israel Relationship from Truman to Obama Author: Dennis Ross Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A necessary and unprecedented account of America's changing relationship with Israel When it comes to Israel, U.S. policy has always emphasized the unbreakable bond between the two countries and our ironclad commitment to Israel's security. Today our ties to Israel are close—so close that when there are differences, they tend to make the news. But it was not always this way. Dennis Ross has been a direct participant in shaping U.S. policy toward the Middle East, and Israel specifically, for nearly thirty years. He served in senior roles, including as Bill Clinton's envoy for Arab-Israeli peace, and was an active player in the debates over how Israel fit into the region and what should guide our policies. In Doomed to Succeed, he takes us through every administration from Truman to Obama, throwing into dramatic relief each president's attitudes toward Israel and the region, the often tumultuous debates between key advisers, and the events that drove the policies and at times led to a shift in approach. Ross points out how rarely lessons were learned and how distancing the United States from Israel in the Eisenhower, Nixon, Bush, and Obama administrations never yielded any benefits and why that lesson has never been learned. Doomed to Succeed offers compelling advice for how to understand the priorities of Arab leaders and how future administrations might best shape U.S. policy in that light. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doomed to Succeed: The U.S.-Israel Relationship from Truman to Obama Author: Dennis Ross Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A necessary and unprecedented account of America's changing relationship with Israel When it comes to Israel, U.S. policy has always emphasized the unbreakable bond between the two countries and our ironclad commitment to Israel's security. Today our ties to Israel are close—so close that when there are differences, they tend to make the news. But it was not always this way. Dennis Ross has been a direct participant in shaping U.S. policy toward the Middle East, and Israel specifically, for nearly thirty years. He served in senior roles, including as Bill Clinton's envoy for Arab-Israeli peace, and was an active player in the debates over how Israel fit into the region and what should guide our policies. In Doomed to Succeed, he takes us through every administration from Truman to Obama, throwing into dramatic relief each president's attitudes toward Israel and the region, the often tumultuous debates between key advisers, and the events that drove the policies and at times led to a shift in approach. Ross points out how rarely lessons were learned and how distancing the United States from Israel in the Eisenhower, Nixon, Bush, and Obama administrations never yielded any benefits and why that lesson has never been learned. Doomed to Succeed offers compelling advice for how to understand the priorities of Arab leaders and how future administrations might best shape U.S. policy in that light. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Lawyers Author: Catherine Crier Narrator: Cameron Beierle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 15, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Case Against Lawyers is both an angry indictment and eloquent plea for a return to common sense. It decries a system of laws so complex that even their enforcers cannot understand them. It unmasks a litigation crazed society where billion-dollar judge Catherine Crier Tue, 15 Jul 2003 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246235 thebookvoice.com 11:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Lawyers Author: Catherine Crier Narrator: Cameron Beierle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 15, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Case Against Lawyers is both an angry indictment and eloquent plea for a return to common sense. It decries a system of laws so complex that even their enforcers cannot understand them. It unmasks a litigation crazed society where billion-dollar judge Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Lawyers Author: Catherine Crier Narrator: Cameron Beierle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 15, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Case Against Lawyers is both an angry indictment and eloquent plea for a return to common sense. It decries a system of laws so complex that even their enforcers cannot understand them. It unmasks a litigation crazed society where billion-dollar judge https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CRACK99: The Takedown of a $100 Million Chinese Software Pirate Author: David Locke Hall Narrator: Mark Peckham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The utterly gripping story of the most outrageous case of cyber piracy prosecuted by the US Department of Justice A former US Navy intelligence officer, David Locke Hall was a federal prosecutor when a bizarre-sounding website, CRACK99, came to his attention. It looked like Craigslist on acid, but what it sold was anything but amateurish: thousands of high-tech software products used largely by the military, and for mere pennies on the dollar. Want to purchase satellite tracking software? No problem. Aerospace and aviation simulations? No problem. Communications systems designs? No problem. Software for Marine One, the presidential helicopter? No problem. With delivery times and customer service to rival the world’s most successful online retailers, anybody, anywhere―including rogue regimes, terrorists, and countries forbidden from doing business with the United States―had access to these goods for any purpose whatsoever. But who was behind CRACK99, and where were they? The Justice Department discouraged potentially costly, risky cases like this, preferring the low-hanging fruit that scored points from politicians and the public. But Hall and his colleagues were determined to find the culprit. They bought CRACK99’s products for delivery in the United States, buying more and more to appeal to the budding entrepreneur in the man they identified as Xiang Li. After winning his confidence, they lured him to Saipan―a US commonwealth territory where Hall’s own father had stormed the beaches with the marines during World War II. There they set up an audacious sting that culminated in Xiang Li’s capture and imprisonment. The value of the goods offered by CRACK99? A cool $100 million. An eye-opening look at cybercrime and its chilling consequences for national security, CRACK99 reads like a caper that resonates with every amazing detail. David Locke Hall Mon, 19 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246143 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CRACK99: The Takedown of a $100 Million Chinese Software Pirate Author: David Locke Hall Narrator: Mark Peckham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The utterly gripping story of the most outrageous case of cyber piracy prosecuted by the US Department of Justice A former US Navy intelligence officer, David Locke Hall was a federal prosecutor when a bizarre-sounding website, CRACK99, came to his attention. It looked like Craigslist on acid, but what it sold was anything but amateurish: thousands of high-tech software products used largely by the military, and for mere pennies on the dollar. Want to purchase satellite tracking software? No problem. Aerospace and aviation simulations? No problem. Communications systems designs? No problem. Software for Marine One, the presidential helicopter? No problem. With delivery times and customer service to rival the world’s most successful online retailers, anybody, anywhere―including rogue regimes, terrorists, and countries forbidden from doing business with the United States―had access to these goods for any purpose whatsoever. But who was behind CRACK99, and where were they? The Justice Department discouraged potentially costly, risky cases like this, preferring the low-hanging fruit that scored points from politicians and the public. But Hall and his colleagues were determined to find the culprit. They bought CRACK99’s products for delivery in the United States, buying more and more to appeal to the budding entrepreneur in the man they identified as Xiang Li. After winning his confidence, they lured him to Saipan―a US commonwealth territory where Hall’s own father had stormed the beaches with the marines during World War II. There they set up an audacious sting that culminated in Xiang Li’s capture and imprisonment. The value of the goods offered by CRACK99? A cool $100 million. An eye-opening look at cybercrime and its chilling consequences for national security, CRACK99 reads like a caper that resonates with every amazing detail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CRACK99: The Takedown of a $100 Million Chinese Software Pirate Author: David Locke Hall Narrator: Mark Peckham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The utterly gripping story of the most outrageous case of cyber piracy prosecuted by the US Department of Justice A former US Navy intelligence officer, David Locke Hall was a federal prosecutor when a bizarre-sounding website, CRACK99, came to his attention. It looked like Craigslist on acid, but what it sold was anything but amateurish: thousands of high-tech software products used largely by the military, and for mere pennies on the dollar. Want to purchase satellite tracking software? No problem. Aerospace and aviation simulations? No problem. Communications systems designs? No problem. Software for Marine One, the presidential helicopter? No problem. With delivery times and customer service to rival the world’s most successful online retailers, anybody, anywhere―including rogue regimes, terrorists, and countries forbidden from doing business with the United States―had access to these goods for any purpose whatsoever. But who was behind CRACK99, and where were they? The Justice Department discouraged potentially costly, risky cases like this, preferring the low-hanging fruit that scored points from politicians and the public. But Hall and his colleagues were determined to find the culprit. They bought CRACK99’s products for delivery in the United States, buying more and more to appeal to the budding entrepreneur in the man they identified as Xiang Li. After winning his confidence, they lured him to Saipan―a US commonwealth territory where Hall’s own father had stormed the beaches with the marines during World War II. There they set up an audacious sting that culminated in Xiang Li’s capture and imprisonment. The value of the goods offered by CRACK99? A cool $100 million. An eye-opening look at cybercrime and its chilling consequences for national security, CRACK99 reads like a caper that resonates with every amazing detail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treason: Liberal Treachery From the Cold War to the War on Terrorism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 25, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Liberals’ loyalty to the United States is off-limits as a subject of political debate. Why is the relative patriotism of the two parties the only issue that is out of bounds for rational discussion?” In a stunning follow-up to her number one bestseller Slander, leading conservative pundit Ann Coulter contends that liberals have been wrong on every foreign policy issue, from the fight against Communism at home and abroad, the Nixon and the Clinton presidencies, and the struggle with the Soviet empire right up to today’s war on terrorism. “Liberals have a preternatural gift for always striking a position on the side of treason,” says Coulter. “Everyone says liberals love America, too. No, they don’t.” From Truman to Kennedy to Carter to Clinton, America has contained, appeased, and retreated, often sacrificing America’s best interests and security. With the fate of the world in the balance, liberals should leave the defense of the nation to conservatives. Reexamining the sixty-year history of the Cold War and beyond—including the career of Senator Joseph McCarthy, the Whittaker Chambers–Alger Hiss affair, Ronald Reagan’s challenge to Mikhail Gorbachev to “tear down this wall,” the Gulf War, and our present war on terrorism—Coulter reveals how liberals have been horribly wrong in all their political analyses and policy prescriptions. McCarthy, exonerated by the Venona Papers if not before, was basically right about Soviet agents working for the U.S. government. Hiss turned out to be a high-ranking Soviet spy (who consulted Roosevelt at Yalta). Reagan, ridiculed throughout his presidency, ended up winning the Cold War. And George W. Bush, also an object of ridicule, has performed exceptionally in responding to America’s newest threats at home and abroad. Coulter, who in Slander exposed a liberal bias in today’s media, also examines how history, especially in the latter half of the twentieth century, has been written by liberals and, therefore, distorted by their perspective. Far from being irrelevant today, her clearheaded and piercing view of what we’ve been through informs us perfectly for challenges today and in the future. With Slander, Ann Coulter became the most recognized and talked-about conservative intellectual of the year. Treason, in many ways an even more controversial and prescient book, will ignite impassioned political debate at one of the most crucial moments in our history. Ann Coulter Wed, 25 Aug 2004 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283954 thebookvoice.com 11:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treason: Liberal Treachery From the Cold War to the War on Terrorism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 25, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Liberals’ loyalty to the United States is off-limits as a subject of political debate. Why is the relative patriotism of the two parties the only issue that is out of bounds for rational discussion?” In a stunning follow-up to her number one bestseller Slander, leading conservative pundit Ann Coulter contends that liberals have been wrong on every foreign policy issue, from the fight against Communism at home and abroad, the Nixon and the Clinton presidencies, and the struggle with the Soviet empire right up to today’s war on terrorism. “Liberals have a preternatural gift for always striking a position on the side of treason,” says Coulter. “Everyone says liberals love America, too. No, they don’t.” From Truman to Kennedy to Carter to Clinton, America has contained, appeased, and retreated, often sacrificing America’s best interests and security. With the fate of the world in the balance, liberals should leave the defense of the nation to conservatives. Reexamining the sixty-year history of the Cold War and beyond—including the career of Senator Joseph McCarthy, the Whittaker Chambers–Alger Hiss affair, Ronald Reagan’s challenge to Mikhail Gorbachev to “tear down this wall,” the Gulf War, and our present war on terrorism—Coulter reveals how liberals have been horribly wrong in all their political analyses and policy prescriptions. McCarthy, exonerated by the Venona Papers if not before, was basically right about Soviet agents working for the U.S. government. Hiss turned out to be a high-ranking Soviet spy (who consulted Roosevelt at Yalta). Reagan, ridiculed throughout his presidency, ended up winning the Cold War. And George W. Bush, also an object of ridicule, has performed exceptionally in responding to America’s newest threats at home and abroad. Coulter, who in Slander exposed a liberal bias in today’s media, also examines how history, especially in the latter half of the twentieth century, has been written by liberals and, therefore, distorted by their perspective. Far from being irrelevant today, her clearheaded and piercing view of what we’ve been through informs us perfectly for challenges today and in the future. With Slander, Ann Coulter became the most recognized and talked-about conservative intellectual of the year. Treason, in many ways an even more controversial and prescient book, will ignite impassioned political debate at one of the most crucial moments in our history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treason: Liberal Treachery From the Cold War to the War on Terrorism Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 25, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Liberals’ loyalty to the United States is off-limits as a subject of political debate. Why is the relative patriotism of the two parties the only issue that is out of bounds for rational discussion?” In a stunning follow-up to her number one bestseller Slander, leading conservative pundit Ann Coulter contends that liberals have been wrong on every foreign policy issue, from the fight against Communism at home and abroad, the Nixon and the Clinton presidencies, and the struggle with the Soviet empire right up to today’s war on terrorism. “Liberals have a preternatural gift for always striking a position on the side of treason,” says Coulter. “Everyone says liberals love America, too. No, they don’t.” From Truman to Kennedy to Carter to Clinton, America has contained, appeased, and retreated, often sacrificing America’s best interests and security. With the fate of the world in the balance, liberals should leave the defense of the nation to conservatives. Reexamining the sixty-year history of the Cold War and beyond—including the career of Senator Joseph McCarthy, the Whittaker Chambers–Alger Hiss affair, Ronald Reagan’s challenge to Mikhail Gorbachev to “tear down this wall,” the Gulf War, and our present war on terrorism—Coulter reveals how liberals have been horribly wrong in all their political analyses and policy prescriptions. McCarthy, exonerated by the Venona Papers if not before, was basically right about Soviet agents working for the U.S. government. Hiss turned out to be a high-ranking Soviet spy (who consulted Roosevelt at Yalta). Reagan, ridiculed throughout his presidency, ended up winning the Cold War. And George W. Bush, also an object of ridicule, has performed exceptionally in responding to America’s newest threats at home and abroad. Coulter, who in Slander exposed a liberal bias in today’s media, also examines how history, especially in the latter half of the twentieth century, has been written by liberals and, therefore, distorted by their perspective. Far from being irrelevant today, her clearheaded and piercing view of what we’ve been through informs us perfectly for challenges today and in the future. With Slander, Ann Coulter became the most recognized and talked-about conservative intellectual of the year. Treason, in many ways an even more controversial and prescient book, will ignite impassioned political debate at one of the most crucial moments in our history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245952 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: The Crisis in the Catholic Church: The findings of the investigation that inspired the major motion picture Spotlight Author: The Investigative Staff of the Boston Globe Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With this exposé, the Boston Globe presents the single most comprehensive account of the cover-ups, hush money and manipulation used by the Catholic Church to keep its history of sexual abuse secret. The Investigative Staff of the Boston Globe Tue, 27 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245952 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: The Crisis in the Catholic Church: The findings of the investigation that inspired the major motion picture Spotlight Author: The Investigative Staff of the Boston Globe Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With this exposé, the Boston Globe presents the single most comprehensive account of the cover-ups, hush money and manipulation used by the Catholic Church to keep its history of sexual abuse secret. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: The Crisis in the Catholic Church: The findings of the investigation that inspired the major motion picture Spotlight Author: The Investigative Staff of the Boston Globe Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With this exposé, the Boston Globe presents the single most comprehensive account of the cover-ups, hush money and manipulation used by the Catholic Church to keep its history of sexual abuse secret. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dissent and the Supreme Court: Its Role in the Court's History and the Nation's Constitutional Dialogue Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the admired judicial authority, author of Louis D. Brandeis (“Remarkable”—Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books; “Monumental”—Alan M. Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review), Division and Discord, and Supreme Decisions—Melvin Urofsky’s major new book looks at the role of dissent in the Supreme Court and the meaning of the Constitution through the greatest and longest lasting public-policy debate in the country’s history, among members of the Supreme Court, between the Court and the other branches of government, and between the Court and the people of the United States.   Urofsky writes of the necessity of constitutional dialogue as one of the ways in which we as a people reinvent and reinvigorate our democratic society. In Dissent and the Supreme Court, he explores the great dissents throughout the Court’s 225-year history. He discusses in detail the role the Supreme Court has played in helping to define what the Constitution means, how the Court’s majority opinions have not always been right, and how the dissenters, by positing alternative interpretations, have initiated a critical dialogue about what a particular decision should mean. This dialogue is sometimes resolved quickly; other times it may take decades before the Court adjusts its position. Louis Brandeis’s dissenting opinion about wiretapping became the position of the Court four decades after it was written. The Court took six decades to adopt the dissenting opinion of the first Justice John Harlan in Plessy v. Ferguson (1896)—that segregation on the basis of race violated the Constitution—in Brown v. Board of Education (1954).   Urofsky shows that the practice of dissent grew slowly but steadily and that in the nineteenth century dissents became more frequent. In the (in)famous case of Dred Scott v. Sanford (1857), Chief Justice Roger Taney’s opinion upheld slavery, declaring that blacks could never be citizens. The justice received intense condemnations from several of his colleagues, but it took a civil war and three constitutional amendments before the dissenting view prevailed and Dred Scott was overturned.   Urofsky looks as well at the many aspects of American constitutional life that were affected by the Earl Warren Court—free speech, race, judicial appointment, and rights of the accused—and shows how few of these decisions were unanimous, and how the dissents in the earlier cases molded the results of later decisions; how with Roe v. Wade—the Dred Scott of the modern era—dissent fashioned subsequent decisions, and how, in the Court, a dialogue that began with the dissents in Roe has shaped every decision since.   Urofsky writes of the rise of conservatism and discusses how the resulting appointments of more conservative jurists to the bench put the last of the Warren liberals—William Brennan and Thurgood Marshall—in increasingly beleaguered positions, and in the minority. He discusses the present age of incivility, in which reasoned dialogue seems less and less possible. Yet within the Marble Palace, the members of the Supreme Court continue to hear arguments, vote, and draft majority opinions, while the minority continues to “respectfully dissent.” The Framers understood that if a constitution doesn’t grow and adapt, it atrophies and dies, and if it does, so does the democratic society it has supported. Dissent—on the Court and off, Urofsky argues—has been a crucial ingredient in keeping the Constitution alive and must continue to be so. (With black-and-white illustrations throughout.) Melvin I. Urofsky Tue, 13 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245943 thebookvoice.com 19:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dissent and the Supreme Court: Its Role in the Court's History and the Nation's Constitutional Dialogue Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the admired judicial authority, author of Louis D. Brandeis (“Remarkable”—Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books; “Monumental”—Alan M. Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review), Division and Discord, and Supreme Decisions—Melvin Urofsky’s major new book looks at the role of dissent in the Supreme Court and the meaning of the Constitution through the greatest and longest lasting public-policy debate in the country’s history, among members of the Supreme Court, between the Court and the other branches of government, and between the Court and the people of the United States.   Urofsky writes of the necessity of constitutional dialogue as one of the ways in which we as a people reinvent and reinvigorate our democratic society. In Dissent and the Supreme Court, he explores the great dissents throughout the Court’s 225-year history. He discusses in detail the role the Supreme Court has played in helping to define what the Constitution means, how the Court’s majority opinions have not always been right, and how the dissenters, by positing alternative interpretations, have initiated a critical dialogue about what a particular decision should mean. This dialogue is sometimes resolved quickly; other times it may take decades before the Court adjusts its position. Louis Brandeis’s dissenting opinion about wiretapping became the position of the Court four decades after it was written. The Court took six decades to adopt the dissenting opinion of the first Justice John Harlan in Plessy v. Ferguson (1896)—that segregation on the basis of race violated the Constitution—in Brown v. Board of Education (1954).   Urofsky shows that the practice of dissent grew slowly but steadily and that in the nineteenth century dissents became more frequent. In the (in)famous case of Dred Scott v. Sanford (1857), Chief Justice Roger Taney’s opinion upheld slavery, declaring that blacks could never be citizens. The justice received intense condemnations from several of his colleagues, but it took a civil war and three constitutional amendments before the dissenting view prevailed and Dred Scott was overturned.   Urofsky looks as well at the many aspects of American constitutional life that were affected by the Earl Warren Court—free speech, race, judicial appointment, and rights of the accused—and shows how few of these decisions were unanimous, and how the dissents in the earlier cases molded the results of later decisions; how with Roe v. Wade—the Dred Scott of the modern era—dissent fashioned subsequent decisions, and how, in the Court, a dialogue that began with the dissents in Roe has shaped every decision since.   Urofsky writes of the rise of conservatism and discusses how the resulting appointments of more conservative jurists to the bench put the last of the Warren liberals—William Brennan and Thurgood Marshall—in increasingly beleaguered positions, and in the minority. He discusses the present age of incivility, in which reasoned dialogue seems less and less possible. Yet within the Marble Palace, the members of the Supreme Court continue to hear arguments, vote, and draft majority opinions, while the minority continues to “respectfully dissent.” The Framers understood that if a constitution doesn’t grow and adapt, it atrophies and dies, and if it does, so does the democratic society it has supported. Dissent—on the Court and off, Urofsky argues—has been a crucial ingredient in keeping the Constitution alive and must continue to be so. (With black-and-white illustrations throughout.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dissent and the Supreme Court: Its Role in the Court's History and the Nation's Constitutional Dialogue Author: Melvin I. Urofsky Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the admired judicial authority, author of Louis D. Brandeis (“Remarkable”—Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books; “Monumental”—Alan M. Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review), Division and Discord, and Supreme Decisions—Melvin Urofsky’s major new book looks at the role of dissent in the Supreme Court and the meaning of the Constitution through the greatest and longest lasting public-policy debate in the country’s history, among members of the Supreme Court, between the Court and the other branches of government, and between the Court and the people of the United States.   Urofsky writes of the necessity of constitutional dialogue as one of the ways in which we as a people reinvent and reinvigorate our democratic society. In Dissent and the Supreme Court, he explores the great dissents throughout the Court’s 225-year history. He discusses in detail the role the Supreme Court has played in helping to define what the Constitution means, how the Court’s majority opinions have not always been right, and how the dissenters, by positing alternative interpretations, have initiated a critical dialogue about what a particular decision should mean. This dialogue is sometimes resolved quickly; other times it may take decades before the Court adjusts its position. Louis Brandeis’s dissenting opinion about wiretapping became the position of the Court four decades after it was written. The Court took six decades to adopt the dissenting opinion of the first Justice John Harlan in Plessy v. Ferguson (1896)—that segregation on the basis of race violated the Constitution—in Brown v. Board of Education (1954).   Urofsky shows that the practice of dissent grew slowly but steadily and that in the nineteenth century dissents became more frequent. In the (in)famous case of Dred Scott v. Sanford (1857), Chief Justice Roger Taney’s opinion upheld slavery, declaring that blacks could never be citizens. The justice received intense condemnations from several of his colleagues, but it took a civil war and three constitutional amendments before the dissenting view prevailed and Dred Scott was overturned.   Urofsky looks as well at the many aspects of American constitutional life that were affected by the Earl Warren Court—free speech, race, judicial appointment, and rights of the accused—and shows how few of these decisions were unanimous, and how the dissents in the earlier cases molded the results of later decisions; how with Roe v. Wade—the Dred Scott of the modern era—dissent fashioned subsequent decisions, and how, in the Court, a dialogue that began with the dissents in Roe has shaped every decision since.   Urofsky writes of the rise of conservatism and discusses how the resulting appointments of more conservative jurists to the bench put the last of the Warren liberals—William Brennan and Thurgood Marshall—in increasingly beleaguered positions, and in the minority. He discusses the present age of incivility, in which reasoned dialogue seems less and less possible. Yet within the Marble Palace, the members of the Supreme Court continue to hear arguments, vote, and draft majority opinions, while the minority continues to “respectfully dissent.” The Framers understood that if a constitution doesn’t grow and adapt, it atrophies and dies, and if it does, so does the democratic society it has supported. Dissent—on the Court and off, Urofsky argues—has been a crucial ingredient in keeping the Constitution alive and must continue to be so. (With black-and-white illustrations throughout.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FDR and the Jews Author: Allan J. Lichtman, Richard Breitman Narrator: Todd McLaren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nearly seventy-five years after World War II, a contentious debate lingers over whether Franklin Delano Roosevelt turned his back on the Jews of Hitler's Europe. Defenders claim that FDR saved millions of potential victims by defeating Nazi Germany. Others revile him as morally indifferent and indict him for keeping America's gates closed to Jewish refugees and failing to bomb Auschwitz's gas chambers. In an extensive examination of this impassioned debate, Richard Breitman and Allan J. Lichtman find that the president was neither savior nor bystander. In FDR and the Jews, they draw upon many new primary sources to offer an intriguing portrait of a consummate politician—compassionate but also pragmatic—struggling with opposing priorities under perilous conditions. For most of his presidency Roosevelt indeed did little to aid the imperiled Jews of Europe. He put domestic policy priorities ahead of helping Jews and deferred to others' fears of an anti-Semitic backlash. Yet he also acted decisively at times to rescue Jews, often withstanding contrary pressures from his advisers and the American public. Even Jewish citizens who petitioned the president could not agree on how best to aid their coreligionists abroad. Though his actions may seem inadequate in retrospect, the authors bring to light a concerned leader whose efforts on behalf of Jews were far greater than those of any other world figure. His moral position was tempered by the political realities of depression and war, a conflict all too familiar to American politicians in the twenty-first century. Allan J. Lichtman, Richard Breitman Mon, 01 Jul 2013 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245798 thebookvoice.com 16:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FDR and the Jews Author: Allan J. Lichtman, Richard Breitman Narrator: Todd McLaren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nearly seventy-five years after World War II, a contentious debate lingers over whether Franklin Delano Roosevelt turned his back on the Jews of Hitler's Europe. Defenders claim that FDR saved millions of potential victims by defeating Nazi Germany. Others revile him as morally indifferent and indict him for keeping America's gates closed to Jewish refugees and failing to bomb Auschwitz's gas chambers. In an extensive examination of this impassioned debate, Richard Breitman and Allan J. Lichtman find that the president was neither savior nor bystander. In FDR and the Jews, they draw upon many new primary sources to offer an intriguing portrait of a consummate politician—compassionate but also pragmatic—struggling with opposing priorities under perilous conditions. For most of his presidency Roosevelt indeed did little to aid the imperiled Jews of Europe. He put domestic policy priorities ahead of helping Jews and deferred to others' fears of an anti-Semitic backlash. Yet he also acted decisively at times to rescue Jews, often withstanding contrary pressures from his advisers and the American public. Even Jewish citizens who petitioned the president could not agree on how best to aid their coreligionists abroad. Though his actions may seem inadequate in retrospect, the authors bring to light a concerned leader whose efforts on behalf of Jews were far greater than those of any other world figure. His moral position was tempered by the political realities of depression and war, a conflict all too familiar to American politicians in the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: FDR and the Jews Author: Allan J. Lichtman, Richard Breitman Narrator: Todd McLaren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nearly seventy-five years after World War II, a contentious debate lingers over whether Franklin Delano Roosevelt turned his back on the Jews of Hitler's Europe. Defenders claim that FDR saved millions of potential victims by defeating Nazi Germany. Others revile him as morally indifferent and indict him for keeping America's gates closed to Jewish refugees and failing to bomb Auschwitz's gas chambers. In an extensive examination of this impassioned debate, Richard Breitman and Allan J. Lichtman find that the president was neither savior nor bystander. In FDR and the Jews, they draw upon many new primary sources to offer an intriguing portrait of a consummate politician—compassionate but also pragmatic—struggling with opposing priorities under perilous conditions. For most of his presidency Roosevelt indeed did little to aid the imperiled Jews of Europe. He put domestic policy priorities ahead of helping Jews and deferred to others' fears of an anti-Semitic backlash. Yet he also acted decisively at times to rescue Jews, often withstanding contrary pressures from his advisers and the American public. Even Jewish citizens who petitioned the president could not agree on how best to aid their coreligionists abroad. Though his actions may seem inadequate in retrospect, the authors bring to light a concerned leader whose efforts on behalf of Jews were far greater than those of any other world figure. His moral position was tempered by the political realities of depression and war, a conflict all too familiar to American politicians in the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245428 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ecology of Law: Toward a Legal System in Tune with Nature and Community Author: Ugo Mattei, Fritjof Capra Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Fritjof Capra partners with distinguished legal scholar Ugo Mattei to reveal that our legal system must catch up with the current scientific under-standing of the world if it is to contribute to solving the great crises of our times. At the root of many of the environmental, economic, and social crises we face today is a legal system based on an outdated and ultimately destructive worldview. In this groundbreaking book, bestselling author, physicist, and systems theorist Fritjof Capra and distinguished legal scholar Ugo Mattei show how, by incorporating concepts from modern science, the law can be updated to reflect a more accurate view of how the world works and become a progressive force. Capra and Mattei trace the fascinating parallel history of law and science to show how the two disciplines have always influenced each other-until recently. Science now sees the world as being made up of interconnected networks. But law is stuck in a mechanistic, 17th century paradigm that views the world as discrete individual parts. This has led to a disregard for the health of the whole-for example, elevating the rights of individual property owners over the good of the community. But Capra and Mattei outline the basic concepts and structures of a legal order consistent with the ecological principles that sustain life on this planet. Ugo Mattei, Fritjof Capra Mon, 05 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245428 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ecology of Law: Toward a Legal System in Tune with Nature and Community Author: Ugo Mattei, Fritjof Capra Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Fritjof Capra partners with distinguished legal scholar Ugo Mattei to reveal that our legal system must catch up with the current scientific under-standing of the world if it is to contribute to solving the great crises of our times. At the root of many of the environmental, economic, and social crises we face today is a legal system based on an outdated and ultimately destructive worldview. In this groundbreaking book, bestselling author, physicist, and systems theorist Fritjof Capra and distinguished legal scholar Ugo Mattei show how, by incorporating concepts from modern science, the law can be updated to reflect a more accurate view of how the world works and become a progressive force. Capra and Mattei trace the fascinating parallel history of law and science to show how the two disciplines have always influenced each other-until recently. Science now sees the world as being made up of interconnected networks. But law is stuck in a mechanistic, 17th century paradigm that views the world as discrete individual parts. This has led to a disregard for the health of the whole-for example, elevating the rights of individual property owners over the good of the community. But Capra and Mattei outline the basic concepts and structures of a legal order consistent with the ecological principles that sustain life on this planet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ecology of Law: Toward a Legal System in Tune with Nature and Community Author: Ugo Mattei, Fritjof Capra Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Fritjof Capra partners with distinguished legal scholar Ugo Mattei to reveal that our legal system must catch up with the current scientific under-standing of the world if it is to contribute to solving the great crises of our times. At the root of many of the environmental, economic, and social crises we face today is a legal system based on an outdated and ultimately destructive worldview. In this groundbreaking book, bestselling author, physicist, and systems theorist Fritjof Capra and distinguished legal scholar Ugo Mattei show how, by incorporating concepts from modern science, the law can be updated to reflect a more accurate view of how the world works and become a progressive force. Capra and Mattei trace the fascinating parallel history of law and science to show how the two disciplines have always influenced each other-until recently. Science now sees the world as being made up of interconnected networks. But law is stuck in a mechanistic, 17th century paradigm that views the world as discrete individual parts. This has led to a disregard for the health of the whole-for example, elevating the rights of individual property owners over the good of the community. But Capra and Mattei outline the basic concepts and structures of a legal order consistent with the ecological principles that sustain life on this planet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: Shami Chakrabarti Narrator: Shami Chakrabarti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of On Liberty, written and read by Shami Chakrabarti. On 11 September 2001, our world changed. The West's response to 9/11 has morphed into a period of exception. Governments have decided that the rule of law and human rights are often too costly. In On Liberty, Shami Chakrabarti - who joined Liberty, the UK's leading civil rights organization, on 10 September 2001 - explores why our fundamental rights and freedoms are indispensable. She shows, too, the unprecedented pressures those rights are under today. Drawing on her own work in high-profile campaigns, from privacy laws to anti-terror legislation, Chakrabarti shows the threats to our democratic institutions and why our rights are paramount in upholding democracy. Shami Chakrabarti Thu, 01 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245290 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: Shami Chakrabarti Narrator: Shami Chakrabarti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of On Liberty, written and read by Shami Chakrabarti. On 11 September 2001, our world changed. The West's response to 9/11 has morphed into a period of exception. Governments have decided that the rule of law and human rights are often too costly. In On Liberty, Shami Chakrabarti - who joined Liberty, the UK's leading civil rights organization, on 10 September 2001 - explores why our fundamental rights and freedoms are indispensable. She shows, too, the unprecedented pressures those rights are under today. Drawing on her own work in high-profile campaigns, from privacy laws to anti-terror legislation, Chakrabarti shows the threats to our democratic institutions and why our rights are paramount in upholding democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: Shami Chakrabarti Narrator: Shami Chakrabarti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of On Liberty, written and read by Shami Chakrabarti. On 11 September 2001, our world changed. The West's response to 9/11 has morphed into a period of exception. Governments have decided that the rule of law and human rights are often too costly. In On Liberty, Shami Chakrabarti - who joined Liberty, the UK's leading civil rights organization, on 10 September 2001 - explores why our fundamental rights and freedoms are indispensable. She shows, too, the unprecedented pressures those rights are under today. Drawing on her own work in high-profile campaigns, from privacy laws to anti-terror legislation, Chakrabarti shows the threats to our democratic institutions and why our rights are paramount in upholding democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245264 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Will: The Forgotten Choices That Changed Our Republic Author: Bobby Jindal Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Governor Bobby Jindal of Louisiana, a much-talked-about 2016 presidential candidate, offers fourteen lessons from our nation’s past and discusses how they can be used to restore American courage, faith, and wisdom. Nearly forty-five years ago, Bobby Jindal’s parents left their home in rural India—a place with no electricity or running water—to build a new life in the United States. Every day, Jindal’s father told him, “You should be grateful that you were blessed to be born in the greatest country in the history of the world”—a country where the son of poor immigrants could grow up to become the governor of Louisiana. For Jindal, this defining experience bolsters a profound belief in American exceptionalism: Freedom is not just the American way, it’s the American will. As we approach the next great turning point in this extraordinary nation’s remarkable history, Jindal brings to life inspiring stories from our country’s past that have influenced his beliefs and the indispensable lessons each can teach us about our future. Stories such as the stalwart senator who galvanized the public against Hillary Clinton’s costly and oppressive socialist health-care proposal in the early 1990s; the entrepreneur whose dogged determination ushered in a worldwide energy revolution, and with it technological innovation and economic growth; and the Founding Father who refused to “lead from behind” and instead used his vision for the nascent nation’s vast potential and the best interests of its people to outwit a greedy dictator. In the next election, we can continue down the current destructive path of big government, emboldened enemies, diminished liberties, and hostility to religious faith. Or we can embrace the values that have always propelled America to the top: limited government; free people and free markets; strength and exceptionalism; and the essential role of religious faith in effecting change. American power is precious, and our vital interests and those of our allies depend on strong leadership. Whom will we choose: a cynic or a statesman, a politician or a problem solver? The dramatic tales in American Will illuminate the courage, faith, and vision that we need in 2016—and the government folly, corruption, and myopia that jeopardize our future. Bobby Jindal Tue, 20 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245264 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Will: The Forgotten Choices That Changed Our Republic Author: Bobby Jindal Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Governor Bobby Jindal of Louisiana, a much-talked-about 2016 presidential candidate, offers fourteen lessons from our nation’s past and discusses how they can be used to restore American courage, faith, and wisdom. Nearly forty-five years ago, Bobby Jindal’s parents left their home in rural India—a place with no electricity or running water—to build a new life in the United States. Every day, Jindal’s father told him, “You should be grateful that you were blessed to be born in the greatest country in the history of the world”—a country where the son of poor immigrants could grow up to become the governor of Louisiana. For Jindal, this defining experience bolsters a profound belief in American exceptionalism: Freedom is not just the American way, it’s the American will. As we approach the next great turning point in this extraordinary nation’s remarkable history, Jindal brings to life inspiring stories from our country’s past that have influenced his beliefs and the indispensable lessons each can teach us about our future. Stories such as the stalwart senator who galvanized the public against Hillary Clinton’s costly and oppressive socialist health-care proposal in the early 1990s; the entrepreneur whose dogged determination ushered in a worldwide energy revolution, and with it technological innovation and economic growth; and the Founding Father who refused to “lead from behind” and instead used his vision for the nascent nation’s vast potential and the best interests of its people to outwit a greedy dictator. In the next election, we can continue down the current destructive path of big government, emboldened enemies, diminished liberties, and hostility to religious faith. Or we can embrace the values that have always propelled America to the top: limited government; free people and free markets; strength and exceptionalism; and the essential role of religious faith in effecting change. American power is precious, and our vital interests and those of our allies depend on strong leadership. Whom will we choose: a cynic or a statesman, a politician or a problem solver? The dramatic tales in American Will illuminate the courage, faith, and vision that we need in 2016—and the government folly, corruption, and myopia that jeopardize our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Will: The Forgotten Choices That Changed Our Republic Author: Bobby Jindal Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Governor Bobby Jindal of Louisiana, a much-talked-about 2016 presidential candidate, offers fourteen lessons from our nation’s past and discusses how they can be used to restore American courage, faith, and wisdom. Nearly forty-five years ago, Bobby Jindal’s parents left their home in rural India—a place with no electricity or running water—to build a new life in the United States. Every day, Jindal’s father told him, “You should be grateful that you were blessed to be born in the greatest country in the history of the world”—a country where the son of poor immigrants could grow up to become the governor of Louisiana. For Jindal, this defining experience bolsters a profound belief in American exceptionalism: Freedom is not just the American way, it’s the American will. As we approach the next great turning point in this extraordinary nation’s remarkable history, Jindal brings to life inspiring stories from our country’s past that have influenced his beliefs and the indispensable lessons each can teach us about our future. Stories such as the stalwart senator who galvanized the public against Hillary Clinton’s costly and oppressive socialist health-care proposal in the early 1990s; the entrepreneur whose dogged determination ushered in a worldwide energy revolution, and with it technological innovation and economic growth; and the Founding Father who refused to “lead from behind” and instead used his vision for the nascent nation’s vast potential and the best interests of its people to outwit a greedy dictator. In the next election, we can continue down the current destructive path of big government, emboldened enemies, diminished liberties, and hostility to religious faith. Or we can embrace the values that have always propelled America to the top: limited government; free people and free markets; strength and exceptionalism; and the essential role of religious faith in effecting change. American power is precious, and our vital interests and those of our allies depend on strong leadership. Whom will we choose: a cynic or a statesman, a politician or a problem solver? The dramatic tales in American Will illuminate the courage, faith, and vision that we need in 2016—and the government folly, corruption, and myopia that jeopardize our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Apocalypse: The History, Strategy, and Doomsday Vision of the Islamic State Author: William McCants Narrator: Stephen McLaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 18 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based almost entirely on primary sources in Arabic-including ancient religious texts and secret al-Qaeda and Islamic State letters that few have seen - William McCants's The ISIS Apocalypse explores how religious fervor, strategic calculation, and doomsday prophecy shaped the Islamic State's past and foreshadow its dark future. The Islamic State is one of the most lethal and successful jihadist groups in modern history, surpassing even al-Qaeda. Thousands of its followers have marched across Syria and Iraq, subjugating millions, enslaving women, beheading captives, and daring anyone to stop them. Thousands more have spread terror beyond the Middle East under the Islamic State's black flag. How did the Islamic State attract so many followers and conquer so much land? By being more ruthless, more apocalyptic, and more devoted to state-building than its competitors. The shrewd leaders of the Islamic State combined two of the most powerful yet contradictory ideas in Islam-the return of the Islamic Empire and the end of the world-into a mission and a message that shapes its strategy and inspires its army of zealous fighters. They have defied conventional thinking about how to wage wars and win recruits. Even if the Islamic State is defeated, jihadist terrorism will never be the same. William McCants Tue, 22 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245192 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Apocalypse: The History, Strategy, and Doomsday Vision of the Islamic State Author: William McCants Narrator: Stephen McLaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 18 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based almost entirely on primary sources in Arabic-including ancient religious texts and secret al-Qaeda and Islamic State letters that few have seen - William McCants's The ISIS Apocalypse explores how religious fervor, strategic calculation, and doomsday prophecy shaped the Islamic State's past and foreshadow its dark future. The Islamic State is one of the most lethal and successful jihadist groups in modern history, surpassing even al-Qaeda. Thousands of its followers have marched across Syria and Iraq, subjugating millions, enslaving women, beheading captives, and daring anyone to stop them. Thousands more have spread terror beyond the Middle East under the Islamic State's black flag. How did the Islamic State attract so many followers and conquer so much land? By being more ruthless, more apocalyptic, and more devoted to state-building than its competitors. The shrewd leaders of the Islamic State combined two of the most powerful yet contradictory ideas in Islam-the return of the Islamic Empire and the end of the world-into a mission and a message that shapes its strategy and inspires its army of zealous fighters. They have defied conventional thinking about how to wage wars and win recruits. Even if the Islamic State is defeated, jihadist terrorism will never be the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Apocalypse: The History, Strategy, and Doomsday Vision of the Islamic State Author: William McCants Narrator: Stephen McLaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 18 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based almost entirely on primary sources in Arabic-including ancient religious texts and secret al-Qaeda and Islamic State letters that few have seen - William McCants's The ISIS Apocalypse explores how religious fervor, strategic calculation, and doomsday prophecy shaped the Islamic State's past and foreshadow its dark future. The Islamic State is one of the most lethal and successful jihadist groups in modern history, surpassing even al-Qaeda. Thousands of its followers have marched across Syria and Iraq, subjugating millions, enslaving women, beheading captives, and daring anyone to stop them. Thousands more have spread terror beyond the Middle East under the Islamic State's black flag. How did the Islamic State attract so many followers and conquer so much land? By being more ruthless, more apocalyptic, and more devoted to state-building than its competitors. The shrewd leaders of the Islamic State combined two of the most powerful yet contradictory ideas in Islam-the return of the Islamic Empire and the end of the world-into a mission and a message that shapes its strategy and inspires its army of zealous fighters. They have defied conventional thinking about how to wage wars and win recruits. Even if the Islamic State is defeated, jihadist terrorism will never be the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Show Me A Hero: A Tale of Murder, Suicide, Race, and Redemption Author: Lisa Belkin Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW AN HBO MINISERIES Not in my backyard -- that's the refrain commonly invoked by property owners who oppose unwanted development. Such words assume a special ferocity when the development in question is public housing. Lisa Belkin penetrates the prejudices, myths, and heated emotions stirred by the most recent trend in public housing as she re-creates a landmark case in riveting detail, showing how a proposal to build scattered-site public housing in middle-class neighborhoods nearly destroyed an entire city and forever changed the lives of many of its citizens. -- Public housing projects are being torn down throughout the United States. What will take their place? Show Me a Hero explores the answer. -- An important and compelling work of narrative nonfiction in the tradition of J. Anthony Lukas's Common Ground. -- A sweeping yet intimate group portrait that assesses the effects of public policy on individual human lives. Lisa Belkin Tue, 29 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245151 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Show Me A Hero: A Tale of Murder, Suicide, Race, and Redemption Author: Lisa Belkin Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW AN HBO MINISERIES Not in my backyard -- that's the refrain commonly invoked by property owners who oppose unwanted development. Such words assume a special ferocity when the development in question is public housing. Lisa Belkin penetrates the prejudices, myths, and heated emotions stirred by the most recent trend in public housing as she re-creates a landmark case in riveting detail, showing how a proposal to build scattered-site public housing in middle-class neighborhoods nearly destroyed an entire city and forever changed the lives of many of its citizens. -- Public housing projects are being torn down throughout the United States. What will take their place? Show Me a Hero explores the answer. -- An important and compelling work of narrative nonfiction in the tradition of J. Anthony Lukas's Common Ground. -- A sweeping yet intimate group portrait that assesses the effects of public policy on individual human lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Show Me A Hero: A Tale of Murder, Suicide, Race, and Redemption Author: Lisa Belkin Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW AN HBO MINISERIES Not in my backyard -- that's the refrain commonly invoked by property owners who oppose unwanted development. Such words assume a special ferocity when the development in question is public housing. Lisa Belkin penetrates the prejudices, myths, and heated emotions stirred by the most recent trend in public housing as she re-creates a landmark case in riveting detail, showing how a proposal to build scattered-site public housing in middle-class neighborhoods nearly destroyed an entire city and forever changed the lives of many of its citizens. -- Public housing projects are being torn down throughout the United States. What will take their place? Show Me a Hero explores the answer. -- An important and compelling work of narrative nonfiction in the tradition of J. Anthony Lukas's Common Ground. -- A sweeping yet intimate group portrait that assesses the effects of public policy on individual human lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245131 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight Back!: Tackling Terrorism, Liddy Style Author: G. Gordon Liddy, James G. Liddy Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.35 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: G. Gordon Liddy has never shrunk from a fight, and in this book he offers individuals and businesses a clear-eyed, proactive, and deeply informed approach to combating criminal and terrorist threats. Backed by advice from three seasoned professionals who offer military, medical, and personal security perspectives, Liddy addresses: How and why terrorists select targets—and how to minimize your chances of becoming one,Assessing your personal and workplace risks: Do you have a plan to protect yourself? Your employees? Your infrastructure?Using defensive landscaping and antiterrorism architecture: how to protect against intruders, truck bombs, and other potential attacks,How to survive a kidnapping and hostage situation,Countering chemical, biological, and weapons attacks: An Emergency Response Handbook.Fight Back is an essential book for everyone concerned about home and workplace safety. G. Gordon Liddy, James G. Liddy Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245131 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight Back!: Tackling Terrorism, Liddy Style Author: G. Gordon Liddy, James G. Liddy Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.35 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: G. Gordon Liddy has never shrunk from a fight, and in this book he offers individuals and businesses a clear-eyed, proactive, and deeply informed approach to combating criminal and terrorist threats. Backed by advice from three seasoned professionals who offer military, medical, and personal security perspectives, Liddy addresses: How and why terrorists select targets—and how to minimize your chances of becoming one,Assessing your personal and workplace risks: Do you have a plan to protect yourself? Your employees? Your infrastructure?Using defensive landscaping and antiterrorism architecture: how to protect against intruders, truck bombs, and other potential attacks,How to survive a kidnapping and hostage situation,Countering chemical, biological, and weapons attacks: An Emergency Response Handbook.Fight Back is an essential book for everyone concerned about home and workplace safety. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fight Back!: Tackling Terrorism, Liddy Style Author: G. Gordon Liddy, James G. Liddy Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.35 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: G. Gordon Liddy has never shrunk from a fight, and in this book he offers individuals and businesses a clear-eyed, proactive, and deeply informed approach to combating criminal and terrorist threats. Backed by advice from three seasoned professionals who offer military, medical, and personal security perspectives, Liddy addresses: How and why terrorists select targets—and how to minimize your chances of becoming one,Assessing your personal and workplace risks: Do you have a plan to protect yourself? Your employees? Your infrastructure?Using defensive landscaping and antiterrorism architecture: how to protect against intruders, truck bombs, and other potential attacks,How to survive a kidnapping and hostage situation,Countering chemical, biological, and weapons attacks: An Emergency Response Handbook.Fight Back is an essential book for everyone concerned about home and workplace safety. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245095 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lights Out: A Cyberattack, A Nation Unprepared, Surviving the Aftermath Author: Ted Koppel Narrator: Ted Koppel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Ted Koppel reveals that a major cyberattack on America’s power grid is not only possible but likely, that it would be devastating, and that the United States is shockingly unprepared. “Fascinating, frightening, and beyond timely.”—Anderson Cooper Imagine a blackout lasting not days, but weeks or months. Tens of millions of people over several states are affected. For those without access to a generator, there is no running water, no sewage, no refrigeration or light. Food and medical supplies are dwindling. Devices we rely on have gone dark. Banks no longer function, looting is widespread, and law and order are being tested as never before.  It isn’t just a scenario. A well-designed attack on just one of the nation’s three electric power grids could cripple much of our infrastructure—and in the age of cyberwarfare, a laptop has become the only necessary weapon. Several nations hostile to the United States could launch such an assault at any time. In fact, as a former chief scientist of the NSA reveals, China and Russia have already penetrated the grid. And a cybersecurity advisor to President Obama believes that independent actors—from “hacktivists” to terrorists—have the capability as well. “It’s not a question of if,” says Centcom Commander General Lloyd Austin, “it’s a question of when.”  And yet, as Koppel makes clear, the federal government, while well prepared for natural disasters, has no plan for the aftermath of an attack on the power grid.  The current Secretary of Homeland Security suggests keeping a battery-powered radio. In the absence of a government plan, some individuals and communities have taken matters into their own hands. Among the nation’s estimated three million “preppers,” we meet one whose doomsday retreat includes a newly excavated three-acre lake, stocked with fish, and a Wyoming homesteader so self-sufficient that he crafted the thousands of adobe bricks in his house by hand. We also see the unrivaled disaster preparedness of the Mormon church, with its enormous storehouses, high-tech dairies, orchards, and proprietary trucking company—the fruits of a long tradition of anticipating the worst. But how, Koppel asks, will ordinary civilians survive? With urgency and authority, one of our most renowned journalists examines a threat unique to our time and evaluates potential ways to prepare for a catastrophe that is all but inevitable. Ted Koppel Tue, 27 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245095 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lights Out: A Cyberattack, A Nation Unprepared, Surviving the Aftermath Author: Ted Koppel Narrator: Ted Koppel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Ted Koppel reveals that a major cyberattack on America’s power grid is not only possible but likely, that it would be devastating, and that the United States is shockingly unprepared. “Fascinating, frightening, and beyond timely.”—Anderson Cooper Imagine a blackout lasting not days, but weeks or months. Tens of millions of people over several states are affected. For those without access to a generator, there is no running water, no sewage, no refrigeration or light. Food and medical supplies are dwindling. Devices we rely on have gone dark. Banks no longer function, looting is widespread, and law and order are being tested as never before.  It isn’t just a scenario. A well-designed attack on just one of the nation’s three electric power grids could cripple much of our infrastructure—and in the age of cyberwarfare, a laptop has become the only necessary weapon. Several nations hostile to the United States could launch such an assault at any time. In fact, as a former chief scientist of the NSA reveals, China and Russia have already penetrated the grid. And a cybersecurity advisor to President Obama believes that independent actors—from “hacktivists” to terrorists—have the capability as well. “It’s not a question of if,” says Centcom Commander General Lloyd Austin, “it’s a question of when.”  And yet, as Koppel makes clear, the federal government, while well prepared for natural disasters, has no plan for the aftermath of an attack on the power grid.  The current Secretary of Homeland Security suggests keeping a battery-powered radio. In the absence of a government plan, some individuals and communities have taken matters into their own hands. Among the nation’s estimated three million “preppers,” we meet one whose doomsday retreat includes a newly excavated three-acre lake, stocked with fish, and a Wyoming homesteader so self-sufficient that he crafted the thousands of adobe bricks in his house by hand. We also see the unrivaled disaster preparedness of the Mormon church, with its enormous storehouses, high-tech dairies, orchards, and proprietary trucking company—the fruits of a long tradition of anticipating the worst. But how, Koppel asks, will ordinary civilians survive? With urgency and authority, one of our most renowned journalists examines a threat unique to our time and evaluates potential ways to prepare for a catastrophe that is all but inevitable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lights Out: A Cyberattack, A Nation Unprepared, Surviving the Aftermath Author: Ted Koppel Narrator: Ted Koppel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Ted Koppel reveals that a major cyberattack on America’s power grid is not only possible but likely, that it would be devastating, and that the United States is shockingly unprepared. “Fascinating, frightening, and beyond timely.”—Anderson Cooper Imagine a blackout lasting not days, but weeks or months. Tens of millions of people over several states are affected. For those without access to a generator, there is no running water, no sewage, no refrigeration or light. Food and medical supplies are dwindling. Devices we rely on have gone dark. Banks no longer function, looting is widespread, and law and order are being tested as never before.  It isn’t just a scenario. A well-designed attack on just one of the nation’s three electric power grids could cripple much of our infrastructure—and in the age of cyberwarfare, a laptop has become the only necessary weapon. Several nations hostile to the United States could launch such an assault at any time. In fact, as a former chief scientist of the NSA reveals, China and Russia have already penetrated the grid. And a cybersecurity advisor to President Obama believes that independent actors—from “hacktivists” to terrorists—have the capability as well. “It’s not a question of if,” says Centcom Commander General Lloyd Austin, “it’s a question of when.”  And yet, as Koppel makes clear, the federal government, while well prepared for natural disasters, has no plan for the aftermath of an attack on the power grid.  The current Secretary of Homeland Security suggests keeping a battery-powered radio. In the absence of a government plan, some individuals and communities have taken matters into their own hands. Among the nation’s estimated three million “preppers,” we meet one whose doomsday retreat includes a newly excavated three-acre lake, stocked with fish, and a Wyoming homesteader so self-sufficient that he crafted the thousands of adobe bricks in his house by hand. We also see the unrivaled disaster preparedness of the Mormon church, with its enormous storehouses, high-tech dairies, orchards, and proprietary trucking company—the fruits of a long tradition of anticipating the worst. But how, Koppel asks, will ordinary civilians survive? With urgency and authority, one of our most renowned journalists examines a threat unique to our time and evaluates potential ways to prepare for a catastrophe that is all but inevitable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Right: The Art of Being Persuasively Correct Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It's not enough to be right, these days—especially when you're not left.   To survive, the right must learn how to express nonliberal principles as effectively as possible, and persuade others of their point of view. It is an art that demands patience, research, humor, understanding, creative thinking, learning from your opponent and even mimicking their tactics.   In How to Be Right: the Art of Being Persuasively Correct, Gutfeld reveals the strategies that have helped him keep a steady job for almost three decades.  From “Discard Your Outrage” and “Outcompassion Them” To “Find the Right’s Obama” and “Use your Mom,” Gutfeld gives readers the tools they’ll need to argue, influence, and convince their friends, family and foes throughout the 2016 election cycle. Greg Gutfeld Tue, 27 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245094 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Right: The Art of Being Persuasively Correct Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It's not enough to be right, these days—especially when you're not left.   To survive, the right must learn how to express nonliberal principles as effectively as possible, and persuade others of their point of view. It is an art that demands patience, research, humor, understanding, creative thinking, learning from your opponent and even mimicking their tactics.   In How to Be Right: the Art of Being Persuasively Correct, Gutfeld reveals the strategies that have helped him keep a steady job for almost three decades.  From “Discard Your Outrage” and “Outcompassion Them” To “Find the Right’s Obama” and “Use your Mom,” Gutfeld gives readers the tools they’ll need to argue, influence, and convince their friends, family and foes throughout the 2016 election cycle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Right: The Art of Being Persuasively Correct Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It's not enough to be right, these days—especially when you're not left.   To survive, the right must learn how to express nonliberal principles as effectively as possible, and persuade others of their point of view. It is an art that demands patience, research, humor, understanding, creative thinking, learning from your opponent and even mimicking their tactics.   In How to Be Right: the Art of Being Persuasively Correct, Gutfeld reveals the strategies that have helped him keep a steady job for almost three decades.  From “Discard Your Outrage” and “Outcompassion Them” To “Find the Right’s Obama” and “Use your Mom,” Gutfeld gives readers the tools they’ll need to argue, influence, and convince their friends, family and foes throughout the 2016 election cycle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Government Zero: No Borders, No Language, No Culture Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author of Stop the Coming Civil War, Michael Savage reveals the massive dangers currently leading to the demise of our government. Michael Savage has been warning Americans for decades and now it's here. In GOVERNMENT ZERO: No Borders, No Language, No Culture, Savage sounds the alarm about how progressives and radical Islamists are each unwittingly working towards similar ends: to destroy Western Civilization and remake it in their own respective images. These two dark forces are transforming our once-free republic into a socialist, Third World dictatorship ruled by Government Zero: absolute government and zero representation. Combining in-depth analysis with biting commentary, Savage cuts through mainstream media propaganda to reveal an all-out attack on our borders, language and culture by progressive travelers who have hijacked public policy from national defense to immigration to public education. Find out everything you need to know about this terrifying agenda to weaken the U.S. military, cripple the American economy, subvert basic American liberties such as freedom of speech, and destroy the international world order. There is no time to lose. The Progressive-Islamist agenda has advanced into every public space, from the White House to the military to your local public school. If America is to survive, it has to be stopped. Michael Savage has a plan. Get the inside story before it's too late. Michael Savage Tue, 27 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245076 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Government Zero: No Borders, No Language, No Culture Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author of Stop the Coming Civil War, Michael Savage reveals the massive dangers currently leading to the demise of our government. Michael Savage has been warning Americans for decades and now it's here. In GOVERNMENT ZERO: No Borders, No Language, No Culture, Savage sounds the alarm about how progressives and radical Islamists are each unwittingly working towards similar ends: to destroy Western Civilization and remake it in their own respective images. These two dark forces are transforming our once-free republic into a socialist, Third World dictatorship ruled by Government Zero: absolute government and zero representation. Combining in-depth analysis with biting commentary, Savage cuts through mainstream media propaganda to reveal an all-out attack on our borders, language and culture by progressive travelers who have hijacked public policy from national defense to immigration to public education. Find out everything you need to know about this terrifying agenda to weaken the U.S. military, cripple the American economy, subvert basic American liberties such as freedom of speech, and destroy the international world order. There is no time to lose. The Progressive-Islamist agenda has advanced into every public space, from the White House to the military to your local public school. If America is to survive, it has to be stopped. Michael Savage has a plan. Get the inside story before it's too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Government Zero: No Borders, No Language, No Culture Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author of Stop the Coming Civil War, Michael Savage reveals the massive dangers currently leading to the demise of our government. Michael Savage has been warning Americans for decades and now it's here. In GOVERNMENT ZERO: No Borders, No Language, No Culture, Savage sounds the alarm about how progressives and radical Islamists are each unwittingly working towards similar ends: to destroy Western Civilization and remake it in their own respective images. These two dark forces are transforming our once-free republic into a socialist, Third World dictatorship ruled by Government Zero: absolute government and zero representation. Combining in-depth analysis with biting commentary, Savage cuts through mainstream media propaganda to reveal an all-out attack on our borders, language and culture by progressive travelers who have hijacked public policy from national defense to immigration to public education. Find out everything you need to know about this terrifying agenda to weaken the U.S. military, cripple the American economy, subvert basic American liberties such as freedom of speech, and destroy the international world order. There is no time to lose. The Progressive-Islamist agenda has advanced into every public space, from the White House to the military to your local public school. If America is to survive, it has to be stopped. Michael Savage has a plan. Get the inside story before it's too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245044 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deception: Pakistan, the United States, and the Secret Trade in Nuclear Weapons Author: Adrian Levy, Catherine Scott-Clark Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Adrian Levy and Catherine Scott-Clark are internationally renowned investigative journalists. In Deception, they reveal the decades-long story of Pakistan's nuclear program-and how the United States has been complicit in the spread of nuclear arms. Based on hundreds of interviews from around the world, this work will force Americans to reexamine national priorities. Adrian Levy, Catherine Scott-Clark Fri, 24 Apr 2009 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245044 thebookvoice.com 21:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deception: Pakistan, the United States, and the Secret Trade in Nuclear Weapons Author: Adrian Levy, Catherine Scott-Clark Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Adrian Levy and Catherine Scott-Clark are internationally renowned investigative journalists. In Deception, they reveal the decades-long story of Pakistan's nuclear program-and how the United States has been complicit in the spread of nuclear arms. Based on hundreds of interviews from around the world, this work will force Americans to reexamine national priorities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deception: Pakistan, the United States, and the Secret Trade in Nuclear Weapons Author: Adrian Levy, Catherine Scott-Clark Narrator: Richard Poe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Adrian Levy and Catherine Scott-Clark are internationally renowned investigative journalists. In Deception, they reveal the decades-long story of Pakistan's nuclear program-and how the United States has been complicit in the spread of nuclear arms. Based on hundreds of interviews from around the world, this work will force Americans to reexamine national priorities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Strong: Conservative Ideas to Spark the Next Generation Author: John T. E. Cribb, William J Bennett Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is F.L.I.N.T.? It's what makes America strong. We live in a culture that often dismisses and ridicules conservative values. By the time liberal professors, the news media, and Hollywood get through with them, many young Americans are convinced “conservative” means extremist and intolerant. It’s a distortion that endangers America’s future. Bill Bennett and coauthor John Cribb explain what conservatism really means, using five fundamental principles summarized by the word FLINT: - Free enterprise - Limited government - Individual liberty - National defense - Traditional values America the Strong shows the next generation how these principles have made the United States a great nation and why they are worth preserving. It answers more than one hundred questions, from “Do conservatives hate the government?” to “What’s wrong with having an open border?” to “Why can’t rich people pay all the taxes?” John T. E. Cribb, William J Bennett Tue, 22 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244997 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Strong: Conservative Ideas to Spark the Next Generation Author: John T. E. Cribb, William J Bennett Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is F.L.I.N.T.? It's what makes America strong. We live in a culture that often dismisses and ridicules conservative values. By the time liberal professors, the news media, and Hollywood get through with them, many young Americans are convinced “conservative” means extremist and intolerant. It’s a distortion that endangers America’s future. Bill Bennett and coauthor John Cribb explain what conservatism really means, using five fundamental principles summarized by the word FLINT: - Free enterprise - Limited government - Individual liberty - National defense - Traditional values America the Strong shows the next generation how these principles have made the United States a great nation and why they are worth preserving. It answers more than one hundred questions, from “Do conservatives hate the government?” to “What’s wrong with having an open border?” to “Why can’t rich people pay all the taxes?” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Strong: Conservative Ideas to Spark the Next Generation Author: John T. E. Cribb, William J Bennett Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is F.L.I.N.T.? It's what makes America strong. We live in a culture that often dismisses and ridicules conservative values. By the time liberal professors, the news media, and Hollywood get through with them, many young Americans are convinced “conservative” means extremist and intolerant. It’s a distortion that endangers America’s future. Bill Bennett and coauthor John Cribb explain what conservatism really means, using five fundamental principles summarized by the word FLINT: - Free enterprise - Limited government - Individual liberty - National defense - Traditional values America the Strong shows the next generation how these principles have made the United States a great nation and why they are worth preserving. It answers more than one hundred questions, from “Do conservatives hate the government?” to “What’s wrong with having an open border?” to “Why can’t rich people pay all the taxes?” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244957 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of One: Stephen Harper and his Radical Makeover of Canada Author: Micheal Harris Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely indictment of a prime minister determined to remake Canada. In Party of One, Investigative journalist Michael Harris gives us an intimate look at Stephen Harper, and draws a portrait of a Prime Minister whose policies and instincts, Harris believes, are a clear and present danger to Canada’s democracy. Fueled by the election victory of May 2011, unchecked by the opposition, the staggering gap between Stephen Harper’s stated political principles and his practices starkly drive Harris’ arguments home. Harper, an acknowledged master at controlling information is, Harris argues, profoundly anti-democratic. The Harper Government’s sins include keeping facts from Canadians and an inclination to invent them (as it did in the F-35 debacle). Since coming to power, Harper has made war on every independent source of information in Canada. Harris recounts Stephen Harper’s well-defined and growing list of enemies, whose perspectives are unwelcome, and whose voices are to be suppressed: scientists, diplomats, union members, environmentalists, First Nations peoples, and journalists. Counter to the backdrop of a Conservative commitment to transparency and accountability, Harris exposes a regime of ultra-secrecy, non-compliance, and dismissiveness. With this Conservative majority in Parliament, the law is simple: what one man, Stephen Harper, says, goes. Micheal Harris Tue, 08 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244957 thebookvoice.com 17:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of One: Stephen Harper and his Radical Makeover of Canada Author: Micheal Harris Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely indictment of a prime minister determined to remake Canada. In Party of One, Investigative journalist Michael Harris gives us an intimate look at Stephen Harper, and draws a portrait of a Prime Minister whose policies and instincts, Harris believes, are a clear and present danger to Canada’s democracy. Fueled by the election victory of May 2011, unchecked by the opposition, the staggering gap between Stephen Harper’s stated political principles and his practices starkly drive Harris’ arguments home. Harper, an acknowledged master at controlling information is, Harris argues, profoundly anti-democratic. The Harper Government’s sins include keeping facts from Canadians and an inclination to invent them (as it did in the F-35 debacle). Since coming to power, Harper has made war on every independent source of information in Canada. Harris recounts Stephen Harper’s well-defined and growing list of enemies, whose perspectives are unwelcome, and whose voices are to be suppressed: scientists, diplomats, union members, environmentalists, First Nations peoples, and journalists. Counter to the backdrop of a Conservative commitment to transparency and accountability, Harris exposes a regime of ultra-secrecy, non-compliance, and dismissiveness. With this Conservative majority in Parliament, the law is simple: what one man, Stephen Harper, says, goes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of One: Stephen Harper and his Radical Makeover of Canada Author: Micheal Harris Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely indictment of a prime minister determined to remake Canada. In Party of One, Investigative journalist Michael Harris gives us an intimate look at Stephen Harper, and draws a portrait of a Prime Minister whose policies and instincts, Harris believes, are a clear and present danger to Canada’s democracy. Fueled by the election victory of May 2011, unchecked by the opposition, the staggering gap between Stephen Harper’s stated political principles and his practices starkly drive Harris’ arguments home. Harper, an acknowledged master at controlling information is, Harris argues, profoundly anti-democratic. The Harper Government’s sins include keeping facts from Canadians and an inclination to invent them (as it did in the F-35 debacle). Since coming to power, Harper has made war on every independent source of information in Canada. Harris recounts Stephen Harper’s well-defined and growing list of enemies, whose perspectives are unwelcome, and whose voices are to be suppressed: scientists, diplomats, union members, environmentalists, First Nations peoples, and journalists. Counter to the backdrop of a Conservative commitment to transparency and accountability, Harris exposes a regime of ultra-secrecy, non-compliance, and dismissiveness. With this Conservative majority in Parliament, the law is simple: what one man, Stephen Harper, says, goes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244956 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Arrogant Autocrat Author: Mel Hurtig Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mel Hurtig, Canadian nationalist, publisher, best-selling author, has been warning Canadians about the negative influences of the excessive corporate takeover of Canada, including the impacts of foreign ownership and so-called free-trade agreements for over four decades. In this short but important book, Mel Hurtig turns his attention to the devastating impact that the Stephen Harper government has had on Canada, radically altering the democratic, social and economic fabric of the country. He shows how Stephen Harper's single-minded pursuit of big oil and the tar sands, at a time when the world must take dramatic action to arrest climate change, has inflicted enormous damage on our country and on our international reputation. He contends that Harper rose to power with an agenda so contrary to Canadian principles and values, that the only way he could pursue it was through a takeover of Canadian democracy. Mel Hurtig is the legendary Edmonton bookseller, publisher and creator of The Canadian Encyclopedia who became a political activist, then an author in 1991 with his huge bestseller The Betrayal of Canada. He is also the author of Pay the Rent or Feed the Kids, The Vanishing Country, Rushing to Armageddon and The Truth About Canada. He is an Officer of the Order of Canada, and has received many honorary degrees and other honours. He lives in Vancouver. Mel Hurtig Tue, 08 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244956 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Arrogant Autocrat Author: Mel Hurtig Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mel Hurtig, Canadian nationalist, publisher, best-selling author, has been warning Canadians about the negative influences of the excessive corporate takeover of Canada, including the impacts of foreign ownership and so-called free-trade agreements for over four decades. In this short but important book, Mel Hurtig turns his attention to the devastating impact that the Stephen Harper government has had on Canada, radically altering the democratic, social and economic fabric of the country. He shows how Stephen Harper's single-minded pursuit of big oil and the tar sands, at a time when the world must take dramatic action to arrest climate change, has inflicted enormous damage on our country and on our international reputation. He contends that Harper rose to power with an agenda so contrary to Canadian principles and values, that the only way he could pursue it was through a takeover of Canadian democracy. Mel Hurtig is the legendary Edmonton bookseller, publisher and creator of The Canadian Encyclopedia who became a political activist, then an author in 1991 with his huge bestseller The Betrayal of Canada. He is also the author of Pay the Rent or Feed the Kids, The Vanishing Country, Rushing to Armageddon and The Truth About Canada. He is an Officer of the Order of Canada, and has received many honorary degrees and other honours. He lives in Vancouver. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Arrogant Autocrat Author: Mel Hurtig Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mel Hurtig, Canadian nationalist, publisher, best-selling author, has been warning Canadians about the negative influences of the excessive corporate takeover of Canada, including the impacts of foreign ownership and so-called free-trade agreements for over four decades. In this short but important book, Mel Hurtig turns his attention to the devastating impact that the Stephen Harper government has had on Canada, radically altering the democratic, social and economic fabric of the country. He shows how Stephen Harper's single-minded pursuit of big oil and the tar sands, at a time when the world must take dramatic action to arrest climate change, has inflicted enormous damage on our country and on our international reputation. He contends that Harper rose to power with an agenda so contrary to Canadian principles and values, that the only way he could pursue it was through a takeover of Canadian democracy. Mel Hurtig is the legendary Edmonton bookseller, publisher and creator of The Canadian Encyclopedia who became a political activist, then an author in 1991 with his huge bestseller The Betrayal of Canada. He is also the author of Pay the Rent or Feed the Kids, The Vanishing Country, Rushing to Armageddon and The Truth About Canada. He is an Officer of the Order of Canada, and has received many honorary degrees and other honours. He lives in Vancouver. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kill the Messengers: Stephen Harper's Assault on your Right to Know Author: Mark Bourrie Narrator: David Skulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Information, the lifeblood of democracy, is under attack in Canada. Instead of the transparency Stephen Harper promised, the nation's business is done in secret, and an army of lobbyists and public-relations flackies now set the agenda and decide what we get to know. When we are denied information, when we no longer feel free to discuss political events or issues, when we are discouraged from even thinking about politics, voting loses its appeal. In such a climate, exercising ones democratic rights seems superfluous.Stephen Harper and his government, while delegitimizing the media's role in our political system, also undertook a war on the nations information systems: Statistics Canada was effectively killed, hundreds of scientists and statisticians were fired, our Library and Archives Canada were gutted and freedom of information rules turned into a joke. Facts, it would seem, are no longer relevant. In Kill the Messengers: Stephen Harper's Assault on Your Right to Know, Mark Bourrie reveals how events conspired to silence Canadian media and elect an anti-intellectual government determined to govern in secret Using multiple examples and case studies, Bourrie illustrates how the collection of facts that embarrass the government's position or undermine it's ideologically based decsion-making have been suppressed through budget cuts. And, perhaps more importantly, Bourrie shows how to take back your right to be informed and heard. Kill the Messengers is more than just a collection of complaints bemoaning the current state of Canadian media, it is a call to arms for all of us to become informed citizens and active participants in the democratic process. This is a book all Canadians are entitled access to hear-and now, they'll get the chance. Mark Bourrie Tue, 08 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244955 thebookvoice.com 11:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kill the Messengers: Stephen Harper's Assault on your Right to Know Author: Mark Bourrie Narrator: David Skulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Information, the lifeblood of democracy, is under attack in Canada. Instead of the transparency Stephen Harper promised, the nation's business is done in secret, and an army of lobbyists and public-relations flackies now set the agenda and decide what we get to know. When we are denied information, when we no longer feel free to discuss political events or issues, when we are discouraged from even thinking about politics, voting loses its appeal. In such a climate, exercising ones democratic rights seems superfluous.Stephen Harper and his government, while delegitimizing the media's role in our political system, also undertook a war on the nations information systems: Statistics Canada was effectively killed, hundreds of scientists and statisticians were fired, our Library and Archives Canada were gutted and freedom of information rules turned into a joke. Facts, it would seem, are no longer relevant. In Kill the Messengers: Stephen Harper's Assault on Your Right to Know, Mark Bourrie reveals how events conspired to silence Canadian media and elect an anti-intellectual government determined to govern in secret Using multiple examples and case studies, Bourrie illustrates how the collection of facts that embarrass the government's position or undermine it's ideologically based decsion-making have been suppressed through budget cuts. And, perhaps more importantly, Bourrie shows how to take back your right to be informed and heard. Kill the Messengers is more than just a collection of complaints bemoaning the current state of Canadian media, it is a call to arms for all of us to become informed citizens and active participants in the democratic process. This is a book all Canadians are entitled access to hear-and now, they'll get the chance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kill the Messengers: Stephen Harper's Assault on your Right to Know Author: Mark Bourrie Narrator: David Skulski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Information, the lifeblood of democracy, is under attack in Canada. Instead of the transparency Stephen Harper promised, the nation's business is done in secret, and an army of lobbyists and public-relations flackies now set the agenda and decide what we get to know. When we are denied information, when we no longer feel free to discuss political events or issues, when we are discouraged from even thinking about politics, voting loses its appeal. In such a climate, exercising ones democratic rights seems superfluous.Stephen Harper and his government, while delegitimizing the media's role in our political system, also undertook a war on the nations information systems: Statistics Canada was effectively killed, hundreds of scientists and statisticians were fired, our Library and Archives Canada were gutted and freedom of information rules turned into a joke. Facts, it would seem, are no longer relevant. In Kill the Messengers: Stephen Harper's Assault on Your Right to Know, Mark Bourrie reveals how events conspired to silence Canadian media and elect an anti-intellectual government determined to govern in secret Using multiple examples and case studies, Bourrie illustrates how the collection of facts that embarrass the government's position or undermine it's ideologically based decsion-making have been suppressed through budget cuts. And, perhaps more importantly, Bourrie shows how to take back your right to be informed and heard. Kill the Messengers is more than just a collection of complaints bemoaning the current state of Canadian media, it is a call to arms for all of us to become informed citizens and active participants in the democratic process. This is a book all Canadians are entitled access to hear-and now, they'll get the chance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244950 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Smart: The Rise of Cities and the Fall of Cars Author: Samuel I. Schwartz Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With wit and sharp insight, former Traffic Commissioner of New York City, Sam Schwartz a.k.a. “Gridlock Sam,” one of the most respected transportation engineers in the world and consummate insider in NYC political circles, uncovers how American cities became so beholden to cars and why the current shift away from that trend will forever alter America’s urban landscapes, marking nothing short of a revolution in how we get from place to place. When Sam Schwartz was growing up in Bensonhurst, Brooklyn—his block belonged to his community: the kids who played punchball and stickball & their parents, who’d regularly walk to the local businesses at which they also worked. He didn’t realize it then, but Bensonhurst was already more like a museum of a long-forgotten way-of-life than a picture of America’s future. Public transit traveled over and under city streets—New York’s first subway line opened in 1904—but the streets themselves had been conquered by the internal combustion engine. America’s dependency on the automobile began with the 1908 introduction of Henry Ford’s car-for-everyone, the Model T. The “battle for right-of-way” in the 1920s saw the demise of streetcars and transformed America’s streets from a multiuse resource for socializing, commerce, and public mobility into exclusive arteries for private automobiles. The subsequent destruction of urban transit systems and post WWII suburbanization of America enabled by the Interstate Highway System and the GI Bill forever changed the way Americans commuted. But today, for the first time in history, and after a hundred years of steady increase, automobile driving is in decline. Younger Americans increasingly prefer active transportation choices like walking or cycling and taking public transit, ride-shares or taxis. This isn’t a consequence of higher gas prices, or even the economic downturn, but rather a collective decision to be a lot less dependent on cars—and if American cities want to keep their younger populations, they need to plan accordingly. In Street Smart, Sam Schwartz explains how. In this clear and erudite presentation of the principles of smart transportation and sustainable urban planning—from the simplest cobblestoned street to the brave new world of driverless cars and trains—Sam Schwartz combines rigorous historical scholarship with the personal and entertaining recollections of a man who has spent more than forty years working on planning intelligent transit networks in New York City. Street Smart is a book for everyone who wants to know more about the who, what, when, where, and why of human mobility. Samuel I. Schwartz Thu, 01 Oct 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244950 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Smart: The Rise of Cities and the Fall of Cars Author: Samuel I. Schwartz Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With wit and sharp insight, former Traffic Commissioner of New York City, Sam Schwartz a.k.a. “Gridlock Sam,” one of the most respected transportation engineers in the world and consummate insider in NYC political circles, uncovers how American cities became so beholden to cars and why the current shift away from that trend will forever alter America’s urban landscapes, marking nothing short of a revolution in how we get from place to place. When Sam Schwartz was growing up in Bensonhurst, Brooklyn—his block belonged to his community: the kids who played punchball and stickball & their parents, who’d regularly walk to the local businesses at which they also worked. He didn’t realize it then, but Bensonhurst was already more like a museum of a long-forgotten way-of-life than a picture of America’s future. Public transit traveled over and under city streets—New York’s first subway line opened in 1904—but the streets themselves had been conquered by the internal combustion engine. America’s dependency on the automobile began with the 1908 introduction of Henry Ford’s car-for-everyone, the Model T. The “battle for right-of-way” in the 1920s saw the demise of streetcars and transformed America’s streets from a multiuse resource for socializing, commerce, and public mobility into exclusive arteries for private automobiles. The subsequent destruction of urban transit systems and post WWII suburbanization of America enabled by the Interstate Highway System and the GI Bill forever changed the way Americans commuted. But today, for the first time in history, and after a hundred years of steady increase, automobile driving is in decline. Younger Americans increasingly prefer active transportation choices like walking or cycling and taking public transit, ride-shares or taxis. This isn’t a consequence of higher gas prices, or even the economic downturn, but rather a collective decision to be a lot less dependent on cars—and if American cities want to keep their younger populations, they need to plan accordingly. In Street Smart, Sam Schwartz explains how. In this clear and erudite presentation of the principles of smart transportation and sustainable urban planning—from the simplest cobblestoned street to the brave new world of driverless cars and trains—Sam Schwartz combines rigorous historical scholarship with the personal and entertaining recollections of a man who has spent more than forty years working on planning intelligent transit networks in New York City. Street Smart is a book for everyone who wants to know more about the who, what, when, where, and why of human mobility. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Smart: The Rise of Cities and the Fall of Cars Author: Samuel I. Schwartz Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With wit and sharp insight, former Traffic Commissioner of New York City, Sam Schwartz a.k.a. “Gridlock Sam,” one of the most respected transportation engineers in the world and consummate insider in NYC political circles, uncovers how American cities became so beholden to cars and why the current shift away from that trend will forever alter America’s urban landscapes, marking nothing short of a revolution in how we get from place to place. When Sam Schwartz was growing up in Bensonhurst, Brooklyn—his block belonged to his community: the kids who played punchball and stickball & their parents, who’d regularly walk to the local businesses at which they also worked. He didn’t realize it then, but Bensonhurst was already more like a museum of a long-forgotten way-of-life than a picture of America’s future. Public transit traveled over and under city streets—New York’s first subway line opened in 1904—but the streets themselves had been conquered by the internal combustion engine. America’s dependency on the automobile began with the 1908 introduction of Henry Ford’s car-for-everyone, the Model T. The “battle for right-of-way” in the 1920s saw the demise of streetcars and transformed America’s streets from a multiuse resource for socializing, commerce, and public mobility into exclusive arteries for private automobiles. The subsequent destruction of urban transit systems and post WWII suburbanization of America enabled by the Interstate Highway System and the GI Bill forever changed the way Americans commuted. But today, for the first time in history, and after a hundred years of steady increase, automobile driving is in decline. Younger Americans increasingly prefer active transportation choices like walking or cycling and taking public transit, ride-shares or taxis. This isn’t a consequence of higher gas prices, or even the economic downturn, but rather a collective decision to be a lot less dependent on cars—and if American cities want to keep their younger populations, they need to plan accordingly. In Street Smart, Sam Schwartz explains how. In this clear and erudite presentation of the principles of smart transportation and sustainable urban planning—from the simplest cobblestoned street to the brave new world of driverless cars and trains—Sam Schwartz combines rigorous historical scholarship with the personal and entertaining recollections of a man who has spent more than forty years working on planning intelligent transit networks in New York City. Street Smart is a book for everyone who wants to know more about the who, what, when, where, and why of human mobility. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244904 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deleted E-Mails of Hillary Clinton: A Parody Author: John Moe Narrator: John Moe, Robin Eller, Sarah Scott, Kimberly Farr, Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive secret e-mails Hillary Clinton doesn’t want you to read (Or maybe she does…She’s crafty like that.)   Remember that time Hillary Clinton admitted that she deleted thousands of e-mails from her ultra-secret personal e-mail address while Secretary of State? Thousands of e-mails, she claimed, about her daughter’s wedding? Well, people aren’t buying it: “Hiding the truth” says The New York Post. “Conspiracy or incompetence?” asks Al-Jazeera. “Hillary Clinton Don’t Give a Sh*t” claims Wonkette. Clearly, these e-mails need to be released immediately.    Now, thanks to John Moe and WikiLoox, the lost messages have been retrieved and placed in this dossier. For the first time, we’ll get a look inside HRC’s well-coiffed head, reading intimate conversations with family (Bill, Chelsea), friends (Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Oprah, Beyonce), and frenemies (Obama, Palin, Putin) alike. We’ll also learn essential details about her private life, from her pop-culture obsessions to her thoughts on yoga, baking cookies, 'Scandal,' and much more.   Make no mistake—this is a book of critical national importance. Following her journey from mother-of-the-bride to commandress-in-chief, we’ll see how HRC handles the most challenging situations she might face in the White House, including how to respond to people who 'reply all' to e-mails and how to wrangle pantsuit retailers as they compete, with increasing desperation, for her attention. Along the way, we will finally get the portrait we need—the one our country deserves—of the woman we may soon call 'Madam President.'   Read by Sarah Scott, Robin Rae Eller, Kimberly Farr, Jim Meskimen, and John Moe. John Moe Tue, 22 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244904 thebookvoice.com 2:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deleted E-Mails of Hillary Clinton: A Parody Author: John Moe Narrator: John Moe, Robin Eller, Sarah Scott, Kimberly Farr, Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive secret e-mails Hillary Clinton doesn’t want you to read (Or maybe she does…She’s crafty like that.)   Remember that time Hillary Clinton admitted that she deleted thousands of e-mails from her ultra-secret personal e-mail address while Secretary of State? Thousands of e-mails, she claimed, about her daughter’s wedding? Well, people aren’t buying it: “Hiding the truth” says The New York Post. “Conspiracy or incompetence?” asks Al-Jazeera. “Hillary Clinton Don’t Give a Sh*t” claims Wonkette. Clearly, these e-mails need to be released immediately.    Now, thanks to John Moe and WikiLoox, the lost messages have been retrieved and placed in this dossier. For the first time, we’ll get a look inside HRC’s well-coiffed head, reading intimate conversations with family (Bill, Chelsea), friends (Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Oprah, Beyonce), and frenemies (Obama, Palin, Putin) alike. We’ll also learn essential details about her private life, from her pop-culture obsessions to her thoughts on yoga, baking cookies, 'Scandal,' and much more.   Make no mistake—this is a book of critical national importance. Following her journey from mother-of-the-bride to commandress-in-chief, we’ll see how HRC handles the most challenging situations she might face in the White House, including how to respond to people who 'reply all' to e-mails and how to wrangle pantsuit retailers as they compete, with increasing desperation, for her attention. Along the way, we will finally get the portrait we need—the one our country deserves—of the woman we may soon call 'Madam President.'   Read by Sarah Scott, Robin Rae Eller, Kimberly Farr, Jim Meskimen, and John Moe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deleted E-Mails of Hillary Clinton: A Parody Author: John Moe Narrator: John Moe, Robin Eller, Sarah Scott, Kimberly Farr, Jim Meskimen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive secret e-mails Hillary Clinton doesn’t want you to read (Or maybe she does…She’s crafty like that.)   Remember that time Hillary Clinton admitted that she deleted thousands of e-mails from her ultra-secret personal e-mail address while Secretary of State? Thousands of e-mails, she claimed, about her daughter’s wedding? Well, people aren’t buying it: “Hiding the truth” says The New York Post. “Conspiracy or incompetence?” asks Al-Jazeera. “Hillary Clinton Don’t Give a Sh*t” claims Wonkette. Clearly, these e-mails need to be released immediately.    Now, thanks to John Moe and WikiLoox, the lost messages have been retrieved and placed in this dossier. For the first time, we’ll get a look inside HRC’s well-coiffed head, reading intimate conversations with family (Bill, Chelsea), friends (Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Oprah, Beyonce), and frenemies (Obama, Palin, Putin) alike. We’ll also learn essential details about her private life, from her pop-culture obsessions to her thoughts on yoga, baking cookies, 'Scandal,' and much more.   Make no mistake—this is a book of critical national importance. Following her journey from mother-of-the-bride to commandress-in-chief, we’ll see how HRC handles the most challenging situations she might face in the White House, including how to respond to people who 'reply all' to e-mails and how to wrangle pantsuit retailers as they compete, with increasing desperation, for her attention. Along the way, we will finally get the portrait we need—the one our country deserves—of the woman we may soon call 'Madam President.'   Read by Sarah Scott, Robin Rae Eller, Kimberly Farr, Jim Meskimen, and John Moe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244859 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nemesis: One Man and the Battle for Rio Author: Misha Glenny Narrator: Misha Glenny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 17, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: His name was Antonio, but they would call him Nem. From the infamous favela of Rocinha in Rio, he was a hardworking young father forced to make a decision that would turn his world upside down. Nemesis is the story of an ordinary man who became the king of the largest slum in Rio, the head of a drug cartel and perhaps Brazil’s most wanted criminal. A man who tried to bring welfare and justice to a playground of gang culture and destitution, while everyone around him drew guns and partied. It’s a captivating tale of gold-hunters and evangelical pastors, bent police and rich-kid addicts, quixotic politicians and drug lords with maths degrees. Spanning rainforests and high-security prisons, filthy slums and glittering shopping malls, this is also the story of how change came to Brazil. Of a country’s journey into the global spotlight, and the battle for the beautiful but damned city of Rio, as it struggles to break free from a tangled web of corruption, violence, drugs and poverty. With Nem at its centre, locked in a fight for his country’s future. Misha Glenny Thu, 17 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244859 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nemesis: One Man and the Battle for Rio Author: Misha Glenny Narrator: Misha Glenny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 17, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: His name was Antonio, but they would call him Nem. From the infamous favela of Rocinha in Rio, he was a hardworking young father forced to make a decision that would turn his world upside down. Nemesis is the story of an ordinary man who became the king of the largest slum in Rio, the head of a drug cartel and perhaps Brazil’s most wanted criminal. A man who tried to bring welfare and justice to a playground of gang culture and destitution, while everyone around him drew guns and partied. It’s a captivating tale of gold-hunters and evangelical pastors, bent police and rich-kid addicts, quixotic politicians and drug lords with maths degrees. Spanning rainforests and high-security prisons, filthy slums and glittering shopping malls, this is also the story of how change came to Brazil. Of a country’s journey into the global spotlight, and the battle for the beautiful but damned city of Rio, as it struggles to break free from a tangled web of corruption, violence, drugs and poverty. With Nem at its centre, locked in a fight for his country’s future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nemesis: One Man and the Battle for Rio Author: Misha Glenny Narrator: Misha Glenny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 17, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: His name was Antonio, but they would call him Nem. From the infamous favela of Rocinha in Rio, he was a hardworking young father forced to make a decision that would turn his world upside down. Nemesis is the story of an ordinary man who became the king of the largest slum in Rio, the head of a drug cartel and perhaps Brazil’s most wanted criminal. A man who tried to bring welfare and justice to a playground of gang culture and destitution, while everyone around him drew guns and partied. It’s a captivating tale of gold-hunters and evangelical pastors, bent police and rich-kid addicts, quixotic politicians and drug lords with maths degrees. Spanning rainforests and high-security prisons, filthy slums and glittering shopping malls, this is also the story of how change came to Brazil. Of a country’s journey into the global spotlight, and the battle for the beautiful but damned city of Rio, as it struggles to break free from a tangled web of corruption, violence, drugs and poverty. With Nem at its centre, locked in a fight for his country’s future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jack Kemp: The Bleeding-Heart Conservative Who Changed America Author: Fred Barnes, Morton Kondracke Narrator: Morton Kondracke, Fred Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'THE PURPOSE OF POLITICS IS NOT TO DEFEAT YOUR OPPONENT AS MUCH AS IT IS TO PROVIDE SUPERIOR LEADERSHIP AND BETTER IDEAS THAN THE OPPOSITION.' —JACK KEMP The late 1970s were miserable for America. It was the post–Vietnam, post–Watergate era, a time of high unemployment, ruinous inflation, gasoline lines, Communist advances, and bottomed-out U.S. morale. In the 1980s, it all turned around: 'stagflation' ended and nearly two decades of prosperity ensued. The Soviet Union retreated, then collapsed. America again believed in itself. And around the world, democratic capitalism was deemed 'the end of history.' Ronald Reagan’s policies sparked the American renaissance, but the Gipper’s leadership is only part of the story. The economic theory that underpinned America’s success was pioneered by a star professional quarterback turned self-taught intellectual and 'bleeding-heart conservative': Jack Kemp. Kemp’s role in a pivotal period in American history is at last illuminated in this first-ever biography, which also has lessons for the politics of today. Kemp was the congressional champion of supply-side economics—the idea that lowering taxes would foster growth. Even today, almost no one advocates a return to a top income tax rate of 70 percent. Kemp didn’t just challenge the Democratic establishment. He also encouraged his fellow Republicans to be growth (not austerity) minded, open their tent to minorities and blue-collar workers, battle poverty and discrimination, and once again become 'the party of Lincoln.' Kemp approached politics the same way he played quarterback for the Buffalo Bills: with a refusal to accept defeat. Yet he also was incapable of personal attack, arguing always on the level of ideas. He regarded opponents as adversaries, not enemies, and often cooperated with them to get things done. Despite many ups and downs, including failed presidential and vice-presidential bids, he represented a positive, idealistic, compassionate Republicanism. Drawing on never-published papers and more than one hundred Kemp Oral History Project interviews, noted journalists Morton Kondracke and Fred Barnes trace Kemp’s life, from his childhood through his pro football career to his influential years as a congressman and cabinet secretary. As the American Dream seems to be waning and polarized politics stifles Washington, Kemp is a model for what politics ought to be. The Republican party and the nation are in desperate need of another Kemp. Fred Barnes, Morton Kondracke Tue, 29 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244853 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jack Kemp: The Bleeding-Heart Conservative Who Changed America Author: Fred Barnes, Morton Kondracke Narrator: Morton Kondracke, Fred Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'THE PURPOSE OF POLITICS IS NOT TO DEFEAT YOUR OPPONENT AS MUCH AS IT IS TO PROVIDE SUPERIOR LEADERSHIP AND BETTER IDEAS THAN THE OPPOSITION.' —JACK KEMP The late 1970s were miserable for America. It was the post–Vietnam, post–Watergate era, a time of high unemployment, ruinous inflation, gasoline lines, Communist advances, and bottomed-out U.S. morale. In the 1980s, it all turned around: 'stagflation' ended and nearly two decades of prosperity ensued. The Soviet Union retreated, then collapsed. America again believed in itself. And around the world, democratic capitalism was deemed 'the end of history.' Ronald Reagan’s policies sparked the American renaissance, but the Gipper’s leadership is only part of the story. The economic theory that underpinned America’s success was pioneered by a star professional quarterback turned self-taught intellectual and 'bleeding-heart conservative': Jack Kemp. Kemp’s role in a pivotal period in American history is at last illuminated in this first-ever biography, which also has lessons for the politics of today. Kemp was the congressional champion of supply-side economics—the idea that lowering taxes would foster growth. Even today, almost no one advocates a return to a top income tax rate of 70 percent. Kemp didn’t just challenge the Democratic establishment. He also encouraged his fellow Republicans to be growth (not austerity) minded, open their tent to minorities and blue-collar workers, battle poverty and discrimination, and once again become 'the party of Lincoln.' Kemp approached politics the same way he played quarterback for the Buffalo Bills: with a refusal to accept defeat. Yet he also was incapable of personal attack, arguing always on the level of ideas. He regarded opponents as adversaries, not enemies, and often cooperated with them to get things done. Despite many ups and downs, including failed presidential and vice-presidential bids, he represented a positive, idealistic, compassionate Republicanism. Drawing on never-published papers and more than one hundred Kemp Oral History Project interviews, noted journalists Morton Kondracke and Fred Barnes trace Kemp’s life, from his childhood through his pro football career to his influential years as a congressman and cabinet secretary. As the American Dream seems to be waning and polarized politics stifles Washington, Kemp is a model for what politics ought to be. The Republican party and the nation are in desperate need of another Kemp. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jack Kemp: The Bleeding-Heart Conservative Who Changed America Author: Fred Barnes, Morton Kondracke Narrator: Morton Kondracke, Fred Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'THE PURPOSE OF POLITICS IS NOT TO DEFEAT YOUR OPPONENT AS MUCH AS IT IS TO PROVIDE SUPERIOR LEADERSHIP AND BETTER IDEAS THAN THE OPPOSITION.' —JACK KEMP The late 1970s were miserable for America. It was the post–Vietnam, post–Watergate era, a time of high unemployment, ruinous inflation, gasoline lines, Communist advances, and bottomed-out U.S. morale. In the 1980s, it all turned around: 'stagflation' ended and nearly two decades of prosperity ensued. The Soviet Union retreated, then collapsed. America again believed in itself. And around the world, democratic capitalism was deemed 'the end of history.' Ronald Reagan’s policies sparked the American renaissance, but the Gipper’s leadership is only part of the story. The economic theory that underpinned America’s success was pioneered by a star professional quarterback turned self-taught intellectual and 'bleeding-heart conservative': Jack Kemp. Kemp’s role in a pivotal period in American history is at last illuminated in this first-ever biography, which also has lessons for the politics of today. Kemp was the congressional champion of supply-side economics—the idea that lowering taxes would foster growth. Even today, almost no one advocates a return to a top income tax rate of 70 percent. Kemp didn’t just challenge the Democratic establishment. He also encouraged his fellow Republicans to be growth (not austerity) minded, open their tent to minorities and blue-collar workers, battle poverty and discrimination, and once again become 'the party of Lincoln.' Kemp approached politics the same way he played quarterback for the Buffalo Bills: with a refusal to accept defeat. Yet he also was incapable of personal attack, arguing always on the level of ideas. He regarded opponents as adversaries, not enemies, and often cooperated with them to get things done. Despite many ups and downs, including failed presidential and vice-presidential bids, he represented a positive, idealistic, compassionate Republicanism. Drawing on never-published papers and more than one hundred Kemp Oral History Project interviews, noted journalists Morton Kondracke and Fred Barnes trace Kemp’s life, from his childhood through his pro football career to his influential years as a congressman and cabinet secretary. As the American Dream seems to be waning and polarized politics stifles Washington, Kemp is a model for what politics ought to be. The Republican party and the nation are in desperate need of another Kemp. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244771 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America Author: Jonathan Tasini Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet the essential Bernie Sanders an authentic and uncompromising champion of the people.Independent United States Senator Bernie Sanders with a thirty-five-year career in public service, first as Burlington, Vermont’s mayor, then as Vermont’s sole representative to Congress, and currently as a United States senator is now campaigning to become president of the United States. His goal is to build a movement to take back our country from the rich and powerful, and return it to its rightful owners—we, the American people.Sanders’ common sense, populist message is resonating with Democrats, Republicans, independents, as well as ordinary working-and middle-class Americans from all walks of life, including millennials, seniors, veterans, immigrants, environmentalists, union workers, and more.In this short, accessible audiobook, author Jonathan Tasini draws heavily from Sanders’ ample public record of speeches, statements, and interviews, and couples his working-class spirit with specific legislation he has championed on a number of core proposals that comprise a broader people’s agenda for America, including:• A national, single-payer health care system • Free public higher education • Taking on wealth and income inequality • Preserving Social Security • Caring for our veterans • Ensuring civil rights for all • Combatting climate change • Reforming Wall Street, and much more.The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America is a must-listen for anyone who shares a vision for a forward-looking, sustainable, and more just United States of America, and is eager to change the course of history. Jonathan Tasini Tue, 08 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244771 thebookvoice.com 4:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America Author: Jonathan Tasini Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet the essential Bernie Sanders an authentic and uncompromising champion of the people.Independent United States Senator Bernie Sanders with a thirty-five-year career in public service, first as Burlington, Vermont’s mayor, then as Vermont’s sole representative to Congress, and currently as a United States senator is now campaigning to become president of the United States. His goal is to build a movement to take back our country from the rich and powerful, and return it to its rightful owners—we, the American people.Sanders’ common sense, populist message is resonating with Democrats, Republicans, independents, as well as ordinary working-and middle-class Americans from all walks of life, including millennials, seniors, veterans, immigrants, environmentalists, union workers, and more.In this short, accessible audiobook, author Jonathan Tasini draws heavily from Sanders’ ample public record of speeches, statements, and interviews, and couples his working-class spirit with specific legislation he has championed on a number of core proposals that comprise a broader people’s agenda for America, including:• A national, single-payer health care system • Free public higher education • Taking on wealth and income inequality • Preserving Social Security • Caring for our veterans • Ensuring civil rights for all • Combatting climate change • Reforming Wall Street, and much more.The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America is a must-listen for anyone who shares a vision for a forward-looking, sustainable, and more just United States of America, and is eager to change the course of history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America Author: Jonathan Tasini Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet the essential Bernie Sanders an authentic and uncompromising champion of the people.Independent United States Senator Bernie Sanders with a thirty-five-year career in public service, first as Burlington, Vermont’s mayor, then as Vermont’s sole representative to Congress, and currently as a United States senator is now campaigning to become president of the United States. His goal is to build a movement to take back our country from the rich and powerful, and return it to its rightful owners—we, the American people.Sanders’ common sense, populist message is resonating with Democrats, Republicans, independents, as well as ordinary working-and middle-class Americans from all walks of life, including millennials, seniors, veterans, immigrants, environmentalists, union workers, and more.In this short, accessible audiobook, author Jonathan Tasini draws heavily from Sanders’ ample public record of speeches, statements, and interviews, and couples his working-class spirit with specific legislation he has championed on a number of core proposals that comprise a broader people’s agenda for America, including:• A national, single-payer health care system • Free public higher education • Taking on wealth and income inequality • Preserving Social Security • Caring for our veterans • Ensuring civil rights for all • Combatting climate change • Reforming Wall Street, and much more.The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America is a must-listen for anyone who shares a vision for a forward-looking, sustainable, and more just United States of America, and is eager to change the course of history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244695 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brotherhood: America's Next Great Enemy Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 9, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Muslim Brotherhood, or Ikhwan, has engaged in terrorism, assassinations, and anti-Western, anti-Semitic rhetoric and violence for almost a century—yet few Americans realize how powerful they really are. While we focus on al Qaeda, Hamas, and Hezbollah, it's actually the Muslim Brotherhood, the world's oldest, most influential, and most anti-American Islamist group, that has become the preeminent voice and power in the Muslim world. Hiding behind a cloak of respectability and expensive Western suits, the Muslim Brotherhood is installing vehemently anti-American governments and power structures throughout the Middle East and the world, as we sit back and cheer for the 'democracy' of the Arab Spring. In his new book, The Brotherhood: America's Next Great Enemy, Erick Stakelbeck teaches us the frightening truth about this dangerous group, from his first-hand experiences investigating the Brotherhood for eleven years, interviewing its members and visiting its mosques and enclaves. In The Brotherhood, Stakelbeck: - Reveals how the Obama administration has put the Brotherhood on the threshold of power at every turn - Examines the alarming ramifications for America, Europe, and Israel of the Brotherhood's rapid rise - Warns against the West's—particularly the Left's—shortsighted, naïve, and deadly embrace of the Ikhwan and - Traces the group from its violent roots to its current strategy of 'stealth jihad' With Middle Eastern unrest only growing hotter, and saber-rattling at the West only growing louder, the Muslim Brotherhood's growing global clout will remain on the front burner of American national security challenges. Revealing and disconcerting, The Brotherhood is a must-listen for every American hoping to remain in a free America. Erick Stakelbeck Mon, 09 Sep 2013 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244695 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brotherhood: America's Next Great Enemy Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 9, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Muslim Brotherhood, or Ikhwan, has engaged in terrorism, assassinations, and anti-Western, anti-Semitic rhetoric and violence for almost a century—yet few Americans realize how powerful they really are. While we focus on al Qaeda, Hamas, and Hezbollah, it's actually the Muslim Brotherhood, the world's oldest, most influential, and most anti-American Islamist group, that has become the preeminent voice and power in the Muslim world. Hiding behind a cloak of respectability and expensive Western suits, the Muslim Brotherhood is installing vehemently anti-American governments and power structures throughout the Middle East and the world, as we sit back and cheer for the 'democracy' of the Arab Spring. In his new book, The Brotherhood: America's Next Great Enemy, Erick Stakelbeck teaches us the frightening truth about this dangerous group, from his first-hand experiences investigating the Brotherhood for eleven years, interviewing its members and visiting its mosques and enclaves. In The Brotherhood, Stakelbeck: - Reveals how the Obama administration has put the Brotherhood on the threshold of power at every turn - Examines the alarming ramifications for America, Europe, and Israel of the Brotherhood's rapid rise - Warns against the West's—particularly the Left's—shortsighted, naïve, and deadly embrace of the Ikhwan and - Traces the group from its violent roots to its current strategy of 'stealth jihad' With Middle Eastern unrest only growing hotter, and saber-rattling at the West only growing louder, the Muslim Brotherhood's growing global clout will remain on the front burner of American national security challenges. Revealing and disconcerting, The Brotherhood is a must-listen for every American hoping to remain in a free America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brotherhood: America's Next Great Enemy Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 9, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Muslim Brotherhood, or Ikhwan, has engaged in terrorism, assassinations, and anti-Western, anti-Semitic rhetoric and violence for almost a century—yet few Americans realize how powerful they really are. While we focus on al Qaeda, Hamas, and Hezbollah, it's actually the Muslim Brotherhood, the world's oldest, most influential, and most anti-American Islamist group, that has become the preeminent voice and power in the Muslim world. Hiding behind a cloak of respectability and expensive Western suits, the Muslim Brotherhood is installing vehemently anti-American governments and power structures throughout the Middle East and the world, as we sit back and cheer for the 'democracy' of the Arab Spring. In his new book, The Brotherhood: America's Next Great Enemy, Erick Stakelbeck teaches us the frightening truth about this dangerous group, from his first-hand experiences investigating the Brotherhood for eleven years, interviewing its members and visiting its mosques and enclaves. In The Brotherhood, Stakelbeck: - Reveals how the Obama administration has put the Brotherhood on the threshold of power at every turn - Examines the alarming ramifications for America, Europe, and Israel of the Brotherhood's rapid rise - Warns against the West's—particularly the Left's—shortsighted, naïve, and deadly embrace of the Ikhwan and - Traces the group from its violent roots to its current strategy of 'stealth jihad' With Middle Eastern unrest only growing hotter, and saber-rattling at the West only growing louder, the Muslim Brotherhood's growing global clout will remain on the front burner of American national security challenges. Revealing and disconcerting, The Brotherhood is a must-listen for every American hoping to remain in a free America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objective Troy: A Terrorist, a President, and the Rise of the Drone Author: Scott Shane Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Objective Troy tells the gripping and unsettling story of Anwar al-Awlaki, the once-celebrated American imam who called for moderation after 9/11, a man who ultimately directed his outsized talents to the mass murder of his fellow citizens. It follows Barack Obama’s campaign against the excesses of the Bush counterterrorism programs and his eventual embrace of the targeted killing of suspected militants. And it recounts how the president directed the mammoth machinery of spy agencies to hunt Awlaki down in a frantic, multi-million-dollar pursuit that would end with the death of Awlaki by a bizarre, robotic technology that is changing warfare—the drone.       Scott Shane, who has covered terrorism for The New York Times over the last decade, weaves the clash between president and terrorist into both a riveting narrative and a deeply human account of the defining conflict of our era. Awlaki, who directed a plot that almost derailed Obama’s presidency, and then taunted him from his desert hideouts, will go down in history as the first United States citizen deliberately hunted and assassinated by his own government without trial. But his eloquent calls to jihad, amplified by YouTube, continue to lure young Westerners into terrorism—resulting in tragedies from the Boston marathon bombing to the murder of cartoonists at a Paris weekly. Awlaki’s life and death show how profoundly America has been changed by the threat of terrorism and by our own fears.       Illuminating and provocative, and based on years of in depth reporting, Objective Troy is a brilliant reckoning with the moral challenge of terrorism and a masterful chronicle of our times. Scott Shane Tue, 15 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243404 thebookvoice.com 14:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objective Troy: A Terrorist, a President, and the Rise of the Drone Author: Scott Shane Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Objective Troy tells the gripping and unsettling story of Anwar al-Awlaki, the once-celebrated American imam who called for moderation after 9/11, a man who ultimately directed his outsized talents to the mass murder of his fellow citizens. It follows Barack Obama’s campaign against the excesses of the Bush counterterrorism programs and his eventual embrace of the targeted killing of suspected militants. And it recounts how the president directed the mammoth machinery of spy agencies to hunt Awlaki down in a frantic, multi-million-dollar pursuit that would end with the death of Awlaki by a bizarre, robotic technology that is changing warfare—the drone.       Scott Shane, who has covered terrorism for The New York Times over the last decade, weaves the clash between president and terrorist into both a riveting narrative and a deeply human account of the defining conflict of our era. Awlaki, who directed a plot that almost derailed Obama’s presidency, and then taunted him from his desert hideouts, will go down in history as the first United States citizen deliberately hunted and assassinated by his own government without trial. But his eloquent calls to jihad, amplified by YouTube, continue to lure young Westerners into terrorism—resulting in tragedies from the Boston marathon bombing to the murder of cartoonists at a Paris weekly. Awlaki’s life and death show how profoundly America has been changed by the threat of terrorism and by our own fears.       Illuminating and provocative, and based on years of in depth reporting, Objective Troy is a brilliant reckoning with the moral challenge of terrorism and a masterful chronicle of our times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objective Troy: A Terrorist, a President, and the Rise of the Drone Author: Scott Shane Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Objective Troy tells the gripping and unsettling story of Anwar al-Awlaki, the once-celebrated American imam who called for moderation after 9/11, a man who ultimately directed his outsized talents to the mass murder of his fellow citizens. It follows Barack Obama’s campaign against the excesses of the Bush counterterrorism programs and his eventual embrace of the targeted killing of suspected militants. And it recounts how the president directed the mammoth machinery of spy agencies to hunt Awlaki down in a frantic, multi-million-dollar pursuit that would end with the death of Awlaki by a bizarre, robotic technology that is changing warfare—the drone.       Scott Shane, who has covered terrorism for The New York Times over the last decade, weaves the clash between president and terrorist into both a riveting narrative and a deeply human account of the defining conflict of our era. Awlaki, who directed a plot that almost derailed Obama’s presidency, and then taunted him from his desert hideouts, will go down in history as the first United States citizen deliberately hunted and assassinated by his own government without trial. But his eloquent calls to jihad, amplified by YouTube, continue to lure young Westerners into terrorism—resulting in tragedies from the Boston marathon bombing to the murder of cartoonists at a Paris weekly. Awlaki’s life and death show how profoundly America has been changed by the threat of terrorism and by our own fears.       Illuminating and provocative, and based on years of in depth reporting, Objective Troy is a brilliant reckoning with the moral challenge of terrorism and a masterful chronicle of our times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243400 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2016 PULITZER PRIZE FOR GENERAL NONFICTION “A Best Book of 2015”—The New York Times, The Washington Post, People Magazine, San Francisco Chronicle, Kansas City Star, and Kirkus Reviews In a thrilling dramatic narrative, awarded the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction, Joby Warrick traces how the strain of militant Islam behind ISIS first arose in a remote Jordanian prison and spread with the unwitting aid of two American presidents.      When the government of Jordan granted amnesty to a group of political prisoners in 1999, it little realized that among them was Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, a terrorist mastermind and soon the architect of an Islamist movement bent on dominating the Middle East. In Black Flags, an unprecedented character-driven account of the rise of ISIS, Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Joby Warrick shows how the zeal of this one man and the strategic mistakes of Presidents Bush and Obama led to the banner of ISIS being raised over huge swaths of Syria and Iraq.    Zarqawi began by directing terror attacks from a base in northern Iraq, but it was the American invasion in 2003 that catapulted him to the head of a vast insurgency. By falsely identifying him as the link between Saddam and bin Laden, U.S. officials inadvertently spurred like-minded radicals to rally to his cause. Their wave of brutal beheadings and suicide bombings persisted until American and Jordanian intelligence discovered clues that led to a lethal airstrike on Zarqawi’s hideout in 2006.    His movement, however, endured. First calling themselves al-Qaeda in Iraq, then Islamic State of Iraq and Syria, or ISIS, his followers sought refuge in unstable, ungoverned pockets on the Iraq-Syria border. When the Syrian civil war broke out in 2011, and as the U.S. largely stood by, ISIS seized its chance to pursue Zarqawi’s dream of an ultra-conservative Islamic caliphate.    Drawing on unique high-level access to CIA and Jordanian sources, Warrick weaves gripping, moment-by-moment operational details with the perspectives of diplomats and spies, generals and heads of state, many of whom foresaw a menace worse than al Qaeda and tried desperately to stop it. Black Flags is a brilliant and definitive history that reveals the long arc of today’s most dangerous extremist threat. Joby Warrick Tue, 29 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243400 thebookvoice.com 13:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2016 PULITZER PRIZE FOR GENERAL NONFICTION “A Best Book of 2015”—The New York Times, The Washington Post, People Magazine, San Francisco Chronicle, Kansas City Star, and Kirkus Reviews In a thrilling dramatic narrative, awarded the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction, Joby Warrick traces how the strain of militant Islam behind ISIS first arose in a remote Jordanian prison and spread with the unwitting aid of two American presidents.      When the government of Jordan granted amnesty to a group of political prisoners in 1999, it little realized that among them was Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, a terrorist mastermind and soon the architect of an Islamist movement bent on dominating the Middle East. In Black Flags, an unprecedented character-driven account of the rise of ISIS, Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Joby Warrick shows how the zeal of this one man and the strategic mistakes of Presidents Bush and Obama led to the banner of ISIS being raised over huge swaths of Syria and Iraq.    Zarqawi began by directing terror attacks from a base in northern Iraq, but it was the American invasion in 2003 that catapulted him to the head of a vast insurgency. By falsely identifying him as the link between Saddam and bin Laden, U.S. officials inadvertently spurred like-minded radicals to rally to his cause. Their wave of brutal beheadings and suicide bombings persisted until American and Jordanian intelligence discovered clues that led to a lethal airstrike on Zarqawi’s hideout in 2006.    His movement, however, endured. First calling themselves al-Qaeda in Iraq, then Islamic State of Iraq and Syria, or ISIS, his followers sought refuge in unstable, ungoverned pockets on the Iraq-Syria border. When the Syrian civil war broke out in 2011, and as the U.S. largely stood by, ISIS seized its chance to pursue Zarqawi’s dream of an ultra-conservative Islamic caliphate.    Drawing on unique high-level access to CIA and Jordanian sources, Warrick weaves gripping, moment-by-moment operational details with the perspectives of diplomats and spies, generals and heads of state, many of whom foresaw a menace worse than al Qaeda and tried desperately to stop it. Black Flags is a brilliant and definitive history that reveals the long arc of today’s most dangerous extremist threat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243400]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2016 PULITZER PRIZE FOR GENERAL NONFICTION “A Best Book of 2015”—The New York Times, The Washington Post, People Magazine, San Francisco Chronicle, Kansas City Star, and Kirkus Reviews In a thrilling dramatic narrative, awarded the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction, Joby Warrick traces how the strain of militant Islam behind ISIS first arose in a remote Jordanian prison and spread with the unwitting aid of two American presidents.      When the government of Jordan granted amnesty to a group of political prisoners in 1999, it little realized that among them was Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, a terrorist mastermind and soon the architect of an Islamist movement bent on dominating the Middle East. In Black Flags, an unprecedented character-driven account of the rise of ISIS, Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Joby Warrick shows how the zeal of this one man and the strategic mistakes of Presidents Bush and Obama led to the banner of ISIS being raised over huge swaths of Syria and Iraq.    Zarqawi began by directing terror attacks from a base in northern Iraq, but it was the American invasion in 2003 that catapulted him to the head of a vast insurgency. By falsely identifying him as the link between Saddam and bin Laden, U.S. officials inadvertently spurred like-minded radicals to rally to his cause. Their wave of brutal beheadings and suicide bombings persisted until American and Jordanian intelligence discovered clues that led to a lethal airstrike on Zarqawi’s hideout in 2006.    His movement, however, endured. First calling themselves al-Qaeda in Iraq, then Islamic State of Iraq and Syria, or ISIS, his followers sought refuge in unstable, ungoverned pockets on the Iraq-Syria border. When the Syrian civil war broke out in 2011, and as the U.S. largely stood by, ISIS seized its chance to pursue Zarqawi’s dream of an ultra-conservative Islamic caliphate.    Drawing on unique high-level access to CIA and Jordanian sources, Warrick weaves gripping, moment-by-moment operational details with the perspectives of diplomats and spies, generals and heads of state, many of whom foresaw a menace worse than al Qaeda and tried desperately to stop it. Black Flags is a brilliant and definitive history that reveals the long arc of today’s most dangerous extremist threat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243253 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth, Poverty, and Politics: An International Perspective Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Wealth, Poverty, and Politics, Thomas Sowell, one of the foremost conservative public intellectuals in the country, argues that political and ideological struggles have led to dangerous confusion about income inequality in America. Pundits and politically motivated economists trumpet ambiguous statistics and sensational theories while ignoring the true determinant of income inequality: the production of wealth. We cannot properly understand inequality if we focus exclusively on the distribution of wealth and ignore wealth production factors such as geography, demography, and culture. Sowell contends that liberals have a particular interest in misreading the data and chastises them for using income inequality as an argument for the welfare state. Refuting Thomas Piketty, Paul Krugman, and others, Sowell draws on empirical data to show that the inequality is not nearly as extreme or sensational as we have been led to believe. Transcending partisanship through a careful examination of data, Wealth, Poverty, and Politics reveals the truth about the most explosive political issue of our time. Thomas Sowell Tue, 08 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243253 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth, Poverty, and Politics: An International Perspective Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Wealth, Poverty, and Politics, Thomas Sowell, one of the foremost conservative public intellectuals in the country, argues that political and ideological struggles have led to dangerous confusion about income inequality in America. Pundits and politically motivated economists trumpet ambiguous statistics and sensational theories while ignoring the true determinant of income inequality: the production of wealth. We cannot properly understand inequality if we focus exclusively on the distribution of wealth and ignore wealth production factors such as geography, demography, and culture. Sowell contends that liberals have a particular interest in misreading the data and chastises them for using income inequality as an argument for the welfare state. Refuting Thomas Piketty, Paul Krugman, and others, Sowell draws on empirical data to show that the inequality is not nearly as extreme or sensational as we have been led to believe. Transcending partisanship through a careful examination of data, Wealth, Poverty, and Politics reveals the truth about the most explosive political issue of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth, Poverty, and Politics: An International Perspective Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.85 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Wealth, Poverty, and Politics, Thomas Sowell, one of the foremost conservative public intellectuals in the country, argues that political and ideological struggles have led to dangerous confusion about income inequality in America. Pundits and politically motivated economists trumpet ambiguous statistics and sensational theories while ignoring the true determinant of income inequality: the production of wealth. We cannot properly understand inequality if we focus exclusively on the distribution of wealth and ignore wealth production factors such as geography, demography, and culture. Sowell contends that liberals have a particular interest in misreading the data and chastises them for using income inequality as an argument for the welfare state. Refuting Thomas Piketty, Paul Krugman, and others, Sowell draws on empirical data to show that the inequality is not nearly as extreme or sensational as we have been led to believe. Transcending partisanship through a careful examination of data, Wealth, Poverty, and Politics reveals the truth about the most explosive political issue of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243072 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of History and the End of Dreams Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 28, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Post-Cold War, the world remains 'unipolar,' but international competition among the United States, Russia, China, Europe, Japan, India, and Iran raise new threats of regional conflict. Communism is dead, but a new contest between western liberalism and the great eastern autocracies of Russia and China has reinjected ideology into geopolitics. Radical Islamists are waging a violent struggle against the modern secular cultures and powers that, in their view, have dominated, penetrated, and polluted their Islamic world. The grand expectation that the world would enter an era of international geopolitical convergence has proven wrong. Kagan poses the most important questions facing the liberal democratic countries, challenging them to choose whether they want to shape history or let others shape it for them. Robert Kagan Mon, 28 Apr 2008 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243072 thebookvoice.com 3:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of History and the End of Dreams Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 28, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Post-Cold War, the world remains 'unipolar,' but international competition among the United States, Russia, China, Europe, Japan, India, and Iran raise new threats of regional conflict. Communism is dead, but a new contest between western liberalism and the great eastern autocracies of Russia and China has reinjected ideology into geopolitics. Radical Islamists are waging a violent struggle against the modern secular cultures and powers that, in their view, have dominated, penetrated, and polluted their Islamic world. The grand expectation that the world would enter an era of international geopolitical convergence has proven wrong. Kagan poses the most important questions facing the liberal democratic countries, challenging them to choose whether they want to shape history or let others shape it for them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of History and the End of Dreams Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 28, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Post-Cold War, the world remains 'unipolar,' but international competition among the United States, Russia, China, Europe, Japan, India, and Iran raise new threats of regional conflict. Communism is dead, but a new contest between western liberalism and the great eastern autocracies of Russia and China has reinjected ideology into geopolitics. Radical Islamists are waging a violent struggle against the modern secular cultures and powers that, in their view, have dominated, penetrated, and polluted their Islamic world. The grand expectation that the world would enter an era of international geopolitical convergence has proven wrong. Kagan poses the most important questions facing the liberal democratic countries, challenging them to choose whether they want to shape history or let others shape it for them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242888 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prosecution of George W. Bush for Murder Author: Vincent Bugliosi Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 27, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Vincent Bugliosi has written the most important and thought-provoking book of his prolific career. In a meticulously researched and clearly presented legal case that puts George W. Bush on trial for murder after he leaves his presidency, Bugliosi delivers a searing indictment of the president and his administration. With what he believes is overwhelming evidence that President Bush took the nation to war in Iraq under false pretenses—a war that has caused great loss of life, cost this nation close to $1 trillion, and alienated most of our allies in the Western world—Bugliosi argues that it is George W. Bush who must be held accountable for what Bugliosi considers to be monumental crimes. In this groundbreaking book, Bugliosi, in his inimitable style, presents a powerful case against the man. Vincent Bugliosi Tue, 27 May 2008 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242888 thebookvoice.com 10:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prosecution of George W. Bush for Murder Author: Vincent Bugliosi Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 27, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Vincent Bugliosi has written the most important and thought-provoking book of his prolific career. In a meticulously researched and clearly presented legal case that puts George W. Bush on trial for murder after he leaves his presidency, Bugliosi delivers a searing indictment of the president and his administration. With what he believes is overwhelming evidence that President Bush took the nation to war in Iraq under false pretenses—a war that has caused great loss of life, cost this nation close to $1 trillion, and alienated most of our allies in the Western world—Bugliosi argues that it is George W. Bush who must be held accountable for what Bugliosi considers to be monumental crimes. In this groundbreaking book, Bugliosi, in his inimitable style, presents a powerful case against the man. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prosecution of George W. Bush for Murder Author: Vincent Bugliosi Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 27, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Vincent Bugliosi has written the most important and thought-provoking book of his prolific career. In a meticulously researched and clearly presented legal case that puts George W. Bush on trial for murder after he leaves his presidency, Bugliosi delivers a searing indictment of the president and his administration. With what he believes is overwhelming evidence that President Bush took the nation to war in Iraq under false pretenses—a war that has caused great loss of life, cost this nation close to $1 trillion, and alienated most of our allies in the Western world—Bugliosi argues that it is George W. Bush who must be held accountable for what Bugliosi considers to be monumental crimes. In this groundbreaking book, Bugliosi, in his inimitable style, presents a powerful case against the man. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242787 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Paradise and Power: America and Europe in the New World Order Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 10, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Robert Kagan, a leading scholar of American foreign policy, comes an insightful analysis of the state of European and American foreign relations. At a time when relations between the United States and Europe are at their lowest ebb since World War II, this brief but cogent book is essential reading. Kagan forces both sides to see themselves through the eyes of the other. Europe, he argues, has moved beyond power into a self-contained world of laws, rules, and negotiation, while America operates in a “Hobbesian” world where rules and laws are unreliable and military force is often necessary. Tracing how this state of affairs came into being over the past fifty years and fearlessly exploring its ramifications for the future, Kagan reveals the shape of the new transatlantic relationship. The result is a book that promises to be as enduringly influential as Samuel Huntington’s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. Robert Kagan Thu, 10 Apr 2003 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242787 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Paradise and Power: America and Europe in the New World Order Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 10, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Robert Kagan, a leading scholar of American foreign policy, comes an insightful analysis of the state of European and American foreign relations. At a time when relations between the United States and Europe are at their lowest ebb since World War II, this brief but cogent book is essential reading. Kagan forces both sides to see themselves through the eyes of the other. Europe, he argues, has moved beyond power into a self-contained world of laws, rules, and negotiation, while America operates in a “Hobbesian” world where rules and laws are unreliable and military force is often necessary. Tracing how this state of affairs came into being over the past fifty years and fearlessly exploring its ramifications for the future, Kagan reveals the shape of the new transatlantic relationship. The result is a book that promises to be as enduringly influential as Samuel Huntington’s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Of Paradise and Power: America and Europe in the New World Order Author: Robert Kagan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 10, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Robert Kagan, a leading scholar of American foreign policy, comes an insightful analysis of the state of European and American foreign relations. At a time when relations between the United States and Europe are at their lowest ebb since World War II, this brief but cogent book is essential reading. Kagan forces both sides to see themselves through the eyes of the other. Europe, he argues, has moved beyond power into a self-contained world of laws, rules, and negotiation, while America operates in a “Hobbesian” world where rules and laws are unreliable and military force is often necessary. Tracing how this state of affairs came into being over the past fifty years and fearlessly exploring its ramifications for the future, Kagan reveals the shape of the new transatlantic relationship. The result is a book that promises to be as enduringly influential as Samuel Huntington’s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242748 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game Change: Obama and the Clintons, McCain and Palin, and the Race of a Lifetime Author: John Heilemann, Mark Halperin Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “It’s one of the best books on politics of any kind I’ve read. For entertainment value, I put it up there with Catch 22.” —The Financial Times   “It transports you to a parallel universe in which everything in the National Enquirer is true….More interesting is what we learn about the candidates themselves: their frailties, egos and almost super-human stamina.” —The Financial Times   “I can’t put down this book!” —Stephen Colbert   Game Change is the New York Times bestselling story of the 2008 presidential election, by John Heilemann and Mark Halperin, two of the best political reporters in the country. In the spirit of Richard Ben Cramer’s What It Takes and Theodore H. White’s The Making of the President 1960, this classic campaign trail book tells the defining story of a new era in American politics, going deeper behind the scenes of the Obama/Biden and McCain/Palin campaigns than any other account of the historic 2008 election. John Heilemann, Mark Halperin Mon, 11 Jan 2010 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242748 thebookvoice.com 14:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game Change: Obama and the Clintons, McCain and Palin, and the Race of a Lifetime Author: John Heilemann, Mark Halperin Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “It’s one of the best books on politics of any kind I’ve read. For entertainment value, I put it up there with Catch 22.” —The Financial Times   “It transports you to a parallel universe in which everything in the National Enquirer is true….More interesting is what we learn about the candidates themselves: their frailties, egos and almost super-human stamina.” —The Financial Times   “I can’t put down this book!” —Stephen Colbert   Game Change is the New York Times bestselling story of the 2008 presidential election, by John Heilemann and Mark Halperin, two of the best political reporters in the country. In the spirit of Richard Ben Cramer’s What It Takes and Theodore H. White’s The Making of the President 1960, this classic campaign trail book tells the defining story of a new era in American politics, going deeper behind the scenes of the Obama/Biden and McCain/Palin campaigns than any other account of the historic 2008 election. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game Change: Obama and the Clintons, McCain and Palin, and the Race of a Lifetime Author: John Heilemann, Mark Halperin Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 11, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “It’s one of the best books on politics of any kind I’ve read. For entertainment value, I put it up there with Catch 22.” —The Financial Times   “It transports you to a parallel universe in which everything in the National Enquirer is true….More interesting is what we learn about the candidates themselves: their frailties, egos and almost super-human stamina.” —The Financial Times   “I can’t put down this book!” —Stephen Colbert   Game Change is the New York Times bestselling story of the 2008 presidential election, by John Heilemann and Mark Halperin, two of the best political reporters in the country. In the spirit of Richard Ben Cramer’s What It Takes and Theodore H. White’s The Making of the President 1960, this classic campaign trail book tells the defining story of a new era in American politics, going deeper behind the scenes of the Obama/Biden and McCain/Palin campaigns than any other account of the historic 2008 election. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242656 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside WikiLeaks: My Time with Julian Assange at the World's Most Dangerous Website Author: Daniel Domscheit-Berg Narrator: Adrian Mulraney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 10, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since its launch in 2006, WikiLeaks has rapidly grown into the most powerful and influential whistleblowing organisation ever. Its status as a repository and publisher of leaked sensitive and confidential governmental, corporate, organisational or religious documents while preserving the anonymity and untraceability of its contributors, and the statements and behaviour of its leader Julian Assange have made WikiLeaks both daily front page news and a topic of enormous controversy. In an eye-opening account, Daniel Domscheit-Berg, who joined WikiLeaks in its early days and became its spokesman, reveals never-disclosed details about the inner workings of the organisation that has struck fear into governments and businesses worldwide and prompted the Pentagon to convene a 120-man investigative task force. He also provides a remarkably up-close portrait of Julian Assange himself. Under the pseudonym Daniel Schmitt, Domscheit-Berg was the effective No. 2 at WikiLeaks and its most public face after Assange. In this book, he tells the backstories of leaks ranging from the Church of Scientology and the Afghanistan and Iraq War logs to Cablegate, and reveals the evolution, finances and inner tensions of the whistleblower organisation, beginning with his first meeting with Assange in December 2007. He also describes what led to his September 2010 withdrawal from WikiLeaks, including his disenchantment with its lack of transparency, its abandonment of political neutrality, and Assange's increasing concentration of power. What has been made public so far about WikiLeaks is only a small fraction of the truth. With his insider knowledge, Domscheit-Berg is uniquely able to tell the full story. An inspiration behind the film The Fifth Estate, starring Benedict Cumberbatch, which examines the relationship between Julian Assange and the author, Daniel Domscheit-Berg. Daniel Domscheit-Berg Thu, 10 Nov 2011 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242656 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside WikiLeaks: My Time with Julian Assange at the World's Most Dangerous Website Author: Daniel Domscheit-Berg Narrator: Adrian Mulraney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 10, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since its launch in 2006, WikiLeaks has rapidly grown into the most powerful and influential whistleblowing organisation ever. Its status as a repository and publisher of leaked sensitive and confidential governmental, corporate, organisational or religious documents while preserving the anonymity and untraceability of its contributors, and the statements and behaviour of its leader Julian Assange have made WikiLeaks both daily front page news and a topic of enormous controversy. In an eye-opening account, Daniel Domscheit-Berg, who joined WikiLeaks in its early days and became its spokesman, reveals never-disclosed details about the inner workings of the organisation that has struck fear into governments and businesses worldwide and prompted the Pentagon to convene a 120-man investigative task force. He also provides a remarkably up-close portrait of Julian Assange himself. Under the pseudonym Daniel Schmitt, Domscheit-Berg was the effective No. 2 at WikiLeaks and its most public face after Assange. In this book, he tells the backstories of leaks ranging from the Church of Scientology and the Afghanistan and Iraq War logs to Cablegate, and reveals the evolution, finances and inner tensions of the whistleblower organisation, beginning with his first meeting with Assange in December 2007. He also describes what led to his September 2010 withdrawal from WikiLeaks, including his disenchantment with its lack of transparency, its abandonment of political neutrality, and Assange's increasing concentration of power. What has been made public so far about WikiLeaks is only a small fraction of the truth. With his insider knowledge, Domscheit-Berg is uniquely able to tell the full story. An inspiration behind the film The Fifth Estate, starring Benedict Cumberbatch, which examines the relationship between Julian Assange and the author, Daniel Domscheit-Berg. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside WikiLeaks: My Time with Julian Assange at the World's Most Dangerous Website Author: Daniel Domscheit-Berg Narrator: Adrian Mulraney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 10, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since its launch in 2006, WikiLeaks has rapidly grown into the most powerful and influential whistleblowing organisation ever. Its status as a repository and publisher of leaked sensitive and confidential governmental, corporate, organisational or religious documents while preserving the anonymity and untraceability of its contributors, and the statements and behaviour of its leader Julian Assange have made WikiLeaks both daily front page news and a topic of enormous controversy. In an eye-opening account, Daniel Domscheit-Berg, who joined WikiLeaks in its early days and became its spokesman, reveals never-disclosed details about the inner workings of the organisation that has struck fear into governments and businesses worldwide and prompted the Pentagon to convene a 120-man investigative task force. He also provides a remarkably up-close portrait of Julian Assange himself. Under the pseudonym Daniel Schmitt, Domscheit-Berg was the effective No. 2 at WikiLeaks and its most public face after Assange. In this book, he tells the backstories of leaks ranging from the Church of Scientology and the Afghanistan and Iraq War logs to Cablegate, and reveals the evolution, finances and inner tensions of the whistleblower organisation, beginning with his first meeting with Assange in December 2007. He also describes what led to his September 2010 withdrawal from WikiLeaks, including his disenchantment with its lack of transparency, its abandonment of political neutrality, and Assange's increasing concentration of power. What has been made public so far about WikiLeaks is only a small fraction of the truth. With his insider knowledge, Domscheit-Berg is uniquely able to tell the full story. An inspiration behind the film The Fifth Estate, starring Benedict Cumberbatch, which examines the relationship between Julian Assange and the author, Daniel Domscheit-Berg. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The anti-white racism of the political left remains one of the few taboo subjects in America. In this book, David Horowitz, a former confidante of the Black Panthers, lays bare the liberal attack on “whiteness,” the latest battle in the war against American democracy. Horowitz acknowledges that America’s political culture is the creation of white, European, primarily Christian males. But it is these very men and their heirs that have led the world in abolishing slavery, establishing the principles of ethnic and racial inclusion, and creating a society of unparalleled rights and opportunities that people of every race and creed continue to flock to. Horowitz points to the hypocrisy of this and challenges racism in all its forms, especially the hidden ones. David Horowitz Wed, 22 Apr 2009 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242501 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The anti-white racism of the political left remains one of the few taboo subjects in America. In this book, David Horowitz, a former confidante of the Black Panthers, lays bare the liberal attack on “whiteness,” the latest battle in the war against American democracy. Horowitz acknowledges that America’s political culture is the creation of white, European, primarily Christian males. But it is these very men and their heirs that have led the world in abolishing slavery, establishing the principles of ethnic and racial inclusion, and creating a society of unparalleled rights and opportunities that people of every race and creed continue to flock to. Horowitz points to the hypocrisy of this and challenges racism in all its forms, especially the hidden ones. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes Author: David Horowitz Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 22, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The anti-white racism of the political left remains one of the few taboo subjects in America. In this book, David Horowitz, a former confidante of the Black Panthers, lays bare the liberal attack on “whiteness,” the latest battle in the war against American democracy. Horowitz acknowledges that America’s political culture is the creation of white, European, primarily Christian males. But it is these very men and their heirs that have led the world in abolishing slavery, establishing the principles of ethnic and racial inclusion, and creating a society of unparalleled rights and opportunities that people of every race and creed continue to flock to. Horowitz points to the hypocrisy of this and challenges racism in all its forms, especially the hidden ones. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242483 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geek Manifesto: Why science matters Author: Mark Henderson Narrator: Tom Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 10, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The geeks are coming. And our world needs them. Whether we want to improve education or cut crime, to enhance public health or to generate clean energy, we need the experimental methods of science - the best tool humanity has yet developed for working out what works. Yet from the way we're governed to the news we're fed by the media we're let down by a lack of understanding and respect for its insights and evidence. In The Geek Manifesto Mark Henderson explains why and how we need to entrench scientific thinking more deeply into every aspect of our society. A new movement is gathering. Let's turn it into a force our leaders cannot ignore. Shortlisted for the Political Book Awards Polemic of the Year 2012. Mark Henderson Thu, 10 May 2012 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242483 thebookvoice.com 10:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geek Manifesto: Why science matters Author: Mark Henderson Narrator: Tom Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 10, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The geeks are coming. And our world needs them. Whether we want to improve education or cut crime, to enhance public health or to generate clean energy, we need the experimental methods of science - the best tool humanity has yet developed for working out what works. Yet from the way we're governed to the news we're fed by the media we're let down by a lack of understanding and respect for its insights and evidence. In The Geek Manifesto Mark Henderson explains why and how we need to entrench scientific thinking more deeply into every aspect of our society. A new movement is gathering. Let's turn it into a force our leaders cannot ignore. Shortlisted for the Political Book Awards Polemic of the Year 2012. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geek Manifesto: Why science matters Author: Mark Henderson Narrator: Tom Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 10, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The geeks are coming. And our world needs them. Whether we want to improve education or cut crime, to enhance public health or to generate clean energy, we need the experimental methods of science - the best tool humanity has yet developed for working out what works. Yet from the way we're governed to the news we're fed by the media we're let down by a lack of understanding and respect for its insights and evidence. In The Geek Manifesto Mark Henderson explains why and how we need to entrench scientific thinking more deeply into every aspect of our society. A new movement is gathering. Let's turn it into a force our leaders cannot ignore. Shortlisted for the Political Book Awards Polemic of the Year 2012. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Disobedience: And Other Essays Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American author, poet, and philosopher Henry David Thoreau was a passionate abolitionist. Inspired by his opposition to slavery, his illuminating essay 'Civil Disobedience' presents the theory that 'the government is best that governs least.' A powerful testament that remains as important today as it was during its conception, this theory argues that citizens should not allow their government to overrule through taxes and unjust laws. Henry David Thoreau Fri, 14 Mar 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382 thebookvoice.com 4:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Disobedience: And Other Essays Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American author, poet, and philosopher Henry David Thoreau was a passionate abolitionist. Inspired by his opposition to slavery, his illuminating essay 'Civil Disobedience' presents the theory that 'the government is best that governs least.' A powerful testament that remains as important today as it was during its conception, this theory argues that citizens should not allow their government to overrule through taxes and unjust laws. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Civil Disobedience: And Other Essays Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jefferson Mays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American author, poet, and philosopher Henry David Thoreau was a passionate abolitionist. Inspired by his opposition to slavery, his illuminating essay 'Civil Disobedience' presents the theory that 'the government is best that governs least.' A powerful testament that remains as important today as it was during its conception, this theory argues that citizens should not allow their government to overrule through taxes and unjust laws. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live From Downing Street Author: Nick Robinson Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 25, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The relationship between those who wield power and those whose job it is to tell us what they are doing has always been fraught with tension. Politicians now expect to be on camera and facing aggressive questions from the moment they open their front door to the moment they return home at night. Everything they say and do is instantly broadcast and dissected on 24-hour news channels, blogs and Twitter. It was not always this way. Live from Downing Street takes us on an absorbing journey through the hard-fought battles for the right to tell the public about the decisions taken on their behalf. Parliament once imprisoned those who dared to report what MPs had said. Broadcasters used to be banned by law from debating anything newsworthy and even from covering elections. Since that censorship ended, the two sides have clashed repeatedly. We follow the fluctuations of the power struggle from Walpole to modern times, dwelling in fascinating detail on those who fought back – Churchill, Wilson, Thatcher and Blair. At the same time we learn of the emergence of the equally charismatic key players from radio and television: the Dimblebys, Day, Frost, Walden, Paxman and Humphrys. Nick Robinson provides a colourful and personal examination of what life is like as the BBC’s Political Editor – a role described in a report for the White House as ‘the most important job in British political journalism’. Peppered with informative but witty anecdotes, his account reveals his own considered view of the controversial issue of impartial reporting. Live from Downing Street is a gripping story written by someone uniquely placed to add his own perceptive insights and observations. Nick Robinson Thu, 25 Oct 2012 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242287 thebookvoice.com 15:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live From Downing Street Author: Nick Robinson Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 25, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The relationship between those who wield power and those whose job it is to tell us what they are doing has always been fraught with tension. Politicians now expect to be on camera and facing aggressive questions from the moment they open their front door to the moment they return home at night. Everything they say and do is instantly broadcast and dissected on 24-hour news channels, blogs and Twitter. It was not always this way. Live from Downing Street takes us on an absorbing journey through the hard-fought battles for the right to tell the public about the decisions taken on their behalf. Parliament once imprisoned those who dared to report what MPs had said. Broadcasters used to be banned by law from debating anything newsworthy and even from covering elections. Since that censorship ended, the two sides have clashed repeatedly. We follow the fluctuations of the power struggle from Walpole to modern times, dwelling in fascinating detail on those who fought back – Churchill, Wilson, Thatcher and Blair. At the same time we learn of the emergence of the equally charismatic key players from radio and television: the Dimblebys, Day, Frost, Walden, Paxman and Humphrys. Nick Robinson provides a colourful and personal examination of what life is like as the BBC’s Political Editor – a role described in a report for the White House as ‘the most important job in British political journalism’. Peppered with informative but witty anecdotes, his account reveals his own considered view of the controversial issue of impartial reporting. Live from Downing Street is a gripping story written by someone uniquely placed to add his own perceptive insights and observations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live From Downing Street Author: Nick Robinson Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 25, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The relationship between those who wield power and those whose job it is to tell us what they are doing has always been fraught with tension. Politicians now expect to be on camera and facing aggressive questions from the moment they open their front door to the moment they return home at night. Everything they say and do is instantly broadcast and dissected on 24-hour news channels, blogs and Twitter. It was not always this way. Live from Downing Street takes us on an absorbing journey through the hard-fought battles for the right to tell the public about the decisions taken on their behalf. Parliament once imprisoned those who dared to report what MPs had said. Broadcasters used to be banned by law from debating anything newsworthy and even from covering elections. Since that censorship ended, the two sides have clashed repeatedly. We follow the fluctuations of the power struggle from Walpole to modern times, dwelling in fascinating detail on those who fought back – Churchill, Wilson, Thatcher and Blair. At the same time we learn of the emergence of the equally charismatic key players from radio and television: the Dimblebys, Day, Frost, Walden, Paxman and Humphrys. Nick Robinson provides a colourful and personal examination of what life is like as the BBC’s Political Editor – a role described in a report for the White House as ‘the most important job in British political journalism’. Peppered with informative but witty anecdotes, his account reveals his own considered view of the controversial issue of impartial reporting. Live from Downing Street is a gripping story written by someone uniquely placed to add his own perceptive insights and observations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Senator Next Door: A Memoir from the Heartland Author: Amy Klobuchar Narrator: Amy Klobuchar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the U.S. Senate's most candid--and funniest--women tells the story of her life and her unshakeable faith in our democracy Minnesota Senator Amy Klobuchar has tackled every obstacle she's encountered--her parents' divorce, her father's alcoholism and recovery, her political campaigns and Washington's gridlock--with honesty, humor and pluck. Now, in The Senator Next Door, she chronicles her remarkable heartland journey, from her immigrant grandparents to her middle-class suburban upbringing to her rise in American politics. After being kicked out of the hospital while her infant daughter was still in intensive care, Klobuchar became the lead advocate for one of the first laws in the country guaranteeing new moms and their babies a 48-hour hospital stay. Later she ran Minnesota's biggest prosecutor's office and in 2006 was the first woman elected to the U.S. Senate from her state. Along the way she fashioned her own political philosophy grounded in her belief that partisan flame-throwing takes no courage at all; what really matters is forging alliances with unlikely partners to solve the nation's problems. Optimistic, plainspoken and often very funny, The Senator Next Door is a story about how the girl next door decided to enter the fray and make a difference. At a moment when America's government often seems incapable of getting anything done, Amy Klobuchar proves that politics is still the art of the possible. Amy Klobuchar Tue, 25 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242152 thebookvoice.com 12:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Senator Next Door: A Memoir from the Heartland Author: Amy Klobuchar Narrator: Amy Klobuchar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the U.S. Senate's most candid--and funniest--women tells the story of her life and her unshakeable faith in our democracy Minnesota Senator Amy Klobuchar has tackled every obstacle she's encountered--her parents' divorce, her father's alcoholism and recovery, her political campaigns and Washington's gridlock--with honesty, humor and pluck. Now, in The Senator Next Door, she chronicles her remarkable heartland journey, from her immigrant grandparents to her middle-class suburban upbringing to her rise in American politics. After being kicked out of the hospital while her infant daughter was still in intensive care, Klobuchar became the lead advocate for one of the first laws in the country guaranteeing new moms and their babies a 48-hour hospital stay. Later she ran Minnesota's biggest prosecutor's office and in 2006 was the first woman elected to the U.S. Senate from her state. Along the way she fashioned her own political philosophy grounded in her belief that partisan flame-throwing takes no courage at all; what really matters is forging alliances with unlikely partners to solve the nation's problems. Optimistic, plainspoken and often very funny, The Senator Next Door is a story about how the girl next door decided to enter the fray and make a difference. At a moment when America's government often seems incapable of getting anything done, Amy Klobuchar proves that politics is still the art of the possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Senator Next Door: A Memoir from the Heartland Author: Amy Klobuchar Narrator: Amy Klobuchar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the U.S. Senate's most candid--and funniest--women tells the story of her life and her unshakeable faith in our democracy Minnesota Senator Amy Klobuchar has tackled every obstacle she's encountered--her parents' divorce, her father's alcoholism and recovery, her political campaigns and Washington's gridlock--with honesty, humor and pluck. Now, in The Senator Next Door, she chronicles her remarkable heartland journey, from her immigrant grandparents to her middle-class suburban upbringing to her rise in American politics. After being kicked out of the hospital while her infant daughter was still in intensive care, Klobuchar became the lead advocate for one of the first laws in the country guaranteeing new moms and their babies a 48-hour hospital stay. Later she ran Minnesota's biggest prosecutor's office and in 2006 was the first woman elected to the U.S. Senate from her state. Along the way she fashioned her own political philosophy grounded in her belief that partisan flame-throwing takes no courage at all; what really matters is forging alliances with unlikely partners to solve the nation's problems. Optimistic, plainspoken and often very funny, The Senator Next Door is a story about how the girl next door decided to enter the fray and make a difference. At a moment when America's government often seems incapable of getting anything done, Amy Klobuchar proves that politics is still the art of the possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241873 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fracture: Barack Obama, the Clintons, and the Racial Divide Author: Joy-Ann Reid Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barack Obama's speech on the Edmund Pettus Bridge to mark the fiftieth anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery marches should have represented the culmination of Martin Luther King Jr.'s dream of racial unity. Yet, in Fracture, MSNBC national correspondent Joy-Ann Reid shows that, despite the progress we have made, we are still a nation divided—as seen recently in headline-making tragedies such as the killing of Trayvon Martin and the uprisings in Ferguson and Baltimore. With President Obama's election, Americans expected an open dialogue about race but instead discovered the irony of an African American president who seemed hamstrung when addressing racial matters, leaving many of his supporters disillusioned and his political enemies sharpening their knives. To understand why that is so, Reid examines the complicated relationship between Barack Obama and Bill and Hillary Clinton, and how their varied approaches to the race issue parallel the challenges facing the Democratic party itself: the disparate parts of its base and the whirl of shifting allegiances among its power players—and how this shapes the party and its hopes of retaining the White House. Fracture traces the party's makeup and character regarding race from the civil rights days to the Obama presidency. Filled with key political players such as Shirley Chisholm, Jesse Jackson, John Lewis, and Al Sharpton, it provides historical context while addressing questions arising as we head into the next national election: Will Hillary Clinton's campaign represent an embrace of Obama's legacy or a repudiation of it? How is Hillary Clinton's stand on race both similar to and different from Obama's, or from her husband's? How do minorities view Mrs. Clinton, and will they line up in huge numbers to support her—and what will happen if they don't? Veteran reporter Joy-Ann Reid investigates these questions and more, offering breaking news, fresh insight, and experienced insider analysis, mixed with fascinating behind-the-scenes drama, to illuminate three of the most important figures in modern political history, and how race can affect the crucial 2016 election and the future of America itself. Joy-Ann Reid Tue, 08 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241873 thebookvoice.com 10:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fracture: Barack Obama, the Clintons, and the Racial Divide Author: Joy-Ann Reid Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barack Obama's speech on the Edmund Pettus Bridge to mark the fiftieth anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery marches should have represented the culmination of Martin Luther King Jr.'s dream of racial unity. Yet, in Fracture, MSNBC national correspondent Joy-Ann Reid shows that, despite the progress we have made, we are still a nation divided—as seen recently in headline-making tragedies such as the killing of Trayvon Martin and the uprisings in Ferguson and Baltimore. With President Obama's election, Americans expected an open dialogue about race but instead discovered the irony of an African American president who seemed hamstrung when addressing racial matters, leaving many of his supporters disillusioned and his political enemies sharpening their knives. To understand why that is so, Reid examines the complicated relationship between Barack Obama and Bill and Hillary Clinton, and how their varied approaches to the race issue parallel the challenges facing the Democratic party itself: the disparate parts of its base and the whirl of shifting allegiances among its power players—and how this shapes the party and its hopes of retaining the White House. Fracture traces the party's makeup and character regarding race from the civil rights days to the Obama presidency. Filled with key political players such as Shirley Chisholm, Jesse Jackson, John Lewis, and Al Sharpton, it provides historical context while addressing questions arising as we head into the next national election: Will Hillary Clinton's campaign represent an embrace of Obama's legacy or a repudiation of it? How is Hillary Clinton's stand on race both similar to and different from Obama's, or from her husband's? How do minorities view Mrs. Clinton, and will they line up in huge numbers to support her—and what will happen if they don't? Veteran reporter Joy-Ann Reid investigates these questions and more, offering breaking news, fresh insight, and experienced insider analysis, mixed with fascinating behind-the-scenes drama, to illuminate three of the most important figures in modern political history, and how race can affect the crucial 2016 election and the future of America itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fracture: Barack Obama, the Clintons, and the Racial Divide Author: Joy-Ann Reid Narrator: Joy-Ann Reid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barack Obama's speech on the Edmund Pettus Bridge to mark the fiftieth anniversary of the Selma to Montgomery marches should have represented the culmination of Martin Luther King Jr.'s dream of racial unity. Yet, in Fracture, MSNBC national correspondent Joy-Ann Reid shows that, despite the progress we have made, we are still a nation divided—as seen recently in headline-making tragedies such as the killing of Trayvon Martin and the uprisings in Ferguson and Baltimore. With President Obama's election, Americans expected an open dialogue about race but instead discovered the irony of an African American president who seemed hamstrung when addressing racial matters, leaving many of his supporters disillusioned and his political enemies sharpening their knives. To understand why that is so, Reid examines the complicated relationship between Barack Obama and Bill and Hillary Clinton, and how their varied approaches to the race issue parallel the challenges facing the Democratic party itself: the disparate parts of its base and the whirl of shifting allegiances among its power players—and how this shapes the party and its hopes of retaining the White House. Fracture traces the party's makeup and character regarding race from the civil rights days to the Obama presidency. Filled with key political players such as Shirley Chisholm, Jesse Jackson, John Lewis, and Al Sharpton, it provides historical context while addressing questions arising as we head into the next national election: Will Hillary Clinton's campaign represent an embrace of Obama's legacy or a repudiation of it? How is Hillary Clinton's stand on race both similar to and different from Obama's, or from her husband's? How do minorities view Mrs. Clinton, and will they line up in huge numbers to support her—and what will happen if they don't? Veteran reporter Joy-Ann Reid investigates these questions and more, offering breaking news, fresh insight, and experienced insider analysis, mixed with fascinating behind-the-scenes drama, to illuminate three of the most important figures in modern political history, and how race can affect the crucial 2016 election and the future of America itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241866 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showdown: Thurgood Marshall and the Supreme Court Nomination That Changed America Author: Wil Haygood Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thurgood Marshall brought down the separate-but-equal doctrine, integrated schools, and not only fought for human rights and human dignity but also made them impossible to deny in the courts and in the streets. In this stunning new biography, award-winning author Wil Haygood surpasses the emotional impact of his inspiring best seller The Butler to detail the life and career of one of the most transformative legal minds of the past one hundred years. Using the framework of the dramatic, contentious five-day Senate hearing to confirm Marshall as the first African-American Supreme Court justice, Haygood creates a provocative and moving look at Marshall’s life as well as the politicians, lawyers, activists, and others who shaped—or desperately tried to stop—the civil rights movement of the twentieth century: President Lyndon Johnson; Congressman Adam Clayton Powell Jr., whose scandals almost cost Marshall the Supreme Court judgeship; Harry and Harriette Moore, the Florida NAACP workers killed by the KKK; Justice J. Waties Waring, a racist lawyer from South Carolina, who, after being appointed to the federal court, became such a champion of civil rights that he was forced to flee the South; John, Robert, and Ted Kennedy; Senator Strom Thurmond, the renowned racist from South Carolina, who had a secret black mistress and child; North Carolina senator Sam Ervin, who tried to use his Constitutional expertise to block Marshall’s appointment; Senator James Eastland of Mississippi, the head of the Senate Judiciary Committee, who stated that segregation was “the law of nature, the law of God”; Arkansas senator John McClellan, who, as a boy, after Teddy Roosevelt invited Booker T. Washington to dinner at the White House, wrote a prize-winning school essay proclaiming that Roosevelt had destroyed the integrity of the presidency; and so many others. This galvanizing book makes clear that it is impossible to overestimate Thurgood Marshall’s lasting influence on the racial politics of our nation. Wil Haygood Tue, 15 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241866 thebookvoice.com 14:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showdown: Thurgood Marshall and the Supreme Court Nomination That Changed America Author: Wil Haygood Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thurgood Marshall brought down the separate-but-equal doctrine, integrated schools, and not only fought for human rights and human dignity but also made them impossible to deny in the courts and in the streets. In this stunning new biography, award-winning author Wil Haygood surpasses the emotional impact of his inspiring best seller The Butler to detail the life and career of one of the most transformative legal minds of the past one hundred years. Using the framework of the dramatic, contentious five-day Senate hearing to confirm Marshall as the first African-American Supreme Court justice, Haygood creates a provocative and moving look at Marshall’s life as well as the politicians, lawyers, activists, and others who shaped—or desperately tried to stop—the civil rights movement of the twentieth century: President Lyndon Johnson; Congressman Adam Clayton Powell Jr., whose scandals almost cost Marshall the Supreme Court judgeship; Harry and Harriette Moore, the Florida NAACP workers killed by the KKK; Justice J. Waties Waring, a racist lawyer from South Carolina, who, after being appointed to the federal court, became such a champion of civil rights that he was forced to flee the South; John, Robert, and Ted Kennedy; Senator Strom Thurmond, the renowned racist from South Carolina, who had a secret black mistress and child; North Carolina senator Sam Ervin, who tried to use his Constitutional expertise to block Marshall’s appointment; Senator James Eastland of Mississippi, the head of the Senate Judiciary Committee, who stated that segregation was “the law of nature, the law of God”; Arkansas senator John McClellan, who, as a boy, after Teddy Roosevelt invited Booker T. Washington to dinner at the White House, wrote a prize-winning school essay proclaiming that Roosevelt had destroyed the integrity of the presidency; and so many others. This galvanizing book makes clear that it is impossible to overestimate Thurgood Marshall’s lasting influence on the racial politics of our nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showdown: Thurgood Marshall and the Supreme Court Nomination That Changed America Author: Wil Haygood Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Thurgood Marshall brought down the separate-but-equal doctrine, integrated schools, and not only fought for human rights and human dignity but also made them impossible to deny in the courts and in the streets. In this stunning new biography, award-winning author Wil Haygood surpasses the emotional impact of his inspiring best seller The Butler to detail the life and career of one of the most transformative legal minds of the past one hundred years. Using the framework of the dramatic, contentious five-day Senate hearing to confirm Marshall as the first African-American Supreme Court justice, Haygood creates a provocative and moving look at Marshall’s life as well as the politicians, lawyers, activists, and others who shaped—or desperately tried to stop—the civil rights movement of the twentieth century: President Lyndon Johnson; Congressman Adam Clayton Powell Jr., whose scandals almost cost Marshall the Supreme Court judgeship; Harry and Harriette Moore, the Florida NAACP workers killed by the KKK; Justice J. Waties Waring, a racist lawyer from South Carolina, who, after being appointed to the federal court, became such a champion of civil rights that he was forced to flee the South; John, Robert, and Ted Kennedy; Senator Strom Thurmond, the renowned racist from South Carolina, who had a secret black mistress and child; North Carolina senator Sam Ervin, who tried to use his Constitutional expertise to block Marshall’s appointment; Senator James Eastland of Mississippi, the head of the Senate Judiciary Committee, who stated that segregation was “the law of nature, the law of God”; Arkansas senator John McClellan, who, as a boy, after Teddy Roosevelt invited Booker T. Washington to dinner at the White House, wrote a prize-winning school essay proclaiming that Roosevelt had destroyed the integrity of the presidency; and so many others. This galvanizing book makes clear that it is impossible to overestimate Thurgood Marshall’s lasting influence on the racial politics of our nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241861 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court and the World: American Law and the New Global Realities Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this original, far-reaching, and timely book, Justice Stephen Breyer examines the work of the Supreme Court of the United States in an increasingly interconnected world, a world in which all sorts of activity, both public and private—from the conduct of national security policy to the conduct of international trade—obliges the Court to understand and consider circumstances beyond America’s borders. It is a world of instant communications, lightning-fast commerce, and shared problems (like public health threats and environmental degradation), and it is one in which the lives of Americans are routinely linked ever more pervasively to those of people in foreign lands. Indeed, at a moment when anyone may engage in direct transactions internationally for services previously bought and sold only locally (lodging, for instance, through online sites), it has become clear that, even in ordinary matters, judicial awareness can no longer stop at the water’s edge.    To trace how foreign considerations have come to inform the thinking of the Court, Justice Breyer begins with that area of the law in which they have always figured prominently: national security in its constitutional dimension—how should the Court balance this imperative with others, chiefly the protection of basic liberties, in its review of presidential and congressional actions? He goes on to show that as the world has grown steadily “smaller,” the Court’s horizons have inevitably expanded: it has been obliged to consider a great many more matters that now cross borders. What is the geographical reach of an American statute concerning, say, securities fraud, antitrust violations, or copyright protections? And in deciding such matters, can the Court interpret American laws so that they might work more efficiently with similar laws in other nations? While Americans must necessarily determine their own laws through democratic process, increasingly, the smooth operation of American law—and, by extension, the advancement of American interests and values—depends on its working in harmony with that of other jurisdictions. Justice Breyer describes how the aim of cultivating such harmony, as well as the expansion of the rule of law overall, with its attendant benefits, has drawn American jurists into the relatively new role of “constitutional diplomats,” a little remarked but increasingly important job for them in this fast-changing world. Written with unique authority and perspective, The Court and the World reveals an emergent reality few Americans observe directly but one that affects the life of every one of us. Here is an invaluable understanding for lawyers and non-lawyers alike. Stephen Breyer Tue, 15 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241861 thebookvoice.com 12:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court and the World: American Law and the New Global Realities Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this original, far-reaching, and timely book, Justice Stephen Breyer examines the work of the Supreme Court of the United States in an increasingly interconnected world, a world in which all sorts of activity, both public and private—from the conduct of national security policy to the conduct of international trade—obliges the Court to understand and consider circumstances beyond America’s borders. It is a world of instant communications, lightning-fast commerce, and shared problems (like public health threats and environmental degradation), and it is one in which the lives of Americans are routinely linked ever more pervasively to those of people in foreign lands. Indeed, at a moment when anyone may engage in direct transactions internationally for services previously bought and sold only locally (lodging, for instance, through online sites), it has become clear that, even in ordinary matters, judicial awareness can no longer stop at the water’s edge.    To trace how foreign considerations have come to inform the thinking of the Court, Justice Breyer begins with that area of the law in which they have always figured prominently: national security in its constitutional dimension—how should the Court balance this imperative with others, chiefly the protection of basic liberties, in its review of presidential and congressional actions? He goes on to show that as the world has grown steadily “smaller,” the Court’s horizons have inevitably expanded: it has been obliged to consider a great many more matters that now cross borders. What is the geographical reach of an American statute concerning, say, securities fraud, antitrust violations, or copyright protections? And in deciding such matters, can the Court interpret American laws so that they might work more efficiently with similar laws in other nations? While Americans must necessarily determine their own laws through democratic process, increasingly, the smooth operation of American law—and, by extension, the advancement of American interests and values—depends on its working in harmony with that of other jurisdictions. Justice Breyer describes how the aim of cultivating such harmony, as well as the expansion of the rule of law overall, with its attendant benefits, has drawn American jurists into the relatively new role of “constitutional diplomats,” a little remarked but increasingly important job for them in this fast-changing world. Written with unique authority and perspective, The Court and the World reveals an emergent reality few Americans observe directly but one that affects the life of every one of us. Here is an invaluable understanding for lawyers and non-lawyers alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Court and the World: American Law and the New Global Realities Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Stephen Breyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this original, far-reaching, and timely book, Justice Stephen Breyer examines the work of the Supreme Court of the United States in an increasingly interconnected world, a world in which all sorts of activity, both public and private—from the conduct of national security policy to the conduct of international trade—obliges the Court to understand and consider circumstances beyond America’s borders. It is a world of instant communications, lightning-fast commerce, and shared problems (like public health threats and environmental degradation), and it is one in which the lives of Americans are routinely linked ever more pervasively to those of people in foreign lands. Indeed, at a moment when anyone may engage in direct transactions internationally for services previously bought and sold only locally (lodging, for instance, through online sites), it has become clear that, even in ordinary matters, judicial awareness can no longer stop at the water’s edge.    To trace how foreign considerations have come to inform the thinking of the Court, Justice Breyer begins with that area of the law in which they have always figured prominently: national security in its constitutional dimension—how should the Court balance this imperative with others, chiefly the protection of basic liberties, in its review of presidential and congressional actions? He goes on to show that as the world has grown steadily “smaller,” the Court’s horizons have inevitably expanded: it has been obliged to consider a great many more matters that now cross borders. What is the geographical reach of an American statute concerning, say, securities fraud, antitrust violations, or copyright protections? And in deciding such matters, can the Court interpret American laws so that they might work more efficiently with similar laws in other nations? While Americans must necessarily determine their own laws through democratic process, increasingly, the smooth operation of American law—and, by extension, the advancement of American interests and values—depends on its working in harmony with that of other jurisdictions. Justice Breyer describes how the aim of cultivating such harmony, as well as the expansion of the rule of law overall, with its attendant benefits, has drawn American jurists into the relatively new role of “constitutional diplomats,” a little remarked but increasingly important job for them in this fast-changing world. Written with unique authority and perspective, The Court and the World reveals an emergent reality few Americans observe directly but one that affects the life of every one of us. Here is an invaluable understanding for lawyers and non-lawyers alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241831 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nonviolence Handbook: A Guide for Practical Action Author: Michael N Nagler Narrator: Michael N. Nagler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sharing a lifetime's worth of learning and experience by noted peace scholar Michael Nagler, this work distills the practice and theory of nonviolent action into a concise, highly readable manual for thought and action. Michael N Nagler Mon, 14 Apr 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241831 thebookvoice.com 2:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nonviolence Handbook: A Guide for Practical Action Author: Michael N Nagler Narrator: Michael N. Nagler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sharing a lifetime's worth of learning and experience by noted peace scholar Michael Nagler, this work distills the practice and theory of nonviolent action into a concise, highly readable manual for thought and action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nonviolence Handbook: A Guide for Practical Action Author: Michael N Nagler Narrator: Michael N. Nagler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Sharing a lifetime's worth of learning and experience by noted peace scholar Michael Nagler, this work distills the practice and theory of nonviolent action into a concise, highly readable manual for thought and action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241818 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pro-Voice: How to Keep Listening When the World Wants a Fight Author: Aspen Baker Narrator: Erin Mallon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once vilified by pro-life and pro-choice supporters alike, Aspen Baker has now shown that 'pro-voice' might be the best method to move past conflict and hatred around abortion. With her nonprofit, Exhale, she has demonstrated that it's possible to get people talking respectfully even about the most polarizing topics. When Aspen Baker had an abortion at the age of twenty-four, she felt caught between the warring pro-life and pro-choice factions, with no safe space to share her conflicted feelings, which didn't fit into either side's party line. In this hopeful and moving book, Baker shows how she and Exhale, the organization she cofounded, developed a philosophy and a set of tools that enables anyone to have respectful, compassionate exchanges about even the most divisive topics. Initially distrusted by both sides, Exhale now receives post-abortion referrals from pro-life and pro-choice organizations and has become a leader and innovator by pioneering a more respectful, supportive dialogue about this highly emotional issue. Baker examines the history of the abortion debate, identifying the mistakes and misunderstandings on both sides that have led us to the current painful divide. She shares how Exhale discovered creative ways to build a caring, nonjudgmental space for women and men to share their feelings about abortion, such as starting a post-abortion telephone service and piloting a nationwide story-sharing tour led by women who'd had abortion experiences. They call their approach 'pro-voice.' This book shows how pro-voice can be adopted by anyone interested in dialogue rather than dogma. Peace, in this perspective, isn't a world without fighting or conflict but one where conflict can be engaged in-fiercely and directly-without dehumanizing ourselves or our opponents. Our world is full of gray areas. It's vital we learn practices like pro-voice to help us move from paralysis to progress. Aspen Baker Mon, 01 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241818 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pro-Voice: How to Keep Listening When the World Wants a Fight Author: Aspen Baker Narrator: Erin Mallon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once vilified by pro-life and pro-choice supporters alike, Aspen Baker has now shown that 'pro-voice' might be the best method to move past conflict and hatred around abortion. With her nonprofit, Exhale, she has demonstrated that it's possible to get people talking respectfully even about the most polarizing topics. When Aspen Baker had an abortion at the age of twenty-four, she felt caught between the warring pro-life and pro-choice factions, with no safe space to share her conflicted feelings, which didn't fit into either side's party line. In this hopeful and moving book, Baker shows how she and Exhale, the organization she cofounded, developed a philosophy and a set of tools that enables anyone to have respectful, compassionate exchanges about even the most divisive topics. Initially distrusted by both sides, Exhale now receives post-abortion referrals from pro-life and pro-choice organizations and has become a leader and innovator by pioneering a more respectful, supportive dialogue about this highly emotional issue. Baker examines the history of the abortion debate, identifying the mistakes and misunderstandings on both sides that have led us to the current painful divide. She shares how Exhale discovered creative ways to build a caring, nonjudgmental space for women and men to share their feelings about abortion, such as starting a post-abortion telephone service and piloting a nationwide story-sharing tour led by women who'd had abortion experiences. They call their approach 'pro-voice.' This book shows how pro-voice can be adopted by anyone interested in dialogue rather than dogma. Peace, in this perspective, isn't a world without fighting or conflict but one where conflict can be engaged in-fiercely and directly-without dehumanizing ourselves or our opponents. Our world is full of gray areas. It's vital we learn practices like pro-voice to help us move from paralysis to progress. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pro-Voice: How to Keep Listening When the World Wants a Fight Author: Aspen Baker Narrator: Erin Mallon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once vilified by pro-life and pro-choice supporters alike, Aspen Baker has now shown that 'pro-voice' might be the best method to move past conflict and hatred around abortion. With her nonprofit, Exhale, she has demonstrated that it's possible to get people talking respectfully even about the most polarizing topics. When Aspen Baker had an abortion at the age of twenty-four, she felt caught between the warring pro-life and pro-choice factions, with no safe space to share her conflicted feelings, which didn't fit into either side's party line. In this hopeful and moving book, Baker shows how she and Exhale, the organization she cofounded, developed a philosophy and a set of tools that enables anyone to have respectful, compassionate exchanges about even the most divisive topics. Initially distrusted by both sides, Exhale now receives post-abortion referrals from pro-life and pro-choice organizations and has become a leader and innovator by pioneering a more respectful, supportive dialogue about this highly emotional issue. Baker examines the history of the abortion debate, identifying the mistakes and misunderstandings on both sides that have led us to the current painful divide. She shares how Exhale discovered creative ways to build a caring, nonjudgmental space for women and men to share their feelings about abortion, such as starting a post-abortion telephone service and piloting a nationwide story-sharing tour led by women who'd had abortion experiences. They call their approach 'pro-voice.' This book shows how pro-voice can be adopted by anyone interested in dialogue rather than dogma. Peace, in this perspective, isn't a world without fighting or conflict but one where conflict can be engaged in-fiercely and directly-without dehumanizing ourselves or our opponents. Our world is full of gray areas. It's vital we learn practices like pro-voice to help us move from paralysis to progress. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rules for Radicals: A Practical Primer for Realistic Radicals Author: Saul D. Alinsky Narrator: Scott Lange Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1971, Rules for Radicals is Saul Alinsky's impassioned counsel to young radicals on how to effect constructive social change and know “the difference between being a realistic radical and being a rhetorical one.” Written in the midst of radical political developments whose direction Alinsky was one of the first to question, this volume exhibits his style at its best. Like Thomas Paine before him, Alinsky was able to combine, both in his person and his writing, the intensity of political engagement with an absolute insistence on rational political discourse and adherence to the American democratic tradition. Saul D. Alinsky Tue, 11 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241747 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rules for Radicals: A Practical Primer for Realistic Radicals Author: Saul D. Alinsky Narrator: Scott Lange Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1971, Rules for Radicals is Saul Alinsky's impassioned counsel to young radicals on how to effect constructive social change and know “the difference between being a realistic radical and being a rhetorical one.” Written in the midst of radical political developments whose direction Alinsky was one of the first to question, this volume exhibits his style at its best. Like Thomas Paine before him, Alinsky was able to combine, both in his person and his writing, the intensity of political engagement with an absolute insistence on rational political discourse and adherence to the American democratic tradition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rules for Radicals: A Practical Primer for Realistic Radicals Author: Saul D. Alinsky Narrator: Scott Lange Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1971, Rules for Radicals is Saul Alinsky's impassioned counsel to young radicals on how to effect constructive social change and know “the difference between being a realistic radical and being a rhetorical one.” Written in the midst of radical political developments whose direction Alinsky was one of the first to question, this volume exhibits his style at its best. Like Thomas Paine before him, Alinsky was able to combine, both in his person and his writing, the intensity of political engagement with an absolute insistence on rational political discourse and adherence to the American democratic tradition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceptional: Why the World Needs A Powerful America Author: Dick Cheney, Liz Cheney Narrator: Liz Cheney, Dick Cheney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, with a new afterword by authors former vice president Dick Cheney, a #1 New York Times bestselling author, and his daughter Liz Cheney, former deputy assistant secretary of state, they explain the unique and indispensable nature of American power, reveal the damage done by President Obama’s abandonment of this principle, and show how America can and must lead again. Since World War II, American power and leadership have been an unmatched force for the defense of freedom around the globe. For seventy years, presidents both Republican and Democratic have shared a dedication to maintaining American power and leadership. President Obama has abandoned this bipartisan tradition, choosing instead to “lead from behind” as he abandons America’s allies, appeases our enemies, and apologizes for this great nation. Now the former vice president and his daughter, former deputy assistant secretary of state Liz Cheney, team up to explain how President Obama has drastically broken with the bipartisan foreign policy consensus that enabled America to prevail in World War II, to win the Cold War, and to triumph in the first decade of the War on Terror. The Cheneys reveal the damage done by President Obama’s policies and demonstrate how his unwillingness to defend and protect American power has weakened the nation and diminished the ability of future presidents to defend us. Finally, the Cheneys chart a path forward to restoring American power and strength, explaining what must be done to reverse course, to fight and win the war on terror, to rebuild our military and reassure our allies that they can once again rely on American leadership. A critical, frank, and much-needed touchstone, Exceptional should stand as a guiding principle for the potential presidential candidates in 2016—and for policymakers today and beyond. Dick Cheney, Liz Cheney Tue, 01 Sep 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241729 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceptional: Why the World Needs A Powerful America Author: Dick Cheney, Liz Cheney Narrator: Liz Cheney, Dick Cheney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, with a new afterword by authors former vice president Dick Cheney, a #1 New York Times bestselling author, and his daughter Liz Cheney, former deputy assistant secretary of state, they explain the unique and indispensable nature of American power, reveal the damage done by President Obama’s abandonment of this principle, and show how America can and must lead again. Since World War II, American power and leadership have been an unmatched force for the defense of freedom around the globe. For seventy years, presidents both Republican and Democratic have shared a dedication to maintaining American power and leadership. President Obama has abandoned this bipartisan tradition, choosing instead to “lead from behind” as he abandons America’s allies, appeases our enemies, and apologizes for this great nation. Now the former vice president and his daughter, former deputy assistant secretary of state Liz Cheney, team up to explain how President Obama has drastically broken with the bipartisan foreign policy consensus that enabled America to prevail in World War II, to win the Cold War, and to triumph in the first decade of the War on Terror. The Cheneys reveal the damage done by President Obama’s policies and demonstrate how his unwillingness to defend and protect American power has weakened the nation and diminished the ability of future presidents to defend us. Finally, the Cheneys chart a path forward to restoring American power and strength, explaining what must be done to reverse course, to fight and win the war on terror, to rebuild our military and reassure our allies that they can once again rely on American leadership. A critical, frank, and much-needed touchstone, Exceptional should stand as a guiding principle for the potential presidential candidates in 2016—and for policymakers today and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceptional: Why the World Needs A Powerful America Author: Dick Cheney, Liz Cheney Narrator: Liz Cheney, Dick Cheney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, with a new afterword by authors former vice president Dick Cheney, a #1 New York Times bestselling author, and his daughter Liz Cheney, former deputy assistant secretary of state, they explain the unique and indispensable nature of American power, reveal the damage done by President Obama’s abandonment of this principle, and show how America can and must lead again. Since World War II, American power and leadership have been an unmatched force for the defense of freedom around the globe. For seventy years, presidents both Republican and Democratic have shared a dedication to maintaining American power and leadership. President Obama has abandoned this bipartisan tradition, choosing instead to “lead from behind” as he abandons America’s allies, appeases our enemies, and apologizes for this great nation. Now the former vice president and his daughter, former deputy assistant secretary of state Liz Cheney, team up to explain how President Obama has drastically broken with the bipartisan foreign policy consensus that enabled America to prevail in World War II, to win the Cold War, and to triumph in the first decade of the War on Terror. The Cheneys reveal the damage done by President Obama’s policies and demonstrate how his unwillingness to defend and protect American power has weakened the nation and diminished the ability of future presidents to defend us. Finally, the Cheneys chart a path forward to restoring American power and strength, explaining what must be done to reverse course, to fight and win the war on terror, to rebuild our military and reassure our allies that they can once again rely on American leadership. A critical, frank, and much-needed touchstone, Exceptional should stand as a guiding principle for the potential presidential candidates in 2016—and for policymakers today and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249724 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249724]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Sacred Terror: Radical Islam's War Against America Author: Daniel Benjamin, Steven Simon Narrator: Jonathan Marosz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 18, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2004 Arthur Ross Book Award from the Council on Foreign Relations From two of the world’s foremost experts on the new terrorism comes the definitive book on the rise of al-Qaeda and America’s efforts to combat the most innovative and dangerous terrorist group ever. Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon trace the growth of radical Islam from its medieval origins and, drawing on their years of counter-terrorism work at the National Security Council, provide essential insights into the thinking of Usama bin Laden and his followers. With unique authority, they analyze why America was unable to defend itself against this revolutionary threat on September 11, 2001, why bin Laden’s apocalyptic creed is gaining ground in the Islamic world, and what the United States must do to stop the new terror. Daniel Benjamin, Steven Simon Fri, 18 Jul 2003 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249724 thebookvoice.com 17:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249724]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Sacred Terror: Radical Islam's War Against America Author: Daniel Benjamin, Steven Simon Narrator: Jonathan Marosz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 18, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2004 Arthur Ross Book Award from the Council on Foreign Relations From two of the world’s foremost experts on the new terrorism comes the definitive book on the rise of al-Qaeda and America’s efforts to combat the most innovative and dangerous terrorist group ever. Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon trace the growth of radical Islam from its medieval origins and, drawing on their years of counter-terrorism work at the National Security Council, provide essential insights into the thinking of Usama bin Laden and his followers. With unique authority, they analyze why America was unable to defend itself against this revolutionary threat on September 11, 2001, why bin Laden’s apocalyptic creed is gaining ground in the Islamic world, and what the United States must do to stop the new terror. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249724]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Sacred Terror: Radical Islam's War Against America Author: Daniel Benjamin, Steven Simon Narrator: Jonathan Marosz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 18, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2004 Arthur Ross Book Award from the Council on Foreign Relations From two of the world’s foremost experts on the new terrorism comes the definitive book on the rise of al-Qaeda and America’s efforts to combat the most innovative and dangerous terrorist group ever. Daniel Benjamin and Steven Simon trace the growth of radical Islam from its medieval origins and, drawing on their years of counter-terrorism work at the National Security Council, provide essential insights into the thinking of Usama bin Laden and his followers. With unique authority, they analyze why America was unable to defend itself against this revolutionary threat on September 11, 2001, why bin Laden’s apocalyptic creed is gaining ground in the Islamic world, and what the United States must do to stop the new terror. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241593 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Words We Live By: Your Annotated Guide to the Constitution Author: Linda R. Monk Narrator: Marianne Fraulo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Words We Live By takes an entertaining and informative look at America's most important historical document, now with discussions on new rulings on hot button issues such as immigration, gay marriage, gun control, and affirmative action. In The Words We Live By, Linda Monk probes the idea that the Constitution may seem to offer cut-and-dried answers to questions regarding personal rights, but the interpretations of this hallowed document are nearly infinite. For example, in the debate over gun control, does 'the right of the people to bear arms' as stated in the Second Amendment pertain to individual citizens or regulated militias? What do scholars say? Should the Internet be regulated and censored, or does this impinge on the freedom of speech as defined in the First Amendment? These and other issues vary depending on the interpretation of the Constitution. Through entertaining and informative annotations, The Words We Live By offers a new way of looking at the Constitution. Its pages reflect a critical, respectful and appreciative look at one of history's greatest documents. The Words We Live By is filled with a rich and engaging historical perspective along with enough surprises and fascinating facts and illustrations to prove that your Constitution is a living -- and entertaining -- document. Updated now for the first time, The Words We Live By continues to take an entertaining and informative look at America's most important historical document, now with discussions on new rulings on hot button issues such as immigration, gay marriage, and affirmative action. Linda R. Monk Tue, 11 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241593 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Words We Live By: Your Annotated Guide to the Constitution Author: Linda R. Monk Narrator: Marianne Fraulo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Words We Live By takes an entertaining and informative look at America's most important historical document, now with discussions on new rulings on hot button issues such as immigration, gay marriage, gun control, and affirmative action. In The Words We Live By, Linda Monk probes the idea that the Constitution may seem to offer cut-and-dried answers to questions regarding personal rights, but the interpretations of this hallowed document are nearly infinite. For example, in the debate over gun control, does 'the right of the people to bear arms' as stated in the Second Amendment pertain to individual citizens or regulated militias? What do scholars say? Should the Internet be regulated and censored, or does this impinge on the freedom of speech as defined in the First Amendment? These and other issues vary depending on the interpretation of the Constitution. Through entertaining and informative annotations, The Words We Live By offers a new way of looking at the Constitution. Its pages reflect a critical, respectful and appreciative look at one of history's greatest documents. The Words We Live By is filled with a rich and engaging historical perspective along with enough surprises and fascinating facts and illustrations to prove that your Constitution is a living -- and entertaining -- document. Updated now for the first time, The Words We Live By continues to take an entertaining and informative look at America's most important historical document, now with discussions on new rulings on hot button issues such as immigration, gay marriage, and affirmative action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Words We Live By: Your Annotated Guide to the Constitution Author: Linda R. Monk Narrator: Marianne Fraulo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Words We Live By takes an entertaining and informative look at America's most important historical document, now with discussions on new rulings on hot button issues such as immigration, gay marriage, gun control, and affirmative action. In The Words We Live By, Linda Monk probes the idea that the Constitution may seem to offer cut-and-dried answers to questions regarding personal rights, but the interpretations of this hallowed document are nearly infinite. For example, in the debate over gun control, does 'the right of the people to bear arms' as stated in the Second Amendment pertain to individual citizens or regulated militias? What do scholars say? Should the Internet be regulated and censored, or does this impinge on the freedom of speech as defined in the First Amendment? These and other issues vary depending on the interpretation of the Constitution. Through entertaining and informative annotations, The Words We Live By offers a new way of looking at the Constitution. Its pages reflect a critical, respectful and appreciative look at one of history's greatest documents. The Words We Live By is filled with a rich and engaging historical perspective along with enough surprises and fascinating facts and illustrations to prove that your Constitution is a living -- and entertaining -- document. Updated now for the first time, The Words We Live By continues to take an entertaining and informative look at America's most important historical document, now with discussions on new rulings on hot button issues such as immigration, gay marriage, and affirmative action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Pools: The rise of A.I. trading machines and the looming threat to Wall Street Author: Scott Patterson Narrator: Byron Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dark Pools is the pacy, revealing, and profoundly chilling tale of how global markets have been hijacked by trading robots – many so self-directed that humans can’t predict what they’ll do next.It’s the story of the blisteringly intelligent computer programmers behind the rise of these ‘bots’. And it’s a timely warning that as artificial intelligence gradually takes over, we could be on the verge of global meltdown. ‘Scott Patterson has the ability to see things you and I don’t notice.’ Nassim Nicholas Taleb, New York Times bestselling author of Antifragile, Fooled by Randomness and The Black Swan Scott Patterson Thu, 02 Oct 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241459 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Pools: The rise of A.I. trading machines and the looming threat to Wall Street Author: Scott Patterson Narrator: Byron Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dark Pools is the pacy, revealing, and profoundly chilling tale of how global markets have been hijacked by trading robots – many so self-directed that humans can’t predict what they’ll do next.It’s the story of the blisteringly intelligent computer programmers behind the rise of these ‘bots’. And it’s a timely warning that as artificial intelligence gradually takes over, we could be on the verge of global meltdown. ‘Scott Patterson has the ability to see things you and I don’t notice.’ Nassim Nicholas Taleb, New York Times bestselling author of Antifragile, Fooled by Randomness and The Black Swan Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Pools: The rise of A.I. trading machines and the looming threat to Wall Street Author: Scott Patterson Narrator: Byron Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dark Pools is the pacy, revealing, and profoundly chilling tale of how global markets have been hijacked by trading robots – many so self-directed that humans can’t predict what they’ll do next.It’s the story of the blisteringly intelligent computer programmers behind the rise of these ‘bots’. And it’s a timely warning that as artificial intelligence gradually takes over, we could be on the verge of global meltdown. ‘Scott Patterson has the ability to see things you and I don’t notice.’ Nassim Nicholas Taleb, New York Times bestselling author of Antifragile, Fooled by Randomness and The Black Swan https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Encyclical on Climate Change and Inequality: On Care for Our Common Home Author: Pope Francis Narrator: Linda Korn, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The complete text of the landmark encyclical letter from Pope Francis that, as Time magazine reported, “rocked the international community” In the Encyclical on Climate Change and Inequality, the beloved Pope exhorts the world to combat environmental degradation and its impact on the poor. In a stirring, clarion call that is not merely aimed at Catholic listeners but rather at a wide, lay audience, the Pope cites the overwhelming scientific evidence of climate change, and does not hesitate to detail how it is the result of a historic level of unequal distribution of wealth. It is, in short, as the New York Times labeled it, “An urgent call to action . . . intended to persuade followers around the world change their behavior, in hopes of protecting a fragile planet.” With an insightful and informative introduction by Harvard professor Naomi Oreskes, famed for her bestselling Merchants of Doubt: How a Handful of Scientists Obscured the Truth on Issues from Tobacco Smoke to Global Warming. Pope Francis Tue, 04 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241143 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Encyclical on Climate Change and Inequality: On Care for Our Common Home Author: Pope Francis Narrator: Linda Korn, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The complete text of the landmark encyclical letter from Pope Francis that, as Time magazine reported, “rocked the international community” In the Encyclical on Climate Change and Inequality, the beloved Pope exhorts the world to combat environmental degradation and its impact on the poor. In a stirring, clarion call that is not merely aimed at Catholic listeners but rather at a wide, lay audience, the Pope cites the overwhelming scientific evidence of climate change, and does not hesitate to detail how it is the result of a historic level of unequal distribution of wealth. It is, in short, as the New York Times labeled it, “An urgent call to action . . . intended to persuade followers around the world change their behavior, in hopes of protecting a fragile planet.” With an insightful and informative introduction by Harvard professor Naomi Oreskes, famed for her bestselling Merchants of Doubt: How a Handful of Scientists Obscured the Truth on Issues from Tobacco Smoke to Global Warming. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Encyclical on Climate Change and Inequality: On Care for Our Common Home Author: Pope Francis Narrator: Linda Korn, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The complete text of the landmark encyclical letter from Pope Francis that, as Time magazine reported, “rocked the international community” In the Encyclical on Climate Change and Inequality, the beloved Pope exhorts the world to combat environmental degradation and its impact on the poor. In a stirring, clarion call that is not merely aimed at Catholic listeners but rather at a wide, lay audience, the Pope cites the overwhelming scientific evidence of climate change, and does not hesitate to detail how it is the result of a historic level of unequal distribution of wealth. It is, in short, as the New York Times labeled it, “An urgent call to action . . . intended to persuade followers around the world change their behavior, in hopes of protecting a fragile planet.” With an insightful and informative introduction by Harvard professor Naomi Oreskes, famed for her bestselling Merchants of Doubt: How a Handful of Scientists Obscured the Truth on Issues from Tobacco Smoke to Global Warming. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slander: Liberal Lies About the American Right Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 6, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The hottest and most controversial book of the year! Find out who really controls the media in America. “[Ann Coulter] is never in doubt. And that, along with her bright writing, sense of irony and outrage, and her relish at finally hitting back at political opponents (especially in the media) is what makes Slander such refreshing and provocative reading.” —Los Angeles Times “[Ann Coulter] is a fluent polemicist with a gift for Menckenesque invective . . . and she can harness such language to subtle, syllogistic argument.” —Washington Post Book World “The most popular nonfiction book in America.”—New York Times “The real value of Slander . . . is not in the jokes or devastating exposés of liberal politicians and their allies, but the serious and scholarly study of just how entrenched the media prejudice is against anyone whose politics are even faintly conservative.” —New York Sun “Written with a great deal of passion . . . the real source of its strength—and its usefulness—was its painstaking marshalling of evidence . . . More important than [High Crimes and Misdemeanors] because it addresses a much broader issue, and one of lasting significance.”—National Review Ann Coulter Tue, 06 Aug 2002 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241007 thebookvoice.com 9:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slander: Liberal Lies About the American Right Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 6, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The hottest and most controversial book of the year! Find out who really controls the media in America. “[Ann Coulter] is never in doubt. And that, along with her bright writing, sense of irony and outrage, and her relish at finally hitting back at political opponents (especially in the media) is what makes Slander such refreshing and provocative reading.” —Los Angeles Times “[Ann Coulter] is a fluent polemicist with a gift for Menckenesque invective . . . and she can harness such language to subtle, syllogistic argument.” —Washington Post Book World “The most popular nonfiction book in America.”—New York Times “The real value of Slander . . . is not in the jokes or devastating exposés of liberal politicians and their allies, but the serious and scholarly study of just how entrenched the media prejudice is against anyone whose politics are even faintly conservative.” —New York Sun “Written with a great deal of passion . . . the real source of its strength—and its usefulness—was its painstaking marshalling of evidence . . . More important than [High Crimes and Misdemeanors] because it addresses a much broader issue, and one of lasting significance.”—National Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slander: Liberal Lies About the American Right Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 6, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The hottest and most controversial book of the year! Find out who really controls the media in America. “[Ann Coulter] is never in doubt. And that, along with her bright writing, sense of irony and outrage, and her relish at finally hitting back at political opponents (especially in the media) is what makes Slander such refreshing and provocative reading.” —Los Angeles Times “[Ann Coulter] is a fluent polemicist with a gift for Menckenesque invective . . . and she can harness such language to subtle, syllogistic argument.” —Washington Post Book World “The most popular nonfiction book in America.”—New York Times “The real value of Slander . . . is not in the jokes or devastating exposés of liberal politicians and their allies, but the serious and scholarly study of just how entrenched the media prejudice is against anyone whose politics are even faintly conservative.” —New York Sun “Written with a great deal of passion . . . the real source of its strength—and its usefulness—was its painstaking marshalling of evidence . . . More important than [High Crimes and Misdemeanors] because it addresses a much broader issue, and one of lasting significance.”—National Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wages of Rebellion Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolutions come in waves and cycles. We are again riding the crest of a revolutionary epic, much like 1848 or 1917, from the Arab Spring to movements against austerity in Greece to the Occupy movement. In Wages of Rebellion, Chris Hedges—who has chronicled the malaise and sickness of a society in terminal moral decline in his books Empire of Illusion and Death of the Liberal Class—investigates what social and psychological factors cause revolution, rebellion, and resistance. Drawing on an ambitious overview of prominent philosophers, historians, and literary figures he shows not only the harbingers of a coming crisis but also the nascent seeds of rebellion. Hedges’ message is clear: popular uprisings in the United States and around the world are inevitable in the face of environmental destruction and wealth polarization.Focusing on the stories of rebels from around the world and throughout history, Hedges investigates what it takes to be a rebel in modern times. Utilizing the work of Reinhold Niebuhr, Hedges describes the motivation that guides the actions of rebels as “sublime madness”—the state of passion that causes the rebel to engage in an unavailing fight against overwhelmingly powerful and oppressive forces. For Hedges, resistance is carried out not for its success, but as a moral imperative that affirms life. Those who rise up against the odds will be those endowed with this “sublime madness.”From South African activists who dedicated their lives to ending apartheid, to contemporary anti-fracking protests in Alberta, Canada, to whistleblowers in pursuit of transparency, Wages of Rebellion shows the cost of a life committed to speaking the truth and demanding justice. Hedges has penned an indispensable guide to rebellion. Chris Hedges Tue, 07 Jul 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wages of Rebellion Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolutions come in waves and cycles. We are again riding the crest of a revolutionary epic, much like 1848 or 1917, from the Arab Spring to movements against austerity in Greece to the Occupy movement. In Wages of Rebellion, Chris Hedges—who has chronicled the malaise and sickness of a society in terminal moral decline in his books Empire of Illusion and Death of the Liberal Class—investigates what social and psychological factors cause revolution, rebellion, and resistance. Drawing on an ambitious overview of prominent philosophers, historians, and literary figures he shows not only the harbingers of a coming crisis but also the nascent seeds of rebellion. Hedges’ message is clear: popular uprisings in the United States and around the world are inevitable in the face of environmental destruction and wealth polarization.Focusing on the stories of rebels from around the world and throughout history, Hedges investigates what it takes to be a rebel in modern times. Utilizing the work of Reinhold Niebuhr, Hedges describes the motivation that guides the actions of rebels as “sublime madness”—the state of passion that causes the rebel to engage in an unavailing fight against overwhelmingly powerful and oppressive forces. For Hedges, resistance is carried out not for its success, but as a moral imperative that affirms life. Those who rise up against the odds will be those endowed with this “sublime madness.”From South African activists who dedicated their lives to ending apartheid, to contemporary anti-fracking protests in Alberta, Canada, to whistleblowers in pursuit of transparency, Wages of Rebellion shows the cost of a life committed to speaking the truth and demanding justice. Hedges has penned an indispensable guide to rebellion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wages of Rebellion Author: Chris Hedges Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolutions come in waves and cycles. We are again riding the crest of a revolutionary epic, much like 1848 or 1917, from the Arab Spring to movements against austerity in Greece to the Occupy movement. In Wages of Rebellion, Chris Hedges—who has chronicled the malaise and sickness of a society in terminal moral decline in his books Empire of Illusion and Death of the Liberal Class—investigates what social and psychological factors cause revolution, rebellion, and resistance. Drawing on an ambitious overview of prominent philosophers, historians, and literary figures he shows not only the harbingers of a coming crisis but also the nascent seeds of rebellion. Hedges’ message is clear: popular uprisings in the United States and around the world are inevitable in the face of environmental destruction and wealth polarization.Focusing on the stories of rebels from around the world and throughout history, Hedges investigates what it takes to be a rebel in modern times. Utilizing the work of Reinhold Niebuhr, Hedges describes the motivation that guides the actions of rebels as “sublime madness”—the state of passion that causes the rebel to engage in an unavailing fight against overwhelmingly powerful and oppressive forces. For Hedges, resistance is carried out not for its success, but as a moral imperative that affirms life. Those who rise up against the odds will be those endowed with this “sublime madness.”From South African activists who dedicated their lives to ending apartheid, to contemporary anti-fracking protests in Alberta, Canada, to whistleblowers in pursuit of transparency, Wages of Rebellion shows the cost of a life committed to speaking the truth and demanding justice. Hedges has penned an indispensable guide to rebellion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battlefield America: The War on the American People Author: John W. Whitehead Narrator: Eric G. Dove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 7, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the follow-up to his award-winning book A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, constitutional attorney John W. Whitehead paints a terrifying portrait of a nation at war with itself and which is on the verge of undermining the basic freedoms guaranteed to the citizenry in the Constitution. Indeed, police have been transformed into extensions of the military, towns and cities have become battlefields, and the American people have been turned into enemy combatants, to be spied on, tracked, scanned, frisked, searched, subjected to all manner of intrusions, intimidated, invaded, raided, manhandled, censored, silenced, shot at, locked up, and denied due process.Yet this police state did not come about overnight. As Whitehead notes, this shift into totalitarianism cannot be traced back to a single individual or event. Rather, the evolution has been so subtle that most American citizens were hardly even aware of it taking place. Yet little by little, police authority expanded, one weapon after another was added to the police arsenal, and one exception after another was made to the standards that have historically restrained police authority. Add to this mix the merger of Internet megacorporations with government intelligence agencies, and you have the making of an electronic concentration camp that not only sees the citizenry as databits but will attempt to control every aspect of their lives. And if someone dares to step out of line, they will most likely find an armed SWAT team at their door. John W. Whitehead Tue, 07 Jul 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240998 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battlefield America: The War on the American People Author: John W. Whitehead Narrator: Eric G. Dove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 7, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the follow-up to his award-winning book A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, constitutional attorney John W. Whitehead paints a terrifying portrait of a nation at war with itself and which is on the verge of undermining the basic freedoms guaranteed to the citizenry in the Constitution. Indeed, police have been transformed into extensions of the military, towns and cities have become battlefields, and the American people have been turned into enemy combatants, to be spied on, tracked, scanned, frisked, searched, subjected to all manner of intrusions, intimidated, invaded, raided, manhandled, censored, silenced, shot at, locked up, and denied due process.Yet this police state did not come about overnight. As Whitehead notes, this shift into totalitarianism cannot be traced back to a single individual or event. Rather, the evolution has been so subtle that most American citizens were hardly even aware of it taking place. Yet little by little, police authority expanded, one weapon after another was added to the police arsenal, and one exception after another was made to the standards that have historically restrained police authority. Add to this mix the merger of Internet megacorporations with government intelligence agencies, and you have the making of an electronic concentration camp that not only sees the citizenry as databits but will attempt to control every aspect of their lives. And if someone dares to step out of line, they will most likely find an armed SWAT team at their door. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battlefield America: The War on the American People Author: John W. Whitehead Narrator: Eric G. Dove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 7, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the follow-up to his award-winning book A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, constitutional attorney John W. Whitehead paints a terrifying portrait of a nation at war with itself and which is on the verge of undermining the basic freedoms guaranteed to the citizenry in the Constitution. Indeed, police have been transformed into extensions of the military, towns and cities have become battlefields, and the American people have been turned into enemy combatants, to be spied on, tracked, scanned, frisked, searched, subjected to all manner of intrusions, intimidated, invaded, raided, manhandled, censored, silenced, shot at, locked up, and denied due process.Yet this police state did not come about overnight. As Whitehead notes, this shift into totalitarianism cannot be traced back to a single individual or event. Rather, the evolution has been so subtle that most American citizens were hardly even aware of it taking place. Yet little by little, police authority expanded, one weapon after another was added to the police arsenal, and one exception after another was made to the standards that have historically restrained police authority. Add to this mix the merger of Internet megacorporations with government intelligence agencies, and you have the making of an electronic concentration camp that not only sees the citizenry as databits but will attempt to control every aspect of their lives. And if someone dares to step out of line, they will most likely find an armed SWAT team at their door. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240956 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master of the Senate: The Years of Lyndon Johnson, Volume III (Part 3 of a 3-Part Recording) Series: Part of The Years of Lyndon Johnson Author: Robert A. Caro Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 12, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Master of the Senate, Book Three of The Years of Lyndon Johnson, carries Johnson’s story through one of its most remarkable periods: his twelve years, from 1949 to 1960, in the United States Senate. At the heart of the book is its unprecedented revelation of how legislative power works in America, how the Senate works, and how Johnson, in his ascent to the presidency, mastered the Senate as no political leader before him had ever done.   It was during these years that all Johnson’s experience—from his Texas Hill Country boyhood to his passionate representation in Congress of his hardscrabble constituents to his tireless construction of a political machine—came to fruition. Caro introduces the story with a dramatic account of the Senate itself: how Daniel Webster, Henry Clay, and John C. Calhoun had made it the center of governmental energy, the forum in which the great issues of the country were thrashed out. And how, by the time Johnson arrived, it had dwindled into a body that merely responded to executive initiatives, all but impervious to the forces of change. Caro anatomizes the genius for political strategy and tactics by which, in an institution that had made the seniority system all-powerful for a century and more, Johnson became Majority Leader after only a single term-the youngest and greatest Senate Leader in our history; how he manipulated the Senate’s hallowed rules and customs and the weaknesses and strengths of his colleagues to change the “unchangeable” Senate from a loose confederation of sovereign senators to a whirring legislative machine under his own iron-fisted control.   Caro demonstrates how Johnson’s political genius enabled him to reconcile the unreconcilable: to retain the support of the southerners who controlled the Senate while earning the trust—or at least the cooperation—of the liberals, led by Paul Douglas and Hubert Humphrey, without whom he could not achieve his goal of winning the presidency. He shows the dark side of Johnson’s ambition: how he proved his loyalty to the great oil barons who had financed his rise to power by ruthlessly destroying the career of the New Dealer who was in charge of regulating them, Federal Power Commission Chairman Leland Olds. And we watch him achieve the impossible: convincing southerners that although he was firmly in their camp as the anointed successor to their leader, Richard Russell, it was essential that they allow him to make some progress toward civil rights. In a breathtaking tour de force, Caro details Johnson’s amazing triumph in maneuvering to passage the first civil rights legislation since 1875.   Master of the Senate, told with an abundance of rich detail that could only have come from Caro’s peerless research, is both a galvanizing portrait of the man himself—the titan of Capital Hill, volcanic, mesmerizing—and a definitive and revelatory study of the workings and personal and legislative power. Robert A. Caro Fri, 12 Apr 2002 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240956 thebookvoice.com 18:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master of the Senate: The Years of Lyndon Johnson, Volume III (Part 3 of a 3-Part Recording) Series: Part of The Years of Lyndon Johnson Author: Robert A. Caro Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 12, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Master of the Senate, Book Three of The Years of Lyndon Johnson, carries Johnson’s story through one of its most remarkable periods: his twelve years, from 1949 to 1960, in the United States Senate. At the heart of the book is its unprecedented revelation of how legislative power works in America, how the Senate works, and how Johnson, in his ascent to the presidency, mastered the Senate as no political leader before him had ever done.   It was during these years that all Johnson’s experience—from his Texas Hill Country boyhood to his passionate representation in Congress of his hardscrabble constituents to his tireless construction of a political machine—came to fruition. Caro introduces the story with a dramatic account of the Senate itself: how Daniel Webster, Henry Clay, and John C. Calhoun had made it the center of governmental energy, the forum in which the great issues of the country were thrashed out. And how, by the time Johnson arrived, it had dwindled into a body that merely responded to executive initiatives, all but impervious to the forces of change. Caro anatomizes the genius for political strategy and tactics by which, in an institution that had made the seniority system all-powerful for a century and more, Johnson became Majority Leader after only a single term-the youngest and greatest Senate Leader in our history; how he manipulated the Senate’s hallowed rules and customs and the weaknesses and strengths of his colleagues to change the “unchangeable” Senate from a loose confederation of sovereign senators to a whirring legislative machine under his own iron-fisted control.   Caro demonstrates how Johnson’s political genius enabled him to reconcile the unreconcilable: to retain the support of the southerners who controlled the Senate while earning the trust—or at least the cooperation—of the liberals, led by Paul Douglas and Hubert Humphrey, without whom he could not achieve his goal of winning the presidency. He shows the dark side of Johnson’s ambition: how he proved his loyalty to the great oil barons who had financed his rise to power by ruthlessly destroying the career of the New Dealer who was in charge of regulating them, Federal Power Commission Chairman Leland Olds. And we watch him achieve the impossible: convincing southerners that although he was firmly in their camp as the anointed successor to their leader, Richard Russell, it was essential that they allow him to make some progress toward civil rights. In a breathtaking tour de force, Caro details Johnson’s amazing triumph in maneuvering to passage the first civil rights legislation since 1875.   Master of the Senate, told with an abundance of rich detail that could only have come from Caro’s peerless research, is both a galvanizing portrait of the man himself—the titan of Capital Hill, volcanic, mesmerizing—and a definitive and revelatory study of the workings and personal and legislative power. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master of the Senate: The Years of Lyndon Johnson, Volume III (Part 3 of a 3-Part Recording) Series: Part of The Years of Lyndon Johnson Author: Robert A. Caro Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 12, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Master of the Senate, Book Three of The Years of Lyndon Johnson, carries Johnson’s story through one of its most remarkable periods: his twelve years, from 1949 to 1960, in the United States Senate. At the heart of the book is its unprecedented revelation of how legislative power works in America, how the Senate works, and how Johnson, in his ascent to the presidency, mastered the Senate as no political leader before him had ever done.   It was during these years that all Johnson’s experience—from his Texas Hill Country boyhood to his passionate representation in Congress of his hardscrabble constituents to his tireless construction of a political machine—came to fruition. Caro introduces the story with a dramatic account of the Senate itself: how Daniel Webster, Henry Clay, and John C. Calhoun had made it the center of governmental energy, the forum in which the great issues of the country were thrashed out. And how, by the time Johnson arrived, it had dwindled into a body that merely responded to executive initiatives, all but impervious to the forces of change. Caro anatomizes the genius for political strategy and tactics by which, in an institution that had made the seniority system all-powerful for a century and more, Johnson became Majority Leader after only a single term-the youngest and greatest Senate Leader in our history; how he manipulated the Senate’s hallowed rules and customs and the weaknesses and strengths of his colleagues to change the “unchangeable” Senate from a loose confederation of sovereign senators to a whirring legislative machine under his own iron-fisted control.   Caro demonstrates how Johnson’s political genius enabled him to reconcile the unreconcilable: to retain the support of the southerners who controlled the Senate while earning the trust—or at least the cooperation—of the liberals, led by Paul Douglas and Hubert Humphrey, without whom he could not achieve his goal of winning the presidency. He shows the dark side of Johnson’s ambition: how he proved his loyalty to the great oil barons who had financed his rise to power by ruthlessly destroying the career of the New Dealer who was in charge of regulating them, Federal Power Commission Chairman Leland Olds. And we watch him achieve the impossible: convincing southerners that although he was firmly in their camp as the anointed successor to their leader, Richard Russell, it was essential that they allow him to make some progress toward civil rights. In a breathtaking tour de force, Caro details Johnson’s amazing triumph in maneuvering to passage the first civil rights legislation since 1875.   Master of the Senate, told with an abundance of rich detail that could only have come from Caro’s peerless research, is both a galvanizing portrait of the man himself—the titan of Capital Hill, volcanic, mesmerizing—and a definitive and revelatory study of the workings and personal and legislative power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution of Japan Author: Japan Government Narrator: Runa Tsuji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 3, 1966 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Constitution is a rigid Constitution that has not been the most change in the world. In Japan has been a discussion of the current constitutional amendment, it is one of the very hot topic. Japan Government Thu, 03 Nov 1966 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240937 thebookvoice.com 0:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution of Japan Author: Japan Government Narrator: Runa Tsuji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 3, 1966 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Constitution is a rigid Constitution that has not been the most change in the world. In Japan has been a discussion of the current constitutional amendment, it is one of the very hot topic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution of Japan Author: Japan Government Narrator: Runa Tsuji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 3, 1966 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Constitution is a rigid Constitution that has not been the most change in the world. In Japan has been a discussion of the current constitutional amendment, it is one of the very hot topic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240804 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It IS About Islam: Exposing the Truth About ISIS, Al Qaeda, Iran, and the Caliphate Series: #3 of The Control Series Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 18, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 16 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, exposes the real truth behind the roots of Islamic extremism in Muslim teachings in this sharply insightful handbook that debunks commonly held assumptions about Islam and the dream of a renewed caliphate. From the barbarians of ISIS to the terror tactics of Al-Qaeda and its offshoots, to the impending threat of a nuclear Iran, those motivated by extreme fundamentalist Islamic faith have the power to endanger and kill millions. The conflict with them will not end until we face the truth about those who find their inspiration and justification in the religion itself. Drawing on quotes from the Koran and the hadith, as well as from leaders of ISIS, Al Qaeda, and the Muslim Brotherhood, Glenn Beck seeks to expose the true origins of Islamic extremism as well as the deadly theological motivations behind these agencies of destruction. Using the same unique no-holds-barred style from his bestselling books Control and Conform, Glenn Beck offers straight facts and history about the fundamental beliefs that inspire so many to kill. Glenn Beck Tue, 18 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240804 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It IS About Islam: Exposing the Truth About ISIS, Al Qaeda, Iran, and the Caliphate Series: #3 of The Control Series Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 18, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 16 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, exposes the real truth behind the roots of Islamic extremism in Muslim teachings in this sharply insightful handbook that debunks commonly held assumptions about Islam and the dream of a renewed caliphate. From the barbarians of ISIS to the terror tactics of Al-Qaeda and its offshoots, to the impending threat of a nuclear Iran, those motivated by extreme fundamentalist Islamic faith have the power to endanger and kill millions. The conflict with them will not end until we face the truth about those who find their inspiration and justification in the religion itself. Drawing on quotes from the Koran and the hadith, as well as from leaders of ISIS, Al Qaeda, and the Muslim Brotherhood, Glenn Beck seeks to expose the true origins of Islamic extremism as well as the deadly theological motivations behind these agencies of destruction. Using the same unique no-holds-barred style from his bestselling books Control and Conform, Glenn Beck offers straight facts and history about the fundamental beliefs that inspire so many to kill. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It IS About Islam: Exposing the Truth About ISIS, Al Qaeda, Iran, and the Caliphate Series: #3 of The Control Series Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 18, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 16 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, exposes the real truth behind the roots of Islamic extremism in Muslim teachings in this sharply insightful handbook that debunks commonly held assumptions about Islam and the dream of a renewed caliphate. From the barbarians of ISIS to the terror tactics of Al-Qaeda and its offshoots, to the impending threat of a nuclear Iran, those motivated by extreme fundamentalist Islamic faith have the power to endanger and kill millions. The conflict with them will not end until we face the truth about those who find their inspiration and justification in the religion itself. Drawing on quotes from the Koran and the hadith, as well as from leaders of ISIS, Al Qaeda, and the Muslim Brotherhood, Glenn Beck seeks to expose the true origins of Islamic extremism as well as the deadly theological motivations behind these agencies of destruction. Using the same unique no-holds-barred style from his bestselling books Control and Conform, Glenn Beck offers straight facts and history about the fundamental beliefs that inspire so many to kill. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240741 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bridge of Spies: A True Story of the Cold War Author: Giles Whittell Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The “riveting, meticulously researched, and beautifully written” (Ben Macintyre, author of The Spy and the Traitor) true story chronicles the first and most legendary prisoner exchange of the Cold War, between East and West at Berlin’s Glienicke Bridge and Checkpoint Charlie   “A marvelous saga of dangerous missions, helter-skelter innovation, and clandestine activity.”—The Wall Street Journal Who were the three men the American and Soviet superpowers exchanged at Berlin’s Glienicke Bridge and Checkpoint Charlie in the first prisoner exchange of the nuclear age? Bridge of Spies vividly traces their paths to that electrifying moment on February 10, 1962, when their fates helped to define the conflicts and lethal undercurrents of the most dangerous years of the cold war.   Bridge of Spies is the true story of three extraordinary characters—William Fisher, alias Rudolf Abel, a British-born KGB agent arrested by the FBI in New York City and jailed as a Soviet superspy for trying to steal America’s most precious nuclear secrets; Gary Powers, the American U-2 pilot who was captured when his plane was shot down while flying a reconnaissance mission over central Russia; and Frederic Pryor, a young American graduate student in Berlin mistakenly identified as a spy, arrested, and held without charge by the Stasi, East Germany’s secret police.   Giles Whittell masterfully weaves the three strands of this story together and reconstructs the brinkmanship and covert mind games that brought the United States and Soviet Union so close to a hot war in the early 1960s. The exchange that day at two of the most sensitive points along the Iron Curtain represented the first step back from where the superpowers had stood since the building of the Berlin Wall the previous summer—on the brink of World War III. Giles Whittell Tue, 04 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240741 thebookvoice.com 10:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bridge of Spies: A True Story of the Cold War Author: Giles Whittell Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The “riveting, meticulously researched, and beautifully written” (Ben Macintyre, author of The Spy and the Traitor) true story chronicles the first and most legendary prisoner exchange of the Cold War, between East and West at Berlin’s Glienicke Bridge and Checkpoint Charlie   “A marvelous saga of dangerous missions, helter-skelter innovation, and clandestine activity.”—The Wall Street Journal Who were the three men the American and Soviet superpowers exchanged at Berlin’s Glienicke Bridge and Checkpoint Charlie in the first prisoner exchange of the nuclear age? Bridge of Spies vividly traces their paths to that electrifying moment on February 10, 1962, when their fates helped to define the conflicts and lethal undercurrents of the most dangerous years of the cold war.   Bridge of Spies is the true story of three extraordinary characters—William Fisher, alias Rudolf Abel, a British-born KGB agent arrested by the FBI in New York City and jailed as a Soviet superspy for trying to steal America’s most precious nuclear secrets; Gary Powers, the American U-2 pilot who was captured when his plane was shot down while flying a reconnaissance mission over central Russia; and Frederic Pryor, a young American graduate student in Berlin mistakenly identified as a spy, arrested, and held without charge by the Stasi, East Germany’s secret police.   Giles Whittell masterfully weaves the three strands of this story together and reconstructs the brinkmanship and covert mind games that brought the United States and Soviet Union so close to a hot war in the early 1960s. The exchange that day at two of the most sensitive points along the Iron Curtain represented the first step back from where the superpowers had stood since the building of the Berlin Wall the previous summer—on the brink of World War III. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bridge of Spies: A True Story of the Cold War Author: Giles Whittell Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The “riveting, meticulously researched, and beautifully written” (Ben Macintyre, author of The Spy and the Traitor) true story chronicles the first and most legendary prisoner exchange of the Cold War, between East and West at Berlin’s Glienicke Bridge and Checkpoint Charlie   “A marvelous saga of dangerous missions, helter-skelter innovation, and clandestine activity.”—The Wall Street Journal Who were the three men the American and Soviet superpowers exchanged at Berlin’s Glienicke Bridge and Checkpoint Charlie in the first prisoner exchange of the nuclear age? Bridge of Spies vividly traces their paths to that electrifying moment on February 10, 1962, when their fates helped to define the conflicts and lethal undercurrents of the most dangerous years of the cold war.   Bridge of Spies is the true story of three extraordinary characters—William Fisher, alias Rudolf Abel, a British-born KGB agent arrested by the FBI in New York City and jailed as a Soviet superspy for trying to steal America’s most precious nuclear secrets; Gary Powers, the American U-2 pilot who was captured when his plane was shot down while flying a reconnaissance mission over central Russia; and Frederic Pryor, a young American graduate student in Berlin mistakenly identified as a spy, arrested, and held without charge by the Stasi, East Germany’s secret police.   Giles Whittell masterfully weaves the three strands of this story together and reconstructs the brinkmanship and covert mind games that brought the United States and Soviet Union so close to a hot war in the early 1960s. The exchange that day at two of the most sensitive points along the Iron Curtain represented the first step back from where the superpowers had stood since the building of the Berlin Wall the previous summer—on the brink of World War III. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Noble Land: My Vision For America Author: James A. Michener Narrator: Arthur Addison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In such modern classics as Chesapeake, Centennial, Hawaii, Alaska, and Texas, James A. Michener proved time and again that his understanding of and love for his country was unparalleled. This Noble Land is Michener’s most personal statement about America, an examination of the issues that threaten to fragment and undermine the nation—racial conflict, the widening gulf between rich and poor, the decline of education, the inadequacies of our health care system—as well as a thought-provoking prescription for sustaining our “outstanding success.” Infused with the wisdom and passion of a lifetime, This Noble Land stands as a wake-up call for a troubled era.   Praise for This Noble Land   “A book-length essay on the often worrying, often inspiring course of America in the nine decades of Michener’s life.”—The Washington Post   “Michener is more interested in fixing the problems than in fixing the blame.”—The Dallas Morning News   “Michener’s are the beach books that, unlike most other beach books, leave you smarter than you were when you started reading. Each delivers the product of all that research, doled out to the reader at just the right rate. You know right away who the bad guys are—the petty ones, the stingy ones. The heroes are generous and energetic and smart and, above all, unprejudiced. The real-life villains in This Noble Land are the people Michener perceives as ‘petty, mean and vengeful.’”—St. Louis Post-Dispatch   “Stirring . . . an admirable effort to define what has made our country great and how to preserve what is best about it.”—Kirkus Reviews James A. Michener Tue, 04 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240732 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Noble Land: My Vision For America Author: James A. Michener Narrator: Arthur Addison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In such modern classics as Chesapeake, Centennial, Hawaii, Alaska, and Texas, James A. Michener proved time and again that his understanding of and love for his country was unparalleled. This Noble Land is Michener’s most personal statement about America, an examination of the issues that threaten to fragment and undermine the nation—racial conflict, the widening gulf between rich and poor, the decline of education, the inadequacies of our health care system—as well as a thought-provoking prescription for sustaining our “outstanding success.” Infused with the wisdom and passion of a lifetime, This Noble Land stands as a wake-up call for a troubled era.   Praise for This Noble Land   “A book-length essay on the often worrying, often inspiring course of America in the nine decades of Michener’s life.”—The Washington Post   “Michener is more interested in fixing the problems than in fixing the blame.”—The Dallas Morning News   “Michener’s are the beach books that, unlike most other beach books, leave you smarter than you were when you started reading. Each delivers the product of all that research, doled out to the reader at just the right rate. You know right away who the bad guys are—the petty ones, the stingy ones. The heroes are generous and energetic and smart and, above all, unprejudiced. The real-life villains in This Noble Land are the people Michener perceives as ‘petty, mean and vengeful.’”—St. Louis Post-Dispatch   “Stirring . . . an admirable effort to define what has made our country great and how to preserve what is best about it.”—Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Noble Land: My Vision For America Author: James A. Michener Narrator: Arthur Addison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In such modern classics as Chesapeake, Centennial, Hawaii, Alaska, and Texas, James A. Michener proved time and again that his understanding of and love for his country was unparalleled. This Noble Land is Michener’s most personal statement about America, an examination of the issues that threaten to fragment and undermine the nation—racial conflict, the widening gulf between rich and poor, the decline of education, the inadequacies of our health care system—as well as a thought-provoking prescription for sustaining our “outstanding success.” Infused with the wisdom and passion of a lifetime, This Noble Land stands as a wake-up call for a troubled era.   Praise for This Noble Land   “A book-length essay on the often worrying, often inspiring course of America in the nine decades of Michener’s life.”—The Washington Post   “Michener is more interested in fixing the problems than in fixing the blame.”—The Dallas Morning News   “Michener’s are the beach books that, unlike most other beach books, leave you smarter than you were when you started reading. Each delivers the product of all that research, doled out to the reader at just the right rate. You know right away who the bad guys are—the petty ones, the stingy ones. The heroes are generous and energetic and smart and, above all, unprejudiced. The real-life villains in This Noble Land are the people Michener perceives as ‘petty, mean and vengeful.’”—St. Louis Post-Dispatch   “Stirring . . . an admirable effort to define what has made our country great and how to preserve what is best about it.”—Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Character Was King Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Peggy Noonan Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of What I Saw at the Revolution comes an elegiac tribute to one of America's most beloved leaders. It is twenty years—a full generation—since Ronald Reagan first walked into the White House and ignited a revolution. From the beginning, he enjoyed the American people's affection but now, as he approaches the end of his life, he has received what he deserved even more: their deep respect. What was the wellspring of his greatness? Peggy Noonan, bestselling author of the classic Reagan-era memoir What I Saw at the Revolution, former speechwriter, and now a columnist and contributing editor for The Wall Street Journal, argues that the secret of Reagan's success was no secret at all. It was his character—his courage, his kindness, his persistence, his honesty, and his almost heroic patience in the face of setbacks—that was the most important element of his success. The one thing a man must bring into the White House with him if he is to succeed, Noonan contends, is a character that people come to recognize as high, sturdy, and reliable. Noonan, renowned for her special insight into Ronald Reagan's history and personality, brings her own reflections to Reagan to bear in When Character Was King and discloses never-before-told stories from the former president's family, friends, and White House colleagues to reveal the true nature of a man even his opponents now view as a maker of big history. Marked by incisive wit and elegant prose, When Character Was King will enlighten and move readers. Peggy Noonan Tue, 13 Nov 2001 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240692 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Character Was King Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Peggy Noonan Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of What I Saw at the Revolution comes an elegiac tribute to one of America's most beloved leaders. It is twenty years—a full generation—since Ronald Reagan first walked into the White House and ignited a revolution. From the beginning, he enjoyed the American people's affection but now, as he approaches the end of his life, he has received what he deserved even more: their deep respect. What was the wellspring of his greatness? Peggy Noonan, bestselling author of the classic Reagan-era memoir What I Saw at the Revolution, former speechwriter, and now a columnist and contributing editor for The Wall Street Journal, argues that the secret of Reagan's success was no secret at all. It was his character—his courage, his kindness, his persistence, his honesty, and his almost heroic patience in the face of setbacks—that was the most important element of his success. The one thing a man must bring into the White House with him if he is to succeed, Noonan contends, is a character that people come to recognize as high, sturdy, and reliable. Noonan, renowned for her special insight into Ronald Reagan's history and personality, brings her own reflections to Reagan to bear in When Character Was King and discloses never-before-told stories from the former president's family, friends, and White House colleagues to reveal the true nature of a man even his opponents now view as a maker of big history. Marked by incisive wit and elegant prose, When Character Was King will enlighten and move readers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Character Was King Author: Peggy Noonan Narrator: Peggy Noonan Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 13, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of What I Saw at the Revolution comes an elegiac tribute to one of America's most beloved leaders. It is twenty years—a full generation—since Ronald Reagan first walked into the White House and ignited a revolution. From the beginning, he enjoyed the American people's affection but now, as he approaches the end of his life, he has received what he deserved even more: their deep respect. What was the wellspring of his greatness? Peggy Noonan, bestselling author of the classic Reagan-era memoir What I Saw at the Revolution, former speechwriter, and now a columnist and contributing editor for The Wall Street Journal, argues that the secret of Reagan's success was no secret at all. It was his character—his courage, his kindness, his persistence, his honesty, and his almost heroic patience in the face of setbacks—that was the most important element of his success. The one thing a man must bring into the White House with him if he is to succeed, Noonan contends, is a character that people come to recognize as high, sturdy, and reliable. Noonan, renowned for her special insight into Ronald Reagan's history and personality, brings her own reflections to Reagan to bear in When Character Was King and discloses never-before-told stories from the former president's family, friends, and White House colleagues to reveal the true nature of a man even his opponents now view as a maker of big history. Marked by incisive wit and elegant prose, When Character Was King will enlighten and move readers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliver Us From Evil Author: Sean Hannity Narrator: Sean Hannity Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 4, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Americans face the ongoing war against terrorists and their state sponsors around the world, Sean Hannity reminds us we must also cope with the continuing scourge of accommodation and cowardice at home. With his trademark blend of passion and hard-hitting commentary, he urges Americans to recognize the dangers of putting our faith in toothless ''multilateralism'' when the times call for decisive action. He believes that only through strong defense of our freedoms, at home and around the world, can we preserve America's security and liberty in the dangerous twenty-first century. ''Evil exists,'' Hannity believes. ''It is real, and it means to harm us.'' Tracing a direct line from Adolf Hitler and Joseph Stalin through Saddam Hussein and Osama bin Laden, he reminds us of the courage and moral clarity of our great leaders. And he reveals how the disgraceful history of appeasement has reached forward from the days of Neville Chamberlain and Jimmy Carter to corrupt the unrepentant leftists of the modern Democratic Party -- from Howard Dean and John Kerry to Bill and Hillary Clinton. Hannity's first blockbuster book, the New York Times bestseller Let Freedom Ring, cemented his place as the freshest and most compelling conservative voice in the country. As host of the phenomenally successful Hannity & Colmes and The Sean Hannity Show, Hannity has won a wildly devoted fan base. Now he brings his plainspoken, take-no-prisoners style to the continuing War on Terror abroad -- and liberalism at home -- in Deliver Us from Evil. Sean Hannity Tue, 04 May 2004 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240625 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliver Us From Evil Author: Sean Hannity Narrator: Sean Hannity Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 4, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Americans face the ongoing war against terrorists and their state sponsors around the world, Sean Hannity reminds us we must also cope with the continuing scourge of accommodation and cowardice at home. With his trademark blend of passion and hard-hitting commentary, he urges Americans to recognize the dangers of putting our faith in toothless ''multilateralism'' when the times call for decisive action. He believes that only through strong defense of our freedoms, at home and around the world, can we preserve America's security and liberty in the dangerous twenty-first century. ''Evil exists,'' Hannity believes. ''It is real, and it means to harm us.'' Tracing a direct line from Adolf Hitler and Joseph Stalin through Saddam Hussein and Osama bin Laden, he reminds us of the courage and moral clarity of our great leaders. And he reveals how the disgraceful history of appeasement has reached forward from the days of Neville Chamberlain and Jimmy Carter to corrupt the unrepentant leftists of the modern Democratic Party -- from Howard Dean and John Kerry to Bill and Hillary Clinton. Hannity's first blockbuster book, the New York Times bestseller Let Freedom Ring, cemented his place as the freshest and most compelling conservative voice in the country. As host of the phenomenally successful Hannity & Colmes and The Sean Hannity Show, Hannity has won a wildly devoted fan base. Now he brings his plainspoken, take-no-prisoners style to the continuing War on Terror abroad -- and liberalism at home -- in Deliver Us from Evil. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliver Us From Evil Author: Sean Hannity Narrator: Sean Hannity Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 4, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Americans face the ongoing war against terrorists and their state sponsors around the world, Sean Hannity reminds us we must also cope with the continuing scourge of accommodation and cowardice at home. With his trademark blend of passion and hard-hitting commentary, he urges Americans to recognize the dangers of putting our faith in toothless ''multilateralism'' when the times call for decisive action. He believes that only through strong defense of our freedoms, at home and around the world, can we preserve America's security and liberty in the dangerous twenty-first century. ''Evil exists,'' Hannity believes. ''It is real, and it means to harm us.'' Tracing a direct line from Adolf Hitler and Joseph Stalin through Saddam Hussein and Osama bin Laden, he reminds us of the courage and moral clarity of our great leaders. And he reveals how the disgraceful history of appeasement has reached forward from the days of Neville Chamberlain and Jimmy Carter to corrupt the unrepentant leftists of the modern Democratic Party -- from Howard Dean and John Kerry to Bill and Hillary Clinton. Hannity's first blockbuster book, the New York Times bestseller Let Freedom Ring, cemented his place as the freshest and most compelling conservative voice in the country. As host of the phenomenally successful Hannity & Colmes and The Sean Hannity Show, Hannity has won a wildly devoted fan base. Now he brings his plainspoken, take-no-prisoners style to the continuing War on Terror abroad -- and liberalism at home -- in Deliver Us from Evil. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240532 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Spin Zone: Confrontations with the Powerful and Famous in America Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 2, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bill O’Reilly is even madder today than when he wrote his last book, The O’Reilly Factor, and his fans love him even more. He’s mad because things have gone from bad to worse in politics, in Hollywood, in every social stratum of the nation. True to its title, The No Spin Zone cuts through all the rhetoric that some of O’Reilly’s most infamous guests have spewed to expose what’s really on their minds, while sharing plenty of his own emphatic counterpoints along the way. Shining a searing spotlight on public figures from President George W. Bush and Senator Hillary Clinton to the Reverends Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton to his former CBS News colleague Dan Rather, The No Spin Zone is laced with the kind of straight-shooting commentary that has made O’Reilly the voice of middle America’s disenfranchised. Bill O'Reilly Tue, 02 Jan 2001 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240532 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Spin Zone: Confrontations with the Powerful and Famous in America Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 2, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bill O’Reilly is even madder today than when he wrote his last book, The O’Reilly Factor, and his fans love him even more. He’s mad because things have gone from bad to worse in politics, in Hollywood, in every social stratum of the nation. True to its title, The No Spin Zone cuts through all the rhetoric that some of O’Reilly’s most infamous guests have spewed to expose what’s really on their minds, while sharing plenty of his own emphatic counterpoints along the way. Shining a searing spotlight on public figures from President George W. Bush and Senator Hillary Clinton to the Reverends Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton to his former CBS News colleague Dan Rather, The No Spin Zone is laced with the kind of straight-shooting commentary that has made O’Reilly the voice of middle America’s disenfranchised. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The No Spin Zone: Confrontations with the Powerful and Famous in America Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 2, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bill O’Reilly is even madder today than when he wrote his last book, The O’Reilly Factor, and his fans love him even more. He’s mad because things have gone from bad to worse in politics, in Hollywood, in every social stratum of the nation. True to its title, The No Spin Zone cuts through all the rhetoric that some of O’Reilly’s most infamous guests have spewed to expose what’s really on their minds, while sharing plenty of his own emphatic counterpoints along the way. Shining a searing spotlight on public figures from President George W. Bush and Senator Hillary Clinton to the Reverends Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton to his former CBS News colleague Dan Rather, The No Spin Zone is laced with the kind of straight-shooting commentary that has made O’Reilly the voice of middle America’s disenfranchised. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240479 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Presidents' Bankers: The Hidden Alliances That Drive American Power Author: Nomi Prins Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Culled from original presidential archival documents, All the Presidents’ Bankers delivers an explosive account of the hundred-year interdependence between the White House and Wall Street that transcends a simple analysis of money driving politics—or greed driving bankers. Nomi Prins ushers us into the intimate world of exclusive clubs, vacation spots, and Ivy League universities that binds presidents and financiers. She unravels the multi-generational blood, intermarriage, and protégé relationships that have confined national influence to a privileged cluster of people. This unprecedented history of American power illuminates how financiers have retained their authoritative position through history, swaying presidents regardless of party affiliation. It explores the alarming global repercussions of a system lacking barriers between public office and private power. Prins leaves us with an ominous choice: either we break the alliances of the power elite, or they will break us. Nomi Prins Wed, 11 Jun 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240479 thebookvoice.com 20:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Presidents' Bankers: The Hidden Alliances That Drive American Power Author: Nomi Prins Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Culled from original presidential archival documents, All the Presidents’ Bankers delivers an explosive account of the hundred-year interdependence between the White House and Wall Street that transcends a simple analysis of money driving politics—or greed driving bankers. Nomi Prins ushers us into the intimate world of exclusive clubs, vacation spots, and Ivy League universities that binds presidents and financiers. She unravels the multi-generational blood, intermarriage, and protégé relationships that have confined national influence to a privileged cluster of people. This unprecedented history of American power illuminates how financiers have retained their authoritative position through history, swaying presidents regardless of party affiliation. It explores the alarming global repercussions of a system lacking barriers between public office and private power. Prins leaves us with an ominous choice: either we break the alliances of the power elite, or they will break us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Presidents' Bankers: The Hidden Alliances That Drive American Power Author: Nomi Prins Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Culled from original presidential archival documents, All the Presidents’ Bankers delivers an explosive account of the hundred-year interdependence between the White House and Wall Street that transcends a simple analysis of money driving politics—or greed driving bankers. Nomi Prins ushers us into the intimate world of exclusive clubs, vacation spots, and Ivy League universities that binds presidents and financiers. She unravels the multi-generational blood, intermarriage, and protégé relationships that have confined national influence to a privileged cluster of people. This unprecedented history of American power illuminates how financiers have retained their authoritative position through history, swaying presidents regardless of party affiliation. It explores the alarming global repercussions of a system lacking barriers between public office and private power. Prins leaves us with an ominous choice: either we break the alliances of the power elite, or they will break us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240477 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Delusion of Satan: The Full Story of the Salem Witch Trials Author: Frances Hill Narrator: Wanda McCaddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the bleak winter of 1692 in the rigid Puritan community of Salem Village, Massachusetts, a group of young girls began experiencing violent fits, allegedly tormented by Satan and the witches who worshipped him. From the girls' initial denouncing of an Indian slave, the accusations soon multiplied. In less than two years, nineteen men and women were hanged, one was pressed to death, and over a hundred others were imprisoned and impoverished. This evenhanded and now-classic history illuminates the horrifying episode with visceral clarity, from the opportunistic Putnam clan, who fanned the crisis to satisfy personal vendettas and greed, to four-year-old 'witch' Dorcas Good, who was chained to a dank prison wall in darkness till she went mad. By placing the distant period of the Salem witch trials in the larger context of more contemporary eruptions of mass hysteria and intolerance, the author has created a work as thought-provoking as it is emotionally powerful. Frances Hill Wed, 09 Jul 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240477 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Delusion of Satan: The Full Story of the Salem Witch Trials Author: Frances Hill Narrator: Wanda McCaddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the bleak winter of 1692 in the rigid Puritan community of Salem Village, Massachusetts, a group of young girls began experiencing violent fits, allegedly tormented by Satan and the witches who worshipped him. From the girls' initial denouncing of an Indian slave, the accusations soon multiplied. In less than two years, nineteen men and women were hanged, one was pressed to death, and over a hundred others were imprisoned and impoverished. This evenhanded and now-classic history illuminates the horrifying episode with visceral clarity, from the opportunistic Putnam clan, who fanned the crisis to satisfy personal vendettas and greed, to four-year-old 'witch' Dorcas Good, who was chained to a dank prison wall in darkness till she went mad. By placing the distant period of the Salem witch trials in the larger context of more contemporary eruptions of mass hysteria and intolerance, the author has created a work as thought-provoking as it is emotionally powerful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Delusion of Satan: The Full Story of the Salem Witch Trials Author: Frances Hill Narrator: Wanda McCaddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the bleak winter of 1692 in the rigid Puritan community of Salem Village, Massachusetts, a group of young girls began experiencing violent fits, allegedly tormented by Satan and the witches who worshipped him. From the girls' initial denouncing of an Indian slave, the accusations soon multiplied. In less than two years, nineteen men and women were hanged, one was pressed to death, and over a hundred others were imprisoned and impoverished. This evenhanded and now-classic history illuminates the horrifying episode with visceral clarity, from the opportunistic Putnam clan, who fanned the crisis to satisfy personal vendettas and greed, to four-year-old 'witch' Dorcas Good, who was chained to a dank prison wall in darkness till she went mad. By placing the distant period of the Salem witch trials in the larger context of more contemporary eruptions of mass hysteria and intolerance, the author has created a work as thought-provoking as it is emotionally powerful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238226 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The O'Reilly Factor: The Good, the Bad, and the Completely Ridiculous in American Life Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 12, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The million-copy New York Times bestseller from the Fox News anchor who’s brought new excitement–and massive amounts of populist common sense and rock-solid honesty–to television news. Now four seasons strong, Bill O’Reilly’s nightly cable news program, “The O’Reilly Factor,” is one of the hottest shows on the air. In book form, The O’Reilly Factor has sold over a million copies and spent fourteen weeks at the top of the New York Times bestseller list. Obviously, Bill O'Reilly has made his mark. His blunt, ironic, no-holds-barred style has earned him a devoted audience–friends and foes alike–who send him five thousand letters every week. And with the wit and intelligence that have made him one of the most talked-about stars in both television and publishing, O’Reilly continues to identify what’s right, what’s wrong, and what’s absurd in the political, social, economic, and cultural life of America. Bill O'Reilly Tue, 12 Sep 2000 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238226 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The O'Reilly Factor: The Good, the Bad, and the Completely Ridiculous in American Life Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 12, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The million-copy New York Times bestseller from the Fox News anchor who’s brought new excitement–and massive amounts of populist common sense and rock-solid honesty–to television news. Now four seasons strong, Bill O’Reilly’s nightly cable news program, “The O’Reilly Factor,” is one of the hottest shows on the air. In book form, The O’Reilly Factor has sold over a million copies and spent fourteen weeks at the top of the New York Times bestseller list. Obviously, Bill O'Reilly has made his mark. His blunt, ironic, no-holds-barred style has earned him a devoted audience–friends and foes alike–who send him five thousand letters every week. And with the wit and intelligence that have made him one of the most talked-about stars in both television and publishing, O’Reilly continues to identify what’s right, what’s wrong, and what’s absurd in the political, social, economic, and cultural life of America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The O'Reilly Factor: The Good, the Bad, and the Completely Ridiculous in American Life Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 12, 2000 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The million-copy New York Times bestseller from the Fox News anchor who’s brought new excitement–and massive amounts of populist common sense and rock-solid honesty–to television news. Now four seasons strong, Bill O’Reilly’s nightly cable news program, “The O’Reilly Factor,” is one of the hottest shows on the air. In book form, The O’Reilly Factor has sold over a million copies and spent fourteen weeks at the top of the New York Times bestseller list. Obviously, Bill O'Reilly has made his mark. His blunt, ironic, no-holds-barred style has earned him a devoted audience–friends and foes alike–who send him five thousand letters every week. And with the wit and intelligence that have made him one of the most talked-about stars in both television and publishing, O’Reilly continues to identify what’s right, what’s wrong, and what’s absurd in the political, social, economic, and cultural life of America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238044 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Actual Innocence Author: Peter Neufeld, Barry Scheck, Jim Dwyer Narrator: Michael Boatman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Extraordinarily powerful stories of ordinary people locked up for crimes they did not commit, and how they were freed against great odds. A nightmare from a thousand B-movies: a horrible crime is committed in your neighborhood, and the police knock at your door. A witness swears you are the perpetrator; you have no alibi, and no one believes your protestations of innocence. You're convicted, sentenced to hard time in maximum security, or even death row, where you await the executioner's needle. Tragically, this is no movie script but reality for hundreds of American citizens. Our criminal justice system is broken, and people from all walks of life have been destroyed by its failures. But science and a group of incredibly dedicated crusaders are working to repair the damage. In the last ten years, DNA testing has uncovered stone-cold proof that sixty-five completely innocent people have been sent to prison and death row. But even in cases where there is physical evidence, the criminal justice system frees prisoners only after a torturous legal process. Incredibly, according to many trial judges, "actual innocence" is not grounds for release from prison. At the Innocence Project, Barry Scheck and Peter Neufeld have helped to free thirty-seven wrongly convicted people, and have taken up the cause of hundreds more. Pulitzer Prize-winning columnist Jim Dwyer has been covering innocence cases for a decade. In Actual Innocence, Scheck, Neufeld, and Dwyer relate the harrowing stories of ten innocent men--convicted by sloppy police work, corrupt prosecutors, jailhouse snitches, mistaken eyewitnesses, and other all-too-common flaws of the trial system--and tell of the heroic efforts to free them. Intense, startling, and utterly compelling, Actual Innocence is a passionate and fascinating journey through the looking glass of the American criminal justice system. Tragically, this is no movie script but reality for hundreds of American citizens. Our criminal justice system is broken, and people from all walks of life have been destroyed by its failures. But science and a group of incredibly dedicated lawyers are working to repair the damage. In the last decade of this century, DNA testing has uncovered stone-cold proof that fifty-five completely innocent people were sent to prison and death row. At the Innocence Project, Barry Scheck and Peter Neufeld have managed to free forty-three wrongly convicted people and have taken up the cause of two hundred more. Pulitzer Prize winning columnist Jim Dwyer covered this courthouse revolution from its very first days. In Actual Innocence, Scheck, Neufeld, and Dwyer relate the harrowing stories of ten of these individuals--convicted by sloppy police work, corrupt prosecutors, jailhouse snitches, mistaken witnesses, inept lawyers, and other all-too-common flaws in the trial system--and tell of the heroic efforts to free them. Intense, harrowing, and compelling, Actual Innocence is a passionate argument for sanity in our courtrooms and a fascinating journey through the looking glass of the American criminal justice system. --> Peter Neufeld, Barry Scheck, Jim Dwyer Wed, 05 Jul 2000 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238044 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Actual Innocence Author: Peter Neufeld, Barry Scheck, Jim Dwyer Narrator: Michael Boatman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Extraordinarily powerful stories of ordinary people locked up for crimes they did not commit, and how they were freed against great odds. A nightmare from a thousand B-movies: a horrible crime is committed in your neighborhood, and the police knock at your door. A witness swears you are the perpetrator; you have no alibi, and no one believes your protestations of innocence. You're convicted, sentenced to hard time in maximum security, or even death row, where you await the executioner's needle. Tragically, this is no movie script but reality for hundreds of American citizens. Our criminal justice system is broken, and people from all walks of life have been destroyed by its failures. But science and a group of incredibly dedicated crusaders are working to repair the damage. In the last ten years, DNA testing has uncovered stone-cold proof that sixty-five completely innocent people have been sent to prison and death row. But even in cases where there is physical evidence, the criminal justice system frees prisoners only after a torturous legal process. Incredibly, according to many trial judges, "actual innocence" is not grounds for release from prison. At the Innocence Project, Barry Scheck and Peter Neufeld have helped to free thirty-seven wrongly convicted people, and have taken up the cause of hundreds more. Pulitzer Prize-winning columnist Jim Dwyer has been covering innocence cases for a decade. In Actual Innocence, Scheck, Neufeld, and Dwyer relate the harrowing stories of ten innocent men--convicted by sloppy police work, corrupt prosecutors, jailhouse snitches, mistaken eyewitnesses, and other all-too-common flaws of the trial system--and tell of the heroic efforts to free them. Intense, startling, and utterly compelling, Actual Innocence is a passionate and fascinating journey through the looking glass of the American criminal justice system. Tragically, this is no movie script but reality for hundreds of American citizens. Our criminal justice system is broken, and people from all walks of life have been destroyed by its failures. But science and a group of incredibly dedicated lawyers are working to repair the damage. In the last decade of this century, DNA testing has uncovered stone-cold proof that fifty-five completely innocent people were sent to prison and death row. At the Innocence Project, Barry Scheck and Peter Neufeld have managed to free forty-three wrongly convicted people and have taken up the cause of two hundred more. Pulitzer Prize winning columnist Jim Dwyer covered this courthouse revolution from its very first days. In Actual Innocence, Scheck, Neufeld, and Dwyer relate the harrowing stories of ten of these individuals--convicted by sloppy police work, corrupt prosecutors, jailhouse snitches, mistaken witnesses, inept lawyers, and other all-too-common flaws in the trial system--and tell of the heroic efforts to free them. Intense, harrowing, and compelling, Actual Innocence is a passionate argument for sanity in our courtrooms and a fascinating journey through the looking glass of the American criminal justice system. --> Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238044]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Actual Innocence Author: Peter Neufeld, Barry Scheck, Jim Dwyer Narrator: Michael Boatman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Extraordinarily powerful stories of ordinary people locked up for crimes they did not commit, and how they were freed against great odds. A nightmare from a thousand B-movies: a horrible crime is committed in your neighborhood, and the police knock at your door. A witness swears you are the perpetrator; you have no alibi, and no one believes your protestations of innocence. You're convicted, sentenced to hard time in maximum security, or even death row, where you await the executioner's needle. Tragically, this is no movie script but reality for hundreds of American citizens. Our criminal justice system is broken, and people from all walks of life have been destroyed by its failures. But science and a group of incredibly dedicated crusaders are working to repair the damage. In the last ten years, DNA testing has uncovered stone-cold proof that sixty-five completely innocent people have been sent to prison and death row. But even in cases where there is physical evidence, the criminal justice system frees prisoners only after a torturous legal process. Incredibly, according to many trial judges, "actual innocence" is not grounds for release from prison. At the Innocence Project, Barry Scheck and Peter Neufeld have helped to free thirty-seven wrongly convicted people, and have taken up the cause of hundreds more. Pulitzer Prize-winning columnist Jim Dwyer has been covering innocence cases for a decade. In Actual Innocence, Scheck, Neufeld, and Dwyer relate the harrowing stories of ten innocent men--convicted by sloppy police work, corrupt prosecutors, jailhouse snitches, mistaken eyewitnesses, and other all-too-common flaws of the trial system--and tell of the heroic efforts to free them. Intense, startling, and utterly compelling, Actual Innocence is a passionate and fascinating journey through the looking glass of the American criminal justice system. Tragically, this is no movie script but reality for hundreds of American citizens. Our criminal justice system is broken, and people from all walks of life have been destroyed by its failures. But science and a group of incredibly dedicated lawyers are working to repair the damage. In the last decade of this century, DNA testing has uncovered stone-cold proof that fifty-five completely innocent people were sent to prison and death row. At the Innocence Project, Barry Scheck and Peter Neufeld have managed to free forty-three wrongly convicted people and have taken up the cause of two hundred more. Pulitzer Prize winning columnist Jim Dwyer covered this courthouse revolution from its very first days. In Actual Innocence, Scheck, Neufeld, and Dwyer relate the harrowing stories of ten of these individuals--convicted by sloppy police work, corrupt prosecutors, jailhouse snitches, mistaken witnesses, inept lawyers, and other all-too-common flaws in the trial system--and tell of the heroic efforts to free them. Intense, harrowing, and compelling, Actual Innocence is a passionate argument for sanity in our courtrooms and a fascinating journey through the looking glass of the American criminal justice system. --> https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237980 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plunder and Deceit Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Mark R. Levin, Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author and radio host Mark R. Levin delivers a 'bracing meditation” (National Review) on the ways our government has failed the next generation. In modern America, the civil society is being steadily devoured by a ubiquitous federal government. But as the government grows into an increasingly authoritarian and centralized federal Leviathan, many parents continue to tolerate, if not enthusiastically champion, grievous public policies that threaten their children and successive generations with a grim future at the hands of a brazenly expanding and imploding entitlement state poised to burden them with massive debt, mediocre education, waves of immigration, and a deteriorating national defense. Yet tyranny is not inevitable. In Federalist 51, James Madison explained with cautionary insight the essential balance between the civil society and governmental restraint: “In framing a government which is to be administered by men over men, the great difficulty lies in this: you must first enable the government to control the governed; and in the next place oblige it to control itself.” This essential new book is, against all odds, a likeminded appeal to reason and audacity—one intended for all Americans but particularly the rising generation. Younger people must find the personal strength and will to break through the cycle of statist manipulation, unrelenting emotional overtures, and the pressure of groupthink, which are humbling, dispiriting, and absorbing them; to stand up against the heavy hand of centralized government, which if left unabated will assuredly condemn them to economic and societal calamity. Levin calls for a new civil rights movement, one that will foster liberty and prosperity and cease the exploitation of young people by statist masterminds. He challenges the rising generation of younger Americans to awaken to the cause of their own salvation, asking: will you acquiesce to a government that overwhelmingly acts without constitutional foundation—or will you stand in your own defense so that yours and future generations can live in freedom? Mark R. Levin Tue, 04 Aug 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237980 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plunder and Deceit Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Mark R. Levin, Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author and radio host Mark R. Levin delivers a 'bracing meditation” (National Review) on the ways our government has failed the next generation. In modern America, the civil society is being steadily devoured by a ubiquitous federal government. But as the government grows into an increasingly authoritarian and centralized federal Leviathan, many parents continue to tolerate, if not enthusiastically champion, grievous public policies that threaten their children and successive generations with a grim future at the hands of a brazenly expanding and imploding entitlement state poised to burden them with massive debt, mediocre education, waves of immigration, and a deteriorating national defense. Yet tyranny is not inevitable. In Federalist 51, James Madison explained with cautionary insight the essential balance between the civil society and governmental restraint: “In framing a government which is to be administered by men over men, the great difficulty lies in this: you must first enable the government to control the governed; and in the next place oblige it to control itself.” This essential new book is, against all odds, a likeminded appeal to reason and audacity—one intended for all Americans but particularly the rising generation. Younger people must find the personal strength and will to break through the cycle of statist manipulation, unrelenting emotional overtures, and the pressure of groupthink, which are humbling, dispiriting, and absorbing them; to stand up against the heavy hand of centralized government, which if left unabated will assuredly condemn them to economic and societal calamity. Levin calls for a new civil rights movement, one that will foster liberty and prosperity and cease the exploitation of young people by statist masterminds. He challenges the rising generation of younger Americans to awaken to the cause of their own salvation, asking: will you acquiesce to a government that overwhelmingly acts without constitutional foundation—or will you stand in your own defense so that yours and future generations can live in freedom? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237980]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plunder and Deceit Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Mark R. Levin, Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author and radio host Mark R. Levin delivers a 'bracing meditation” (National Review) on the ways our government has failed the next generation. In modern America, the civil society is being steadily devoured by a ubiquitous federal government. But as the government grows into an increasingly authoritarian and centralized federal Leviathan, many parents continue to tolerate, if not enthusiastically champion, grievous public policies that threaten their children and successive generations with a grim future at the hands of a brazenly expanding and imploding entitlement state poised to burden them with massive debt, mediocre education, waves of immigration, and a deteriorating national defense. Yet tyranny is not inevitable. In Federalist 51, James Madison explained with cautionary insight the essential balance between the civil society and governmental restraint: “In framing a government which is to be administered by men over men, the great difficulty lies in this: you must first enable the government to control the governed; and in the next place oblige it to control itself.” This essential new book is, against all odds, a likeminded appeal to reason and audacity—one intended for all Americans but particularly the rising generation. Younger people must find the personal strength and will to break through the cycle of statist manipulation, unrelenting emotional overtures, and the pressure of groupthink, which are humbling, dispiriting, and absorbing them; to stand up against the heavy hand of centralized government, which if left unabated will assuredly condemn them to economic and societal calamity. Levin calls for a new civil rights movement, one that will foster liberty and prosperity and cease the exploitation of young people by statist masterminds. He challenges the rising generation of younger Americans to awaken to the cause of their own salvation, asking: will you acquiesce to a government that overwhelmingly acts without constitutional foundation—or will you stand in your own defense so that yours and future generations can live in freedom? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237888 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmanned: Drones, Data, and the Illusion of Perfect Warfare Author: William M. Arkin Narrator: William M. Arkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 28, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unmanned is an in-depth examination of why seemingly successful wars never seem to end. The problem centers on drones, now accumulated in the thousands, the front end of a spying and killing machine that is disconnected from either security or safety. Drones, however, are only part of the problem. William Arkin shows that security is actually undermined by an impulse to gather as much data as possible, the appetite and the theory both skewed towards the notion that no amount is too much. And yet the very endeavor of putting fewer human in potential danger places everyone in greater danger. Wars officially end, but the Data Machine lives on forever. Throughout his career, Arkin has exposed powerful secrets of so-called national security and intelligence. Now he continues that tradition. The most alarming book about warfare in years, Unmanned is essential reading for anyone who cares about the future of mankind. William M. Arkin Tue, 28 Jul 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237888 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmanned: Drones, Data, and the Illusion of Perfect Warfare Author: William M. Arkin Narrator: William M. Arkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 28, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unmanned is an in-depth examination of why seemingly successful wars never seem to end. The problem centers on drones, now accumulated in the thousands, the front end of a spying and killing machine that is disconnected from either security or safety. Drones, however, are only part of the problem. William Arkin shows that security is actually undermined by an impulse to gather as much data as possible, the appetite and the theory both skewed towards the notion that no amount is too much. And yet the very endeavor of putting fewer human in potential danger places everyone in greater danger. Wars officially end, but the Data Machine lives on forever. Throughout his career, Arkin has exposed powerful secrets of so-called national security and intelligence. Now he continues that tradition. The most alarming book about warfare in years, Unmanned is essential reading for anyone who cares about the future of mankind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmanned: Drones, Data, and the Illusion of Perfect Warfare Author: William M. Arkin Narrator: William M. Arkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 28, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unmanned is an in-depth examination of why seemingly successful wars never seem to end. The problem centers on drones, now accumulated in the thousands, the front end of a spying and killing machine that is disconnected from either security or safety. Drones, however, are only part of the problem. William Arkin shows that security is actually undermined by an impulse to gather as much data as possible, the appetite and the theory both skewed towards the notion that no amount is too much. And yet the very endeavor of putting fewer human in potential danger places everyone in greater danger. Wars officially end, but the Data Machine lives on forever. Throughout his career, Arkin has exposed powerful secrets of so-called national security and intelligence. Now he continues that tradition. The most alarming book about warfare in years, Unmanned is essential reading for anyone who cares about the future of mankind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's, Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Read by the author himself. Considering the role of justice in our society and our lives, Michael Sandel reveals how an understanding of philosophy can help to make sense of politics, religion, morality - and our own convictions. Breaking down hotly contested issues, from abortion, euthanasia and same-sex marriage, to patriotism, dissent and affirmative action, Sandel shows how the biggest questions in our civic life can be broken down and illuminated through reasoned debate. Justice promises to take readers - of all ages and political persuasions - on an exhilarating journey to confront today's political and moral controversies in a fresh and enlightening way. Michael J. Sandel Thu, 03 May 2012 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's, Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Read by the author himself. Considering the role of justice in our society and our lives, Michael Sandel reveals how an understanding of philosophy can help to make sense of politics, religion, morality - and our own convictions. Breaking down hotly contested issues, from abortion, euthanasia and same-sex marriage, to patriotism, dissent and affirmative action, Sandel shows how the biggest questions in our civic life can be broken down and illuminated through reasoned debate. Justice promises to take readers - of all ages and political persuasions - on an exhilarating journey to confront today's political and moral controversies in a fresh and enlightening way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Author: Michael J. Sandel Narrator: Michael J. Sandel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Michael J Sandel's, Justice: What's the Right Thing to Do? Read by the author himself. Considering the role of justice in our society and our lives, Michael Sandel reveals how an understanding of philosophy can help to make sense of politics, religion, morality - and our own convictions. Breaking down hotly contested issues, from abortion, euthanasia and same-sex marriage, to patriotism, dissent and affirmative action, Sandel shows how the biggest questions in our civic life can be broken down and illuminated through reasoned debate. Justice promises to take readers - of all ages and political persuasions - on an exhilarating journey to confront today's political and moral controversies in a fresh and enlightening way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237527 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS Author: Michael Weiss Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Initially dismissed by US President Barack Obama, the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS) has shocked the world by conquering massive territories in both countries and promising to create a vast new Muslim caliphate that observes the strict dictates of Sharia law. In ISIS: Inside the Army of Terror, American journalist Michael Weiss and Syrian analyst Hassan Hassan explain how these violent extremists evolved from a nearly defeated Iraqi insurgent group into a jihadi army of international volunteers who have conquered territory equal to the size of Great Britain. Drawing on original interviews with former US military officials and current ISIS fighters, the authors also reveal the internecine struggles within the movement itself, as well as ISIS's bloody hatred of Shiite Muslims, which is generating another sectarian war in the region. Past is prologue and America's legacy in the Middle East is sowing a new generation of terror. Michael Weiss Tue, 07 Jul 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237527 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS Author: Michael Weiss Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Initially dismissed by US President Barack Obama, the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS) has shocked the world by conquering massive territories in both countries and promising to create a vast new Muslim caliphate that observes the strict dictates of Sharia law. In ISIS: Inside the Army of Terror, American journalist Michael Weiss and Syrian analyst Hassan Hassan explain how these violent extremists evolved from a nearly defeated Iraqi insurgent group into a jihadi army of international volunteers who have conquered territory equal to the size of Great Britain. Drawing on original interviews with former US military officials and current ISIS fighters, the authors also reveal the internecine struggles within the movement itself, as well as ISIS's bloody hatred of Shiite Muslims, which is generating another sectarian war in the region. Past is prologue and America's legacy in the Middle East is sowing a new generation of terror. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS Author: Michael Weiss Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Initially dismissed by US President Barack Obama, the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS) has shocked the world by conquering massive territories in both countries and promising to create a vast new Muslim caliphate that observes the strict dictates of Sharia law. In ISIS: Inside the Army of Terror, American journalist Michael Weiss and Syrian analyst Hassan Hassan explain how these violent extremists evolved from a nearly defeated Iraqi insurgent group into a jihadi army of international volunteers who have conquered territory equal to the size of Great Britain. Drawing on original interviews with former US military officials and current ISIS fighters, the authors also reveal the internecine struggles within the movement itself, as well as ISIS's bloody hatred of Shiite Muslims, which is generating another sectarian war in the region. Past is prologue and America's legacy in the Middle East is sowing a new generation of terror. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jimmie Lee and James: Two Lives, Two Deaths, and the Movement That Changed America Author: Steve Fiffer, Adar Cohen Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Bloody Sunday'—March 7, 1965—was a pivotal moment in the civil rights struggle. The national outrage generated by scenes of Alabama state troopers attacking peaceful demonstrators fueled the drive toward the passage of the Voting Rights Acts later that year. But why were hundreds of activists marching from Selma to Montgomery that afternoon? Days earlier, during the crackdown on another protest in nearby Marion, a state trooper, claiming self-defense, shot Jimmie Lee Jackson, a twenty-six-year-old unarmed deacon and civil rights protester. Jackson's subsequent death spurred local civil rights leaders to make the march to Montgomery; when that day also ended in violence, the call went out to activists across the nation to join in the next attempt. One of the many who came down was a minister from Boston named James Reeb. Shortly after his arrival, he was attacked in the street by racist vigilantes, eventually dying of his injuries. Lyndon Johnson evoked Reeb's memory when he brought his voting rights legislation to Congress, and the national outcry over the brutal killings ensured its passage. Most histories of the civil rights movement note these two deaths briefly, before moving on to the more famous moments. This book gives listeners a deeper understanding of the events that galvanized an already-strong civil rights movement to one of its greatest successes, along with the herculean efforts to bring the killers of these two men to justice—a quest that would last more than four decades. Steve Fiffer, Adar Cohen Tue, 30 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237083 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jimmie Lee and James: Two Lives, Two Deaths, and the Movement That Changed America Author: Steve Fiffer, Adar Cohen Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Bloody Sunday'—March 7, 1965—was a pivotal moment in the civil rights struggle. The national outrage generated by scenes of Alabama state troopers attacking peaceful demonstrators fueled the drive toward the passage of the Voting Rights Acts later that year. But why were hundreds of activists marching from Selma to Montgomery that afternoon? Days earlier, during the crackdown on another protest in nearby Marion, a state trooper, claiming self-defense, shot Jimmie Lee Jackson, a twenty-six-year-old unarmed deacon and civil rights protester. Jackson's subsequent death spurred local civil rights leaders to make the march to Montgomery; when that day also ended in violence, the call went out to activists across the nation to join in the next attempt. One of the many who came down was a minister from Boston named James Reeb. Shortly after his arrival, he was attacked in the street by racist vigilantes, eventually dying of his injuries. Lyndon Johnson evoked Reeb's memory when he brought his voting rights legislation to Congress, and the national outcry over the brutal killings ensured its passage. Most histories of the civil rights movement note these two deaths briefly, before moving on to the more famous moments. This book gives listeners a deeper understanding of the events that galvanized an already-strong civil rights movement to one of its greatest successes, along with the herculean efforts to bring the killers of these two men to justice—a quest that would last more than four decades. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jimmie Lee and James: Two Lives, Two Deaths, and the Movement That Changed America Author: Steve Fiffer, Adar Cohen Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Bloody Sunday'—March 7, 1965—was a pivotal moment in the civil rights struggle. The national outrage generated by scenes of Alabama state troopers attacking peaceful demonstrators fueled the drive toward the passage of the Voting Rights Acts later that year. But why were hundreds of activists marching from Selma to Montgomery that afternoon? Days earlier, during the crackdown on another protest in nearby Marion, a state trooper, claiming self-defense, shot Jimmie Lee Jackson, a twenty-six-year-old unarmed deacon and civil rights protester. Jackson's subsequent death spurred local civil rights leaders to make the march to Montgomery; when that day also ended in violence, the call went out to activists across the nation to join in the next attempt. One of the many who came down was a minister from Boston named James Reeb. Shortly after his arrival, he was attacked in the street by racist vigilantes, eventually dying of his injuries. Lyndon Johnson evoked Reeb's memory when he brought his voting rights legislation to Congress, and the national outcry over the brutal killings ensured its passage. Most histories of the civil rights movement note these two deaths briefly, before moving on to the more famous moments. This book gives listeners a deeper understanding of the events that galvanized an already-strong civil rights movement to one of its greatest successes, along with the herculean efforts to bring the killers of these two men to justice—a quest that would last more than four decades. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236746 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Queen: The Epic Ambition of Hillary and the Coming of a Second 'Clinton Era' Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Hugh Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National broadcast journalist Hugh Hewitt warns how a Clinton 'reign' would damage the fundamental, foundational traditions upon which America is built. In THE QUEEN, Hugh Hewitt's in-depth examination of the career and accomplishments -epic failures, really- of the real Hillary Clinton will show you why-after her decades of working so hard, after surviving Bill and his antics, after losing to an upstart in 2008, submerging her boiling anger and wounded pride, and after enduring the real predations of the 'vast right-wing conspiracy' that has been dogging her throughout-Hillary is on the brink of achieving it all as the 2016 Democratic Presidential Nominee. Not since the publication of The Prince by Niccolo Machiavelli 500 years ago has a member of the political opposition written so candidly about the strengths and weaknesses of the strongest member of his opposing political party. Brilliant and insightful, THE QUEEN is simply unique among political books of our era. Hugh Hewitt Tue, 16 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236746 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Queen: The Epic Ambition of Hillary and the Coming of a Second 'Clinton Era' Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Hugh Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National broadcast journalist Hugh Hewitt warns how a Clinton 'reign' would damage the fundamental, foundational traditions upon which America is built. In THE QUEEN, Hugh Hewitt's in-depth examination of the career and accomplishments -epic failures, really- of the real Hillary Clinton will show you why-after her decades of working so hard, after surviving Bill and his antics, after losing to an upstart in 2008, submerging her boiling anger and wounded pride, and after enduring the real predations of the 'vast right-wing conspiracy' that has been dogging her throughout-Hillary is on the brink of achieving it all as the 2016 Democratic Presidential Nominee. Not since the publication of The Prince by Niccolo Machiavelli 500 years ago has a member of the political opposition written so candidly about the strengths and weaknesses of the strongest member of his opposing political party. Brilliant and insightful, THE QUEEN is simply unique among political books of our era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Queen: The Epic Ambition of Hillary and the Coming of a Second 'Clinton Era' Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Hugh Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National broadcast journalist Hugh Hewitt warns how a Clinton 'reign' would damage the fundamental, foundational traditions upon which America is built. In THE QUEEN, Hugh Hewitt's in-depth examination of the career and accomplishments -epic failures, really- of the real Hillary Clinton will show you why-after her decades of working so hard, after surviving Bill and his antics, after losing to an upstart in 2008, submerging her boiling anger and wounded pride, and after enduring the real predations of the 'vast right-wing conspiracy' that has been dogging her throughout-Hillary is on the brink of achieving it all as the 2016 Democratic Presidential Nominee. Not since the publication of The Prince by Niccolo Machiavelli 500 years ago has a member of the political opposition written so candidly about the strengths and weaknesses of the strongest member of his opposing political party. Brilliant and insightful, THE QUEEN is simply unique among political books of our era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236699 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ally: My Journey Across the American-Israeli Divide Author: Michael B. Oren Narrator: Michael B. Oren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 23, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Michael B. Oren’s memoir of his time as Israel’s ambassador to the United States—a period of transformative change for America and a time of violent upheaval throughout the Middle East—provides a frank, fascinating look inside the special relationship between America and its closest ally in the region.   Michael Oren served as the Israeli ambassador to the United States from 2009 to 2013. An American by birth and a historian by training, Oren arrived at his diplomatic post just as Benjamin Netanyahu, Barack Obama, and Hillary Clinton assumed office. During Oren’s tenure in office, Israel and America grappled with the Palestinian peace process, the Arab Spring, and existential threats to Israel posed by international terrorism and the Iranian nuclear program. Forged in the Truman administration, America’s alliance with Israel was subjected to enormous strains, and its future was questioned by commentators in both countries. On more than one occasion, the friendship’s very fabric seemed close to unraveling.   Ally is the story of that enduring alliance—and of its divides—written from the perspective of a man who treasures his American identity while proudly serving the Jewish State he has come to call home. No one could have been better suited to strengthen bridges between the United States and Israel than Michael Oren—a man equally at home jumping out of a plane as an Israeli paratrooper and discussing Middle East history on TV’s Sunday morning political shows. In the pages of this fast-paced book, Oren interweaves the story of his personal journey with behind-the-scenes accounts of fateful meetings between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu, high-stakes summits with the Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas, and diplomatic crises that intensified the controversy surrounding the world’s most contested strip of land.   A quintessentially American story of a young man who refused to relinquish a dream—irrespective of the obstacles—and an inherently Israeli story about assuming onerous responsibilities, Ally is at once a record, a chronicle, and a confession. And it is a story about love—about someone fortunate enough to love two countries and to represent one to the other. But, above all, this memoir is a testament to an alliance that was and will remain vital for Americans, Israelis, and the world. Praise for Ally   “The smartest and juiciest diplomatic memoir that I’ve read in years, and I’ve read my share. . . . The best contribution yet to a growing literature—from Vali Nasr’s Dispensable Nation to Leon Panetta’s Worthy Fights—describing how foreign policy is made in the Age of Obama.”—Bret Stephens, The Wall Street Journal   “Illuminating . . . [Oren’s] personal odyssey exemplifies the shift from a liberal and secular Zionism to a more belligerent nationalism.”—The New York Times “Provocative . . . Oren’s book offers a view into the deep rifts that have opened not only between Washington and Jerusalem, but also between Israeli and American Jews.”—Newsweek   “[Oren is] one of the most uniquely qualified judges of this ever more crucial special relationship.”—The Washington Times   “The diplomatic equivalent of a ‘kiss-and-tell’ memoir . . . informative and in parts entertaining.”—Financial Times   “The talk of Washington and Jerusalem . . . an ultimate insider’s story.”—New York Post Michael B. Oren Tue, 23 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236699 thebookvoice.com 16:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ally: My Journey Across the American-Israeli Divide Author: Michael B. Oren Narrator: Michael B. Oren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 23, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Michael B. Oren’s memoir of his time as Israel’s ambassador to the United States—a period of transformative change for America and a time of violent upheaval throughout the Middle East—provides a frank, fascinating look inside the special relationship between America and its closest ally in the region.   Michael Oren served as the Israeli ambassador to the United States from 2009 to 2013. An American by birth and a historian by training, Oren arrived at his diplomatic post just as Benjamin Netanyahu, Barack Obama, and Hillary Clinton assumed office. During Oren’s tenure in office, Israel and America grappled with the Palestinian peace process, the Arab Spring, and existential threats to Israel posed by international terrorism and the Iranian nuclear program. Forged in the Truman administration, America’s alliance with Israel was subjected to enormous strains, and its future was questioned by commentators in both countries. On more than one occasion, the friendship’s very fabric seemed close to unraveling.   Ally is the story of that enduring alliance—and of its divides—written from the perspective of a man who treasures his American identity while proudly serving the Jewish State he has come to call home. No one could have been better suited to strengthen bridges between the United States and Israel than Michael Oren—a man equally at home jumping out of a plane as an Israeli paratrooper and discussing Middle East history on TV’s Sunday morning political shows. In the pages of this fast-paced book, Oren interweaves the story of his personal journey with behind-the-scenes accounts of fateful meetings between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu, high-stakes summits with the Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas, and diplomatic crises that intensified the controversy surrounding the world’s most contested strip of land.   A quintessentially American story of a young man who refused to relinquish a dream—irrespective of the obstacles—and an inherently Israeli story about assuming onerous responsibilities, Ally is at once a record, a chronicle, and a confession. And it is a story about love—about someone fortunate enough to love two countries and to represent one to the other. But, above all, this memoir is a testament to an alliance that was and will remain vital for Americans, Israelis, and the world. Praise for Ally   “The smartest and juiciest diplomatic memoir that I’ve read in years, and I’ve read my share. . . . The best contribution yet to a growing literature—from Vali Nasr’s Dispensable Nation to Leon Panetta’s Worthy Fights—describing how foreign policy is made in the Age of Obama.”—Bret Stephens, The Wall Street Journal   “Illuminating . . . [Oren’s] personal odyssey exemplifies the shift from a liberal and secular Zionism to a more belligerent nationalism.”—The New York Times “Provocative . . . Oren’s book offers a view into the deep rifts that have opened not only between Washington and Jerusalem, but also between Israeli and American Jews.”—Newsweek   “[Oren is] one of the most uniquely qualified judges of this ever more crucial special relationship.”—The Washington Times   “The diplomatic equivalent of a ‘kiss-and-tell’ memoir . . . informative and in parts entertaining.”—Financial Times   “The talk of Washington and Jerusalem . . . an ultimate insider’s story.”—New York Post Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ally: My Journey Across the American-Israeli Divide Author: Michael B. Oren Narrator: Michael B. Oren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 23, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Michael B. Oren’s memoir of his time as Israel’s ambassador to the United States—a period of transformative change for America and a time of violent upheaval throughout the Middle East—provides a frank, fascinating look inside the special relationship between America and its closest ally in the region.   Michael Oren served as the Israeli ambassador to the United States from 2009 to 2013. An American by birth and a historian by training, Oren arrived at his diplomatic post just as Benjamin Netanyahu, Barack Obama, and Hillary Clinton assumed office. During Oren’s tenure in office, Israel and America grappled with the Palestinian peace process, the Arab Spring, and existential threats to Israel posed by international terrorism and the Iranian nuclear program. Forged in the Truman administration, America’s alliance with Israel was subjected to enormous strains, and its future was questioned by commentators in both countries. On more than one occasion, the friendship’s very fabric seemed close to unraveling.   Ally is the story of that enduring alliance—and of its divides—written from the perspective of a man who treasures his American identity while proudly serving the Jewish State he has come to call home. No one could have been better suited to strengthen bridges between the United States and Israel than Michael Oren—a man equally at home jumping out of a plane as an Israeli paratrooper and discussing Middle East history on TV’s Sunday morning political shows. In the pages of this fast-paced book, Oren interweaves the story of his personal journey with behind-the-scenes accounts of fateful meetings between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu, high-stakes summits with the Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas, and diplomatic crises that intensified the controversy surrounding the world’s most contested strip of land.   A quintessentially American story of a young man who refused to relinquish a dream—irrespective of the obstacles—and an inherently Israeli story about assuming onerous responsibilities, Ally is at once a record, a chronicle, and a confession. And it is a story about love—about someone fortunate enough to love two countries and to represent one to the other. But, above all, this memoir is a testament to an alliance that was and will remain vital for Americans, Israelis, and the world. Praise for Ally   “The smartest and juiciest diplomatic memoir that I’ve read in years, and I’ve read my share. . . . The best contribution yet to a growing literature—from Vali Nasr’s Dispensable Nation to Leon Panetta’s Worthy Fights—describing how foreign policy is made in the Age of Obama.”—Bret Stephens, The Wall Street Journal   “Illuminating . . . [Oren’s] personal odyssey exemplifies the shift from a liberal and secular Zionism to a more belligerent nationalism.”—The New York Times “Provocative . . . Oren’s book offers a view into the deep rifts that have opened not only between Washington and Jerusalem, but also between Israeli and American Jews.”—Newsweek   “[Oren is] one of the most uniquely qualified judges of this ever more crucial special relationship.”—The Washington Times   “The diplomatic equivalent of a ‘kiss-and-tell’ memoir . . . informative and in parts entertaining.”—Financial Times   “The talk of Washington and Jerusalem . . . an ultimate insider’s story.”—New York Post https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day One - From Redcoats to Red Ink Author: Mike Wiley Narrator: Mike Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Libertarian/Conservative Radio Talk Show Host Mike Wiley, whose 1994 US Senate victory was just one woman away from completion, when Hillary Rodham Clinton at the last moment decided to come down and help little brother out, even though she and Bill Clinton stayed away from the campaign for most of the year due in part to the polled massacre he would face against incumbent Republican Senator Connie Mack. However the Father of the Freedom Rally that led to the defeat of major gun control legislation was polled to defeat the Republican Connie Mack. However it was in the better interests of Hillary Rodham Clinton that the Conservative Democrat Wiley not win. Now 21 years later Wiley returns to challenge Hillary Rodham Clinton as the Libertarian candidate and defeats her and Jeb Bush to win the Presidency. This book reviews the historical aspects of the Intent of the Founding Fathers which both major parties have ignored for over 102 years. With that the LIbertarian Wiley presnets the perfect coalition of "We the People" to defeat the two "Elitist" candidates and presents his first Day in office and how dramatic and easy the return to the Republic and Lawful Government can be, when someone has the guts and determination to enforce the laws on the books, not the ones the Progressive Marxists Democrats keep hidden in their closet. Mike Wiley Sun, 19 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236665 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day One - From Redcoats to Red Ink Author: Mike Wiley Narrator: Mike Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Libertarian/Conservative Radio Talk Show Host Mike Wiley, whose 1994 US Senate victory was just one woman away from completion, when Hillary Rodham Clinton at the last moment decided to come down and help little brother out, even though she and Bill Clinton stayed away from the campaign for most of the year due in part to the polled massacre he would face against incumbent Republican Senator Connie Mack. However the Father of the Freedom Rally that led to the defeat of major gun control legislation was polled to defeat the Republican Connie Mack. However it was in the better interests of Hillary Rodham Clinton that the Conservative Democrat Wiley not win. Now 21 years later Wiley returns to challenge Hillary Rodham Clinton as the Libertarian candidate and defeats her and Jeb Bush to win the Presidency. This book reviews the historical aspects of the Intent of the Founding Fathers which both major parties have ignored for over 102 years. With that the LIbertarian Wiley presnets the perfect coalition of "We the People" to defeat the two "Elitist" candidates and presents his first Day in office and how dramatic and easy the return to the Republic and Lawful Government can be, when someone has the guts and determination to enforce the laws on the books, not the ones the Progressive Marxists Democrats keep hidden in their closet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day One - From Redcoats to Red Ink Author: Mike Wiley Narrator: Mike Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Libertarian/Conservative Radio Talk Show Host Mike Wiley, whose 1994 US Senate victory was just one woman away from completion, when Hillary Rodham Clinton at the last moment decided to come down and help little brother out, even though she and Bill Clinton stayed away from the campaign for most of the year due in part to the polled massacre he would face against incumbent Republican Senator Connie Mack. However the Father of the Freedom Rally that led to the defeat of major gun control legislation was polled to defeat the Republican Connie Mack. However it was in the better interests of Hillary Rodham Clinton that the Conservative Democrat Wiley not win. Now 21 years later Wiley returns to challenge Hillary Rodham Clinton as the Libertarian candidate and defeats her and Jeb Bush to win the Presidency. This book reviews the historical aspects of the Intent of the Founding Fathers which both major parties have ignored for over 102 years. With that the LIbertarian Wiley presnets the perfect coalition of "We the People" to defeat the two "Elitist" candidates and presents his first Day in office and how dramatic and easy the return to the Republic and Lawful Government can be, when someone has the guts and determination to enforce the laws on the books, not the ones the Progressive Marxists Democrats keep hidden in their closet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236592 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Time for Truth: Reigniting the Promise of America Author: Ted Cruz Narrator: Ted Cruz, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals love to hate Ted Cruz. The outspoken Texas Senator has a knack for getting under their skin. His quotable remarks - and even more, his principled stands on numerous national issues -- have made him a political lightning rod and the most googled man in Washington.  There is a simple reason Senator Cruz has dominated so much of the national conversation. Since his election to the Senate in 2012 he has refused to go along with the established way of doing business in Washington. As a result, he has become a voice for millions of Americans frustrated with governmental corruption and gridlock.  Telling the truth is a radical act in our nation’s capital - a city dominated by empty promises, meaningless “show votes,” and a self-protection racket designed to get politicians re-elected rather than heeding the demands of the American people. Cruz has told the truth - about Washington collusion, a corrupted political process, and the institutional barriers to actually fixing the enormous challenges we face. In A Time For Truth, his first book, Cruz tells his story as a Cuban immigrant’s son who made it to the Ivy League, to the Supreme Court bar, and eventually the U.S. Senate. It’s a deeply personal journey that begins with Cruz’s father experiencing brutality in a Cuban prison and ends with Cruz’s discovery that Washington has neither the courage nor the desire to preserve the freedom and opportunities that gave hope to his father, and millions like him. Pulling back the curtain on the backroom deals between Republicans, Democrats, and the lobbyists who keep them in office (instead of keeping them accountable to their constituents), Cruz offers an inside look at what has gone wrong in our nation’s capital. He argues that the need for change is urgent, and that the only way to bring about real change is to revitalize the Constitutional principles that made our country great. It’s a book that will win Ted Cruz few friends in Washington. Then again, that isn’t why he went there in the first place. Ted Cruz Tue, 30 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236592 thebookvoice.com 12:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Time for Truth: Reigniting the Promise of America Author: Ted Cruz Narrator: Ted Cruz, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals love to hate Ted Cruz. The outspoken Texas Senator has a knack for getting under their skin. His quotable remarks - and even more, his principled stands on numerous national issues -- have made him a political lightning rod and the most googled man in Washington.  There is a simple reason Senator Cruz has dominated so much of the national conversation. Since his election to the Senate in 2012 he has refused to go along with the established way of doing business in Washington. As a result, he has become a voice for millions of Americans frustrated with governmental corruption and gridlock.  Telling the truth is a radical act in our nation’s capital - a city dominated by empty promises, meaningless “show votes,” and a self-protection racket designed to get politicians re-elected rather than heeding the demands of the American people. Cruz has told the truth - about Washington collusion, a corrupted political process, and the institutional barriers to actually fixing the enormous challenges we face. In A Time For Truth, his first book, Cruz tells his story as a Cuban immigrant’s son who made it to the Ivy League, to the Supreme Court bar, and eventually the U.S. Senate. It’s a deeply personal journey that begins with Cruz’s father experiencing brutality in a Cuban prison and ends with Cruz’s discovery that Washington has neither the courage nor the desire to preserve the freedom and opportunities that gave hope to his father, and millions like him. Pulling back the curtain on the backroom deals between Republicans, Democrats, and the lobbyists who keep them in office (instead of keeping them accountable to their constituents), Cruz offers an inside look at what has gone wrong in our nation’s capital. He argues that the need for change is urgent, and that the only way to bring about real change is to revitalize the Constitutional principles that made our country great. It’s a book that will win Ted Cruz few friends in Washington. Then again, that isn’t why he went there in the first place. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Time for Truth: Reigniting the Promise of America Author: Ted Cruz Narrator: Ted Cruz, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberals love to hate Ted Cruz. The outspoken Texas Senator has a knack for getting under their skin. His quotable remarks - and even more, his principled stands on numerous national issues -- have made him a political lightning rod and the most googled man in Washington.  There is a simple reason Senator Cruz has dominated so much of the national conversation. Since his election to the Senate in 2012 he has refused to go along with the established way of doing business in Washington. As a result, he has become a voice for millions of Americans frustrated with governmental corruption and gridlock.  Telling the truth is a radical act in our nation’s capital - a city dominated by empty promises, meaningless “show votes,” and a self-protection racket designed to get politicians re-elected rather than heeding the demands of the American people. Cruz has told the truth - about Washington collusion, a corrupted political process, and the institutional barriers to actually fixing the enormous challenges we face. In A Time For Truth, his first book, Cruz tells his story as a Cuban immigrant’s son who made it to the Ivy League, to the Supreme Court bar, and eventually the U.S. Senate. It’s a deeply personal journey that begins with Cruz’s father experiencing brutality in a Cuban prison and ends with Cruz’s discovery that Washington has neither the courage nor the desire to preserve the freedom and opportunities that gave hope to his father, and millions like him. Pulling back the curtain on the backroom deals between Republicans, Democrats, and the lobbyists who keep them in office (instead of keeping them accountable to their constituents), Cruz offers an inside look at what has gone wrong in our nation’s capital. He argues that the need for change is urgent, and that the only way to bring about real change is to revitalize the Constitutional principles that made our country great. It’s a book that will win Ted Cruz few friends in Washington. Then again, that isn’t why he went there in the first place. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236511 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Billion Dollar Spy: A True Story of Cold War Espionage and Betrayal Author: David E. Hoffman Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the Pulitzer Prize-winning history The Dead Hand comes the riveting story of a spy who cracked open the Soviet military research establishment and a penetrating portrait of the CIA’s Moscow station, an outpost of daring espionage in the last years of the Cold War      While driving out of the American embassy in Moscow on the evening of February 16, 1978, the chief of the CIA’s Moscow station heard a knock on his car window. A man on the curb handed him an envelope whose contents stunned U.S. intelligence: details of top-secret Soviet research and developments in military technology that were totally unknown to the United States. In the years that followed, the man, Adolf Tolkachev, an engineer in a Soviet military design bureau, used his high-level access to hand over tens of thousands of pages of technical secrets. His revelations allowed America to reshape its weapons systems to defeat Soviet radar on the ground and in the air, giving the United States near total superiority in the skies over Europe.    One of the most valuable spies to work for the United States in the four decades of global confrontation with the Soviet Union, Tolkachev took enormous personal risks—but so did the Americans. The CIA had long struggled to recruit and run agents in Moscow, and Tolkachev was a singular breakthrough. Using spy cameras and secret codes as well as face-to-face meetings in parks and on street corners, Tolkachev and his handlers succeeded for years in eluding the feared KGB in its own backyard, until the day came when a shocking betrayal put them all at risk.     Drawing on previously secret documents obtained from the CIA and on interviews with participants, David Hoffman has created an unprecedented and poignant portrait of Tolkachev, a man motivated by the depredations of the Soviet state to master the craft of spying against his own country. Stirring, unpredictable, and at times unbearably tense, The Billion Dollar Spy is a brilliant feat of reporting that unfolds like an espionage thriller. David E. Hoffman Tue, 07 Jul 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236511 thebookvoice.com 11:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Billion Dollar Spy: A True Story of Cold War Espionage and Betrayal Author: David E. Hoffman Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the Pulitzer Prize-winning history The Dead Hand comes the riveting story of a spy who cracked open the Soviet military research establishment and a penetrating portrait of the CIA’s Moscow station, an outpost of daring espionage in the last years of the Cold War      While driving out of the American embassy in Moscow on the evening of February 16, 1978, the chief of the CIA’s Moscow station heard a knock on his car window. A man on the curb handed him an envelope whose contents stunned U.S. intelligence: details of top-secret Soviet research and developments in military technology that were totally unknown to the United States. In the years that followed, the man, Adolf Tolkachev, an engineer in a Soviet military design bureau, used his high-level access to hand over tens of thousands of pages of technical secrets. His revelations allowed America to reshape its weapons systems to defeat Soviet radar on the ground and in the air, giving the United States near total superiority in the skies over Europe.    One of the most valuable spies to work for the United States in the four decades of global confrontation with the Soviet Union, Tolkachev took enormous personal risks—but so did the Americans. The CIA had long struggled to recruit and run agents in Moscow, and Tolkachev was a singular breakthrough. Using spy cameras and secret codes as well as face-to-face meetings in parks and on street corners, Tolkachev and his handlers succeeded for years in eluding the feared KGB in its own backyard, until the day came when a shocking betrayal put them all at risk.     Drawing on previously secret documents obtained from the CIA and on interviews with participants, David Hoffman has created an unprecedented and poignant portrait of Tolkachev, a man motivated by the depredations of the Soviet state to master the craft of spying against his own country. Stirring, unpredictable, and at times unbearably tense, The Billion Dollar Spy is a brilliant feat of reporting that unfolds like an espionage thriller. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Billion Dollar Spy: A True Story of Cold War Espionage and Betrayal Author: David E. Hoffman Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the Pulitzer Prize-winning history The Dead Hand comes the riveting story of a spy who cracked open the Soviet military research establishment and a penetrating portrait of the CIA’s Moscow station, an outpost of daring espionage in the last years of the Cold War      While driving out of the American embassy in Moscow on the evening of February 16, 1978, the chief of the CIA’s Moscow station heard a knock on his car window. A man on the curb handed him an envelope whose contents stunned U.S. intelligence: details of top-secret Soviet research and developments in military technology that were totally unknown to the United States. In the years that followed, the man, Adolf Tolkachev, an engineer in a Soviet military design bureau, used his high-level access to hand over tens of thousands of pages of technical secrets. His revelations allowed America to reshape its weapons systems to defeat Soviet radar on the ground and in the air, giving the United States near total superiority in the skies over Europe.    One of the most valuable spies to work for the United States in the four decades of global confrontation with the Soviet Union, Tolkachev took enormous personal risks—but so did the Americans. The CIA had long struggled to recruit and run agents in Moscow, and Tolkachev was a singular breakthrough. Using spy cameras and secret codes as well as face-to-face meetings in parks and on street corners, Tolkachev and his handlers succeeded for years in eluding the feared KGB in its own backyard, until the day came when a shocking betrayal put them all at risk.     Drawing on previously secret documents obtained from the CIA and on interviews with participants, David Hoffman has created an unprecedented and poignant portrait of Tolkachev, a man motivated by the depredations of the Soviet state to master the craft of spying against his own country. Stirring, unpredictable, and at times unbearably tense, The Billion Dollar Spy is a brilliant feat of reporting that unfolds like an espionage thriller. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236396 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Full Life: Reflections at Ninety Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD–WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! In his major New York Times bestseller, Jimmy Carter looks back from ninety years of age and “reveals private thoughts and recollections over a fascinating career as businessman, politician, evangelist, and humanitarian” (Booklist). At ninety, Jimmy Carter reflects on his public and private life with a frankness that is disarming. He adds detail and emotion about his youth in rural Georgia that he described in his magnificent An Hour Before Daylight. He writes about racism and the isolation of the Carters. He describes the brutality of the hazing regimen at Annapolis, and how he nearly lost his life twice serving on submarines and his amazing interview with Admiral Rickover. He describes the profound influence his mother had on him, and how he admired his father even though he didn’t emulate him. He admits that he decided to quit the Navy and later enter politics without consulting his wife, Rosalynn, and how appalled he is in retrospect. In his “warm and detailed memoir” (Los Angeles Times), Carter tells what he is proud of and what he might do differently. He discusses his regret at losing his re-election, but how he and Rosalynn pushed on and made a new life and second and third rewarding careers. He is frank about the presidents who have succeeded him, world leaders, and his passions for the causes he cares most about, particularly the condition of women and the deprived people of the developing world. “Always warm and human…even inspirational” (Buffalo News), A Full Life is a wise and moving look back from this remarkable man. Jimmy Carter has lived one of our great American lives—from rural obscurity to world fame, universal respect, and contentment. A Full Life is an extraordinary read from a “force to be reckoned with” (Christian Science Monitor). Jimmy Carter Tue, 07 Jul 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236396 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Full Life: Reflections at Ninety Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD–WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! In his major New York Times bestseller, Jimmy Carter looks back from ninety years of age and “reveals private thoughts and recollections over a fascinating career as businessman, politician, evangelist, and humanitarian” (Booklist). At ninety, Jimmy Carter reflects on his public and private life with a frankness that is disarming. He adds detail and emotion about his youth in rural Georgia that he described in his magnificent An Hour Before Daylight. He writes about racism and the isolation of the Carters. He describes the brutality of the hazing regimen at Annapolis, and how he nearly lost his life twice serving on submarines and his amazing interview with Admiral Rickover. He describes the profound influence his mother had on him, and how he admired his father even though he didn’t emulate him. He admits that he decided to quit the Navy and later enter politics without consulting his wife, Rosalynn, and how appalled he is in retrospect. In his “warm and detailed memoir” (Los Angeles Times), Carter tells what he is proud of and what he might do differently. He discusses his regret at losing his re-election, but how he and Rosalynn pushed on and made a new life and second and third rewarding careers. He is frank about the presidents who have succeeded him, world leaders, and his passions for the causes he cares most about, particularly the condition of women and the deprived people of the developing world. “Always warm and human…even inspirational” (Buffalo News), A Full Life is a wise and moving look back from this remarkable man. Jimmy Carter has lived one of our great American lives—from rural obscurity to world fame, universal respect, and contentment. A Full Life is an extraordinary read from a “force to be reckoned with” (Christian Science Monitor). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Full Life: Reflections at Ninety Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD–WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! In his major New York Times bestseller, Jimmy Carter looks back from ninety years of age and “reveals private thoughts and recollections over a fascinating career as businessman, politician, evangelist, and humanitarian” (Booklist). At ninety, Jimmy Carter reflects on his public and private life with a frankness that is disarming. He adds detail and emotion about his youth in rural Georgia that he described in his magnificent An Hour Before Daylight. He writes about racism and the isolation of the Carters. He describes the brutality of the hazing regimen at Annapolis, and how he nearly lost his life twice serving on submarines and his amazing interview with Admiral Rickover. He describes the profound influence his mother had on him, and how he admired his father even though he didn’t emulate him. He admits that he decided to quit the Navy and later enter politics without consulting his wife, Rosalynn, and how appalled he is in retrospect. In his “warm and detailed memoir” (Los Angeles Times), Carter tells what he is proud of and what he might do differently. He discusses his regret at losing his re-election, but how he and Rosalynn pushed on and made a new life and second and third rewarding careers. He is frank about the presidents who have succeeded him, world leaders, and his passions for the causes he cares most about, particularly the condition of women and the deprived people of the developing world. “Always warm and human…even inspirational” (Buffalo News), A Full Life is a wise and moving look back from this remarkable man. Jimmy Carter has lived one of our great American lives—from rural obscurity to world fame, universal respect, and contentment. A Full Life is an extraordinary read from a “force to be reckoned with” (Christian Science Monitor). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236325 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Delusions: Pakistan, the United States, and an Epic History of Misunderstanding Author: Husain Haqqani Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A character-driven history that describes the bizarrely ill-suited alliance between America and Pakistan, written by a uniquely insightful participant: Pakistan's former ambassador to the US The relationship between America and Pakistan is based on mutual incomprehension, and always has been. Pakistan—to American eyes—has gone from being a stabilizing friend to an essential military ally to a seedbed of terror. America—to Pakistani eyes—has been a guarantee of security, a coldly distant scold, an enthusiastic military supplier and ally, and now a threat to national security and a source of humiliation. In their sixty-five year relationship, one country has become a global superpower, the other perilously close to a failed state—perhaps one of the most dangerous places in the world. Husain Haqqani has a unique insight into Pakistan, his homeland, and America, where he was the Pakistani ambassador and is now a professor at Boston University. His life has mapped the relationship of Pakistan and America, and he has found himself often close to the heart of it—sometimes in very confrontational circumstances, even under house arrest—which has allowed him to write the story of the two countries' turbulent affair, here memorably laid bare. Husain Haqqani Tue, 05 Nov 2013 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236325 thebookvoice.com 14:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Delusions: Pakistan, the United States, and an Epic History of Misunderstanding Author: Husain Haqqani Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A character-driven history that describes the bizarrely ill-suited alliance between America and Pakistan, written by a uniquely insightful participant: Pakistan's former ambassador to the US The relationship between America and Pakistan is based on mutual incomprehension, and always has been. Pakistan—to American eyes—has gone from being a stabilizing friend to an essential military ally to a seedbed of terror. America—to Pakistani eyes—has been a guarantee of security, a coldly distant scold, an enthusiastic military supplier and ally, and now a threat to national security and a source of humiliation. In their sixty-five year relationship, one country has become a global superpower, the other perilously close to a failed state—perhaps one of the most dangerous places in the world. Husain Haqqani has a unique insight into Pakistan, his homeland, and America, where he was the Pakistani ambassador and is now a professor at Boston University. His life has mapped the relationship of Pakistan and America, and he has found himself often close to the heart of it—sometimes in very confrontational circumstances, even under house arrest—which has allowed him to write the story of the two countries' turbulent affair, here memorably laid bare. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnificent Delusions: Pakistan, the United States, and an Epic History of Misunderstanding Author: Husain Haqqani Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A character-driven history that describes the bizarrely ill-suited alliance between America and Pakistan, written by a uniquely insightful participant: Pakistan's former ambassador to the US The relationship between America and Pakistan is based on mutual incomprehension, and always has been. Pakistan—to American eyes—has gone from being a stabilizing friend to an essential military ally to a seedbed of terror. America—to Pakistani eyes—has been a guarantee of security, a coldly distant scold, an enthusiastic military supplier and ally, and now a threat to national security and a source of humiliation. In their sixty-five year relationship, one country has become a global superpower, the other perilously close to a failed state—perhaps one of the most dangerous places in the world. Husain Haqqani has a unique insight into Pakistan, his homeland, and America, where he was the Pakistani ambassador and is now a professor at Boston University. His life has mapped the relationship of Pakistan and America, and he has found himself often close to the heart of it—sometimes in very confrontational circumstances, even under house arrest—which has allowed him to write the story of the two countries' turbulent affair, here memorably laid bare. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236272 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agent Storm: My Life Inside al-Qaeda Author: Tim Lister, Morten Storm, Paul Cruickshank Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Agent Storm: My Life Inside al-Qaeda by Morten Storm with Tim Lister and Paul Cruckshanks. Read by Neil Shah. He was the Western convert who would plunge deep inside al-Qaeda. He named his first son Osama after 9/11 and became a Jihadist. But then - after a sudden loss of faith - Morten Storm made a life-changing decision. He became a double agent and joined the CIA, MI6 and MI5. Filled with hair-raising close calls and deception, Storm's story builds to the climactic finale when he must betray his friend and mentor al-Awlaki - al-Qaeda's biggest threat to the West. Storm is trusted to find al-Awlaki a wife from Europe. She becomes the bait for a possible American drone strike. Tim Lister, Morten Storm, Paul Cruickshank Thu, 21 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236272 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agent Storm: My Life Inside al-Qaeda Author: Tim Lister, Morten Storm, Paul Cruickshank Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Agent Storm: My Life Inside al-Qaeda by Morten Storm with Tim Lister and Paul Cruckshanks. Read by Neil Shah. He was the Western convert who would plunge deep inside al-Qaeda. He named his first son Osama after 9/11 and became a Jihadist. But then - after a sudden loss of faith - Morten Storm made a life-changing decision. He became a double agent and joined the CIA, MI6 and MI5. Filled with hair-raising close calls and deception, Storm's story builds to the climactic finale when he must betray his friend and mentor al-Awlaki - al-Qaeda's biggest threat to the West. Storm is trusted to find al-Awlaki a wife from Europe. She becomes the bait for a possible American drone strike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agent Storm: My Life Inside al-Qaeda Author: Tim Lister, Morten Storm, Paul Cruickshank Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Agent Storm: My Life Inside al-Qaeda by Morten Storm with Tim Lister and Paul Cruckshanks. Read by Neil Shah. He was the Western convert who would plunge deep inside al-Qaeda. He named his first son Osama after 9/11 and became a Jihadist. But then - after a sudden loss of faith - Morten Storm made a life-changing decision. He became a double agent and joined the CIA, MI6 and MI5. Filled with hair-raising close calls and deception, Storm's story builds to the climactic finale when he must betray his friend and mentor al-Awlaki - al-Qaeda's biggest threat to the West. Storm is trusted to find al-Awlaki a wife from Europe. She becomes the bait for a possible American drone strike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236246 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Nixon: A Man Divided Author: Evan Thomas Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The landmark New York Times bestselling biography of Richard M. Nixon, a political savant whose gaping character flaws would drive him from the presidency and forever taint his legacy.  “A biography of eloquence and breadth . . . No single volume about Nixon’s long and interesting life could be so comprehensive.”—Chicago Tribune One of Time’s Top 10 Nonfiction Books of the Year In this revelatory biography, Evan Thomas delivers a radical, unique portrait of America’s thirty-seventh president, Richard Nixon, a contradictory figure who was both determinedly optimistic and tragically flawed. One of the principal architects of the modern Republican Party and its “silent majority” of disaffected whites and conservative ex-Dixiecrats, Nixon was also deemed a liberal in some quarters for his efforts to desegregate Southern schools, create the Environmental Protection Agency, and end the draft. The son of devout Quakers, Richard Nixon (not unlike his rival John F. Kennedy) grew up in the shadow of an older, favored brother and thrived on conflict and opposition. Through high school and college, in the navy and in politics, Nixon was constantly leading crusades and fighting off enemies real and imagined. He possessed the plainspoken eloquence to reduce American television audiences to tears with his career-saving “Checkers” speech; meanwhile, Nixon’s darker half hatched schemes designed to take down his political foes, earning him the notorious nickname “Tricky Dick.” Drawing on a wide range of historical accounts, Thomas’s biography reveals the contradictions of a leader whose vision and foresight led him to achieve détente with the Soviet Union and reestablish relations with communist China, but whose underhanded political tactics tainted his reputation long before the Watergate scandal. A deeply insightful character study as well as a brilliant political biography, Being Nixon offers a surprising look at a man capable of great bravery and extraordinary deviousness—a balanced portrait of a president too often reduced to caricature. Praise for Being Nixon “Terrifically engaging . . . a fair, insightful and highly entertaining portrait.”—The Wall Street Journal “Thomas has a fine eye for the telling quote and the funny vignette, and his style is eminently readable.”—The New York Times Book Review Evan Thomas Tue, 16 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236246 thebookvoice.com 20:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Nixon: A Man Divided Author: Evan Thomas Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The landmark New York Times bestselling biography of Richard M. Nixon, a political savant whose gaping character flaws would drive him from the presidency and forever taint his legacy.  “A biography of eloquence and breadth . . . No single volume about Nixon’s long and interesting life could be so comprehensive.”—Chicago Tribune One of Time’s Top 10 Nonfiction Books of the Year In this revelatory biography, Evan Thomas delivers a radical, unique portrait of America’s thirty-seventh president, Richard Nixon, a contradictory figure who was both determinedly optimistic and tragically flawed. One of the principal architects of the modern Republican Party and its “silent majority” of disaffected whites and conservative ex-Dixiecrats, Nixon was also deemed a liberal in some quarters for his efforts to desegregate Southern schools, create the Environmental Protection Agency, and end the draft. The son of devout Quakers, Richard Nixon (not unlike his rival John F. Kennedy) grew up in the shadow of an older, favored brother and thrived on conflict and opposition. Through high school and college, in the navy and in politics, Nixon was constantly leading crusades and fighting off enemies real and imagined. He possessed the plainspoken eloquence to reduce American television audiences to tears with his career-saving “Checkers” speech; meanwhile, Nixon’s darker half hatched schemes designed to take down his political foes, earning him the notorious nickname “Tricky Dick.” Drawing on a wide range of historical accounts, Thomas’s biography reveals the contradictions of a leader whose vision and foresight led him to achieve détente with the Soviet Union and reestablish relations with communist China, but whose underhanded political tactics tainted his reputation long before the Watergate scandal. A deeply insightful character study as well as a brilliant political biography, Being Nixon offers a surprising look at a man capable of great bravery and extraordinary deviousness—a balanced portrait of a president too often reduced to caricature. Praise for Being Nixon “Terrifically engaging . . . a fair, insightful and highly entertaining portrait.”—The Wall Street Journal “Thomas has a fine eye for the telling quote and the funny vignette, and his style is eminently readable.”—The New York Times Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Nixon: A Man Divided Author: Evan Thomas Narrator: Bob Walter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The landmark New York Times bestselling biography of Richard M. Nixon, a political savant whose gaping character flaws would drive him from the presidency and forever taint his legacy.  “A biography of eloquence and breadth . . . No single volume about Nixon’s long and interesting life could be so comprehensive.”—Chicago Tribune One of Time’s Top 10 Nonfiction Books of the Year In this revelatory biography, Evan Thomas delivers a radical, unique portrait of America’s thirty-seventh president, Richard Nixon, a contradictory figure who was both determinedly optimistic and tragically flawed. One of the principal architects of the modern Republican Party and its “silent majority” of disaffected whites and conservative ex-Dixiecrats, Nixon was also deemed a liberal in some quarters for his efforts to desegregate Southern schools, create the Environmental Protection Agency, and end the draft. The son of devout Quakers, Richard Nixon (not unlike his rival John F. Kennedy) grew up in the shadow of an older, favored brother and thrived on conflict and opposition. Through high school and college, in the navy and in politics, Nixon was constantly leading crusades and fighting off enemies real and imagined. He possessed the plainspoken eloquence to reduce American television audiences to tears with his career-saving “Checkers” speech; meanwhile, Nixon’s darker half hatched schemes designed to take down his political foes, earning him the notorious nickname “Tricky Dick.” Drawing on a wide range of historical accounts, Thomas’s biography reveals the contradictions of a leader whose vision and foresight led him to achieve détente with the Soviet Union and reestablish relations with communist China, but whose underhanded political tactics tainted his reputation long before the Watergate scandal. A deeply insightful character study as well as a brilliant political biography, Being Nixon offers a surprising look at a man capable of great bravery and extraordinary deviousness—a balanced portrait of a president too often reduced to caricature. Praise for Being Nixon “Terrifically engaging . . . a fair, insightful and highly entertaining portrait.”—The Wall Street Journal “Thomas has a fine eye for the telling quote and the funny vignette, and his style is eminently readable.”—The New York Times Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ZeroZeroZero: Look at Cocaine and All You See is Powder. Look Through Cocaine and You See the World Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the #1 international bestseller Gomorrah comes an electrifying investigation of the international cocaine trade, as vicious as it is powerful, and its hidden role in the global economy In many countries, “000” flour is the finest on the market. It is hard to find, but it is soft, light, almost impalpable—like the purest, highest quality grade of cocaine. ZeroZeroZero is also the title of Roberto Saviano’s unforgettable, internationally bestselling exploration of the inner workings of the global cocaine trade—its rules and armies, and the true depth of its reach into the world economy and, by extension, its grasp on us all. Gomorrah, Saviano’s explosive account of the Neapolitan mob, the Camorra, was a worldwide publishing sensation. It struck such a nerve with the Camorra that Saviano has had to live under twenty-four-hour police protection for more than eight years. During this time he has come to know law enforcement agencies and officials around the world. With their cooperation, Saviano has broadened his perspective to take in the entire global “corporate” entity that is the drug trade and the complex money-laundering operations that allow it to function, often with the complicity of the world’s biggest banks. The result is a truly harrowing and groundbreaking synthesis of intimate literary narrative and geopolitical analysis of one of the most powerful dark forces in our economy. Saviano tracks the shift in the cocaine trade’s axis of power, from Colombia to Mexico, and relates how the Latin American cartels and gangs have forged alliances, first with the Italian crime syndicates, then with the Russians, Africans, and others. On the one hand, he charts a remarkable increase in sophistication as these criminal entities diversify into many other products and markets. On the other, he reveals the astonishing increase in the severity of violence as they have fought to protect and extend their power.Saviano is a writer and journalist of rare courage and a thinker of impressive intellectual depth, able to see the connections between farflung phenomena and bind them into a single epic story. Most drug-war narratives feel safely removed from our own lives; Saviano's offers no such comfort. As heart racing as it is heady, ZeroZeroZero is a fusion of disparate genres into a brilliant new form that can rightly be called Savianoesque. Roberto Saviano Tue, 14 Jul 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236235 thebookvoice.com 16:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ZeroZeroZero: Look at Cocaine and All You See is Powder. Look Through Cocaine and You See the World Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the #1 international bestseller Gomorrah comes an electrifying investigation of the international cocaine trade, as vicious as it is powerful, and its hidden role in the global economy In many countries, “000” flour is the finest on the market. It is hard to find, but it is soft, light, almost impalpable—like the purest, highest quality grade of cocaine. ZeroZeroZero is also the title of Roberto Saviano’s unforgettable, internationally bestselling exploration of the inner workings of the global cocaine trade—its rules and armies, and the true depth of its reach into the world economy and, by extension, its grasp on us all. Gomorrah, Saviano’s explosive account of the Neapolitan mob, the Camorra, was a worldwide publishing sensation. It struck such a nerve with the Camorra that Saviano has had to live under twenty-four-hour police protection for more than eight years. During this time he has come to know law enforcement agencies and officials around the world. With their cooperation, Saviano has broadened his perspective to take in the entire global “corporate” entity that is the drug trade and the complex money-laundering operations that allow it to function, often with the complicity of the world’s biggest banks. The result is a truly harrowing and groundbreaking synthesis of intimate literary narrative and geopolitical analysis of one of the most powerful dark forces in our economy. Saviano tracks the shift in the cocaine trade’s axis of power, from Colombia to Mexico, and relates how the Latin American cartels and gangs have forged alliances, first with the Italian crime syndicates, then with the Russians, Africans, and others. On the one hand, he charts a remarkable increase in sophistication as these criminal entities diversify into many other products and markets. On the other, he reveals the astonishing increase in the severity of violence as they have fought to protect and extend their power.Saviano is a writer and journalist of rare courage and a thinker of impressive intellectual depth, able to see the connections between farflung phenomena and bind them into a single epic story. Most drug-war narratives feel safely removed from our own lives; Saviano's offers no such comfort. As heart racing as it is heady, ZeroZeroZero is a fusion of disparate genres into a brilliant new form that can rightly be called Savianoesque. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ZeroZeroZero: Look at Cocaine and All You See is Powder. Look Through Cocaine and You See the World Author: Roberto Saviano Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the #1 international bestseller Gomorrah comes an electrifying investigation of the international cocaine trade, as vicious as it is powerful, and its hidden role in the global economy In many countries, “000” flour is the finest on the market. It is hard to find, but it is soft, light, almost impalpable—like the purest, highest quality grade of cocaine. ZeroZeroZero is also the title of Roberto Saviano’s unforgettable, internationally bestselling exploration of the inner workings of the global cocaine trade—its rules and armies, and the true depth of its reach into the world economy and, by extension, its grasp on us all. Gomorrah, Saviano’s explosive account of the Neapolitan mob, the Camorra, was a worldwide publishing sensation. It struck such a nerve with the Camorra that Saviano has had to live under twenty-four-hour police protection for more than eight years. During this time he has come to know law enforcement agencies and officials around the world. With their cooperation, Saviano has broadened his perspective to take in the entire global “corporate” entity that is the drug trade and the complex money-laundering operations that allow it to function, often with the complicity of the world’s biggest banks. The result is a truly harrowing and groundbreaking synthesis of intimate literary narrative and geopolitical analysis of one of the most powerful dark forces in our economy. Saviano tracks the shift in the cocaine trade’s axis of power, from Colombia to Mexico, and relates how the Latin American cartels and gangs have forged alliances, first with the Italian crime syndicates, then with the Russians, Africans, and others. On the one hand, he charts a remarkable increase in sophistication as these criminal entities diversify into many other products and markets. On the other, he reveals the astonishing increase in the severity of violence as they have fought to protect and extend their power.Saviano is a writer and journalist of rare courage and a thinker of impressive intellectual depth, able to see the connections between farflung phenomena and bind them into a single epic story. Most drug-war narratives feel safely removed from our own lives; Saviano's offers no such comfort. As heart racing as it is heady, ZeroZeroZero is a fusion of disparate genres into a brilliant new form that can rightly be called Savianoesque. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting More: How You Can Negotiate to Succeed in Work and Life Author: Stuart Diamond Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Getting More by Stuart Diamond, read by Colin Mace. You're always negotiating. Whether making a business deal, talking to friends or booking a holiday, negotiation is going on. And most of us are terrible at it. Experts tell us to negotiate as if we live in a rational world. But people can be angry, fearful and irrational. To achieve your goals you have to be able to deal with the unpredictable. In Getting More, negotiation expert Stuart Diamond reveals the real secrets behind getting more in any negotiation - whatever more means to you. Getting More is accessible, jargon-free, innovative ... and it works. About the author: Stuart Diamond runs the most popular course at Wharton, often ranked as the world's best business school. He has advised leading companies and organisations - from Google to the UN - on how to make deals. His unique negotiating process has settled thousands of disputes, including the Hollywood Writers' Strike. Stuart Diamond Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252 thebookvoice.com 16:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting More: How You Can Negotiate to Succeed in Work and Life Author: Stuart Diamond Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Getting More by Stuart Diamond, read by Colin Mace. You're always negotiating. Whether making a business deal, talking to friends or booking a holiday, negotiation is going on. And most of us are terrible at it. Experts tell us to negotiate as if we live in a rational world. But people can be angry, fearful and irrational. To achieve your goals you have to be able to deal with the unpredictable. In Getting More, negotiation expert Stuart Diamond reveals the real secrets behind getting more in any negotiation - whatever more means to you. Getting More is accessible, jargon-free, innovative ... and it works. About the author: Stuart Diamond runs the most popular course at Wharton, often ranked as the world's best business school. He has advised leading companies and organisations - from Google to the UN - on how to make deals. His unique negotiating process has settled thousands of disputes, including the Hollywood Writers' Strike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting More: How You Can Negotiate to Succeed in Work and Life Author: Stuart Diamond Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Getting More by Stuart Diamond, read by Colin Mace. You're always negotiating. Whether making a business deal, talking to friends or booking a holiday, negotiation is going on. And most of us are terrible at it. Experts tell us to negotiate as if we live in a rational world. But people can be angry, fearful and irrational. To achieve your goals you have to be able to deal with the unpredictable. In Getting More, negotiation expert Stuart Diamond reveals the real secrets behind getting more in any negotiation - whatever more means to you. Getting More is accessible, jargon-free, innovative ... and it works. About the author: Stuart Diamond runs the most popular course at Wharton, often ranked as the world's best business school. He has advised leading companies and organisations - from Google to the UN - on how to make deals. His unique negotiating process has settled thousands of disputes, including the Hollywood Writers' Strike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire: How Britain Made the Modern World Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Niall Ferguson, Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged audiobook edition of Empire by Niall Ferguson, read by Jonathan Keeble. Once vast swathes of the globe were coloured imperial red and Britannia ruled not just the waves, but the prairies of America, the plains of Asia, the jungles of Africa and the deserts of Arabia. Just how did a small, rainy island in the North Atlantic achieve all this? And why did the empire on which the sun literally never set finally decline and fall? Niall Ferguson's acclaimed Empire brilliantly unfolds the imperial story in all its splendours and its miseries, showing how a gang of buccaneers and gold-diggers planted the seed of the biggest empire in all history - and set the world on the road to modernity. 'The most brilliant British historian of his generation ... Ferguson examines the roles of 'pirates, planters, missionaries, mandarins, bankers and bankrupts' in the creation of history's largest empire ... he writes with splendid panache ... and a seemingly effortless, debonair wit' Andrew Roberts 'Dazzling ... wonderfully readable' New York Review of Books 'A remarkably readable précis of the whole British imperial story - triumphs, deceits, decencies, kindnesses, cruelties and all' Jan Morris 'Empire is a pleasure to read and brims with insights and intelligence' Sunday Times Niall Ferguson Thu, 05 Oct 2017 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306910 thebookvoice.com 16:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire: How Britain Made the Modern World Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Niall Ferguson, Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged audiobook edition of Empire by Niall Ferguson, read by Jonathan Keeble. Once vast swathes of the globe were coloured imperial red and Britannia ruled not just the waves, but the prairies of America, the plains of Asia, the jungles of Africa and the deserts of Arabia. Just how did a small, rainy island in the North Atlantic achieve all this? And why did the empire on which the sun literally never set finally decline and fall? Niall Ferguson's acclaimed Empire brilliantly unfolds the imperial story in all its splendours and its miseries, showing how a gang of buccaneers and gold-diggers planted the seed of the biggest empire in all history - and set the world on the road to modernity. 'The most brilliant British historian of his generation ... Ferguson examines the roles of 'pirates, planters, missionaries, mandarins, bankers and bankrupts' in the creation of history's largest empire ... he writes with splendid panache ... and a seemingly effortless, debonair wit' Andrew Roberts 'Dazzling ... wonderfully readable' New York Review of Books 'A remarkably readable précis of the whole British imperial story - triumphs, deceits, decencies, kindnesses, cruelties and all' Jan Morris 'Empire is a pleasure to read and brims with insights and intelligence' Sunday Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire: How Britain Made the Modern World Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Niall Ferguson, Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged audiobook edition of Empire by Niall Ferguson, read by Jonathan Keeble. Once vast swathes of the globe were coloured imperial red and Britannia ruled not just the waves, but the prairies of America, the plains of Asia, the jungles of Africa and the deserts of Arabia. Just how did a small, rainy island in the North Atlantic achieve all this? And why did the empire on which the sun literally never set finally decline and fall? Niall Ferguson's acclaimed Empire brilliantly unfolds the imperial story in all its splendours and its miseries, showing how a gang of buccaneers and gold-diggers planted the seed of the biggest empire in all history - and set the world on the road to modernity. 'The most brilliant British historian of his generation ... Ferguson examines the roles of 'pirates, planters, missionaries, mandarins, bankers and bankrupts' in the creation of history's largest empire ... he writes with splendid panache ... and a seemingly effortless, debonair wit' Andrew Roberts 'Dazzling ... wonderfully readable' New York Review of Books 'A remarkably readable précis of the whole British imperial story - triumphs, deceits, decencies, kindnesses, cruelties and all' Jan Morris 'Empire is a pleasure to read and brims with insights and intelligence' Sunday Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234164 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The China Challenge: Shaping the Choices of a Rising Power Author: Thomas J. Christensen Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This compelling assessment of U. S.—China relations is essential reading for anyone interested in the future of the globalized world. Many see China's rise as a threat to the U. S. leadership in Asia and beyond. Thomas J. Christensen argues instead that the real challenge lies in dissuading China from regional aggression while eliciting its global cooperation. Drawing on decades of scholarship and experience as a senior diplomat, Christensen offers a deep perspective on China's military and economic capacity. Assessing China's political outlook and strategic goals, Christensen shows how nationalism and the threat of domestic instability influence the party's decisions about regional global affairs. If China obstructs international efforts to confront nuclear proliferation, civil conflicts, financial instability, and climate change, those efforts will likely fail; but if China merely declines to support such efforts, the problems will grow vastly more complicated. Articulating a balanced strategic approach along with perceptive historical analysis, Christensen describes how we might shape China's choices in the coming decades so that it contributes to the international system from which in benefits so much. Thomas J. Christensen Mon, 08 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234164 thebookvoice.com 15:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The China Challenge: Shaping the Choices of a Rising Power Author: Thomas J. Christensen Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This compelling assessment of U. S.—China relations is essential reading for anyone interested in the future of the globalized world. Many see China's rise as a threat to the U. S. leadership in Asia and beyond. Thomas J. Christensen argues instead that the real challenge lies in dissuading China from regional aggression while eliciting its global cooperation. Drawing on decades of scholarship and experience as a senior diplomat, Christensen offers a deep perspective on China's military and economic capacity. Assessing China's political outlook and strategic goals, Christensen shows how nationalism and the threat of domestic instability influence the party's decisions about regional global affairs. If China obstructs international efforts to confront nuclear proliferation, civil conflicts, financial instability, and climate change, those efforts will likely fail; but if China merely declines to support such efforts, the problems will grow vastly more complicated. Articulating a balanced strategic approach along with perceptive historical analysis, Christensen describes how we might shape China's choices in the coming decades so that it contributes to the international system from which in benefits so much. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The China Challenge: Shaping the Choices of a Rising Power Author: Thomas J. Christensen Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 8, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This compelling assessment of U. S.—China relations is essential reading for anyone interested in the future of the globalized world. Many see China's rise as a threat to the U. S. leadership in Asia and beyond. Thomas J. Christensen argues instead that the real challenge lies in dissuading China from regional aggression while eliciting its global cooperation. Drawing on decades of scholarship and experience as a senior diplomat, Christensen offers a deep perspective on China's military and economic capacity. Assessing China's political outlook and strategic goals, Christensen shows how nationalism and the threat of domestic instability influence the party's decisions about regional global affairs. If China obstructs international efforts to confront nuclear proliferation, civil conflicts, financial instability, and climate change, those efforts will likely fail; but if China merely declines to support such efforts, the problems will grow vastly more complicated. Articulating a balanced strategic approach along with perceptive historical analysis, Christensen describes how we might shape China's choices in the coming decades so that it contributes to the international system from which in benefits so much. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Over: Getting Beyond Tolerance, Defeating Homophobia, and Winning True Equality Author: Michelangelo Signorile Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marriage equality has surged across the country. Closet doors have burst open in business, entertainment, and even major-league sports. But as longtime advocate Michelangelo Signorile argues in his most provocative book yet, the excitement of such breathless change makes this moment more dangerous than ever. Puncturing the illusion that victory is now inevitable, Signorile marshals stinging evidence that an age-old hatred, homophobia, is still a basic fact of American life. He exposes the bigotry of the brewing religious conservative backlash against LGBT rights and challenges the complacency and hypocrisy of supposed allies in Washington, the media, and Hollywood. Not just a wake-up call, It's Not Over is a battle plan for the fights to come in the march toward equality. Signorile tells the stories of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender Americans who have refused to be merely tolerated and are demanding full acceptance. And he documents signs of hope in schools and communities that are finding new ways to combat ignorance, bullying, and fear. Urgent and empowering, It's Not Over is a necessary book from one of our most electrifying voices. Michelangelo Signorile Tue, 19 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234116 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Over: Getting Beyond Tolerance, Defeating Homophobia, and Winning True Equality Author: Michelangelo Signorile Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marriage equality has surged across the country. Closet doors have burst open in business, entertainment, and even major-league sports. But as longtime advocate Michelangelo Signorile argues in his most provocative book yet, the excitement of such breathless change makes this moment more dangerous than ever. Puncturing the illusion that victory is now inevitable, Signorile marshals stinging evidence that an age-old hatred, homophobia, is still a basic fact of American life. He exposes the bigotry of the brewing religious conservative backlash against LGBT rights and challenges the complacency and hypocrisy of supposed allies in Washington, the media, and Hollywood. Not just a wake-up call, It's Not Over is a battle plan for the fights to come in the march toward equality. Signorile tells the stories of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender Americans who have refused to be merely tolerated and are demanding full acceptance. And he documents signs of hope in schools and communities that are finding new ways to combat ignorance, bullying, and fear. Urgent and empowering, It's Not Over is a necessary book from one of our most electrifying voices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not Over: Getting Beyond Tolerance, Defeating Homophobia, and Winning True Equality Author: Michelangelo Signorile Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marriage equality has surged across the country. Closet doors have burst open in business, entertainment, and even major-league sports. But as longtime advocate Michelangelo Signorile argues in his most provocative book yet, the excitement of such breathless change makes this moment more dangerous than ever. Puncturing the illusion that victory is now inevitable, Signorile marshals stinging evidence that an age-old hatred, homophobia, is still a basic fact of American life. He exposes the bigotry of the brewing religious conservative backlash against LGBT rights and challenges the complacency and hypocrisy of supposed allies in Washington, the media, and Hollywood. Not just a wake-up call, It's Not Over is a battle plan for the fights to come in the march toward equality. Signorile tells the stories of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender Americans who have refused to be merely tolerated and are demanding full acceptance. And he documents signs of hope in schools and communities that are finding new ways to combat ignorance, bullying, and fear. Urgent and empowering, It's Not Over is a necessary book from one of our most electrifying voices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Skin of a Jihadist: A Young Journalist Enters the ISIS Recruitment Network Author: Erin Potter, Anna Erelle Narrator: Anonymous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inspiration for the new film PROFILE, directed by Timur Bekmambetov, with a screenplay by Britt Poulton, Timur Bekmambetov, and Olga Kharina. A young French journalist’s riveting and unprecedented look at how today’s most ruthless terrorists use social media and technology to reach disaffected youth—witnessed through the undercover investigation that led to her deep involvement with a key member of ISIS. On Facebook, “Melodie”—a twenty-year-old-convert to Islam living with her mother and sister in Toulouse—meets Bilel, a French-born, high-ranking militant for the Islamic State in Syria. Within days, Bilel falls in love with Melodie, Skypes her repeatedly, and adamantly urges her to come to Syria, marry him, and do jihad. The honey-tongued suitor promises the innocent, fatherless young girl a life of material comfort and spiritual purpose.  But “Melodie” is actually Anna Erelle, a Parisian based journalist investigating the recruitment channels of the Islamic state, whose digital propaganda—Jihad 2.0—constitutes one of its most formidable and frightening weapons, successfully mobilizing increasing numbers of young Europeans. In this taut and riveting true story, Erelle chronicles her intense, month-long relationship with Bilel—who turns out to be none other than the right hand man of Abou Bakr al-Baghadi, the self-proclaimed caliph of ISIS. Impatient for Melodie to join him, Bilel tells her that, according to an imam, they are already all but married, and will be officially when she arrives in Syria. As she embarks on the final, most dangerous stage of her investigation, Melodie leaves for Amsterdam to begin her journey to the Middle East. But things go terribly wrong. A gripping and often harrowing inquiry into the factors that motivate young people to join extremist causes, and a shocking exploration of how technology and social media are spreading radicalism, In the Skin of a Jihadist is a riveting page-turner that helps us better understand the appeal of extremism—and how an Islamic militant attempts to brainwash, seduce, and manipulate a vulnerable young woman. Erin Potter, Anna Erelle Tue, 26 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234019 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Skin of a Jihadist: A Young Journalist Enters the ISIS Recruitment Network Author: Erin Potter, Anna Erelle Narrator: Anonymous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inspiration for the new film PROFILE, directed by Timur Bekmambetov, with a screenplay by Britt Poulton, Timur Bekmambetov, and Olga Kharina. A young French journalist’s riveting and unprecedented look at how today’s most ruthless terrorists use social media and technology to reach disaffected youth—witnessed through the undercover investigation that led to her deep involvement with a key member of ISIS. On Facebook, “Melodie”—a twenty-year-old-convert to Islam living with her mother and sister in Toulouse—meets Bilel, a French-born, high-ranking militant for the Islamic State in Syria. Within days, Bilel falls in love with Melodie, Skypes her repeatedly, and adamantly urges her to come to Syria, marry him, and do jihad. The honey-tongued suitor promises the innocent, fatherless young girl a life of material comfort and spiritual purpose.  But “Melodie” is actually Anna Erelle, a Parisian based journalist investigating the recruitment channels of the Islamic state, whose digital propaganda—Jihad 2.0—constitutes one of its most formidable and frightening weapons, successfully mobilizing increasing numbers of young Europeans. In this taut and riveting true story, Erelle chronicles her intense, month-long relationship with Bilel—who turns out to be none other than the right hand man of Abou Bakr al-Baghadi, the self-proclaimed caliph of ISIS. Impatient for Melodie to join him, Bilel tells her that, according to an imam, they are already all but married, and will be officially when she arrives in Syria. As she embarks on the final, most dangerous stage of her investigation, Melodie leaves for Amsterdam to begin her journey to the Middle East. But things go terribly wrong. A gripping and often harrowing inquiry into the factors that motivate young people to join extremist causes, and a shocking exploration of how technology and social media are spreading radicalism, In the Skin of a Jihadist is a riveting page-turner that helps us better understand the appeal of extremism—and how an Islamic militant attempts to brainwash, seduce, and manipulate a vulnerable young woman. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Skin of a Jihadist: A Young Journalist Enters the ISIS Recruitment Network Author: Erin Potter, Anna Erelle Narrator: Anonymous Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inspiration for the new film PROFILE, directed by Timur Bekmambetov, with a screenplay by Britt Poulton, Timur Bekmambetov, and Olga Kharina. A young French journalist’s riveting and unprecedented look at how today’s most ruthless terrorists use social media and technology to reach disaffected youth—witnessed through the undercover investigation that led to her deep involvement with a key member of ISIS. On Facebook, “Melodie”—a twenty-year-old-convert to Islam living with her mother and sister in Toulouse—meets Bilel, a French-born, high-ranking militant for the Islamic State in Syria. Within days, Bilel falls in love with Melodie, Skypes her repeatedly, and adamantly urges her to come to Syria, marry him, and do jihad. The honey-tongued suitor promises the innocent, fatherless young girl a life of material comfort and spiritual purpose.  But “Melodie” is actually Anna Erelle, a Parisian based journalist investigating the recruitment channels of the Islamic state, whose digital propaganda—Jihad 2.0—constitutes one of its most formidable and frightening weapons, successfully mobilizing increasing numbers of young Europeans. In this taut and riveting true story, Erelle chronicles her intense, month-long relationship with Bilel—who turns out to be none other than the right hand man of Abou Bakr al-Baghadi, the self-proclaimed caliph of ISIS. Impatient for Melodie to join him, Bilel tells her that, according to an imam, they are already all but married, and will be officially when she arrives in Syria. As she embarks on the final, most dangerous stage of her investigation, Melodie leaves for Amsterdam to begin her journey to the Middle East. But things go terribly wrong. A gripping and often harrowing inquiry into the factors that motivate young people to join extremist causes, and a shocking exploration of how technology and social media are spreading radicalism, In the Skin of a Jihadist is a riveting page-turner that helps us better understand the appeal of extremism—and how an Islamic militant attempts to brainwash, seduce, and manipulate a vulnerable young woman. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233933 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of Discussion: How the Left's Outrage Industry Shuts Down Debate, Manipulates Voters, and Makes America Less Free (and Fun) Author: Mary Katharine Ham, Guy Benson Narrator: Guy Benson, Mary Katharine Ham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 9, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They want to shut you up. But don’t let this be the End of Discussion. In this fresh and provocative new book, Mary Katharine Ham and Guy Benson, dynamic Fox News and Townhall Media duo, expose how the Left exploits fake outrage to silence their political opponents—in public, on social media, at work, and even in their own homes. You’ve felt it and “End of Discussion” can help you fight it. The political correctness born on college campuses has mutated into a new hypersensitivity. It’s weaponized in Washington, D.C. by a network of well-trained operatives, media, and politicians, and proliferated throughout the country. The new Puritans of the Left are quick to ban comedians and commencement speakers alike for the sin of disagreeing with them. They demand “safe spaces” while making dissent increasingly dangerous for Americans. Ham and Benson demonstrate just how dangerous the outrage industry—a coalition of mostly liberal blowhards and busybodies—is to America. The media frenzy they create is designed to disqualify opposing viewpoints on everything from health care to education by labeling them racist, sexist, and evil. They punish speech that makes them uncomfortable, demanding boycotts, censures, and people’s jobs. They seek to win political and cultural debates by preventing them from happening.  And if you think this behavior is relegated to political fights or politicians, think again. The same activists are ready to foment outrage over your association with the “wrong” fried chicken joints, Internet browsers, breast cancer charities, pasta, children’s toys, Halloween costumes, TV shows, schools, and even comedians’ jokes.  With Ham and Benson’s help, readers can cut through the noise and find their voices again, fighting back against the rampant self-censorship and hair-trigger apologies that always make things worse, not better. With fresh reporting and insightful, occasionally tongue-in-cheek analysis, End of Discussion is a timely handbook for anyone who wants to make sure debate doesn’t meet an ugly death. Mary Katharine Ham, Guy Benson Tue, 09 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233933 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of Discussion: How the Left's Outrage Industry Shuts Down Debate, Manipulates Voters, and Makes America Less Free (and Fun) Author: Mary Katharine Ham, Guy Benson Narrator: Guy Benson, Mary Katharine Ham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 9, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They want to shut you up. But don’t let this be the End of Discussion. In this fresh and provocative new book, Mary Katharine Ham and Guy Benson, dynamic Fox News and Townhall Media duo, expose how the Left exploits fake outrage to silence their political opponents—in public, on social media, at work, and even in their own homes. You’ve felt it and “End of Discussion” can help you fight it. The political correctness born on college campuses has mutated into a new hypersensitivity. It’s weaponized in Washington, D.C. by a network of well-trained operatives, media, and politicians, and proliferated throughout the country. The new Puritans of the Left are quick to ban comedians and commencement speakers alike for the sin of disagreeing with them. They demand “safe spaces” while making dissent increasingly dangerous for Americans. Ham and Benson demonstrate just how dangerous the outrage industry—a coalition of mostly liberal blowhards and busybodies—is to America. The media frenzy they create is designed to disqualify opposing viewpoints on everything from health care to education by labeling them racist, sexist, and evil. They punish speech that makes them uncomfortable, demanding boycotts, censures, and people’s jobs. They seek to win political and cultural debates by preventing them from happening.  And if you think this behavior is relegated to political fights or politicians, think again. The same activists are ready to foment outrage over your association with the “wrong” fried chicken joints, Internet browsers, breast cancer charities, pasta, children’s toys, Halloween costumes, TV shows, schools, and even comedians’ jokes.  With Ham and Benson’s help, readers can cut through the noise and find their voices again, fighting back against the rampant self-censorship and hair-trigger apologies that always make things worse, not better. With fresh reporting and insightful, occasionally tongue-in-cheek analysis, End of Discussion is a timely handbook for anyone who wants to make sure debate doesn’t meet an ugly death. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of Discussion: How the Left's Outrage Industry Shuts Down Debate, Manipulates Voters, and Makes America Less Free (and Fun) Author: Mary Katharine Ham, Guy Benson Narrator: Guy Benson, Mary Katharine Ham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 9, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They want to shut you up. But don’t let this be the End of Discussion. In this fresh and provocative new book, Mary Katharine Ham and Guy Benson, dynamic Fox News and Townhall Media duo, expose how the Left exploits fake outrage to silence their political opponents—in public, on social media, at work, and even in their own homes. You’ve felt it and “End of Discussion” can help you fight it. The political correctness born on college campuses has mutated into a new hypersensitivity. It’s weaponized in Washington, D.C. by a network of well-trained operatives, media, and politicians, and proliferated throughout the country. The new Puritans of the Left are quick to ban comedians and commencement speakers alike for the sin of disagreeing with them. They demand “safe spaces” while making dissent increasingly dangerous for Americans. Ham and Benson demonstrate just how dangerous the outrage industry—a coalition of mostly liberal blowhards and busybodies—is to America. The media frenzy they create is designed to disqualify opposing viewpoints on everything from health care to education by labeling them racist, sexist, and evil. They punish speech that makes them uncomfortable, demanding boycotts, censures, and people’s jobs. They seek to win political and cultural debates by preventing them from happening.  And if you think this behavior is relegated to political fights or politicians, think again. The same activists are ready to foment outrage over your association with the “wrong” fried chicken joints, Internet browsers, breast cancer charities, pasta, children’s toys, Halloween costumes, TV shows, schools, and even comedians’ jokes.  With Ham and Benson’s help, readers can cut through the noise and find their voices again, fighting back against the rampant self-censorship and hair-trigger apologies that always make things worse, not better. With fresh reporting and insightful, occasionally tongue-in-cheek analysis, End of Discussion is a timely handbook for anyone who wants to make sure debate doesn’t meet an ugly death. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Obama Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Charles Krauthammer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The brilliant stylist, popular weekly columnist, Fox News commentator, and bestselling author Charles Krauthammer reflects on the legacy of our 44th president.  In these five new essays, Krauthammer offers a critique of the Obama Administration:  its failed and ambivalent foreign policy, the lawlessness of its rule by executive order, and an air of detachment that has turned this into “an observer presidency.”    This exclusive digital-short audio edition will be included in the revised and updated edition of THINGS THAT MATTER, also available from Random House Audio. Charles Krauthammer Tue, 12 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233923 thebookvoice.com 0:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Obama Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Charles Krauthammer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The brilliant stylist, popular weekly columnist, Fox News commentator, and bestselling author Charles Krauthammer reflects on the legacy of our 44th president.  In these five new essays, Krauthammer offers a critique of the Obama Administration:  its failed and ambivalent foreign policy, the lawlessness of its rule by executive order, and an air of detachment that has turned this into “an observer presidency.”    This exclusive digital-short audio edition will be included in the revised and updated edition of THINGS THAT MATTER, also available from Random House Audio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Obama Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Charles Krauthammer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The brilliant stylist, popular weekly columnist, Fox News commentator, and bestselling author Charles Krauthammer reflects on the legacy of our 44th president.  In these five new essays, Krauthammer offers a critique of the Obama Administration:  its failed and ambivalent foreign policy, the lawlessness of its rule by executive order, and an air of detachment that has turned this into “an observer presidency.”    This exclusive digital-short audio edition will be included in the revised and updated edition of THINGS THAT MATTER, also available from Random House Audio. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mighty and the Almighty Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Does America have a special mission, derived from God, to bring liberty and democracy to the world? How much influence does the Christian right have over U.S. foreign policy? And how should America deal with violent Islamist extremists? Madeleine Albright, the former Secretary of State and bestselling author of Madam Secretary, offers a thoughtful and often surprising look at the role of religion in shaping America's approach to the world. In The Mighty and the Almighty, Madeleine Albright examines the profound impact of religion on America's view of itself, the effect on U.S. policy of the rise of the Christian right, the Bush administration's successes and failures in responding to 9/11, the challenges posed by the war in Iraq, and the importance of understanding Islam. She offers a balanced but, when necessary, devastating analysis of U.S. strategy, and condemns those of all faiths who exploit religious fervor to create divisions or enhance their own power. In this illuminating account, Albright argues that, to be effective, U.S. policy makers must understand the power and place of religion in motivating others and in coloring how American actions are perceived. Defying the conventional wisdom, she suggests not only that religion and politics are inseparable, but that their partnership, when properly harnessed, can be a force for justice and peace. Madeleine Albright Tue, 02 May 2006 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mighty and the Almighty Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Does America have a special mission, derived from God, to bring liberty and democracy to the world? How much influence does the Christian right have over U.S. foreign policy? And how should America deal with violent Islamist extremists? Madeleine Albright, the former Secretary of State and bestselling author of Madam Secretary, offers a thoughtful and often surprising look at the role of religion in shaping America's approach to the world. In The Mighty and the Almighty, Madeleine Albright examines the profound impact of religion on America's view of itself, the effect on U.S. policy of the rise of the Christian right, the Bush administration's successes and failures in responding to 9/11, the challenges posed by the war in Iraq, and the importance of understanding Islam. She offers a balanced but, when necessary, devastating analysis of U.S. strategy, and condemns those of all faiths who exploit religious fervor to create divisions or enhance their own power. In this illuminating account, Albright argues that, to be effective, U.S. policy makers must understand the power and place of religion in motivating others and in coloring how American actions are perceived. Defying the conventional wisdom, she suggests not only that religion and politics are inseparable, but that their partnership, when properly harnessed, can be a force for justice and peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mighty and the Almighty Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Does America have a special mission, derived from God, to bring liberty and democracy to the world? How much influence does the Christian right have over U.S. foreign policy? And how should America deal with violent Islamist extremists? Madeleine Albright, the former Secretary of State and bestselling author of Madam Secretary, offers a thoughtful and often surprising look at the role of religion in shaping America's approach to the world. In The Mighty and the Almighty, Madeleine Albright examines the profound impact of religion on America's view of itself, the effect on U.S. policy of the rise of the Christian right, the Bush administration's successes and failures in responding to 9/11, the challenges posed by the war in Iraq, and the importance of understanding Islam. She offers a balanced but, when necessary, devastating analysis of U.S. strategy, and condemns those of all faiths who exploit religious fervor to create divisions or enhance their own power. In this illuminating account, Albright argues that, to be effective, U.S. policy makers must understand the power and place of religion in motivating others and in coloring how American actions are perceived. Defying the conventional wisdom, she suggests not only that religion and politics are inseparable, but that their partnership, when properly harnessed, can be a force for justice and peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gettysburg Address: Perspectives on Lincoln's Greatest Speech Author: Various Artists Narrator: Zachary Gordon, Neal Mcdonough, Dermot Mulroney, Edoardo Ballerini, Peter Ganim, Tavia Gilbert, David Pittu, Ellen Archer, Robin Miles, Suzanne Toren, John Keating, Jennifer Van Dyck, Graeme Malcolm, Jonathan Davis, Stephen Lang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It remains without question the most memorable and memorized speech in American history. On November 19, 1863, in 272 words delivered among the freshly dug graves of Union dead upon the country's bloodiest battlefield, Abraham Lincoln redefined American liberty and forever altered the course of the nation. This volume aims to place the Gettysburg Address in its full context, examining both its influences and impacts, and approaching it from a number of modern perspectives. Never before in one anthology has Lincoln's immortal address been viewed through such far-reaching lenses as emancipation, women's rights, immigrant rights, LGBT rights, and more. The scholarship included in this audiobook is new and exciting, with each of its 15 essays providing further meditation on major themes in the evolution of freedom and equality in America. Edited by filmmaker Sean Conant and with contributions from some of the country's leading scholars including Sean Wilentz, Craig L. Symonds, and Harold Holzer, this volume explores how in the century and a half since it was delivered, the Gettysburg Address has proven a seemingly inexhaustible source of somber reflection and soaring hope, and why its language continues to resonate with so many people seeking meaning for their own struggles and sacrifices. Various Artists Tue, 30 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233846 thebookvoice.com 13:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gettysburg Address: Perspectives on Lincoln's Greatest Speech Author: Various Artists Narrator: Zachary Gordon, Neal Mcdonough, Dermot Mulroney, Edoardo Ballerini, Peter Ganim, Tavia Gilbert, David Pittu, Ellen Archer, Robin Miles, Suzanne Toren, John Keating, Jennifer Van Dyck, Graeme Malcolm, Jonathan Davis, Stephen Lang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It remains without question the most memorable and memorized speech in American history. On November 19, 1863, in 272 words delivered among the freshly dug graves of Union dead upon the country's bloodiest battlefield, Abraham Lincoln redefined American liberty and forever altered the course of the nation. This volume aims to place the Gettysburg Address in its full context, examining both its influences and impacts, and approaching it from a number of modern perspectives. Never before in one anthology has Lincoln's immortal address been viewed through such far-reaching lenses as emancipation, women's rights, immigrant rights, LGBT rights, and more. The scholarship included in this audiobook is new and exciting, with each of its 15 essays providing further meditation on major themes in the evolution of freedom and equality in America. Edited by filmmaker Sean Conant and with contributions from some of the country's leading scholars including Sean Wilentz, Craig L. Symonds, and Harold Holzer, this volume explores how in the century and a half since it was delivered, the Gettysburg Address has proven a seemingly inexhaustible source of somber reflection and soaring hope, and why its language continues to resonate with so many people seeking meaning for their own struggles and sacrifices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gettysburg Address: Perspectives on Lincoln's Greatest Speech Author: Various Artists Narrator: Zachary Gordon, Neal Mcdonough, Dermot Mulroney, Edoardo Ballerini, Peter Ganim, Tavia Gilbert, David Pittu, Ellen Archer, Robin Miles, Suzanne Toren, John Keating, Jennifer Van Dyck, Graeme Malcolm, Jonathan Davis, Stephen Lang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It remains without question the most memorable and memorized speech in American history. On November 19, 1863, in 272 words delivered among the freshly dug graves of Union dead upon the country's bloodiest battlefield, Abraham Lincoln redefined American liberty and forever altered the course of the nation. This volume aims to place the Gettysburg Address in its full context, examining both its influences and impacts, and approaching it from a number of modern perspectives. Never before in one anthology has Lincoln's immortal address been viewed through such far-reaching lenses as emancipation, women's rights, immigrant rights, LGBT rights, and more. The scholarship included in this audiobook is new and exciting, with each of its 15 essays providing further meditation on major themes in the evolution of freedom and equality in America. Edited by filmmaker Sean Conant and with contributions from some of the country's leading scholars including Sean Wilentz, Craig L. Symonds, and Harold Holzer, this volume explores how in the century and a half since it was delivered, the Gettysburg Address has proven a seemingly inexhaustible source of somber reflection and soaring hope, and why its language continues to resonate with so many people seeking meaning for their own struggles and sacrifices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Way to Lose a War: America in an Age of Unwinnable Conflicts Author: Dominic Tierney Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why has America stopped winning wars? For nearly a century, up until the end of World War II in 1945, America enjoyed a Golden Age of decisive military triumphs. And then suddenly, we stopped winning wars. The decades since have been a Dark Age of failures and stalemates-in Korea, Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan-exposing our inability to change course after battlefield setbacks. In this provocative book, award-winning scholar Dominic Tierney reveals how the United States has struggled to adapt to the new era of intractable guerrilla conflicts. As a result, most major American wars have turned into military fiascos. And when battlefield disaster strikes, Washington is unable to disengage from the quagmire, with grave consequences for thousands of U.S. troops and our allies. But there is a better way. Drawing on interviews with dozens of top generals and policymakers, Tierney shows how we can use three key steps-surge, talk, and leave-to stem the tide of losses and withdraw from unsuccessful campaigns without compromising our core values and interests. Weaving together compelling stories of military catastrophe and heroism, this is an unprecedented, timely, and essential guidebook for our new era of unwinnable conflicts. The Right Way to Lose a War illuminates not only how Washington can handle the toughest crisis of all-battlefield failure-but also how America can once again return to the path of victory. Dominic Tierney Tue, 02 Jun 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233843 thebookvoice.com 9:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Way to Lose a War: America in an Age of Unwinnable Conflicts Author: Dominic Tierney Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why has America stopped winning wars? For nearly a century, up until the end of World War II in 1945, America enjoyed a Golden Age of decisive military triumphs. And then suddenly, we stopped winning wars. The decades since have been a Dark Age of failures and stalemates-in Korea, Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan-exposing our inability to change course after battlefield setbacks. In this provocative book, award-winning scholar Dominic Tierney reveals how the United States has struggled to adapt to the new era of intractable guerrilla conflicts. As a result, most major American wars have turned into military fiascos. And when battlefield disaster strikes, Washington is unable to disengage from the quagmire, with grave consequences for thousands of U.S. troops and our allies. But there is a better way. Drawing on interviews with dozens of top generals and policymakers, Tierney shows how we can use three key steps-surge, talk, and leave-to stem the tide of losses and withdraw from unsuccessful campaigns without compromising our core values and interests. Weaving together compelling stories of military catastrophe and heroism, this is an unprecedented, timely, and essential guidebook for our new era of unwinnable conflicts. The Right Way to Lose a War illuminates not only how Washington can handle the toughest crisis of all-battlefield failure-but also how America can once again return to the path of victory. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Way to Lose a War: America in an Age of Unwinnable Conflicts Author: Dominic Tierney Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why has America stopped winning wars? For nearly a century, up until the end of World War II in 1945, America enjoyed a Golden Age of decisive military triumphs. And then suddenly, we stopped winning wars. The decades since have been a Dark Age of failures and stalemates-in Korea, Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan-exposing our inability to change course after battlefield setbacks. In this provocative book, award-winning scholar Dominic Tierney reveals how the United States has struggled to adapt to the new era of intractable guerrilla conflicts. As a result, most major American wars have turned into military fiascos. And when battlefield disaster strikes, Washington is unable to disengage from the quagmire, with grave consequences for thousands of U.S. troops and our allies. But there is a better way. Drawing on interviews with dozens of top generals and policymakers, Tierney shows how we can use three key steps-surge, talk, and leave-to stem the tide of losses and withdraw from unsuccessful campaigns without compromising our core values and interests. Weaving together compelling stories of military catastrophe and heroism, this is an unprecedented, timely, and essential guidebook for our new era of unwinnable conflicts. The Right Way to Lose a War illuminates not only how Washington can handle the toughest crisis of all-battlefield failure-but also how America can once again return to the path of victory. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Silencing: How the Left is Killing Free Speech Author: Kirsten Powers Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 11, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER*Lifelong liberal Kirsten Powers blasts the Left's forced march towards conformity in an exposé of the illiberal war on free speech. No longer champions of tolerance and free speech, the 'illiberal Left' now viciously attacks and silences anyone with alternative points of view.  Powers asks, 'What ever happened to free speech in America?' Kirsten Powers Mon, 11 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233754 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Silencing: How the Left is Killing Free Speech Author: Kirsten Powers Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 11, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER*Lifelong liberal Kirsten Powers blasts the Left's forced march towards conformity in an exposé of the illiberal war on free speech. No longer champions of tolerance and free speech, the 'illiberal Left' now viciously attacks and silences anyone with alternative points of view.  Powers asks, 'What ever happened to free speech in America?' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Silencing: How the Left is Killing Free Speech Author: Kirsten Powers Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 11, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER*Lifelong liberal Kirsten Powers blasts the Left's forced march towards conformity in an exposé of the illiberal war on free speech. No longer champions of tolerance and free speech, the 'illiberal Left' now viciously attacks and silences anyone with alternative points of view.  Powers asks, 'What ever happened to free speech in America?' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233706 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undemocratic: How Unelected, Unaccountable Bureaucrats Are Stealing Your Liberty and Freedom Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jay Sekulow—one of America’s most influential attorneys—explores a post Obama landscape where bureaucracy has taken over our government and provides a practical roadmap to help take back our personal liberties. Jay Sekulow is on a mission to defend Americans’ freedom. The fact is that freedom is under attack like never before. The threat comes from the fourth branch of government—the biggest branch—and the only branch not in the Constitution: the federal bureaucracy. The bureaucracy imposes thousands of new laws every year, without a single vote from Congress. The bureaucracy violates the rights of Americans without accountability—persecuting adoptive parents, denying veterans quality healthcare, discriminating against conservatives and Christians for partisan purposes, and damaging our economy with job-killing rules. Americans are bullied by the very institutions established to protect their right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Our nation’s bureaucrats are on an undemocratic power trip. But Sekulow has a plan to fight back. We can resist illegal abuse, we can reform a broken system, and we can restore American democracy. This book won’t just tell you how to win, it will show you real victories achieved by Sekulow and the American Center for Law and Justice. Unless we can roll back the fourth branch of govern­ment—the most dangerous branch—our elections will no longer matter. Undemocratic is a wake-up call, a call made at just the right time—before it’s too late to save the democracy we love. Jay Sekulow Tue, 19 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233706 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undemocratic: How Unelected, Unaccountable Bureaucrats Are Stealing Your Liberty and Freedom Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jay Sekulow—one of America’s most influential attorneys—explores a post Obama landscape where bureaucracy has taken over our government and provides a practical roadmap to help take back our personal liberties. Jay Sekulow is on a mission to defend Americans’ freedom. The fact is that freedom is under attack like never before. The threat comes from the fourth branch of government—the biggest branch—and the only branch not in the Constitution: the federal bureaucracy. The bureaucracy imposes thousands of new laws every year, without a single vote from Congress. The bureaucracy violates the rights of Americans without accountability—persecuting adoptive parents, denying veterans quality healthcare, discriminating against conservatives and Christians for partisan purposes, and damaging our economy with job-killing rules. Americans are bullied by the very institutions established to protect their right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Our nation’s bureaucrats are on an undemocratic power trip. But Sekulow has a plan to fight back. We can resist illegal abuse, we can reform a broken system, and we can restore American democracy. This book won’t just tell you how to win, it will show you real victories achieved by Sekulow and the American Center for Law and Justice. Unless we can roll back the fourth branch of govern­ment—the most dangerous branch—our elections will no longer matter. Undemocratic is a wake-up call, a call made at just the right time—before it’s too late to save the democracy we love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undemocratic: How Unelected, Unaccountable Bureaucrats Are Stealing Your Liberty and Freedom Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jay Sekulow—one of America’s most influential attorneys—explores a post Obama landscape where bureaucracy has taken over our government and provides a practical roadmap to help take back our personal liberties. Jay Sekulow is on a mission to defend Americans’ freedom. The fact is that freedom is under attack like never before. The threat comes from the fourth branch of government—the biggest branch—and the only branch not in the Constitution: the federal bureaucracy. The bureaucracy imposes thousands of new laws every year, without a single vote from Congress. The bureaucracy violates the rights of Americans without accountability—persecuting adoptive parents, denying veterans quality healthcare, discriminating against conservatives and Christians for partisan purposes, and damaging our economy with job-killing rules. Americans are bullied by the very institutions established to protect their right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Our nation’s bureaucrats are on an undemocratic power trip. But Sekulow has a plan to fight back. We can resist illegal abuse, we can reform a broken system, and we can restore American democracy. This book won’t just tell you how to win, it will show you real victories achieved by Sekulow and the American Center for Law and Justice. Unless we can roll back the fourth branch of govern­ment—the most dangerous branch—our elections will no longer matter. Undemocratic is a wake-up call, a call made at just the right time—before it’s too late to save the democracy we love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: Three Choices for America's Role in the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America will remain the world’s only superpower for the foreseeable future. But what sort of superpower? What role should America play in the world? What role do you want America to play? Ian Bremmer argues that Washington’s directionless foreign policy has become prohibitively expensive and increasingly dangerous. Since the end of the Cold War, U.S. policymakers have stumbled from crisis to crisis in Afghanistan, Iraq, Iran, Libya, Syria, and Ukraine without a clear strategy. Ordinary Americans too often base their foreign policy choices on allegiance or opposition to the party in power. We can no longer afford this complacency, especially now that both parties are deeply divided about America’s role in the world. The next presidential election could easily pit an interventionist Democrat against an isolationist Republican—or the exact opposite. As 2016 rapidly approaches, Bremmer urges every American to think more deeply about what sort of country America should be and how it should use its superpower status. He explores three options: Independent America asserts that it’s time for America to declare independence from the responsibility to solve other people’s problems. Instead, Americans should lead by example—in part, by investing in the country’s vast untapped potential. Moneyball America acknowledges that Washington can’t meet every international challenge. With a clear-eyed assessment of U.S. strengths and limitations, we must look beyond empty arguments over exceptionalism and American values. The priorities must be to focus on opportunities and to defend U.S. interests where they’re threatened. Indispensable America argues that only America can defend the values on which global stability increasingly depends. In today’s interdependent, hyperconnected world, a turn inward would undermine America’s own security and prosperity. We will never live in a stable world while others are denied their most basic freedoms—from China to Russia to the Middle East and beyond. There are sound arguments for and against each of these choices, but we must choose. Washington can no longer improvise a foreign policy without a lasting commitment to a coherent strategy. As Bremmer notes, “When I began writing this book, I didn’t know which of these three choices I would favor. It’s easy to be swayed by pundits and politicians with a story to sell or an ax to grind. My attempt to make the most honest and forceful case I could make for each of these three arguments helped me understand what I believe and why I believe it. I hope it will do the same for you. I don’t ask you to agree with me. I ask only that you choose.” Ian Bremmer Tue, 19 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233682 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: Three Choices for America's Role in the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America will remain the world’s only superpower for the foreseeable future. But what sort of superpower? What role should America play in the world? What role do you want America to play? Ian Bremmer argues that Washington’s directionless foreign policy has become prohibitively expensive and increasingly dangerous. Since the end of the Cold War, U.S. policymakers have stumbled from crisis to crisis in Afghanistan, Iraq, Iran, Libya, Syria, and Ukraine without a clear strategy. Ordinary Americans too often base their foreign policy choices on allegiance or opposition to the party in power. We can no longer afford this complacency, especially now that both parties are deeply divided about America’s role in the world. The next presidential election could easily pit an interventionist Democrat against an isolationist Republican—or the exact opposite. As 2016 rapidly approaches, Bremmer urges every American to think more deeply about what sort of country America should be and how it should use its superpower status. He explores three options: Independent America asserts that it’s time for America to declare independence from the responsibility to solve other people’s problems. Instead, Americans should lead by example—in part, by investing in the country’s vast untapped potential. Moneyball America acknowledges that Washington can’t meet every international challenge. With a clear-eyed assessment of U.S. strengths and limitations, we must look beyond empty arguments over exceptionalism and American values. The priorities must be to focus on opportunities and to defend U.S. interests where they’re threatened. Indispensable America argues that only America can defend the values on which global stability increasingly depends. In today’s interdependent, hyperconnected world, a turn inward would undermine America’s own security and prosperity. We will never live in a stable world while others are denied their most basic freedoms—from China to Russia to the Middle East and beyond. There are sound arguments for and against each of these choices, but we must choose. Washington can no longer improvise a foreign policy without a lasting commitment to a coherent strategy. As Bremmer notes, “When I began writing this book, I didn’t know which of these three choices I would favor. It’s easy to be swayed by pundits and politicians with a story to sell or an ax to grind. My attempt to make the most honest and forceful case I could make for each of these three arguments helped me understand what I believe and why I believe it. I hope it will do the same for you. I don’t ask you to agree with me. I ask only that you choose.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower: Three Choices for America's Role in the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America will remain the world’s only superpower for the foreseeable future. But what sort of superpower? What role should America play in the world? What role do you want America to play? Ian Bremmer argues that Washington’s directionless foreign policy has become prohibitively expensive and increasingly dangerous. Since the end of the Cold War, U.S. policymakers have stumbled from crisis to crisis in Afghanistan, Iraq, Iran, Libya, Syria, and Ukraine without a clear strategy. Ordinary Americans too often base their foreign policy choices on allegiance or opposition to the party in power. We can no longer afford this complacency, especially now that both parties are deeply divided about America’s role in the world. The next presidential election could easily pit an interventionist Democrat against an isolationist Republican—or the exact opposite. As 2016 rapidly approaches, Bremmer urges every American to think more deeply about what sort of country America should be and how it should use its superpower status. He explores three options: Independent America asserts that it’s time for America to declare independence from the responsibility to solve other people’s problems. Instead, Americans should lead by example—in part, by investing in the country’s vast untapped potential. Moneyball America acknowledges that Washington can’t meet every international challenge. With a clear-eyed assessment of U.S. strengths and limitations, we must look beyond empty arguments over exceptionalism and American values. The priorities must be to focus on opportunities and to defend U.S. interests where they’re threatened. Indispensable America argues that only America can defend the values on which global stability increasingly depends. In today’s interdependent, hyperconnected world, a turn inward would undermine America’s own security and prosperity. We will never live in a stable world while others are denied their most basic freedoms—from China to Russia to the Middle East and beyond. There are sound arguments for and against each of these choices, but we must choose. Washington can no longer improvise a foreign policy without a lasting commitment to a coherent strategy. As Bremmer notes, “When I began writing this book, I didn’t know which of these three choices I would favor. It’s easy to be swayed by pundits and politicians with a story to sell or an ax to grind. My attempt to make the most honest and forceful case I could make for each of these three arguments helped me understand what I believe and why I believe it. I hope it will do the same for you. I don’t ask you to agree with me. I ask only that you choose.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution: An Introduction Author: Michael Stokes Paulsen, Luke Paulsen Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From war powers to health care, freedom of speech to gun ownership, religious liberty to abortion, practically every aspect of American life is shaped by the Constitution. This vital document, along with its history of political and judicial interpretation, governs our individual lives and the life of our nation. Yet most of us know surprisingly little about the Constitution itself, and are woefully unprepared to think for ourselves about recent developments in its long and storied history. The Constitution: An Introduction is the definitive modern primer on the US Constitution. Michael Stokes Paulsen, one of the nation’s most provocative and accomplished scholars of the Constitution, and his son Luke Paulsen, a gifted young writer and lay scholar, have combined to write a lively introduction to the supreme law of the United States, covering the Constitution’s history and meaning in clear, accessible terms. Beginning with the Constitution’s birth in 1787, Paulsen and Paulsen offer a grand tour of its provisions, principles, and interpretation, introducing readers to the characters and controversies that have shaped the Constitution in the 200-plus years since its creation. Along the way, the authors provide correctives to the shallow myths and partial truths that pervade so much popular treatment of the Constitution, from school textbooks to media accounts of today’s controversies, and offer powerful insights into the Constitution’s true meaning. A lucid and engaging guide, The Constitution: An Introduction provides readers with the tools to think critically and independently about constitutional issues—a skill that is ever more essential to the continued flourishing of American democracy. Michael Stokes Paulsen, Luke Paulsen Fri, 01 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233673 thebookvoice.com 14:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution: An Introduction Author: Michael Stokes Paulsen, Luke Paulsen Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From war powers to health care, freedom of speech to gun ownership, religious liberty to abortion, practically every aspect of American life is shaped by the Constitution. This vital document, along with its history of political and judicial interpretation, governs our individual lives and the life of our nation. Yet most of us know surprisingly little about the Constitution itself, and are woefully unprepared to think for ourselves about recent developments in its long and storied history. The Constitution: An Introduction is the definitive modern primer on the US Constitution. Michael Stokes Paulsen, one of the nation’s most provocative and accomplished scholars of the Constitution, and his son Luke Paulsen, a gifted young writer and lay scholar, have combined to write a lively introduction to the supreme law of the United States, covering the Constitution’s history and meaning in clear, accessible terms. Beginning with the Constitution’s birth in 1787, Paulsen and Paulsen offer a grand tour of its provisions, principles, and interpretation, introducing readers to the characters and controversies that have shaped the Constitution in the 200-plus years since its creation. Along the way, the authors provide correctives to the shallow myths and partial truths that pervade so much popular treatment of the Constitution, from school textbooks to media accounts of today’s controversies, and offer powerful insights into the Constitution’s true meaning. A lucid and engaging guide, The Constitution: An Introduction provides readers with the tools to think critically and independently about constitutional issues—a skill that is ever more essential to the continued flourishing of American democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constitution: An Introduction Author: Michael Stokes Paulsen, Luke Paulsen Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From war powers to health care, freedom of speech to gun ownership, religious liberty to abortion, practically every aspect of American life is shaped by the Constitution. This vital document, along with its history of political and judicial interpretation, governs our individual lives and the life of our nation. Yet most of us know surprisingly little about the Constitution itself, and are woefully unprepared to think for ourselves about recent developments in its long and storied history. The Constitution: An Introduction is the definitive modern primer on the US Constitution. Michael Stokes Paulsen, one of the nation’s most provocative and accomplished scholars of the Constitution, and his son Luke Paulsen, a gifted young writer and lay scholar, have combined to write a lively introduction to the supreme law of the United States, covering the Constitution’s history and meaning in clear, accessible terms. Beginning with the Constitution’s birth in 1787, Paulsen and Paulsen offer a grand tour of its provisions, principles, and interpretation, introducing readers to the characters and controversies that have shaped the Constitution in the 200-plus years since its creation. Along the way, the authors provide correctives to the shallow myths and partial truths that pervade so much popular treatment of the Constitution, from school textbooks to media accounts of today’s controversies, and offer powerful insights into the Constitution’s true meaning. A lucid and engaging guide, The Constitution: An Introduction provides readers with the tools to think critically and independently about constitutional issues—a skill that is ever more essential to the continued flourishing of American democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Man's Bluff: The Untold True Story of American Submar Author: Annette L. Drew, Christopher Drew, Sherry Sontag Narrator: Tony Roberts Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No espionage missions have been kept more secret than those involving American submarines. Now, Blind Man's Bluff shows for the first time how the Navy sent submarines wired with self-destruct charges into the heart of Soviet seas to tap crucial underwater telephone cables. It unveils how the Navy's own negligence might have been responsible for the loss of the USS Scorpion, a submarine that disappeared, all hands lost, thirty years ago. It tells the complete story of the audacious attempt to steal a Soviet submarine with the help of eccentric billionaire Howard Hughes, and how it was doomed from the start. And it reveals how the Navy used the comforting notion of deep sea rescue vehicles to hide operations that were more James Bond than Jacques Cousteau. Blind Man's Bluff contains an unforgettable array of characters, including the cowboy sub commander who brazenly outraced torpedoes and couldn't resist sneaking up to within feet of unaware enemy subs. It takes us inside clandestine Washington meetings where top submarine captains briefed presidents and where the espionage war was planned one sub and one dangerous encounter at a time. Stretching from the years immediately after World War II to the present-day operations of the Clinton Administration, it is an epic story of daring and deception. A magnificent achievement in investigative reporting, it feels like a spy thriller, but with one important difference'everything in it is true. Read by Tony Roberts. Annette L. Drew, Christopher Drew, Sherry Sontag Tue, 16 Jan 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233642 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Man's Bluff: The Untold True Story of American Submar Author: Annette L. Drew, Christopher Drew, Sherry Sontag Narrator: Tony Roberts Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No espionage missions have been kept more secret than those involving American submarines. Now, Blind Man's Bluff shows for the first time how the Navy sent submarines wired with self-destruct charges into the heart of Soviet seas to tap crucial underwater telephone cables. It unveils how the Navy's own negligence might have been responsible for the loss of the USS Scorpion, a submarine that disappeared, all hands lost, thirty years ago. It tells the complete story of the audacious attempt to steal a Soviet submarine with the help of eccentric billionaire Howard Hughes, and how it was doomed from the start. And it reveals how the Navy used the comforting notion of deep sea rescue vehicles to hide operations that were more James Bond than Jacques Cousteau. Blind Man's Bluff contains an unforgettable array of characters, including the cowboy sub commander who brazenly outraced torpedoes and couldn't resist sneaking up to within feet of unaware enemy subs. It takes us inside clandestine Washington meetings where top submarine captains briefed presidents and where the espionage war was planned one sub and one dangerous encounter at a time. Stretching from the years immediately after World War II to the present-day operations of the Clinton Administration, it is an epic story of daring and deception. A magnificent achievement in investigative reporting, it feels like a spy thriller, but with one important difference'everything in it is true. Read by Tony Roberts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blind Man's Bluff: The Untold True Story of American Submar Author: Annette L. Drew, Christopher Drew, Sherry Sontag Narrator: Tony Roberts Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: No espionage missions have been kept more secret than those involving American submarines. Now, Blind Man's Bluff shows for the first time how the Navy sent submarines wired with self-destruct charges into the heart of Soviet seas to tap crucial underwater telephone cables. It unveils how the Navy's own negligence might have been responsible for the loss of the USS Scorpion, a submarine that disappeared, all hands lost, thirty years ago. It tells the complete story of the audacious attempt to steal a Soviet submarine with the help of eccentric billionaire Howard Hughes, and how it was doomed from the start. And it reveals how the Navy used the comforting notion of deep sea rescue vehicles to hide operations that were more James Bond than Jacques Cousteau. Blind Man's Bluff contains an unforgettable array of characters, including the cowboy sub commander who brazenly outraced torpedoes and couldn't resist sneaking up to within feet of unaware enemy subs. It takes us inside clandestine Washington meetings where top submarine captains briefed presidents and where the espionage war was planned one sub and one dangerous encounter at a time. Stretching from the years immediately after World War II to the present-day operations of the Clinton Administration, it is an epic story of daring and deception. A magnificent achievement in investigative reporting, it feels like a spy thriller, but with one important difference'everything in it is true. Read by Tony Roberts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233612 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Somebody's Gotta Say It Author: Neal Boortz Narrator: Neal Boortz Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 13, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Think you've got it all figured out? Think again. Neal Boortz has been edifying, infuriating, and entertaining talk radio audiences for more than three decades with his blend of straight talk and twisted humor. In Somebody's Gotta Say It, Boortz warms up for the coming political season with a preemptive strike in the War on the Individual: ''The Democrats' theme for 2008 will be 'The Common Good.' I can't speak for you, but I am an individual. Government exists to protect my rights, not to order my life. And I damn sure don't exist to serve government.'' He takes on liberal catchphrases like giving back (''Nobody actually earns anything anymore. Why do liberals think this way? Because they find it impossible to acknowledge that people work for money''), our rampant civic idiocy (''We are not a democracy. Never were. Weren't supposed to be. And we shouldn't be''), and Big Brother (''We have smoke-free workplaces. We have drug-free school zones. I say let's start establishing government-free oases, where we can be free to leave our seat belts unbuckled, and peel the labels off anything we choose''). And somehow, along the way, he finds room for pop quizzes and an answer, once and for all, to the eternal question, ''Neal, why don't you run for president?''—in a chapter called ''No Way in Hell.'' Full of irresistible wisecracks and irrefutable libertarian wisdom, Somebody's Gotta Say It is one man's response to America at a time when the government overreaches, the people underperform—and the truth hurts. Neal Boortz Tue, 13 Mar 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233612 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Somebody's Gotta Say It Author: Neal Boortz Narrator: Neal Boortz Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 13, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Think you've got it all figured out? Think again. Neal Boortz has been edifying, infuriating, and entertaining talk radio audiences for more than three decades with his blend of straight talk and twisted humor. In Somebody's Gotta Say It, Boortz warms up for the coming political season with a preemptive strike in the War on the Individual: ''The Democrats' theme for 2008 will be 'The Common Good.' I can't speak for you, but I am an individual. Government exists to protect my rights, not to order my life. And I damn sure don't exist to serve government.'' He takes on liberal catchphrases like giving back (''Nobody actually earns anything anymore. Why do liberals think this way? Because they find it impossible to acknowledge that people work for money''), our rampant civic idiocy (''We are not a democracy. Never were. Weren't supposed to be. And we shouldn't be''), and Big Brother (''We have smoke-free workplaces. We have drug-free school zones. I say let's start establishing government-free oases, where we can be free to leave our seat belts unbuckled, and peel the labels off anything we choose''). And somehow, along the way, he finds room for pop quizzes and an answer, once and for all, to the eternal question, ''Neal, why don't you run for president?''—in a chapter called ''No Way in Hell.'' Full of irresistible wisecracks and irrefutable libertarian wisdom, Somebody's Gotta Say It is one man's response to America at a time when the government overreaches, the people underperform—and the truth hurts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Somebody's Gotta Say It Author: Neal Boortz Narrator: Neal Boortz Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 13, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Think you've got it all figured out? Think again. Neal Boortz has been edifying, infuriating, and entertaining talk radio audiences for more than three decades with his blend of straight talk and twisted humor. In Somebody's Gotta Say It, Boortz warms up for the coming political season with a preemptive strike in the War on the Individual: ''The Democrats' theme for 2008 will be 'The Common Good.' I can't speak for you, but I am an individual. Government exists to protect my rights, not to order my life. And I damn sure don't exist to serve government.'' He takes on liberal catchphrases like giving back (''Nobody actually earns anything anymore. Why do liberals think this way? Because they find it impossible to acknowledge that people work for money''), our rampant civic idiocy (''We are not a democracy. Never were. Weren't supposed to be. And we shouldn't be''), and Big Brother (''We have smoke-free workplaces. We have drug-free school zones. I say let's start establishing government-free oases, where we can be free to leave our seat belts unbuckled, and peel the labels off anything we choose''). And somehow, along the way, he finds room for pop quizzes and an answer, once and for all, to the eternal question, ''Neal, why don't you run for president?''—in a chapter called ''No Way in Hell.'' Full of irresistible wisecracks and irrefutable libertarian wisdom, Somebody's Gotta Say It is one man's response to America at a time when the government overreaches, the people underperform—and the truth hurts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233604 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazies to the Left of Me Wimps to the Right Author: Bernard Goldberg Narrator: Bernard Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Crazies to the Left of Me, Wimps to the Right, Goldberg speaks for the millions of Americans who are saying: Enough! Enough of lunatics like Rosie O'Donnell who think ''Radical Christianity'' is ''as big a threat to America as Radical Islam.'' Enough of the hyperbolic liberal rhetoric comparing Bush to Hitler and Abu Ghraib to a Saddam Hussein torture chamber. And please, enough of the military-hating crazies who run San Francisco! But Goldberg has also had it with hypocritical Republicans who say they're for small government but then spend our hard-earned tax money like Imelda Marcos in a shoe store. He's also had it with weak and timid Republicans who won't stand up and fight against racial preferences, too afraid that the Al Sharptons and Jesse Jacksons of the world will call them bigots. In plain English, he's had it with Republicans who are afraid to be conservative! The 2006 election was a wake-up call, he warns, and if the wimps on the Right fail to regain their courage, recover their principles, and reclaim their sense of fiscal responsibility, the crazies on the Left just might win the White House in 2008. Bernard Goldberg Tue, 17 Apr 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233604 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazies to the Left of Me Wimps to the Right Author: Bernard Goldberg Narrator: Bernard Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Crazies to the Left of Me, Wimps to the Right, Goldberg speaks for the millions of Americans who are saying: Enough! Enough of lunatics like Rosie O'Donnell who think ''Radical Christianity'' is ''as big a threat to America as Radical Islam.'' Enough of the hyperbolic liberal rhetoric comparing Bush to Hitler and Abu Ghraib to a Saddam Hussein torture chamber. And please, enough of the military-hating crazies who run San Francisco! But Goldberg has also had it with hypocritical Republicans who say they're for small government but then spend our hard-earned tax money like Imelda Marcos in a shoe store. He's also had it with weak and timid Republicans who won't stand up and fight against racial preferences, too afraid that the Al Sharptons and Jesse Jacksons of the world will call them bigots. In plain English, he's had it with Republicans who are afraid to be conservative! The 2006 election was a wake-up call, he warns, and if the wimps on the Right fail to regain their courage, recover their principles, and reclaim their sense of fiscal responsibility, the crazies on the Left just might win the White House in 2008. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazies to the Left of Me Wimps to the Right Author: Bernard Goldberg Narrator: Bernard Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Crazies to the Left of Me, Wimps to the Right, Goldberg speaks for the millions of Americans who are saying: Enough! Enough of lunatics like Rosie O'Donnell who think ''Radical Christianity'' is ''as big a threat to America as Radical Islam.'' Enough of the hyperbolic liberal rhetoric comparing Bush to Hitler and Abu Ghraib to a Saddam Hussein torture chamber. And please, enough of the military-hating crazies who run San Francisco! But Goldberg has also had it with hypocritical Republicans who say they're for small government but then spend our hard-earned tax money like Imelda Marcos in a shoe store. He's also had it with weak and timid Republicans who won't stand up and fight against racial preferences, too afraid that the Al Sharptons and Jesse Jacksons of the world will call them bigots. In plain English, he's had it with Republicans who are afraid to be conservative! The 2006 election was a wake-up call, he warns, and if the wimps on the Right fail to regain their courage, recover their principles, and reclaim their sense of fiscal responsibility, the crazies on the Left just might win the White House in 2008. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233603 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nixon and Kissinger Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 24, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than thirty years after working side by side in the White House, Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger still stand as two of the most compelling, contradictory, and powerful leaders in America in the second half of the twentieth century. Both were largely self-made men, brimming with ambition, driven by their own inner demons, and often ruthless in pursuit of their goals. From January 1969 to August 1974, their collaboration and rivalry resulted in the making of foreign policy that would leave a defining mark on the Nixon presidency. Tapping into a wealth of recently declassified documents and tapes, Robert Dallek uncovers fascinating details about Nixon and Kissinger's tumultuous personal relationship and the extent to which they struggled to outdo each other in the reach for foreign policy achievements. With unprecedented detail, Dallek reveals Nixon's erratic behavior during Watergate and the extent to which Kissinger was complicit in trying to help Nixon use national security to prevent his impeachment or resignation. Illuminating, authoritative, revelatory, and utterly engrossing, Nixon and Kissinger provides a startling new picture of the immense power and sway these two men held in affecting world history. Robert Dallek Tue, 24 Apr 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233603 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nixon and Kissinger Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 24, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than thirty years after working side by side in the White House, Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger still stand as two of the most compelling, contradictory, and powerful leaders in America in the second half of the twentieth century. Both were largely self-made men, brimming with ambition, driven by their own inner demons, and often ruthless in pursuit of their goals. From January 1969 to August 1974, their collaboration and rivalry resulted in the making of foreign policy that would leave a defining mark on the Nixon presidency. Tapping into a wealth of recently declassified documents and tapes, Robert Dallek uncovers fascinating details about Nixon and Kissinger's tumultuous personal relationship and the extent to which they struggled to outdo each other in the reach for foreign policy achievements. With unprecedented detail, Dallek reveals Nixon's erratic behavior during Watergate and the extent to which Kissinger was complicit in trying to help Nixon use national security to prevent his impeachment or resignation. Illuminating, authoritative, revelatory, and utterly engrossing, Nixon and Kissinger provides a startling new picture of the immense power and sway these two men held in affecting world history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233603]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nixon and Kissinger Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 24, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: More than thirty years after working side by side in the White House, Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger still stand as two of the most compelling, contradictory, and powerful leaders in America in the second half of the twentieth century. Both were largely self-made men, brimming with ambition, driven by their own inner demons, and often ruthless in pursuit of their goals. From January 1969 to August 1974, their collaboration and rivalry resulted in the making of foreign policy that would leave a defining mark on the Nixon presidency. Tapping into a wealth of recently declassified documents and tapes, Robert Dallek uncovers fascinating details about Nixon and Kissinger's tumultuous personal relationship and the extent to which they struggled to outdo each other in the reach for foreign policy achievements. With unprecedented detail, Dallek reveals Nixon's erratic behavior during Watergate and the extent to which Kissinger was complicit in trying to help Nixon use national security to prevent his impeachment or resignation. Illuminating, authoritative, revelatory, and utterly engrossing, Nixon and Kissinger provides a startling new picture of the immense power and sway these two men held in affecting world history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Diaries Extended Selections Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his two terms as the 40th President of the United States, Ronald Reagan kept a daily diary in which he recorded, by hand, his innermost thoughts and observations on the extraordinary, the historic, and the routine day-to-day occurrences of his presidency. Now, nearly two decades after he left office, this remarkable record—the only daily Presidential diary in American history—is available for the first time. Edited by historian Douglas Brinkley, The Reagan Diaries provides a striking insight into one of this nation's most important presidencies and sheds new light on the character of a true American leader. Whether he was in his White House residence study or aboard Air Force One, each night Reagan wrote about the events of his day, which often included his relationships with other world leaders and the unforgettable moments that defined the era. Seldom before has the American public been given access to the unfiltered experiences and opinions of a President in his own words. To read these diaries—filled with Reagan's trademark wit, sharp intelligence, and humor—is to gain a unique understanding of one of the most beloved occupants of the Oval Office in our nation's history. Ronald Reagan Tue, 05 Jun 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233585 thebookvoice.com 13:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Diaries Extended Selections Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his two terms as the 40th President of the United States, Ronald Reagan kept a daily diary in which he recorded, by hand, his innermost thoughts and observations on the extraordinary, the historic, and the routine day-to-day occurrences of his presidency. Now, nearly two decades after he left office, this remarkable record—the only daily Presidential diary in American history—is available for the first time. Edited by historian Douglas Brinkley, The Reagan Diaries provides a striking insight into one of this nation's most important presidencies and sheds new light on the character of a true American leader. Whether he was in his White House residence study or aboard Air Force One, each night Reagan wrote about the events of his day, which often included his relationships with other world leaders and the unforgettable moments that defined the era. Seldom before has the American public been given access to the unfiltered experiences and opinions of a President in his own words. To read these diaries—filled with Reagan's trademark wit, sharp intelligence, and humor—is to gain a unique understanding of one of the most beloved occupants of the Oval Office in our nation's history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Diaries Extended Selections Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his two terms as the 40th President of the United States, Ronald Reagan kept a daily diary in which he recorded, by hand, his innermost thoughts and observations on the extraordinary, the historic, and the routine day-to-day occurrences of his presidency. Now, nearly two decades after he left office, this remarkable record—the only daily Presidential diary in American history—is available for the first time. Edited by historian Douglas Brinkley, The Reagan Diaries provides a striking insight into one of this nation's most important presidencies and sheds new light on the character of a true American leader. Whether he was in his White House residence study or aboard Air Force One, each night Reagan wrote about the events of his day, which often included his relationships with other world leaders and the unforgettable moments that defined the era. Seldom before has the American public been given access to the unfiltered experiences and opinions of a President in his own words. To read these diaries—filled with Reagan's trademark wit, sharp intelligence, and humor—is to gain a unique understanding of one of the most beloved occupants of the Oval Office in our nation's history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233584 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Diaries Selections Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his two terms as the 40th President of the United States, Ronald Reagan kept a daily diary in which he recorded, by hand, his innermost thoughts and observations on the extraordinary, the historic, and the routine day-to-day occurrences of his presidency. Now, nearly two decades after he left office, this remarkable record—the only daily Presidential diary in American history—is available for the first time. Edited by historian Douglas Brinkley, The Reagan Diaries provides a striking insight into one of this nation's most important presidencies and sheds new light on the character of a true American leader. Whether he was in his White House residence study or aboard Air Force One, each night Reagan wrote about the events of his day, which often included his relationships with other world leaders and the unforgettable moments that defined the era. Seldom before has the American public been given access to the unfiltered experiences and opinions of a President in his own words. To read these diaries—filled with Reagan's trademark wit, sharp intelligence, and humor—is to gain a unique understanding of one of the most beloved occupants of the Oval Office in our nation's history. Ronald Reagan Tue, 05 Jun 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233584 thebookvoice.com 2:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Diaries Selections Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his two terms as the 40th President of the United States, Ronald Reagan kept a daily diary in which he recorded, by hand, his innermost thoughts and observations on the extraordinary, the historic, and the routine day-to-day occurrences of his presidency. Now, nearly two decades after he left office, this remarkable record—the only daily Presidential diary in American history—is available for the first time. Edited by historian Douglas Brinkley, The Reagan Diaries provides a striking insight into one of this nation's most important presidencies and sheds new light on the character of a true American leader. Whether he was in his White House residence study or aboard Air Force One, each night Reagan wrote about the events of his day, which often included his relationships with other world leaders and the unforgettable moments that defined the era. Seldom before has the American public been given access to the unfiltered experiences and opinions of a President in his own words. To read these diaries—filled with Reagan's trademark wit, sharp intelligence, and humor—is to gain a unique understanding of one of the most beloved occupants of the Oval Office in our nation's history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Diaries Selections Author: Ronald Reagan Narrator: Eric Conger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During his two terms as the 40th President of the United States, Ronald Reagan kept a daily diary in which he recorded, by hand, his innermost thoughts and observations on the extraordinary, the historic, and the routine day-to-day occurrences of his presidency. Now, nearly two decades after he left office, this remarkable record—the only daily Presidential diary in American history—is available for the first time. Edited by historian Douglas Brinkley, The Reagan Diaries provides a striking insight into one of this nation's most important presidencies and sheds new light on the character of a true American leader. Whether he was in his White House residence study or aboard Air Force One, each night Reagan wrote about the events of his day, which often included his relationships with other world leaders and the unforgettable moments that defined the era. Seldom before has the American public been given access to the unfiltered experiences and opinions of a President in his own words. To read these diaries—filled with Reagan's trademark wit, sharp intelligence, and humor—is to gain a unique understanding of one of the most beloved occupants of the Oval Office in our nation's history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233560 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Looting Machine: Warlords, Oligarchs, Corporations, Smugglers, and the Theft of Africa's Wealth Author: Tom Burgis Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The trade in oil, gas, gems, metals and rare earth minerals wreaks havoc in Africa. During the years when Brazil, India, China and the other “emerging markets” have transformed their economies, Africa’s resource states remained tethered to the bottom of the industrial supply chain. While Africa accounts for about 30 per cent of the world’s reserves of hydrocarbons and minerals and 14 per cent of the world’s population, its share of global manufacturing stood in 2011 exactly where it stood in 2000: at 1 percent. In his first book, The Looting Machine, Tom Burgis exposes the truth about the African development miracle: for the resource states, it's a mirage. The oil, copper, diamonds, gold and coltan deposits attract a global network of traders, bankers, corporate extractors and investors who combine with venal political cabals to loot the states' value. And the vagaries of resource-dependent economies could pitch Africa’s new middle class back into destitution just as quickly as they climbed out of it. The ground beneath their feet is as precarious as a Congolese mine shaft; their prosperity could spill away like crude from a busted pipeline. This catastrophic social disintegration is not merely a continuation of Africa’s past as a colonial victim. The looting now is accelerating as never before. As global demand for Africa’s resources rises, a handful of Africans are becoming legitimately rich but the vast majority, like the continent as a whole, is being fleeced. Outsiders tend to think of Africa as a great drain of philanthropy. But look more closely at the resource industry and the relationship between Africa and the rest of the world looks rather different. In 2010, fuel and mineral exports from Africa were worth $333 billion, more than seven times the value of the aid that went in the opposite direction. But who received the money? For every Frenchwoman who dies in childbirth, 100 die in Niger alone, the former French colony whose uranium fuels France’s nuclear reactors. In petro-states like Angola three-quarters of government revenue comes from oil. The government is not funded by the people, and as result it is not beholden to them. A score of African countries whose economies depend on resources are rentier states; their people are largely serfs. The resource curse is not merely some unfortunate economic phenomenon, the product of an intangible force. What is happening in Africa’s resource states is systematic looting. Tom Burgis Fri, 01 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233560 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Looting Machine: Warlords, Oligarchs, Corporations, Smugglers, and the Theft of Africa's Wealth Author: Tom Burgis Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The trade in oil, gas, gems, metals and rare earth minerals wreaks havoc in Africa. During the years when Brazil, India, China and the other “emerging markets” have transformed their economies, Africa’s resource states remained tethered to the bottom of the industrial supply chain. While Africa accounts for about 30 per cent of the world’s reserves of hydrocarbons and minerals and 14 per cent of the world’s population, its share of global manufacturing stood in 2011 exactly where it stood in 2000: at 1 percent. In his first book, The Looting Machine, Tom Burgis exposes the truth about the African development miracle: for the resource states, it's a mirage. The oil, copper, diamonds, gold and coltan deposits attract a global network of traders, bankers, corporate extractors and investors who combine with venal political cabals to loot the states' value. And the vagaries of resource-dependent economies could pitch Africa’s new middle class back into destitution just as quickly as they climbed out of it. The ground beneath their feet is as precarious as a Congolese mine shaft; their prosperity could spill away like crude from a busted pipeline. This catastrophic social disintegration is not merely a continuation of Africa’s past as a colonial victim. The looting now is accelerating as never before. As global demand for Africa’s resources rises, a handful of Africans are becoming legitimately rich but the vast majority, like the continent as a whole, is being fleeced. Outsiders tend to think of Africa as a great drain of philanthropy. But look more closely at the resource industry and the relationship between Africa and the rest of the world looks rather different. In 2010, fuel and mineral exports from Africa were worth $333 billion, more than seven times the value of the aid that went in the opposite direction. But who received the money? For every Frenchwoman who dies in childbirth, 100 die in Niger alone, the former French colony whose uranium fuels France’s nuclear reactors. In petro-states like Angola three-quarters of government revenue comes from oil. The government is not funded by the people, and as result it is not beholden to them. A score of African countries whose economies depend on resources are rentier states; their people are largely serfs. The resource curse is not merely some unfortunate economic phenomenon, the product of an intangible force. What is happening in Africa’s resource states is systematic looting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Looting Machine: Warlords, Oligarchs, Corporations, Smugglers, and the Theft of Africa's Wealth Author: Tom Burgis Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 17 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The trade in oil, gas, gems, metals and rare earth minerals wreaks havoc in Africa. During the years when Brazil, India, China and the other “emerging markets” have transformed their economies, Africa’s resource states remained tethered to the bottom of the industrial supply chain. While Africa accounts for about 30 per cent of the world’s reserves of hydrocarbons and minerals and 14 per cent of the world’s population, its share of global manufacturing stood in 2011 exactly where it stood in 2000: at 1 percent. In his first book, The Looting Machine, Tom Burgis exposes the truth about the African development miracle: for the resource states, it's a mirage. The oil, copper, diamonds, gold and coltan deposits attract a global network of traders, bankers, corporate extractors and investors who combine with venal political cabals to loot the states' value. And the vagaries of resource-dependent economies could pitch Africa’s new middle class back into destitution just as quickly as they climbed out of it. The ground beneath their feet is as precarious as a Congolese mine shaft; their prosperity could spill away like crude from a busted pipeline. This catastrophic social disintegration is not merely a continuation of Africa’s past as a colonial victim. The looting now is accelerating as never before. As global demand for Africa’s resources rises, a handful of Africans are becoming legitimately rich but the vast majority, like the continent as a whole, is being fleeced. Outsiders tend to think of Africa as a great drain of philanthropy. But look more closely at the resource industry and the relationship between Africa and the rest of the world looks rather different. In 2010, fuel and mineral exports from Africa were worth $333 billion, more than seven times the value of the aid that went in the opposite direction. But who received the money? For every Frenchwoman who dies in childbirth, 100 die in Niger alone, the former French colony whose uranium fuels France’s nuclear reactors. In petro-states like Angola three-quarters of government revenue comes from oil. The government is not funded by the people, and as result it is not beholden to them. A score of African countries whose economies depend on resources are rentier states; their people are largely serfs. The resource curse is not merely some unfortunate economic phenomenon, the product of an intangible force. What is happening in Africa’s resource states is systematic looting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin Author: Benjamin Franklin Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Left unfinished at the time of his death, The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin has endured as one of the most well-known and influential autobiographies ever written. From his early years in Boston and Philadelphia to the publication of his Poor Richard's Almanac to the American Revolution and beyond, Franklin's autobiography is a fascinating, personal exploration into the life of America's most interesting founding father. Benjamin Franklin Tue, 28 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233490 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin Author: Benjamin Franklin Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Left unfinished at the time of his death, The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin has endured as one of the most well-known and influential autobiographies ever written. From his early years in Boston and Philadelphia to the publication of his Poor Richard's Almanac to the American Revolution and beyond, Franklin's autobiography is a fascinating, personal exploration into the life of America's most interesting founding father. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin Author: Benjamin Franklin Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Left unfinished at the time of his death, The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin has endured as one of the most well-known and influential autobiographies ever written. From his early years in Boston and Philadelphia to the publication of his Poor Richard's Almanac to the American Revolution and beyond, Franklin's autobiography is a fascinating, personal exploration into the life of America's most interesting founding father. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1775, the American colonies were a hotbed of political discord. Many of the British policies, specifically taxes, had caused American colonial leaders to consider the unthinkable: declaring independence from the British Empire and its King George. One such leader, Thomas Paine, wrote Common Sense: a pamphlet that explained the advantages of immediate and complete independence. In 1776, when the Declaration of Independence was signed, Common Sense became a national sensation, and has remained an important part of American history. Thomas Paine Tue, 28 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299 thebookvoice.com 2:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1775, the American colonies were a hotbed of political discord. Many of the British policies, specifically taxes, had caused American colonial leaders to consider the unthinkable: declaring independence from the British Empire and its King George. One such leader, Thomas Paine, wrote Common Sense: a pamphlet that explained the advantages of immediate and complete independence. In 1776, when the Declaration of Independence was signed, Common Sense became a national sensation, and has remained an important part of American history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Sense Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 28, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1775, the American colonies were a hotbed of political discord. Many of the British policies, specifically taxes, had caused American colonial leaders to consider the unthinkable: declaring independence from the British Empire and its King George. One such leader, Thomas Paine, wrote Common Sense: a pamphlet that explained the advantages of immediate and complete independence. In 1776, when the Declaration of Independence was signed, Common Sense became a national sensation, and has remained an important part of American history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233185 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Ground Author: Cal Thomas, Bob Beckel Narrator: Bob Beckel, Cal Thomas, Richard Rohan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 9, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inspired by their popular USA Today column, conservative Cal Thomas and liberal Bob Beckel show politicians of both stripes how to get beyond partisanship, restore civility, and move our country forward. Thomas and Beckel are a unique pair in today's political climate—pundits from opposite sides who not only talk to each other but work together to find common ground on some of the most divisive issues facing us, from the war in Iraq to gay marriage to the Patriot Act. Common Ground unmasks the hypocrisy of many of the issues, organizations, and individuals who created and deepened the partisan divide at the center of American politics, and makes a strategic case for why this bickering must stop. Throughout, Thomas and Beckel explode conventional wisdom and offer surprising new conclusions: - The Red State/Blue State divide: Myth! - A ''common ground'' presidential candidate can win in 2008: Reality! - ''Polarizers'' like Ann Coulter and Michael Moore are the future of political debate: Myth! - Major-party politics faces extinction: Reality! These guys should know. For years Beckel and Thomas contributed to the climate of polarization in Washington . . . and they admit it. ''We're two guys who spent a lot of years in the polarizing business, but on opposing sides,'' they write. ''We helped write the game plan, and we have participated in everything from getting money out of true believers to appearing on television to help spread the contentious message. In many cases, we wrote the message. We know the gig, and it's just about up.'' In this much-needed book, Thomas and Beckel go beyond their column to offer a sobering overview of the current political divide and its corrosive effect on us all.They also explain how bipartisanship and consensus politics are not only good for the day-to-day democratic process but essential for our nation's future well-being. Entertaining and informative, funny and healing, Common Ground is must reading for all concerned citizens. Cal Thomas, Bob Beckel Tue, 09 Oct 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233185 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Ground Author: Cal Thomas, Bob Beckel Narrator: Bob Beckel, Cal Thomas, Richard Rohan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 9, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inspired by their popular USA Today column, conservative Cal Thomas and liberal Bob Beckel show politicians of both stripes how to get beyond partisanship, restore civility, and move our country forward. Thomas and Beckel are a unique pair in today's political climate—pundits from opposite sides who not only talk to each other but work together to find common ground on some of the most divisive issues facing us, from the war in Iraq to gay marriage to the Patriot Act. Common Ground unmasks the hypocrisy of many of the issues, organizations, and individuals who created and deepened the partisan divide at the center of American politics, and makes a strategic case for why this bickering must stop. Throughout, Thomas and Beckel explode conventional wisdom and offer surprising new conclusions: - The Red State/Blue State divide: Myth! - A ''common ground'' presidential candidate can win in 2008: Reality! - ''Polarizers'' like Ann Coulter and Michael Moore are the future of political debate: Myth! - Major-party politics faces extinction: Reality! These guys should know. For years Beckel and Thomas contributed to the climate of polarization in Washington . . . and they admit it. ''We're two guys who spent a lot of years in the polarizing business, but on opposing sides,'' they write. ''We helped write the game plan, and we have participated in everything from getting money out of true believers to appearing on television to help spread the contentious message. In many cases, we wrote the message. We know the gig, and it's just about up.'' In this much-needed book, Thomas and Beckel go beyond their column to offer a sobering overview of the current political divide and its corrosive effect on us all.They also explain how bipartisanship and consensus politics are not only good for the day-to-day democratic process but essential for our nation's future well-being. Entertaining and informative, funny and healing, Common Ground is must reading for all concerned citizens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233185]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Ground Author: Cal Thomas, Bob Beckel Narrator: Bob Beckel, Cal Thomas, Richard Rohan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 9, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Inspired by their popular USA Today column, conservative Cal Thomas and liberal Bob Beckel show politicians of both stripes how to get beyond partisanship, restore civility, and move our country forward. Thomas and Beckel are a unique pair in today's political climate—pundits from opposite sides who not only talk to each other but work together to find common ground on some of the most divisive issues facing us, from the war in Iraq to gay marriage to the Patriot Act. Common Ground unmasks the hypocrisy of many of the issues, organizations, and individuals who created and deepened the partisan divide at the center of American politics, and makes a strategic case for why this bickering must stop. Throughout, Thomas and Beckel explode conventional wisdom and offer surprising new conclusions: - The Red State/Blue State divide: Myth! - A ''common ground'' presidential candidate can win in 2008: Reality! - ''Polarizers'' like Ann Coulter and Michael Moore are the future of political debate: Myth! - Major-party politics faces extinction: Reality! These guys should know. For years Beckel and Thomas contributed to the climate of polarization in Washington . . . and they admit it. ''We're two guys who spent a lot of years in the polarizing business, but on opposing sides,'' they write. ''We helped write the game plan, and we have participated in everything from getting money out of true believers to appearing on television to help spread the contentious message. In many cases, we wrote the message. We know the gig, and it's just about up.'' In this much-needed book, Thomas and Beckel go beyond their column to offer a sobering overview of the current political divide and its corrosive effect on us all.They also explain how bipartisanship and consensus politics are not only good for the day-to-day democratic process but essential for our nation's future well-being. Entertaining and informative, funny and healing, Common Ground is must reading for all concerned citizens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233179 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroic Conservatism Author: Michael J. Gerson Narrator: Alan Nebelthau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 13, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Gerson, who worked with George W. Bush on his most inspiring speeches, is considered by many Democrats and Republicans to be the most influential White House speechwriter since the Kennedy administration. He was also more than a speechwriter, he was a trusted insider who helped shape policy. In Heroic Conservatism Gerson uses his own experiences in the upper tier of the Bush White House to show why America needs a conservatism that is heroic in its aspirations—including ''compassionate conservative'' proposals to confront global AIDS, combat poverty in America, and promote human rights and dignity abroad—initiatives that Gerson fought for during his time in government. Gerson has a unique ability to frame complex issues in a way that both challenges and inspires, and in Heroic Conservatism he delivers a new manifesto for the Republican Party and a fascinating memoir of a history-shaping Presidency. Michael J. Gerson Tue, 13 Nov 2007 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233179 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroic Conservatism Author: Michael J. Gerson Narrator: Alan Nebelthau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 13, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Gerson, who worked with George W. Bush on his most inspiring speeches, is considered by many Democrats and Republicans to be the most influential White House speechwriter since the Kennedy administration. He was also more than a speechwriter, he was a trusted insider who helped shape policy. In Heroic Conservatism Gerson uses his own experiences in the upper tier of the Bush White House to show why America needs a conservatism that is heroic in its aspirations—including ''compassionate conservative'' proposals to confront global AIDS, combat poverty in America, and promote human rights and dignity abroad—initiatives that Gerson fought for during his time in government. Gerson has a unique ability to frame complex issues in a way that both challenges and inspires, and in Heroic Conservatism he delivers a new manifesto for the Republican Party and a fascinating memoir of a history-shaping Presidency. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroic Conservatism Author: Michael J. Gerson Narrator: Alan Nebelthau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 13, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Gerson, who worked with George W. Bush on his most inspiring speeches, is considered by many Democrats and Republicans to be the most influential White House speechwriter since the Kennedy administration. He was also more than a speechwriter, he was a trusted insider who helped shape policy. In Heroic Conservatism Gerson uses his own experiences in the upper tier of the Bush White House to show why America needs a conservatism that is heroic in its aspirations—including ''compassionate conservative'' proposals to confront global AIDS, combat poverty in America, and promote human rights and dignity abroad—initiatives that Gerson fought for during his time in government. Gerson has a unique ability to frame complex issues in a way that both challenges and inspires, and in Heroic Conservatism he delivers a new manifesto for the Republican Party and a fascinating memoir of a history-shaping Presidency. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memo to the President Elect Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 8, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The next president, whether Democrat or Republican, will face the daunting task of repairing America's core relationships and tarnished credibility after the damage caused during the past seven years. In Memo to the President Elect, former secretary of state and bestselling author Madeleine Albright offers provocative ideas about how to confront the striking array of challenges that the next commander-in-chief will face and how to return America to its rightful role as a source of inspiration across the globe. Much more than a set of policy prescriptions, Secretary Albright's writing blends lessons from the past with forward-looking suggestions about how to assemble a first-rate foreign policy team, anticipate the actions of other key countries, make full use of presidential power without repeating the excesses of the Bush administration, and revive America's commitment to its founding ideals. Albright's advice is candid—as conveyed in a confidential memo—and seasoned with humor and stories from her years in office. Drawing on her extensive experience as an advisor to two presidents and a key figure in four presidential transitions, she provides an insider's analysis of U.S. options in addressing the decisive issues of our era: terrorism, wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, rivalries in the Middle East, the potential for nuclear war, and headaches created by such troublesome leaders as Iran's Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, Russia's Vladimir Putin, Venezuela's Hugo Chávez, and North Korea's Kim Jong-il. The 2008 election promises to be one of the most dramatic in our nation's history. Memo to the President Elect offers indispensable guidance for the next occupant of the White House—and a wealth of insights for voters to think about before deciding who that person will be. Madeleine Albright Tue, 08 Jan 2008 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233171 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memo to the President Elect Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 8, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The next president, whether Democrat or Republican, will face the daunting task of repairing America's core relationships and tarnished credibility after the damage caused during the past seven years. In Memo to the President Elect, former secretary of state and bestselling author Madeleine Albright offers provocative ideas about how to confront the striking array of challenges that the next commander-in-chief will face and how to return America to its rightful role as a source of inspiration across the globe. Much more than a set of policy prescriptions, Secretary Albright's writing blends lessons from the past with forward-looking suggestions about how to assemble a first-rate foreign policy team, anticipate the actions of other key countries, make full use of presidential power without repeating the excesses of the Bush administration, and revive America's commitment to its founding ideals. Albright's advice is candid—as conveyed in a confidential memo—and seasoned with humor and stories from her years in office. Drawing on her extensive experience as an advisor to two presidents and a key figure in four presidential transitions, she provides an insider's analysis of U.S. options in addressing the decisive issues of our era: terrorism, wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, rivalries in the Middle East, the potential for nuclear war, and headaches created by such troublesome leaders as Iran's Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, Russia's Vladimir Putin, Venezuela's Hugo Chávez, and North Korea's Kim Jong-il. The 2008 election promises to be one of the most dramatic in our nation's history. Memo to the President Elect offers indispensable guidance for the next occupant of the White House—and a wealth of insights for voters to think about before deciding who that person will be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memo to the President Elect Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 8, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The next president, whether Democrat or Republican, will face the daunting task of repairing America's core relationships and tarnished credibility after the damage caused during the past seven years. In Memo to the President Elect, former secretary of state and bestselling author Madeleine Albright offers provocative ideas about how to confront the striking array of challenges that the next commander-in-chief will face and how to return America to its rightful role as a source of inspiration across the globe. Much more than a set of policy prescriptions, Secretary Albright's writing blends lessons from the past with forward-looking suggestions about how to assemble a first-rate foreign policy team, anticipate the actions of other key countries, make full use of presidential power without repeating the excesses of the Bush administration, and revive America's commitment to its founding ideals. Albright's advice is candid—as conveyed in a confidential memo—and seasoned with humor and stories from her years in office. Drawing on her extensive experience as an advisor to two presidents and a key figure in four presidential transitions, she provides an insider's analysis of U.S. options in addressing the decisive issues of our era: terrorism, wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, rivalries in the Middle East, the potential for nuclear war, and headaches created by such troublesome leaders as Iran's Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, Russia's Vladimir Putin, Venezuela's Hugo Chávez, and North Korea's Kim Jong-il. The 2008 election promises to be one of the most dramatic in our nation's history. Memo to the President Elect offers indispensable guidance for the next occupant of the White House—and a wealth of insights for voters to think about before deciding who that person will be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233154 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Government Failed You Author: Richard A. Clarke Narrator: Richard A. Clarke Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 27, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''Your government failed you . . . and I failed you.'' Richard Clarke's dramatic statement to the grieving families during the 9-11 Commission hearings touched a raw nerve across America. Not only had our government failed to prevent the 2001 terrorist attacks, but it has proven itself, time and again, incapable of handling the majority of our most crucial national security issues, from Iraq to Katrina and beyond. This is not just a temporary failure of our current leadership—it is a systemic problem, the result of a pattern of incompetence that must be understood, confronted, and prevented. In Your Government Failed You, Clarke looks at why these unconscionable failures have continued and how America and the world can succeed against the terrorists. Clarke minces no words in his examination of the breadth and depth of the mediocrity, entropy and collapse endemic in America's national security programs. In order for the United States to stop its string of strategic mistakes, we first need to understand why they happen. Clarke gives us a privileged, if horrifying, inside look into the debacle of the government policies, discovering patterns in the failure and offering ways to stop the cycle once and for all. Richard A. Clarke Tue, 27 May 2008 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233154 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Government Failed You Author: Richard A. Clarke Narrator: Richard A. Clarke Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 27, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''Your government failed you . . . and I failed you.'' Richard Clarke's dramatic statement to the grieving families during the 9-11 Commission hearings touched a raw nerve across America. Not only had our government failed to prevent the 2001 terrorist attacks, but it has proven itself, time and again, incapable of handling the majority of our most crucial national security issues, from Iraq to Katrina and beyond. This is not just a temporary failure of our current leadership—it is a systemic problem, the result of a pattern of incompetence that must be understood, confronted, and prevented. In Your Government Failed You, Clarke looks at why these unconscionable failures have continued and how America and the world can succeed against the terrorists. Clarke minces no words in his examination of the breadth and depth of the mediocrity, entropy and collapse endemic in America's national security programs. In order for the United States to stop its string of strategic mistakes, we first need to understand why they happen. Clarke gives us a privileged, if horrifying, inside look into the debacle of the government policies, discovering patterns in the failure and offering ways to stop the cycle once and for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Government Failed You Author: Richard A. Clarke Narrator: Richard A. Clarke Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 27, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''Your government failed you . . . and I failed you.'' Richard Clarke's dramatic statement to the grieving families during the 9-11 Commission hearings touched a raw nerve across America. Not only had our government failed to prevent the 2001 terrorist attacks, but it has proven itself, time and again, incapable of handling the majority of our most crucial national security issues, from Iraq to Katrina and beyond. This is not just a temporary failure of our current leadership—it is a systemic problem, the result of a pattern of incompetence that must be understood, confronted, and prevented. In Your Government Failed You, Clarke looks at why these unconscionable failures have continued and how America and the world can succeed against the terrorists. Clarke minces no words in his examination of the breadth and depth of the mediocrity, entropy and collapse endemic in America's national security programs. In order for the United States to stop its string of strategic mistakes, we first need to understand why they happen. Clarke gives us a privileged, if horrifying, inside look into the debacle of the government policies, discovering patterns in the failure and offering ways to stop the cycle once and for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wiser in Battle Author: Ricardo S. Sanchez Narrator: Ricardo S. Sanchez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Amidst all of the criticisms of America's war in Iraq, one essential voice has remained silent . . . until now. In his groundbreaking new memoir, Wiser in Battle, LTG (Ret) Ricardo S. Sanchez, former Commander of Coalition Forces in Iraq, reports back from the front lines of the global War on Terror to provide a comprehensive and chilling exploration of America's historic military and foreign policy blunder. With unflinching candor, Sanchez describes the chaos on the Iraqi battlefield caused by the Bush Administration's misguided command of the military, as well as his own struggle to set the coalition on the path towards victory. Sanchez illuminates the fallout of the communication breakdown between the leadership on the battlefield and the politicians in Washington. The first book written by a former on-site commander in Iraq, Wiser in Battle is essential reading for all who wish to understand the current war and the American military's role in the new century. Ricardo S. Sanchez Tue, 06 May 2008 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wiser in Battle Author: Ricardo S. Sanchez Narrator: Ricardo S. Sanchez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Amidst all of the criticisms of America's war in Iraq, one essential voice has remained silent . . . until now. In his groundbreaking new memoir, Wiser in Battle, LTG (Ret) Ricardo S. Sanchez, former Commander of Coalition Forces in Iraq, reports back from the front lines of the global War on Terror to provide a comprehensive and chilling exploration of America's historic military and foreign policy blunder. With unflinching candor, Sanchez describes the chaos on the Iraqi battlefield caused by the Bush Administration's misguided command of the military, as well as his own struggle to set the coalition on the path towards victory. Sanchez illuminates the fallout of the communication breakdown between the leadership on the battlefield and the politicians in Washington. The first book written by a former on-site commander in Iraq, Wiser in Battle is essential reading for all who wish to understand the current war and the American military's role in the new century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wiser in Battle Author: Ricardo S. Sanchez Narrator: Ricardo S. Sanchez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Amidst all of the criticisms of America's war in Iraq, one essential voice has remained silent . . . until now. In his groundbreaking new memoir, Wiser in Battle, LTG (Ret) Ricardo S. Sanchez, former Commander of Coalition Forces in Iraq, reports back from the front lines of the global War on Terror to provide a comprehensive and chilling exploration of America's historic military and foreign policy blunder. With unflinching candor, Sanchez describes the chaos on the Iraqi battlefield caused by the Bush Administration's misguided command of the military, as well as his own struggle to set the coalition on the path towards victory. Sanchez illuminates the fallout of the communication breakdown between the leadership on the battlefield and the politicians in Washington. The first book written by a former on-site commander in Iraq, Wiser in Battle is essential reading for all who wish to understand the current war and the American military's role in the new century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Built That: Awe-Inspiring Stories of American Tinkerpreneurs Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Michelle Malkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Firebrand conservative columnist, commentator, Internet entrepreneur, and #1 New York Times bestselling author Michelle Malkin tells the fascinating, little-known stories of the inventors who have contributed to American exceptionalism and technological progress. Call them America’s “tinkerpreneurs”—unsung innovators who commercialized their “little” ideas to create products, companies, wealth, and opportunities that thrive today. Tireless, self-made, and largely self-taught, they raised our standard of living with the creation of items we daily take for granted, from razors to bottle caps, flashlights to bridge cables. This entertaining and enlightening treasury is, in part, Michelle Malkin’s response to President Obama’s infamous assertion that “if you’ve got a business, you didn’t build that.” She examines how factors such as profit motive, intellectual property rights, patriotism, faith, family, and an unwavering belief in American exceptionalism set the stage for the creation of toilet paper, glass bottles, the hydroelectric power plant, and more. Demonized by the left as greedy villains and selfish barons, these visionaries have nurtured job-creating powerhouses used today by “progressive” propagandists who can’t comprehend how much comfort and convenience they enjoy as a result of the ingenious contributions by these original American dreamers. Are they rich? You bet. They earned their private rewards for the public good. Find out Who Built That—and the next time you turn on your air conditioner, say thank you. Michelle Malkin Tue, 19 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232945 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Built That: Awe-Inspiring Stories of American Tinkerpreneurs Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Michelle Malkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Firebrand conservative columnist, commentator, Internet entrepreneur, and #1 New York Times bestselling author Michelle Malkin tells the fascinating, little-known stories of the inventors who have contributed to American exceptionalism and technological progress. Call them America’s “tinkerpreneurs”—unsung innovators who commercialized their “little” ideas to create products, companies, wealth, and opportunities that thrive today. Tireless, self-made, and largely self-taught, they raised our standard of living with the creation of items we daily take for granted, from razors to bottle caps, flashlights to bridge cables. This entertaining and enlightening treasury is, in part, Michelle Malkin’s response to President Obama’s infamous assertion that “if you’ve got a business, you didn’t build that.” She examines how factors such as profit motive, intellectual property rights, patriotism, faith, family, and an unwavering belief in American exceptionalism set the stage for the creation of toilet paper, glass bottles, the hydroelectric power plant, and more. Demonized by the left as greedy villains and selfish barons, these visionaries have nurtured job-creating powerhouses used today by “progressive” propagandists who can’t comprehend how much comfort and convenience they enjoy as a result of the ingenious contributions by these original American dreamers. Are they rich? You bet. They earned their private rewards for the public good. Find out Who Built That—and the next time you turn on your air conditioner, say thank you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Built That: Awe-Inspiring Stories of American Tinkerpreneurs Author: Michelle Malkin Narrator: Michelle Malkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Firebrand conservative columnist, commentator, Internet entrepreneur, and #1 New York Times bestselling author Michelle Malkin tells the fascinating, little-known stories of the inventors who have contributed to American exceptionalism and technological progress. Call them America’s “tinkerpreneurs”—unsung innovators who commercialized their “little” ideas to create products, companies, wealth, and opportunities that thrive today. Tireless, self-made, and largely self-taught, they raised our standard of living with the creation of items we daily take for granted, from razors to bottle caps, flashlights to bridge cables. This entertaining and enlightening treasury is, in part, Michelle Malkin’s response to President Obama’s infamous assertion that “if you’ve got a business, you didn’t build that.” She examines how factors such as profit motive, intellectual property rights, patriotism, faith, family, and an unwavering belief in American exceptionalism set the stage for the creation of toilet paper, glass bottles, the hydroelectric power plant, and more. Demonized by the left as greedy villains and selfish barons, these visionaries have nurtured job-creating powerhouses used today by “progressive” propagandists who can’t comprehend how much comfort and convenience they enjoy as a result of the ingenious contributions by these original American dreamers. Are they rich? You bet. They earned their private rewards for the public good. Find out Who Built That—and the next time you turn on your air conditioner, say thank you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232280 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Operation Gladio: The Unholy Alliance Between the Vatican, the CIA, and the Mafia Author: Paul L. Williams Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this disturbing exposé, journalist Paul L. Williams describes a secret alliance forged at the close of World War II by the CIA, the Sicilian and U.S. mafias, and the Vatican to thwart the possibility of a Communist invasion of Europe. Williams presents evidence suggesting the existence, in many European countries, of 'stay-behind' units consisting of five thousand to fifteen thousand military operatives. The initial funding for these guerrilla armies came from bogus British bank notes and the sale of large stocks of SS morphine that had been smuggled out of Germany and Italy. As the Cold War intensified, the units were used not only to ward off possible invaders but also to thwart the rise of left-wing movements in South America and NATO-based countries by terror attacks. Williams argues that Operation Gladio soon gave rise to the toppling of governments, wholesale genocide, the formation of death squads, financial scandals on a grand scale, the creation of the mujahideen, an international narcotics network, and, most recently, the ascendancy of Jorge Mario Bergoglio, a Jesuit cleric with strong ties to Operation Condor (an outgrowth of Gladio in Argentina) as Pope Francis I. Paul L. Williams Tue, 21 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232280 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Operation Gladio: The Unholy Alliance Between the Vatican, the CIA, and the Mafia Author: Paul L. Williams Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this disturbing exposé, journalist Paul L. Williams describes a secret alliance forged at the close of World War II by the CIA, the Sicilian and U.S. mafias, and the Vatican to thwart the possibility of a Communist invasion of Europe. Williams presents evidence suggesting the existence, in many European countries, of 'stay-behind' units consisting of five thousand to fifteen thousand military operatives. The initial funding for these guerrilla armies came from bogus British bank notes and the sale of large stocks of SS morphine that had been smuggled out of Germany and Italy. As the Cold War intensified, the units were used not only to ward off possible invaders but also to thwart the rise of left-wing movements in South America and NATO-based countries by terror attacks. Williams argues that Operation Gladio soon gave rise to the toppling of governments, wholesale genocide, the formation of death squads, financial scandals on a grand scale, the creation of the mujahideen, an international narcotics network, and, most recently, the ascendancy of Jorge Mario Bergoglio, a Jesuit cleric with strong ties to Operation Condor (an outgrowth of Gladio in Argentina) as Pope Francis I. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Operation Gladio: The Unholy Alliance Between the Vatican, the CIA, and the Mafia Author: Paul L. Williams Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this disturbing exposé, journalist Paul L. Williams describes a secret alliance forged at the close of World War II by the CIA, the Sicilian and U.S. mafias, and the Vatican to thwart the possibility of a Communist invasion of Europe. Williams presents evidence suggesting the existence, in many European countries, of 'stay-behind' units consisting of five thousand to fifteen thousand military operatives. The initial funding for these guerrilla armies came from bogus British bank notes and the sale of large stocks of SS morphine that had been smuggled out of Germany and Italy. As the Cold War intensified, the units were used not only to ward off possible invaders but also to thwart the rise of left-wing movements in South America and NATO-based countries by terror attacks. Williams argues that Operation Gladio soon gave rise to the toppling of governments, wholesale genocide, the formation of death squads, financial scandals on a grand scale, the creation of the mujahideen, an international narcotics network, and, most recently, the ascendancy of Jorge Mario Bergoglio, a Jesuit cleric with strong ties to Operation Condor (an outgrowth of Gladio in Argentina) as Pope Francis I. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking a Stand: Moving Beyond Partisan Politics to Unite America Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Senator Rand Paul, leading national politician and 2016 Presidential candidate, presents his vision for America. From his electrifying thirteen-hour filibuster against administration-orchestrated drone strikes against U.S. citizens, to leading the discourse on criminal justice, Senator Rand Paul has taken Washington by storm. His outreach to this country's minority communities alone- championing reforms of mandatory minimum sentencing, school choice, and the creation of enterprise zones for economically depressed areas- distinguishes him as a politician and Republican the likes of which are rarely seen. What lies ahead is Senator Paul's plan for America, where lower taxes and smaller government empower a muscular and expansive middle class; an America that doesn't engage in nation-building or fight wars where the best outcome is stalemate; an America that believes in constitutionally protected liberty and the separation of powers. Rand Paul Tue, 26 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232060 thebookvoice.com 19:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking a Stand: Moving Beyond Partisan Politics to Unite America Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Senator Rand Paul, leading national politician and 2016 Presidential candidate, presents his vision for America. From his electrifying thirteen-hour filibuster against administration-orchestrated drone strikes against U.S. citizens, to leading the discourse on criminal justice, Senator Rand Paul has taken Washington by storm. His outreach to this country's minority communities alone- championing reforms of mandatory minimum sentencing, school choice, and the creation of enterprise zones for economically depressed areas- distinguishes him as a politician and Republican the likes of which are rarely seen. What lies ahead is Senator Paul's plan for America, where lower taxes and smaller government empower a muscular and expansive middle class; an America that doesn't engage in nation-building or fight wars where the best outcome is stalemate; an America that believes in constitutionally protected liberty and the separation of powers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking a Stand: Moving Beyond Partisan Politics to Unite America Author: Rand Paul Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Senator Rand Paul, leading national politician and 2016 Presidential candidate, presents his vision for America. From his electrifying thirteen-hour filibuster against administration-orchestrated drone strikes against U.S. citizens, to leading the discourse on criminal justice, Senator Rand Paul has taken Washington by storm. His outreach to this country's minority communities alone- championing reforms of mandatory minimum sentencing, school choice, and the creation of enterprise zones for economically depressed areas- distinguishes him as a politician and Republican the likes of which are rarely seen. What lies ahead is Senator Paul's plan for America, where lower taxes and smaller government empower a muscular and expansive middle class; an America that doesn't engage in nation-building or fight wars where the best outcome is stalemate; an America that believes in constitutionally protected liberty and the separation of powers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Potsdam: The End of World War II and the Remaking of Europe Author: Michael Neiberg Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After Germany’s defeat in World War II, Europe lay in tatters. Millions of refugees were dispersed across the continent. Food and fuel were scarce. Britain was bankrupt, while Germany had been reduced to rubble. In July of 1945, Harry Truman, Winston Churchill, and Joseph Stalin gathered in a quiet suburb of Berlin to negotiate a lasting peace—a peace that would finally put an end to the conflagration that had started in 1914, a peace under which Europe could be rebuilt. Award-winning historian Michael Neiberg brings the turbulent Potsdam conference to life, vividly capturing the delegates’ personalities: Truman, trying to escape from the shadow of Franklin Roosevelt, who had died only months before; Churchill, bombastic and seemingly out of touch; Stalin, cunning and meticulous. For the first week, negotiations progressed relatively smoothly. But when the delegates took a recess for the British elections, Churchill was replaced—both as prime minster and as Britain’s representative at the conference—in an unforeseen upset by Clement Attlee, a man Churchill disparagingly described as “a sheep in sheep’s clothing.” When the conference reconvened, the power dynamic had shifted dramatically, and the delegates struggled to find a new balance. Stalin took advantage of his strong position to demand control of Eastern Europe as recompense for the suffering experienced by the Soviet people and armies. The final resolutions of the Potsdam Conference, notably the division of Germany and the Soviet annexation of Poland, reflected the uneasy geopolitical equilibrium between East and West that would come to dominate the twentieth century. As Neiberg expertly shows, the delegates arrived at Potsdam determined to learn from the mistakes their predecessors made in the Treaty of Versailles. But, riven by tensions and dramatic debates over how to end the most recent war, they only dimly understood that their discussions of peace were giving birth to a new global conflict. Michael Neiberg Tue, 05 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232052 thebookvoice.com 10:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Potsdam: The End of World War II and the Remaking of Europe Author: Michael Neiberg Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After Germany’s defeat in World War II, Europe lay in tatters. Millions of refugees were dispersed across the continent. Food and fuel were scarce. Britain was bankrupt, while Germany had been reduced to rubble. In July of 1945, Harry Truman, Winston Churchill, and Joseph Stalin gathered in a quiet suburb of Berlin to negotiate a lasting peace—a peace that would finally put an end to the conflagration that had started in 1914, a peace under which Europe could be rebuilt. Award-winning historian Michael Neiberg brings the turbulent Potsdam conference to life, vividly capturing the delegates’ personalities: Truman, trying to escape from the shadow of Franklin Roosevelt, who had died only months before; Churchill, bombastic and seemingly out of touch; Stalin, cunning and meticulous. For the first week, negotiations progressed relatively smoothly. But when the delegates took a recess for the British elections, Churchill was replaced—both as prime minster and as Britain’s representative at the conference—in an unforeseen upset by Clement Attlee, a man Churchill disparagingly described as “a sheep in sheep’s clothing.” When the conference reconvened, the power dynamic had shifted dramatically, and the delegates struggled to find a new balance. Stalin took advantage of his strong position to demand control of Eastern Europe as recompense for the suffering experienced by the Soviet people and armies. The final resolutions of the Potsdam Conference, notably the division of Germany and the Soviet annexation of Poland, reflected the uneasy geopolitical equilibrium between East and West that would come to dominate the twentieth century. As Neiberg expertly shows, the delegates arrived at Potsdam determined to learn from the mistakes their predecessors made in the Treaty of Versailles. But, riven by tensions and dramatic debates over how to end the most recent war, they only dimly understood that their discussions of peace were giving birth to a new global conflict. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Potsdam: The End of World War II and the Remaking of Europe Author: Michael Neiberg Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After Germany’s defeat in World War II, Europe lay in tatters. Millions of refugees were dispersed across the continent. Food and fuel were scarce. Britain was bankrupt, while Germany had been reduced to rubble. In July of 1945, Harry Truman, Winston Churchill, and Joseph Stalin gathered in a quiet suburb of Berlin to negotiate a lasting peace—a peace that would finally put an end to the conflagration that had started in 1914, a peace under which Europe could be rebuilt. Award-winning historian Michael Neiberg brings the turbulent Potsdam conference to life, vividly capturing the delegates’ personalities: Truman, trying to escape from the shadow of Franklin Roosevelt, who had died only months before; Churchill, bombastic and seemingly out of touch; Stalin, cunning and meticulous. For the first week, negotiations progressed relatively smoothly. But when the delegates took a recess for the British elections, Churchill was replaced—both as prime minster and as Britain’s representative at the conference—in an unforeseen upset by Clement Attlee, a man Churchill disparagingly described as “a sheep in sheep’s clothing.” When the conference reconvened, the power dynamic had shifted dramatically, and the delegates struggled to find a new balance. Stalin took advantage of his strong position to demand control of Eastern Europe as recompense for the suffering experienced by the Soviet people and armies. The final resolutions of the Potsdam Conference, notably the division of Germany and the Soviet annexation of Poland, reflected the uneasy geopolitical equilibrium between East and West that would come to dominate the twentieth century. As Neiberg expertly shows, the delegates arrived at Potsdam determined to learn from the mistakes their predecessors made in the Treaty of Versailles. But, riven by tensions and dramatic debates over how to end the most recent war, they only dimly understood that their discussions of peace were giving birth to a new global conflict. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232011 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clinton Cash: The Untold Story of How and Why Foreign Governments and Businesses Helped Make Bill and Hillary Rich Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive takedown by the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Secret Empires. In 2000, Bill and Hillary Clinton owed millions of dollars in legal debt. Since then, they’ve earned over $230 million. Where did the money come from? Most people assume that the Clintons amassed their wealth through lucrative book deals and high-six figure fees for speaking gigs. Now, Peter Schweizer shows who is really behind those enormous payments. In the New York Times bestseller Clinton Cash, he follows the Clinton money trail, revealing the connection between their personal fortune, their “close personal friends,” the Clinton Foundation, foreign nations, and some of the highest ranks of government. Now, with Hillary on the verge of winning the presidential nomination, the questions it raises are more important than ever. Schweizer reveals the Clintons’ troubling dealings in Kazakhstan, Colombia, Haiti, and other places at the “wild west” fringe of the global economy. In this blockbuster exposé, Schweizer merely presents the troubling facts he’s uncovered. Meticulously researched and scrupulously sourced, filled with headline-making revelations, Clinton Cash raises serious questions of judgment, of possible indebtedness to an array of foreign interests, and ultimately, of fitness for high public office. A new documentary to be released will continue to push the revelations in Clinton Cash. Peter Schweizer Tue, 05 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232011 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clinton Cash: The Untold Story of How and Why Foreign Governments and Businesses Helped Make Bill and Hillary Rich Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive takedown by the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Secret Empires. In 2000, Bill and Hillary Clinton owed millions of dollars in legal debt. Since then, they’ve earned over $230 million. Where did the money come from? Most people assume that the Clintons amassed their wealth through lucrative book deals and high-six figure fees for speaking gigs. Now, Peter Schweizer shows who is really behind those enormous payments. In the New York Times bestseller Clinton Cash, he follows the Clinton money trail, revealing the connection between their personal fortune, their “close personal friends,” the Clinton Foundation, foreign nations, and some of the highest ranks of government. Now, with Hillary on the verge of winning the presidential nomination, the questions it raises are more important than ever. Schweizer reveals the Clintons’ troubling dealings in Kazakhstan, Colombia, Haiti, and other places at the “wild west” fringe of the global economy. In this blockbuster exposé, Schweizer merely presents the troubling facts he’s uncovered. Meticulously researched and scrupulously sourced, filled with headline-making revelations, Clinton Cash raises serious questions of judgment, of possible indebtedness to an array of foreign interests, and ultimately, of fitness for high public office. A new documentary to be released will continue to push the revelations in Clinton Cash. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/232011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Clinton Cash: The Untold Story of How and Why Foreign Governments and Businesses Helped Make Bill and Hillary Rich Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The definitive takedown by the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Secret Empires. In 2000, Bill and Hillary Clinton owed millions of dollars in legal debt. Since then, they’ve earned over $230 million. Where did the money come from? Most people assume that the Clintons amassed their wealth through lucrative book deals and high-six figure fees for speaking gigs. Now, Peter Schweizer shows who is really behind those enormous payments. In the New York Times bestseller Clinton Cash, he follows the Clinton money trail, revealing the connection between their personal fortune, their “close personal friends,” the Clinton Foundation, foreign nations, and some of the highest ranks of government. Now, with Hillary on the verge of winning the presidential nomination, the questions it raises are more important than ever. Schweizer reveals the Clintons’ troubling dealings in Kazakhstan, Colombia, Haiti, and other places at the “wild west” fringe of the global economy. In this blockbuster exposé, Schweizer merely presents the troubling facts he’s uncovered. Meticulously researched and scrupulously sourced, filled with headline-making revelations, Clinton Cash raises serious questions of judgment, of possible indebtedness to an array of foreign interests, and ultimately, of fitness for high public office. A new documentary to be released will continue to push the revelations in Clinton Cash. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231911 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast and Furious: Barack Obama's Bloodiest Scandal and Its Shameless Cover-Up Author: Katie Pavlich Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two hundred and rising. That's the death tally for the Obama administration's "Operation Fast & Furious." The program was supposedly designed to "win the drug war" by deliberately walking more than two thousand guns across the border to Mexico. But instead of catching drug lords, Fast & Furious armed the very king pins it was supposed to trap. Despite the protests of gun store owners and ATF whistle-blowers, federal agents deliberately violated federal law—and common sense—and wound up placing American weapons into the hands of Mexico's most violent criminals. And when the guns started showing up at crime scenes—including the murder scene of a U.S. border patrol agent—the cover-up began. So reveals Townhall editor Katie Pavlich in her news-breaking exposé Fast and Furious: Barack Obama's Bloodiest Scandal. While the White House has claimed ignorance of the program, Pavlich debunks their lies, denials and excuses by demonstrating incontestable proof that President Obama and Attorney General Holder did willfully and knowingly sanction the program in order to advance their anti-second amendment agenda. A horrifying look at one of the bloodiest scandals in the history of the American presidency, Fast and Furious is this season's sensational, must-listen book that will rock America—and the Obama administration—to its core. Katie Pavlich Tue, 17 Apr 2012 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231911 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast and Furious: Barack Obama's Bloodiest Scandal and Its Shameless Cover-Up Author: Katie Pavlich Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two hundred and rising. That's the death tally for the Obama administration's "Operation Fast & Furious." The program was supposedly designed to "win the drug war" by deliberately walking more than two thousand guns across the border to Mexico. But instead of catching drug lords, Fast & Furious armed the very king pins it was supposed to trap. Despite the protests of gun store owners and ATF whistle-blowers, federal agents deliberately violated federal law—and common sense—and wound up placing American weapons into the hands of Mexico's most violent criminals. And when the guns started showing up at crime scenes—including the murder scene of a U.S. border patrol agent—the cover-up began. So reveals Townhall editor Katie Pavlich in her news-breaking exposé Fast and Furious: Barack Obama's Bloodiest Scandal. While the White House has claimed ignorance of the program, Pavlich debunks their lies, denials and excuses by demonstrating incontestable proof that President Obama and Attorney General Holder did willfully and knowingly sanction the program in order to advance their anti-second amendment agenda. A horrifying look at one of the bloodiest scandals in the history of the American presidency, Fast and Furious is this season's sensational, must-listen book that will rock America—and the Obama administration—to its core. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231911]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast and Furious: Barack Obama's Bloodiest Scandal and Its Shameless Cover-Up Author: Katie Pavlich Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two hundred and rising. That's the death tally for the Obama administration's "Operation Fast & Furious." The program was supposedly designed to "win the drug war" by deliberately walking more than two thousand guns across the border to Mexico. But instead of catching drug lords, Fast & Furious armed the very king pins it was supposed to trap. Despite the protests of gun store owners and ATF whistle-blowers, federal agents deliberately violated federal law—and common sense—and wound up placing American weapons into the hands of Mexico's most violent criminals. And when the guns started showing up at crime scenes—including the murder scene of a U.S. border patrol agent—the cover-up began. So reveals Townhall editor Katie Pavlich in her news-breaking exposé Fast and Furious: Barack Obama's Bloodiest Scandal. While the White House has claimed ignorance of the program, Pavlich debunks their lies, denials and excuses by demonstrating incontestable proof that President Obama and Attorney General Holder did willfully and knowingly sanction the program in order to advance their anti-second amendment agenda. A horrifying look at one of the bloodiest scandals in the history of the American presidency, Fast and Furious is this season's sensational, must-listen book that will rock America—and the Obama administration—to its core. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Rivals: Madison vs. Monroe, the Bill of Rights, and the Election That Saved a Nation Author: Chris DeRose Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 23, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1789, James Madison and James Monroe ran against each other for Congress—the only time that two future presidents have contested a congressional seat. But what was at stake, as author Chris DeRose reveals in Founding Rivals: Madison vs. Monroe, the Bill of Rights, and the Election That Saved a Nation, was more than personal ambition. This was a race that determined the future of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, the very definition of the United States of America. Friends and political allies for most of their lives, Madison was the Constitution's principal author, Monroe one of its leading opponents. Monroe thought the Constitution gave the federal government too much power and failed to guarantee fundamental rights. Madison believed that without the Constitution, the United States would not survive. It was the most important congressional race in American history, more important than all but a few presidential elections, and yet it is one that historians have virtually ignored. In Founding Rivals, DeRose, himself a political strategist who has fought campaigns in Madison and Monroe's district, relives the campaign, retraces the candidates' footsteps, and offers the first insightful, comprehensive history of this high-stakes political battle. DeRose reveals: •    How Madison's election ensured the passage of a Bill of Rights—and how Monroe's election would have ensured its failure •    How Madison came from behind to win a narrow victory (by a margin of only three hundred and thirty-six votes) in a district gerrymandered against him •    How the Bill of Rights emerged as a campaign promise to Virginia's evangelical Christians •    Why Madison's defeat might have led to a new Constitutional Convention—and the breakup of the United States Founding Rivals tells the extraordinary, neglected story of two of America's most important Founding Fathers. Brought to life by unparalleled research, it is one of the most provocative books of American political history you will listen to this year. Chris DeRose Mon, 23 Apr 2012 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231910 thebookvoice.com 9:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Rivals: Madison vs. Monroe, the Bill of Rights, and the Election That Saved a Nation Author: Chris DeRose Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 23, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1789, James Madison and James Monroe ran against each other for Congress—the only time that two future presidents have contested a congressional seat. But what was at stake, as author Chris DeRose reveals in Founding Rivals: Madison vs. Monroe, the Bill of Rights, and the Election That Saved a Nation, was more than personal ambition. This was a race that determined the future of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, the very definition of the United States of America. Friends and political allies for most of their lives, Madison was the Constitution's principal author, Monroe one of its leading opponents. Monroe thought the Constitution gave the federal government too much power and failed to guarantee fundamental rights. Madison believed that without the Constitution, the United States would not survive. It was the most important congressional race in American history, more important than all but a few presidential elections, and yet it is one that historians have virtually ignored. In Founding Rivals, DeRose, himself a political strategist who has fought campaigns in Madison and Monroe's district, relives the campaign, retraces the candidates' footsteps, and offers the first insightful, comprehensive history of this high-stakes political battle. DeRose reveals: •    How Madison's election ensured the passage of a Bill of Rights—and how Monroe's election would have ensured its failure •    How Madison came from behind to win a narrow victory (by a margin of only three hundred and thirty-six votes) in a district gerrymandered against him •    How the Bill of Rights emerged as a campaign promise to Virginia's evangelical Christians •    Why Madison's defeat might have led to a new Constitutional Convention—and the breakup of the United States Founding Rivals tells the extraordinary, neglected story of two of America's most important Founding Fathers. Brought to life by unparalleled research, it is one of the most provocative books of American political history you will listen to this year. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Rivals: Madison vs. Monroe, the Bill of Rights, and the Election That Saved a Nation Author: Chris DeRose Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 23, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1789, James Madison and James Monroe ran against each other for Congress—the only time that two future presidents have contested a congressional seat. But what was at stake, as author Chris DeRose reveals in Founding Rivals: Madison vs. Monroe, the Bill of Rights, and the Election That Saved a Nation, was more than personal ambition. This was a race that determined the future of the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, the very definition of the United States of America. Friends and political allies for most of their lives, Madison was the Constitution's principal author, Monroe one of its leading opponents. Monroe thought the Constitution gave the federal government too much power and failed to guarantee fundamental rights. Madison believed that without the Constitution, the United States would not survive. It was the most important congressional race in American history, more important than all but a few presidential elections, and yet it is one that historians have virtually ignored. In Founding Rivals, DeRose, himself a political strategist who has fought campaigns in Madison and Monroe's district, relives the campaign, retraces the candidates' footsteps, and offers the first insightful, comprehensive history of this high-stakes political battle. DeRose reveals: •    How Madison's election ensured the passage of a Bill of Rights—and how Monroe's election would have ensured its failure •    How Madison came from behind to win a narrow victory (by a margin of only three hundred and thirty-six votes) in a district gerrymandered against him •    How the Bill of Rights emerged as a campaign promise to Virginia's evangelical Christians •    Why Madison's defeat might have led to a new Constitutional Convention—and the breakup of the United States Founding Rivals tells the extraordinary, neglected story of two of America's most important Founding Fathers. Brought to life by unparalleled research, it is one of the most provocative books of American political history you will listen to this year. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231864 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Want More Author: Kate Sayre, Michael J. Silverstein, John Butman Narrator: Kellie Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 8, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Haven't women gotten everything they want? Economic power? Social influence? Business clout? Yes, but it turns out that these fantastic gains have come at a heavy price, as consumer goods experts Michael J. Silverstein and Kate Sayre discovered in an unprecedented study of 12,000 women in forty countries. That relentless upward climb has left women feeling stressed out, time starved, and overburdened. As a result, they look to products and services that will help them claw back time, juggle multiple roles, and capture a few moments of enjoyment. Women want more—much more, in every category of goods and services. And no matter what their age or economic situation or where they live in the world, women will spend trillions of dollars over the next decade on the brands that truly deliver: - Home-cleaning products that enable women to do in an hour what used to take a day - Financial-services products that recognize that women control half the United States' wealth - Food products that help keep the whole family happy and healthy - Health care services designed for working-women's hectic schedules In the coming years, women's influence will be so enormous that it will not only help bring us out of the economic downturn but also create one of the most dramatic market opportunities of our lifetime—bigger than the rise of China and India; more sustainable than any bailout package. Through quantitative data, profiles of individual women, and stories of winning companies, Women Want More provides business leaders with the understanding and practices they need to capture their share of the rising ''female economy.'' Kate Sayre, Michael J. Silverstein, John Butman Tue, 08 Sep 2009 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231864 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Want More Author: Kate Sayre, Michael J. Silverstein, John Butman Narrator: Kellie Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 8, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Haven't women gotten everything they want? Economic power? Social influence? Business clout? Yes, but it turns out that these fantastic gains have come at a heavy price, as consumer goods experts Michael J. Silverstein and Kate Sayre discovered in an unprecedented study of 12,000 women in forty countries. That relentless upward climb has left women feeling stressed out, time starved, and overburdened. As a result, they look to products and services that will help them claw back time, juggle multiple roles, and capture a few moments of enjoyment. Women want more—much more, in every category of goods and services. And no matter what their age or economic situation or where they live in the world, women will spend trillions of dollars over the next decade on the brands that truly deliver: - Home-cleaning products that enable women to do in an hour what used to take a day - Financial-services products that recognize that women control half the United States' wealth - Food products that help keep the whole family happy and healthy - Health care services designed for working-women's hectic schedules In the coming years, women's influence will be so enormous that it will not only help bring us out of the economic downturn but also create one of the most dramatic market opportunities of our lifetime—bigger than the rise of China and India; more sustainable than any bailout package. Through quantitative data, profiles of individual women, and stories of winning companies, Women Want More provides business leaders with the understanding and practices they need to capture their share of the rising ''female economy.'' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Want More Author: Kate Sayre, Michael J. Silverstein, John Butman Narrator: Kellie Fitzgerald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: September 8, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Haven't women gotten everything they want? Economic power? Social influence? Business clout? Yes, but it turns out that these fantastic gains have come at a heavy price, as consumer goods experts Michael J. Silverstein and Kate Sayre discovered in an unprecedented study of 12,000 women in forty countries. That relentless upward climb has left women feeling stressed out, time starved, and overburdened. As a result, they look to products and services that will help them claw back time, juggle multiple roles, and capture a few moments of enjoyment. Women want more—much more, in every category of goods and services. And no matter what their age or economic situation or where they live in the world, women will spend trillions of dollars over the next decade on the brands that truly deliver: - Home-cleaning products that enable women to do in an hour what used to take a day - Financial-services products that recognize that women control half the United States' wealth - Food products that help keep the whole family happy and healthy - Health care services designed for working-women's hectic schedules In the coming years, women's influence will be so enormous that it will not only help bring us out of the economic downturn but also create one of the most dramatic market opportunities of our lifetime—bigger than the rise of China and India; more sustainable than any bailout package. Through quantitative data, profiles of individual women, and stories of winning companies, Women Want More provides business leaders with the understanding and practices they need to capture their share of the rising ''female economy.'' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A People's History of the United States Author: Howard Zinn Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 481 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 45 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE CLASSIC NATIONAL BESTSELLER ''A wonderful, splendid book—a book that should be read by every American, student or otherwise, who wants to understand his country, its true history, and its hope for the future.'' –Howard Fast Historian Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States chronicles American history from the bottom up, throwing out the official narrative taught in schools—with its emphasis on great men in high places—to focus on the street, the home, and the workplace. Known for its lively, clear prose as well as its scholarly research, it is the only volume to tell America's story from the point of view of—and in the words of—America's women, factory workers, African-Americans, Native Americans, the working poor, and immigrant laborers. As Zinn shows, many of our country's greatest battles—the fights for a fair wage, an eight-hour workday, child-labor laws, health and safety standards, universal suffrage, women's rights, racial equality—were carried out at the grassroots level, against bloody resistance. Covering Christopher Columbus's arrival through President Clinton's first term, A People's History of the United States features insightful analysis of the most important events in our history. This edition also includes an introduction by Anthony Arnove, who wrote, directed, and produced The People Speak with Zinn and who coauthored, with Zinn, Voices of a People’s History of the United States. Howard Zinn Sun, 13 Dec 2009 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231844 thebookvoice.com 34:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A People's History of the United States Author: Howard Zinn Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 481 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 45 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE CLASSIC NATIONAL BESTSELLER ''A wonderful, splendid book—a book that should be read by every American, student or otherwise, who wants to understand his country, its true history, and its hope for the future.'' –Howard Fast Historian Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States chronicles American history from the bottom up, throwing out the official narrative taught in schools—with its emphasis on great men in high places—to focus on the street, the home, and the workplace. Known for its lively, clear prose as well as its scholarly research, it is the only volume to tell America's story from the point of view of—and in the words of—America's women, factory workers, African-Americans, Native Americans, the working poor, and immigrant laborers. As Zinn shows, many of our country's greatest battles—the fights for a fair wage, an eight-hour workday, child-labor laws, health and safety standards, universal suffrage, women's rights, racial equality—were carried out at the grassroots level, against bloody resistance. Covering Christopher Columbus's arrival through President Clinton's first term, A People's History of the United States features insightful analysis of the most important events in our history. This edition also includes an introduction by Anthony Arnove, who wrote, directed, and produced The People Speak with Zinn and who coauthored, with Zinn, Voices of a People’s History of the United States. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A People's History of the United States Author: Howard Zinn Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 13, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 481 Ratings of Narrator: 4.27 of Total 45 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE CLASSIC NATIONAL BESTSELLER ''A wonderful, splendid book—a book that should be read by every American, student or otherwise, who wants to understand his country, its true history, and its hope for the future.'' –Howard Fast Historian Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States chronicles American history from the bottom up, throwing out the official narrative taught in schools—with its emphasis on great men in high places—to focus on the street, the home, and the workplace. Known for its lively, clear prose as well as its scholarly research, it is the only volume to tell America's story from the point of view of—and in the words of—America's women, factory workers, African-Americans, Native Americans, the working poor, and immigrant laborers. As Zinn shows, many of our country's greatest battles—the fights for a fair wage, an eight-hour workday, child-labor laws, health and safety standards, universal suffrage, women's rights, racial equality—were carried out at the grassroots level, against bloody resistance. Covering Christopher Columbus's arrival through President Clinton's first term, A People's History of the United States features insightful analysis of the most important events in our history. This edition also includes an introduction by Anthony Arnove, who wrote, directed, and produced The People Speak with Zinn and who coauthored, with Zinn, Voices of a People’s History of the United States. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231432 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: By the People: Rebuilding Liberty Without Permission Author: Charles Murray Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 12, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The American way of life, built on individual liberty and limited government, is on life support. American freedom is being gutted. Whether we are trying to run a business, practice a vocation, raise our families, cooperate with our neighbors, or follow our religious beliefs, we run afoul of the government—not because we are doing anything wrong but because the government has decided it knows better. When we object, that government can and does tell us, “Try to fight this, and we’ll ruin you.” In this provocative book, acclaimed social scientist and bestselling author Charles Murray shows us why we can no longer hope to roll back the power of the federal government through the normal political process. The Constitution is broken in ways that cannot be fixed even by a sympathetic Supreme Court. Our legal system is increasingly lawless, unmoored from traditional ideas of “the rule of law.” The legislative process has become systemically corrupt no matter which party is in control. But there’s good news beyond the Beltway. Technology is siphoning power from sclerotic government agencies and putting it in the hands of individuals and communities. The rediversification of American culture is making local freedom attractive to liberals as well as conservatives. People across the political spectrum are increasingly alienated from a regulatory state that nakedly serves its own interests rather than those of ordinary Americans. The even better news is that federal government has a fatal weakness: It can get away with its thousands of laws and regulations only if the overwhelming majority of Americans voluntarily comply with them. Murray describes how civil disobedience backstopped by legal defense funds can make large portions of the 180,000-page Federal Code of Regulations unenforceable, through a targeted program that identifies regulations that arbitrarily and capriciously tell us what to do. Americans have it within their power to make the federal government an insurable hazard like hurricanes and floods, leaving us once again free to live our lives as we see fit. By the People’s hopeful message is that rebuilding our traditional freedoms does not require electing a right-thinking Congress or president, nor does it require five right-thinking justices on the Supreme Court. It can be done by we the people, using America’s unique civil society to put government back in its proper box. Charles Murray Tue, 12 May 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231432 thebookvoice.com 12:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: By the People: Rebuilding Liberty Without Permission Author: Charles Murray Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 12, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The American way of life, built on individual liberty and limited government, is on life support. American freedom is being gutted. Whether we are trying to run a business, practice a vocation, raise our families, cooperate with our neighbors, or follow our religious beliefs, we run afoul of the government—not because we are doing anything wrong but because the government has decided it knows better. When we object, that government can and does tell us, “Try to fight this, and we’ll ruin you.” In this provocative book, acclaimed social scientist and bestselling author Charles Murray shows us why we can no longer hope to roll back the power of the federal government through the normal political process. The Constitution is broken in ways that cannot be fixed even by a sympathetic Supreme Court. Our legal system is increasingly lawless, unmoored from traditional ideas of “the rule of law.” The legislative process has become systemically corrupt no matter which party is in control. But there’s good news beyond the Beltway. Technology is siphoning power from sclerotic government agencies and putting it in the hands of individuals and communities. The rediversification of American culture is making local freedom attractive to liberals as well as conservatives. People across the political spectrum are increasingly alienated from a regulatory state that nakedly serves its own interests rather than those of ordinary Americans. The even better news is that federal government has a fatal weakness: It can get away with its thousands of laws and regulations only if the overwhelming majority of Americans voluntarily comply with them. Murray describes how civil disobedience backstopped by legal defense funds can make large portions of the 180,000-page Federal Code of Regulations unenforceable, through a targeted program that identifies regulations that arbitrarily and capriciously tell us what to do. Americans have it within their power to make the federal government an insurable hazard like hurricanes and floods, leaving us once again free to live our lives as we see fit. By the People’s hopeful message is that rebuilding our traditional freedoms does not require electing a right-thinking Congress or president, nor does it require five right-thinking justices on the Supreme Court. It can be done by we the people, using America’s unique civil society to put government back in its proper box. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: By the People: Rebuilding Liberty Without Permission Author: Charles Murray Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 12, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The American way of life, built on individual liberty and limited government, is on life support. American freedom is being gutted. Whether we are trying to run a business, practice a vocation, raise our families, cooperate with our neighbors, or follow our religious beliefs, we run afoul of the government—not because we are doing anything wrong but because the government has decided it knows better. When we object, that government can and does tell us, “Try to fight this, and we’ll ruin you.” In this provocative book, acclaimed social scientist and bestselling author Charles Murray shows us why we can no longer hope to roll back the power of the federal government through the normal political process. The Constitution is broken in ways that cannot be fixed even by a sympathetic Supreme Court. Our legal system is increasingly lawless, unmoored from traditional ideas of “the rule of law.” The legislative process has become systemically corrupt no matter which party is in control. But there’s good news beyond the Beltway. Technology is siphoning power from sclerotic government agencies and putting it in the hands of individuals and communities. The rediversification of American culture is making local freedom attractive to liberals as well as conservatives. People across the political spectrum are increasingly alienated from a regulatory state that nakedly serves its own interests rather than those of ordinary Americans. The even better news is that federal government has a fatal weakness: It can get away with its thousands of laws and regulations only if the overwhelming majority of Americans voluntarily comply with them. Murray describes how civil disobedience backstopped by legal defense funds can make large portions of the 180,000-page Federal Code of Regulations unenforceable, through a targeted program that identifies regulations that arbitrarily and capriciously tell us what to do. Americans have it within their power to make the federal government an insurable hazard like hurricanes and floods, leaving us once again free to live our lives as we see fit. By the People’s hopeful message is that rebuilding our traditional freedoms does not require electing a right-thinking Congress or president, nor does it require five right-thinking justices on the Supreme Court. It can be done by we the people, using America’s unique civil society to put government back in its proper box. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231406 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mendacity of Hope: Barack Obama and the Betrayal of American Liberalism Author: Roger D. Hodge Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The Mendacity of Hope should help wake up all those Obama-voters who've been napping while the wars escalate, the recession deepens, and the environment goes straight to hell.” —Barbara Ehrenreich From the former editor-in-chief of Harper's Magazine comes a bold manifesto exposing President Obama's failure to enact progressive reform at home and abroad. National Magazine Award finalist Roger Hodge makes a hard-hitting case against Obama's failure to deliver on the promises of his campaign. The first book-length critique of the Obama's presidency from a prominent member of the left, The Mendacity of Hope will strike a chord with anyone stirred by the words of Keith Olbermann, Rachel Maddow, and Frank Rich. It's the book that every frustrated progressive in America has been waiting to read. Roger D. Hodge Tue, 05 Oct 2010 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231406 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mendacity of Hope: Barack Obama and the Betrayal of American Liberalism Author: Roger D. Hodge Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The Mendacity of Hope should help wake up all those Obama-voters who've been napping while the wars escalate, the recession deepens, and the environment goes straight to hell.” —Barbara Ehrenreich From the former editor-in-chief of Harper's Magazine comes a bold manifesto exposing President Obama's failure to enact progressive reform at home and abroad. National Magazine Award finalist Roger Hodge makes a hard-hitting case against Obama's failure to deliver on the promises of his campaign. The first book-length critique of the Obama's presidency from a prominent member of the left, The Mendacity of Hope will strike a chord with anyone stirred by the words of Keith Olbermann, Rachel Maddow, and Frank Rich. It's the book that every frustrated progressive in America has been waiting to read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mendacity of Hope: Barack Obama and the Betrayal of American Liberalism Author: Roger D. Hodge Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 5, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “The Mendacity of Hope should help wake up all those Obama-voters who've been napping while the wars escalate, the recession deepens, and the environment goes straight to hell.” —Barbara Ehrenreich From the former editor-in-chief of Harper's Magazine comes a bold manifesto exposing President Obama's failure to enact progressive reform at home and abroad. National Magazine Award finalist Roger Hodge makes a hard-hitting case against Obama's failure to deliver on the promises of his campaign. The first book-length critique of the Obama's presidency from a prominent member of the left, The Mendacity of Hope will strike a chord with anyone stirred by the words of Keith Olbermann, Rachel Maddow, and Frank Rich. It's the book that every frustrated progressive in America has been waiting to read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231395 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pinheads and Patriots: Where You Stand in the Age of Obama Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 14, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Television host, razor sharp political pundit, and #1 bestselling author Bill O’Reilly focuses in on where we all stand in the Age of Obama in Pinheads and Patriots. In this brave, hard-hitting, provocative volume, the author of Culture Warrior and A Bold, Fresh Piece of Humanity guides Americans through the extensive transformations sweeping their country and explains exactly what these profound changes mean for every one of us. Bill O'Reilly Tue, 14 Sep 2010 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231395 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pinheads and Patriots: Where You Stand in the Age of Obama Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 14, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Television host, razor sharp political pundit, and #1 bestselling author Bill O’Reilly focuses in on where we all stand in the Age of Obama in Pinheads and Patriots. In this brave, hard-hitting, provocative volume, the author of Culture Warrior and A Bold, Fresh Piece of Humanity guides Americans through the extensive transformations sweeping their country and explains exactly what these profound changes mean for every one of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pinheads and Patriots: Where You Stand in the Age of Obama Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 14, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Television host, razor sharp political pundit, and #1 bestselling author Bill O’Reilly focuses in on where we all stand in the Age of Obama in Pinheads and Patriots. In this brave, hard-hitting, provocative volume, the author of Culture Warrior and A Bold, Fresh Piece of Humanity guides Americans through the extensive transformations sweeping their country and explains exactly what these profound changes mean for every one of us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231308 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security Works!: Why Social Security Isn't Going Broke and How Expanding It Will Help Us All Author: Nancy Altman, Eric Kingson Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 31, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A growing chorus of prominent voices in Congress and elsewhere are calling for the expansion of our Social Security system—people who know that Social Security will not “go broke” and does not add a penny to the national debt. Social Security Works! will amplify these voices and offer a powerful antidote to the three-decade-long, billionaire-funded campaign to make us believe that this vital institution is destined to collapse. It isn’t.From the Silent Generation to Baby Boomers, from Generation X to Millennials and Generation Z, we all have a stake in understanding the real story about Social Security. Critical to addressing the looming retirement crisis that will affect two-thirds of today’s workers, Social Security is a powerful program that can help stop the collapse of the middle class, lessen the pressure squeezing families from all directions, and help end the upward redistribution of wealth that has resulted in perilous levels of inequality.All Americans deserve to have dignified retirement years as well as an umbrella to protect them and their families in the event of disability or premature death. Sure to be a game-changer, Social Security Works! cogently presents the issues and sets forth both an agenda and a political strategy that will benefit us all. At stake are our values and the kind of country we want for ourselves and for those that follow. Nancy Altman, Eric Kingson Tue, 31 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231308 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security Works!: Why Social Security Isn't Going Broke and How Expanding It Will Help Us All Author: Nancy Altman, Eric Kingson Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 31, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A growing chorus of prominent voices in Congress and elsewhere are calling for the expansion of our Social Security system—people who know that Social Security will not “go broke” and does not add a penny to the national debt. Social Security Works! will amplify these voices and offer a powerful antidote to the three-decade-long, billionaire-funded campaign to make us believe that this vital institution is destined to collapse. It isn’t.From the Silent Generation to Baby Boomers, from Generation X to Millennials and Generation Z, we all have a stake in understanding the real story about Social Security. Critical to addressing the looming retirement crisis that will affect two-thirds of today’s workers, Social Security is a powerful program that can help stop the collapse of the middle class, lessen the pressure squeezing families from all directions, and help end the upward redistribution of wealth that has resulted in perilous levels of inequality.All Americans deserve to have dignified retirement years as well as an umbrella to protect them and their families in the event of disability or premature death. Sure to be a game-changer, Social Security Works! cogently presents the issues and sets forth both an agenda and a political strategy that will benefit us all. At stake are our values and the kind of country we want for ourselves and for those that follow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Security Works!: Why Social Security Isn't Going Broke and How Expanding It Will Help Us All Author: Nancy Altman, Eric Kingson Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 31, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A growing chorus of prominent voices in Congress and elsewhere are calling for the expansion of our Social Security system—people who know that Social Security will not “go broke” and does not add a penny to the national debt. Social Security Works! will amplify these voices and offer a powerful antidote to the three-decade-long, billionaire-funded campaign to make us believe that this vital institution is destined to collapse. It isn’t.From the Silent Generation to Baby Boomers, from Generation X to Millennials and Generation Z, we all have a stake in understanding the real story about Social Security. Critical to addressing the looming retirement crisis that will affect two-thirds of today’s workers, Social Security is a powerful program that can help stop the collapse of the middle class, lessen the pressure squeezing families from all directions, and help end the upward redistribution of wealth that has resulted in perilous levels of inequality.All Americans deserve to have dignified retirement years as well as an umbrella to protect them and their families in the event of disability or premature death. Sure to be a game-changer, Social Security Works! cogently presents the issues and sets forth both an agenda and a political strategy that will benefit us all. At stake are our values and the kind of country we want for ourselves and for those that follow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231161 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America by Heart: Reflections on Family, Faith, and Flag Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 23, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Alaska Governor Sarah Palin delivers an intimate and personal look at the woman behind the public servant. In her #1 New York Times bestselling memoir Going Rogue—the bestselling nonfiction book of 2009—Palin gave readers a look at her upbringing, her dynamic career, and her candidacy next to John McCain for the Vice Presidency of the United States. In America by Heart: Reflections on Family, Faith, and Flag, this inspirational follow-up, her reflections on faith, family, and patriotism will read like a bible of American virtues for anyone hoping to understand the truths that lie at the heart of the nation. Sarah Palin Tue, 23 Nov 2010 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231161 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America by Heart: Reflections on Family, Faith, and Flag Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 23, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Alaska Governor Sarah Palin delivers an intimate and personal look at the woman behind the public servant. In her #1 New York Times bestselling memoir Going Rogue—the bestselling nonfiction book of 2009—Palin gave readers a look at her upbringing, her dynamic career, and her candidacy next to John McCain for the Vice Presidency of the United States. In America by Heart: Reflections on Family, Faith, and Flag, this inspirational follow-up, her reflections on faith, family, and patriotism will read like a bible of American virtues for anyone hoping to understand the truths that lie at the heart of the nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America by Heart: Reflections on Family, Faith, and Flag Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 23, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Former Alaska Governor Sarah Palin delivers an intimate and personal look at the woman behind the public servant. In her #1 New York Times bestselling memoir Going Rogue—the bestselling nonfiction book of 2009—Palin gave readers a look at her upbringing, her dynamic career, and her candidacy next to John McCain for the Vice Presidency of the United States. In America by Heart: Reflections on Family, Faith, and Flag, this inspirational follow-up, her reflections on faith, family, and patriotism will read like a bible of American virtues for anyone hoping to understand the truths that lie at the heart of the nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Operation Nemesis: The Assassination Plot that Avenged the Armenian Genocide Author: Eric Bogosian Narrator: Eric Bogosian Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A masterful account of the assassins who hunted down the perpetrators of the Armenian Genocide. In 1921, a tightly knit band of killers set out to avenge the deaths of almost one million victims of the Armenian Genocide. They were a humble bunch: an accountant, a life insurance salesman, a newspaper editor, an engineering student, and a diplomat. Together they formed one of the most effective assassination squads in history. They named their operation Nemesis, after the Greek goddess of retribution. The assassins were survivors, men defined by the massive tragedy that had devastated their people. With operatives on three continents, the Nemesis team killed six major Turkish leaders in Berlin, Constantinople, Tiflis, and Rome, only to disband and suddenly disappear. The story of this secret operation has never been fully told, until now. Eric Bogosian goes beyond simply telling the story of this cadre of Armenian assassins by setting the killings in the context of Ottoman and Armenian history, as well as showing in vivid color the era's history, rife with political fighting and massacres. Casting fresh light on one of the great crimes of the twentieth century and one of history's most remarkable acts of vengeance, Bogosian draws upon years of research and newly uncovered evidence. Operation Nemesis is the result -- both a riveting read and a profound examination of evil, revenge, and the costs of violence. Eric Bogosian Tue, 21 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231074 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Operation Nemesis: The Assassination Plot that Avenged the Armenian Genocide Author: Eric Bogosian Narrator: Eric Bogosian Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A masterful account of the assassins who hunted down the perpetrators of the Armenian Genocide. In 1921, a tightly knit band of killers set out to avenge the deaths of almost one million victims of the Armenian Genocide. They were a humble bunch: an accountant, a life insurance salesman, a newspaper editor, an engineering student, and a diplomat. Together they formed one of the most effective assassination squads in history. They named their operation Nemesis, after the Greek goddess of retribution. The assassins were survivors, men defined by the massive tragedy that had devastated their people. With operatives on three continents, the Nemesis team killed six major Turkish leaders in Berlin, Constantinople, Tiflis, and Rome, only to disband and suddenly disappear. The story of this secret operation has never been fully told, until now. Eric Bogosian goes beyond simply telling the story of this cadre of Armenian assassins by setting the killings in the context of Ottoman and Armenian history, as well as showing in vivid color the era's history, rife with political fighting and massacres. Casting fresh light on one of the great crimes of the twentieth century and one of history's most remarkable acts of vengeance, Bogosian draws upon years of research and newly uncovered evidence. Operation Nemesis is the result -- both a riveting read and a profound examination of evil, revenge, and the costs of violence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Operation Nemesis: The Assassination Plot that Avenged the Armenian Genocide Author: Eric Bogosian Narrator: Eric Bogosian Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A masterful account of the assassins who hunted down the perpetrators of the Armenian Genocide. In 1921, a tightly knit band of killers set out to avenge the deaths of almost one million victims of the Armenian Genocide. They were a humble bunch: an accountant, a life insurance salesman, a newspaper editor, an engineering student, and a diplomat. Together they formed one of the most effective assassination squads in history. They named their operation Nemesis, after the Greek goddess of retribution. The assassins were survivors, men defined by the massive tragedy that had devastated their people. With operatives on three continents, the Nemesis team killed six major Turkish leaders in Berlin, Constantinople, Tiflis, and Rome, only to disband and suddenly disappear. The story of this secret operation has never been fully told, until now. Eric Bogosian goes beyond simply telling the story of this cadre of Armenian assassins by setting the killings in the context of Ottoman and Armenian history, as well as showing in vivid color the era's history, rife with political fighting and massacres. Casting fresh light on one of the great crimes of the twentieth century and one of history's most remarkable acts of vengeance, Bogosian draws upon years of research and newly uncovered evidence. Operation Nemesis is the result -- both a riveting read and a profound examination of evil, revenge, and the costs of violence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's re-Great Britain Author: Al Murray Narrator: Al Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Let's Re-Great Britain, by Al Murray, read by Al Murray. Al Murray grabbed the headlines when he announced his intention to stand in the UK General Election as his most famous creation, the 'Pub Landlord', for the newly-formed Free United Kingdom Party. He will be contesting the seat of South Thanet against UKIP leader Nigel Farage, in a battle that is sure to see comedy and clashes from now until polling day. This book will set out his hilarious manifesto, including his views on: - Money: 'The Pound will be revalued at one pound 10p, so it will now be worth 10p more.' - Scotland: 'Alex Salmond to be made First Minister for Norwich, so he can understand what being ignored by the rest of the country is really like.' - Local issues: 'South Thanet to be made the new capital of the UK. Demilitarised zone to set-up between North and South Thanet.' Al Murray Wed, 01 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230928 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's re-Great Britain Author: Al Murray Narrator: Al Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Let's Re-Great Britain, by Al Murray, read by Al Murray. Al Murray grabbed the headlines when he announced his intention to stand in the UK General Election as his most famous creation, the 'Pub Landlord', for the newly-formed Free United Kingdom Party. He will be contesting the seat of South Thanet against UKIP leader Nigel Farage, in a battle that is sure to see comedy and clashes from now until polling day. This book will set out his hilarious manifesto, including his views on: - Money: 'The Pound will be revalued at one pound 10p, so it will now be worth 10p more.' - Scotland: 'Alex Salmond to be made First Minister for Norwich, so he can understand what being ignored by the rest of the country is really like.' - Local issues: 'South Thanet to be made the new capital of the UK. Demilitarised zone to set-up between North and South Thanet.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's re-Great Britain Author: Al Murray Narrator: Al Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Let's Re-Great Britain, by Al Murray, read by Al Murray. Al Murray grabbed the headlines when he announced his intention to stand in the UK General Election as his most famous creation, the 'Pub Landlord', for the newly-formed Free United Kingdom Party. He will be contesting the seat of South Thanet against UKIP leader Nigel Farage, in a battle that is sure to see comedy and clashes from now until polling day. This book will set out his hilarious manifesto, including his views on: - Money: 'The Pound will be revalued at one pound 10p, so it will now be worth 10p more.' - Scotland: 'Alex Salmond to be made First Minister for Norwich, so he can understand what being ignored by the rest of the country is really like.' - Local issues: 'South Thanet to be made the new capital of the UK. Demilitarised zone to set-up between North and South Thanet.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heretic: Why Islam Needs a Reformation Now Author: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Narrator: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Continuing her journey from a deeply religious Islamic upbringing to a post at Harvard, the brilliant, charismatic and controversial New York Times and Globe and Mail #1 bestselling author of Infidel and Nomad makes a powerful plea for a Muslim Reformation as the only way to end the horrors of terrorism, sectarian warfare and the repression of women and minorities. Today, she argues, the world’s 1.6 billion Muslims can be divided into a minority of extremists, a majority of observant but peaceable Muslims and a few dissidents who risk their lives by questioning their own religion. But there is only one Islam and, as Hirsi Ali shows, there is no denying that some of its key teachings—not least the duty to wage holy war—are incompatible with the values of a free society.  For centuries it has seemed as if Islam is immune to change. But Hirsi Ali has come to believe that a Muslim Reformation—a revision of Islamic doctrine aimed at reconciling the religion with modernity—is now at hand, and may even have begun. The Arab Spring may now seem like a political failure. But its challenge to traditional authority revealed a new readiness—not least by Muslim women—to think freely and to speak out. Courageously challenging the jihadists, she identifies five key amendments to Islamic doctrine that Muslims have to make to bring their religion out of the seventh century and into the twenty-first. And she calls on the Western world to end its appeasement of the Islamists. “Islam is not a religion of peace,” she writes. It is the Muslim reformers who need our backing, not the opponents of free speech. Interweaving her own experiences, historical analogies and powerful examples from contemporary Muslim societies and cultures, Heretic is not a call to arms, but a passionate plea for peaceful change and a new era of global toleration. In the wake of the Charlie Hebdo murders, with jihadists killing thousands from Nigeria to Syria to Pakistan, this book offers an answer to what is fast becoming the world’s number one problem. Ayaan Hirsi Ali Tue, 24 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230598 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heretic: Why Islam Needs a Reformation Now Author: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Narrator: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Continuing her journey from a deeply religious Islamic upbringing to a post at Harvard, the brilliant, charismatic and controversial New York Times and Globe and Mail #1 bestselling author of Infidel and Nomad makes a powerful plea for a Muslim Reformation as the only way to end the horrors of terrorism, sectarian warfare and the repression of women and minorities. Today, she argues, the world’s 1.6 billion Muslims can be divided into a minority of extremists, a majority of observant but peaceable Muslims and a few dissidents who risk their lives by questioning their own religion. But there is only one Islam and, as Hirsi Ali shows, there is no denying that some of its key teachings—not least the duty to wage holy war—are incompatible with the values of a free society.  For centuries it has seemed as if Islam is immune to change. But Hirsi Ali has come to believe that a Muslim Reformation—a revision of Islamic doctrine aimed at reconciling the religion with modernity—is now at hand, and may even have begun. The Arab Spring may now seem like a political failure. But its challenge to traditional authority revealed a new readiness—not least by Muslim women—to think freely and to speak out. Courageously challenging the jihadists, she identifies five key amendments to Islamic doctrine that Muslims have to make to bring their religion out of the seventh century and into the twenty-first. And she calls on the Western world to end its appeasement of the Islamists. “Islam is not a religion of peace,” she writes. It is the Muslim reformers who need our backing, not the opponents of free speech. Interweaving her own experiences, historical analogies and powerful examples from contemporary Muslim societies and cultures, Heretic is not a call to arms, but a passionate plea for peaceful change and a new era of global toleration. In the wake of the Charlie Hebdo murders, with jihadists killing thousands from Nigeria to Syria to Pakistan, this book offers an answer to what is fast becoming the world’s number one problem. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heretic: Why Islam Needs a Reformation Now Author: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Narrator: Ayaan Hirsi Ali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Continuing her journey from a deeply religious Islamic upbringing to a post at Harvard, the brilliant, charismatic and controversial New York Times and Globe and Mail #1 bestselling author of Infidel and Nomad makes a powerful plea for a Muslim Reformation as the only way to end the horrors of terrorism, sectarian warfare and the repression of women and minorities. Today, she argues, the world’s 1.6 billion Muslims can be divided into a minority of extremists, a majority of observant but peaceable Muslims and a few dissidents who risk their lives by questioning their own religion. But there is only one Islam and, as Hirsi Ali shows, there is no denying that some of its key teachings—not least the duty to wage holy war—are incompatible with the values of a free society.  For centuries it has seemed as if Islam is immune to change. But Hirsi Ali has come to believe that a Muslim Reformation—a revision of Islamic doctrine aimed at reconciling the religion with modernity—is now at hand, and may even have begun. The Arab Spring may now seem like a political failure. But its challenge to traditional authority revealed a new readiness—not least by Muslim women—to think freely and to speak out. Courageously challenging the jihadists, she identifies five key amendments to Islamic doctrine that Muslims have to make to bring their religion out of the seventh century and into the twenty-first. And she calls on the Western world to end its appeasement of the Islamists. “Islam is not a religion of peace,” she writes. It is the Muslim reformers who need our backing, not the opponents of free speech. Interweaving her own experiences, historical analogies and powerful examples from contemporary Muslim societies and cultures, Heretic is not a call to arms, but a passionate plea for peaceful change and a new era of global toleration. In the wake of the Charlie Hebdo murders, with jihadists killing thousands from Nigeria to Syria to Pakistan, this book offers an answer to what is fast becoming the world’s number one problem. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230591 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brothers: The Road to an American Tragedy Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National Book Award winner Masha Gessen tells an important story for our era: How the American Dream went wrong for two immigrants, and the nightmare that resulted. On April 15, 2013, two homemade bombs exploded near the finish line of the Boston marathon, killing three people and wounding more than 264 others. In the ensuing manhunt, Tamerlan Tsarnaev died, and his younger brother, Dzhokhar, was captured and ultimately charged on thirty federal counts. Yet long after the bombings and the terror they sowed, after all the testimony and debate, what we still haven’t learned is why. Why did the American Dream go so wrong for two immigrants? How did such a nightmare come to pass? Acclaimed Russian-American journalist Masha Gessen is uniquely endowed with the background, access, and talents to tell the full story. An immigrant herself, who came to the Boston area with her family as a teenager, she returned to the former Soviet Union in her early twenties and covered firsthand the transformations that were wracking her homeland and its neighboring regions. It is there that the history of the Tsarnaev brothers truly begins, as descendants of ethnic Chechens deported to Central Asia in the Stalin era. Gessen follows the family in their futile attempts to make a life for themselves in one war-torn locale after another and then, as new émigrés, in the looking-glass, utterly disorienting world of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Most crucially, she reconstructs the struggle between assimilation and alienation that ensued for each of the brothers, incubating a deadly sense of mission. And she traces how such a split in identity can fuel the metamorphosis into a new breed of homegrown terrorist, with feet on American soil but sense of self elsewhere. Masha Gessen Tue, 07 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230591 thebookvoice.com 9:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brothers: The Road to an American Tragedy Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National Book Award winner Masha Gessen tells an important story for our era: How the American Dream went wrong for two immigrants, and the nightmare that resulted. On April 15, 2013, two homemade bombs exploded near the finish line of the Boston marathon, killing three people and wounding more than 264 others. In the ensuing manhunt, Tamerlan Tsarnaev died, and his younger brother, Dzhokhar, was captured and ultimately charged on thirty federal counts. Yet long after the bombings and the terror they sowed, after all the testimony and debate, what we still haven’t learned is why. Why did the American Dream go so wrong for two immigrants? How did such a nightmare come to pass? Acclaimed Russian-American journalist Masha Gessen is uniquely endowed with the background, access, and talents to tell the full story. An immigrant herself, who came to the Boston area with her family as a teenager, she returned to the former Soviet Union in her early twenties and covered firsthand the transformations that were wracking her homeland and its neighboring regions. It is there that the history of the Tsarnaev brothers truly begins, as descendants of ethnic Chechens deported to Central Asia in the Stalin era. Gessen follows the family in their futile attempts to make a life for themselves in one war-torn locale after another and then, as new émigrés, in the looking-glass, utterly disorienting world of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Most crucially, she reconstructs the struggle between assimilation and alienation that ensued for each of the brothers, incubating a deadly sense of mission. And she traces how such a split in identity can fuel the metamorphosis into a new breed of homegrown terrorist, with feet on American soil but sense of self elsewhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brothers: The Road to an American Tragedy Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: National Book Award winner Masha Gessen tells an important story for our era: How the American Dream went wrong for two immigrants, and the nightmare that resulted. On April 15, 2013, two homemade bombs exploded near the finish line of the Boston marathon, killing three people and wounding more than 264 others. In the ensuing manhunt, Tamerlan Tsarnaev died, and his younger brother, Dzhokhar, was captured and ultimately charged on thirty federal counts. Yet long after the bombings and the terror they sowed, after all the testimony and debate, what we still haven’t learned is why. Why did the American Dream go so wrong for two immigrants? How did such a nightmare come to pass? Acclaimed Russian-American journalist Masha Gessen is uniquely endowed with the background, access, and talents to tell the full story. An immigrant herself, who came to the Boston area with her family as a teenager, she returned to the former Soviet Union in her early twenties and covered firsthand the transformations that were wracking her homeland and its neighboring regions. It is there that the history of the Tsarnaev brothers truly begins, as descendants of ethnic Chechens deported to Central Asia in the Stalin era. Gessen follows the family in their futile attempts to make a life for themselves in one war-torn locale after another and then, as new émigrés, in the looking-glass, utterly disorienting world of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Most crucially, she reconstructs the struggle between assimilation and alienation that ensued for each of the brothers, incubating a deadly sense of mission. And she traces how such a split in identity can fuel the metamorphosis into a new breed of homegrown terrorist, with feet on American soil but sense of self elsewhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230584 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End the IRS Before It Ends Us: How to Restore a Low Tax, High Growth, Wealthy America Author: Grover Norquist Narrator: Grover Norquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the recent scandal shows, the IRS is big, bad, and out of control. Grover Norquist analyzes the problems within the agency and presents solutions to rein them in. The driving force behind the American Revolution was our forefathers' refusal to accept unfair taxation. Citizens rose up, won a war against impossible odds, and established the most unique government on the face of the earth, with taxes set at about 2 percent. How much has changed since 1776? The strength of Americans resolve is still unrivaled, and Grover Norquist, founder and president of Americans for Tax Reform, knows that once liberty-loving Americans learn the truth behind the oppressive and prosperity-stifling taxes we face today, they'll rise up again. Urging his fellow citizens to join him, Norquist tells a powerful and urgent story that will convince you we must act now to End This Before It Ends Us. Grover Norquist Tue, 07 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230584 thebookvoice.com 10:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End the IRS Before It Ends Us: How to Restore a Low Tax, High Growth, Wealthy America Author: Grover Norquist Narrator: Grover Norquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the recent scandal shows, the IRS is big, bad, and out of control. Grover Norquist analyzes the problems within the agency and presents solutions to rein them in. The driving force behind the American Revolution was our forefathers' refusal to accept unfair taxation. Citizens rose up, won a war against impossible odds, and established the most unique government on the face of the earth, with taxes set at about 2 percent. How much has changed since 1776? The strength of Americans resolve is still unrivaled, and Grover Norquist, founder and president of Americans for Tax Reform, knows that once liberty-loving Americans learn the truth behind the oppressive and prosperity-stifling taxes we face today, they'll rise up again. Urging his fellow citizens to join him, Norquist tells a powerful and urgent story that will convince you we must act now to End This Before It Ends Us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: End the IRS Before It Ends Us: How to Restore a Low Tax, High Growth, Wealthy America Author: Grover Norquist Narrator: Grover Norquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the recent scandal shows, the IRS is big, bad, and out of control. Grover Norquist analyzes the problems within the agency and presents solutions to rein them in. The driving force behind the American Revolution was our forefathers' refusal to accept unfair taxation. Citizens rose up, won a war against impossible odds, and established the most unique government on the face of the earth, with taxes set at about 2 percent. How much has changed since 1776? The strength of Americans resolve is still unrivaled, and Grover Norquist, founder and president of Americans for Tax Reform, knows that once liberty-loving Americans learn the truth behind the oppressive and prosperity-stifling taxes we face today, they'll rise up again. Urging his fellow citizens to join him, Norquist tells a powerful and urgent story that will convince you we must act now to End This Before It Ends Us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of a Liberal Education Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author of The Post-American World and host of CNN’s Fareed Zakaria GPS argues for a renewed commitment to the world’s most valuable educational traditions in this fascinating audiobook. The liberal arts educational system is under attack. Governors in Texas, Florida, and North Carolina have announced that they will not spend taxpayer money subsidizing the liberal arts. Majors like English and History—which were once very popular and highly respected—are in steep decline and President Obama has recently advised students to keep in mind that technical training could be more valuable than a degree in art history, when deciding on an educational path. In this timely and urgently needed audiobook Fareed Zakaria explains that this turn away from the liberal arts is a mistake. A liberal education provides the foundation for finding your voice, writing, speaking your mind, and ultimately, learning—all immensely valuable skills no matter your profession. Technology and globalization are making these skills even more valuable and necessary as routine mechanical and even computing tasks can be done by machines. More than just a path to a career, Zakaria argues that a liberal education is an exercise in freedom and above all, it feeds the most basic urge of the human spirit—to know. Fareed Zakaria Mon, 30 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230501 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of a Liberal Education Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author of The Post-American World and host of CNN’s Fareed Zakaria GPS argues for a renewed commitment to the world’s most valuable educational traditions in this fascinating audiobook. The liberal arts educational system is under attack. Governors in Texas, Florida, and North Carolina have announced that they will not spend taxpayer money subsidizing the liberal arts. Majors like English and History—which were once very popular and highly respected—are in steep decline and President Obama has recently advised students to keep in mind that technical training could be more valuable than a degree in art history, when deciding on an educational path. In this timely and urgently needed audiobook Fareed Zakaria explains that this turn away from the liberal arts is a mistake. A liberal education provides the foundation for finding your voice, writing, speaking your mind, and ultimately, learning—all immensely valuable skills no matter your profession. Technology and globalization are making these skills even more valuable and necessary as routine mechanical and even computing tasks can be done by machines. More than just a path to a career, Zakaria argues that a liberal education is an exercise in freedom and above all, it feeds the most basic urge of the human spirit—to know. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of a Liberal Education Author: Fareed Zakaria Narrator: Fareed Zakaria Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author of The Post-American World and host of CNN’s Fareed Zakaria GPS argues for a renewed commitment to the world’s most valuable educational traditions in this fascinating audiobook. The liberal arts educational system is under attack. Governors in Texas, Florida, and North Carolina have announced that they will not spend taxpayer money subsidizing the liberal arts. Majors like English and History—which were once very popular and highly respected—are in steep decline and President Obama has recently advised students to keep in mind that technical training could be more valuable than a degree in art history, when deciding on an educational path. In this timely and urgently needed audiobook Fareed Zakaria explains that this turn away from the liberal arts is a mistake. A liberal education provides the foundation for finding your voice, writing, speaking your mind, and ultimately, learning—all immensely valuable skills no matter your profession. Technology and globalization are making these skills even more valuable and necessary as routine mechanical and even computing tasks can be done by machines. More than just a path to a career, Zakaria argues that a liberal education is an exercise in freedom and above all, it feeds the most basic urge of the human spirit—to know. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230489 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Nation Under God: How Corporate America Invented Christian America Author: Kevin M. Kruse Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: April 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom holds that America has been a Christian nation since the Founding Fathers. But in One Nation Under God, historian Kevin M. Kruse argues that the idea of “Christian America” is nothing more than a myth—and a relatively recent one at that. The assumption that America was, is, and always will be a Christian nation dates back no further than the 1930s, when a coalition of businessmen and religious leaders united in opposition to FDR’s New Deal. With the full support of Dwight Eisenhower in the 1950s, these activists—the forerunners of the Religious Right—propelled religion into the public sphere. Church membership skyrocketed; Congress added the phrase “under God” to the Pledge of Allegiance and made “In God We Trust” the country’s official motto. For the first time, America became a thoroughly religious nation. Provocative and authoritative, One Nation Under God reveals how the comingling of money, religion, and politics created a false origin story that continues to define and divide American politics today. Kevin M. Kruse Tue, 14 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230489 thebookvoice.com 13:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Nation Under God: How Corporate America Invented Christian America Author: Kevin M. Kruse Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: April 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom holds that America has been a Christian nation since the Founding Fathers. But in One Nation Under God, historian Kevin M. Kruse argues that the idea of “Christian America” is nothing more than a myth—and a relatively recent one at that. The assumption that America was, is, and always will be a Christian nation dates back no further than the 1930s, when a coalition of businessmen and religious leaders united in opposition to FDR’s New Deal. With the full support of Dwight Eisenhower in the 1950s, these activists—the forerunners of the Religious Right—propelled religion into the public sphere. Church membership skyrocketed; Congress added the phrase “under God” to the Pledge of Allegiance and made “In God We Trust” the country’s official motto. For the first time, America became a thoroughly religious nation. Provocative and authoritative, One Nation Under God reveals how the comingling of money, religion, and politics created a false origin story that continues to define and divide American politics today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Nation Under God: How Corporate America Invented Christian America Author: Kevin M. Kruse Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: April 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom holds that America has been a Christian nation since the Founding Fathers. But in One Nation Under God, historian Kevin M. Kruse argues that the idea of “Christian America” is nothing more than a myth—and a relatively recent one at that. The assumption that America was, is, and always will be a Christian nation dates back no further than the 1930s, when a coalition of businessmen and religious leaders united in opposition to FDR’s New Deal. With the full support of Dwight Eisenhower in the 1950s, these activists—the forerunners of the Religious Right—propelled religion into the public sphere. Church membership skyrocketed; Congress added the phrase “under God” to the Pledge of Allegiance and made “In God We Trust” the country’s official motto. For the first time, America became a thoroughly religious nation. Provocative and authoritative, One Nation Under God reveals how the comingling of money, religion, and politics created a false origin story that continues to define and divide American politics today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230415 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS Exposed: Beheadings, Slavery, and the Hellish Reality of Radical Islam Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Terrorism expert Erick Stakelbeck pulls back the curtain on ISIS, the violent terrorist organization spreading death and hate in the Middle East. The rise of ISIS took the White House by complete surprise: President Obama called the group 'JV,' then was forced to reassess when ISIS began executing innocent American journalists. Now radicalized Americans and Europeans are joining ISIS's ranks. So who is ISIS? How powerful are they? And are they a threat to the homeland? Stakelbeck, a veteran national security reporter and a leading authority on the Middle East, has produced the definitive guide to America's most recent and most frightening enemy. Erick Stakelbeck Mon, 16 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230415 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS Exposed: Beheadings, Slavery, and the Hellish Reality of Radical Islam Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Terrorism expert Erick Stakelbeck pulls back the curtain on ISIS, the violent terrorist organization spreading death and hate in the Middle East. The rise of ISIS took the White House by complete surprise: President Obama called the group 'JV,' then was forced to reassess when ISIS began executing innocent American journalists. Now radicalized Americans and Europeans are joining ISIS's ranks. So who is ISIS? How powerful are they? And are they a threat to the homeland? Stakelbeck, a veteran national security reporter and a leading authority on the Middle East, has produced the definitive guide to America's most recent and most frightening enemy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS Exposed: Beheadings, Slavery, and the Hellish Reality of Radical Islam Author: Erick Stakelbeck Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 16, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Terrorism expert Erick Stakelbeck pulls back the curtain on ISIS, the violent terrorist organization spreading death and hate in the Middle East. The rise of ISIS took the White House by complete surprise: President Obama called the group 'JV,' then was forced to reassess when ISIS began executing innocent American journalists. Now radicalized Americans and Europeans are joining ISIS's ranks. So who is ISIS? How powerful are they? And are they a threat to the homeland? Stakelbeck, a veteran national security reporter and a leading authority on the Middle East, has produced the definitive guide to America's most recent and most frightening enemy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230382 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Days of Rage: America's Radical Underground, the FBI, and the Forgotten Age of Revolutionary Violence Author: Bryan Burrough Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Public Enemies and The Big Rich, an explosive account of the decade-long battle between the FBI and the homegrown revolutionary movements of the 1970s The Weathermen. The Symbionese Liberation Army. The FALN. The Black Liberation Army. The names seem quaint now, when not forgotten altogether. But there was a stretch of time in America, during the 1970s, when bombings by domestic underground groups were a daily occurrence. The FBI combated these groups and others as nodes in a single revolutionary underground, dedicated to the violent overthrow of the American government. The FBI’s response to the leftist revolutionary counterculture has not been treated kindly by history, and in hindsight many of its efforts seem almost comically ineffectual, if not criminal in themselves. But part of the extraordinary accomplishment of Bryan Burrough’s Days of Rage is to temper those easy judgments with an understanding of just how deranged these times were, how charged with menace. Burrough re-creates an atmosphere that seems almost unbelievable just forty years later, conjuring a time of native-born radicals, most of them “nice middle-class kids,” smuggling bombs into skyscrapers and detonating them inside the Pentagon and the U.S. Capitol, at a Boston courthouse and a Wall Street restaurant packed with lunchtime diners—radicals robbing dozens of banks and assassinating policemen in New York, San Francisco, Atlanta. The FBI, encouraged to do everything possible to undermine the radical underground, itself broke many laws in its attempts to bring the revolutionaries to justice—often with disastrous consequences.  Benefiting from the extraordinary number of people from the underground and the FBI who speak about their experiences for the first time, Days of Rage is filled with revelations and fresh details about the major revolutionaries and their connections and about the FBI and its desperate efforts to make the bombings stop. The result is a mesmerizing book that takes us into the hearts and minds of homegrown terrorists and federal agents alike and weaves their stories into a spellbinding secret history of the 1970s. Bryan Burrough Tue, 07 Apr 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230382 thebookvoice.com 22:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Days of Rage: America's Radical Underground, the FBI, and the Forgotten Age of Revolutionary Violence Author: Bryan Burrough Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Public Enemies and The Big Rich, an explosive account of the decade-long battle between the FBI and the homegrown revolutionary movements of the 1970s The Weathermen. The Symbionese Liberation Army. The FALN. The Black Liberation Army. The names seem quaint now, when not forgotten altogether. But there was a stretch of time in America, during the 1970s, when bombings by domestic underground groups were a daily occurrence. The FBI combated these groups and others as nodes in a single revolutionary underground, dedicated to the violent overthrow of the American government. The FBI’s response to the leftist revolutionary counterculture has not been treated kindly by history, and in hindsight many of its efforts seem almost comically ineffectual, if not criminal in themselves. But part of the extraordinary accomplishment of Bryan Burrough’s Days of Rage is to temper those easy judgments with an understanding of just how deranged these times were, how charged with menace. Burrough re-creates an atmosphere that seems almost unbelievable just forty years later, conjuring a time of native-born radicals, most of them “nice middle-class kids,” smuggling bombs into skyscrapers and detonating them inside the Pentagon and the U.S. Capitol, at a Boston courthouse and a Wall Street restaurant packed with lunchtime diners—radicals robbing dozens of banks and assassinating policemen in New York, San Francisco, Atlanta. The FBI, encouraged to do everything possible to undermine the radical underground, itself broke many laws in its attempts to bring the revolutionaries to justice—often with disastrous consequences.  Benefiting from the extraordinary number of people from the underground and the FBI who speak about their experiences for the first time, Days of Rage is filled with revelations and fresh details about the major revolutionaries and their connections and about the FBI and its desperate efforts to make the bombings stop. The result is a mesmerizing book that takes us into the hearts and minds of homegrown terrorists and federal agents alike and weaves their stories into a spellbinding secret history of the 1970s. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230382]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Days of Rage: America's Radical Underground, the FBI, and the Forgotten Age of Revolutionary Violence Author: Bryan Burrough Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Public Enemies and The Big Rich, an explosive account of the decade-long battle between the FBI and the homegrown revolutionary movements of the 1970s The Weathermen. The Symbionese Liberation Army. The FALN. The Black Liberation Army. The names seem quaint now, when not forgotten altogether. But there was a stretch of time in America, during the 1970s, when bombings by domestic underground groups were a daily occurrence. The FBI combated these groups and others as nodes in a single revolutionary underground, dedicated to the violent overthrow of the American government. The FBI’s response to the leftist revolutionary counterculture has not been treated kindly by history, and in hindsight many of its efforts seem almost comically ineffectual, if not criminal in themselves. But part of the extraordinary accomplishment of Bryan Burrough’s Days of Rage is to temper those easy judgments with an understanding of just how deranged these times were, how charged with menace. Burrough re-creates an atmosphere that seems almost unbelievable just forty years later, conjuring a time of native-born radicals, most of them “nice middle-class kids,” smuggling bombs into skyscrapers and detonating them inside the Pentagon and the U.S. Capitol, at a Boston courthouse and a Wall Street restaurant packed with lunchtime diners—radicals robbing dozens of banks and assassinating policemen in New York, San Francisco, Atlanta. The FBI, encouraged to do everything possible to undermine the radical underground, itself broke many laws in its attempts to bring the revolutionaries to justice—often with disastrous consequences.  Benefiting from the extraordinary number of people from the underground and the FBI who speak about their experiences for the first time, Days of Rage is filled with revelations and fresh details about the major revolutionaries and their connections and about the FBI and its desperate efforts to make the bombings stop. The result is a mesmerizing book that takes us into the hearts and minds of homegrown terrorists and federal agents alike and weaves their stories into a spellbinding secret history of the 1970s. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230367 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS: The State of Terror Author: Jessica Stern, J. M. Berger Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Islamic State, known as ISIS, exploded into the public eye in 2014 with startling speed and shocking brutality. It has captured the imagination of the global jihadist movement, attracting recruits in unprecedented numbers and wreaking bloody destruction with a sadistic glee that has alienated even the hardcore terrorists of its parent organization, al Qaeda. Jessica Stern and J.M. Berger, two of America’s leading experts on terrorism, dissect the new model for violent extremism that ISIS has leveraged into an empire of death in Iraq and Syria, and an international network that is rapidly expanding in the Middle East, North Africa and around the world. ISIS: The State of Terror traces the ideological innovations that the group deploys to recruit unprecedented numbers of Westerners, the composition of its infamous snuff videos, and the technological tools it exploits on social media to broadcast its atrocities, and its recruiting pitch to the world, including its success at attracting thousands of Western adherents. The authors examine ISIS’s predatory abuse of women and children and its use of horror to manipulate world leaders and its own adherents as it builds its twisted society. The authors offer a much-needed perspective on how world leaders should prioritize and respond to ISIS’s deliberate and insidious provocations. Jessica Stern, J. M. Berger Thu, 12 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230367 thebookvoice.com 9:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS: The State of Terror Author: Jessica Stern, J. M. Berger Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Islamic State, known as ISIS, exploded into the public eye in 2014 with startling speed and shocking brutality. It has captured the imagination of the global jihadist movement, attracting recruits in unprecedented numbers and wreaking bloody destruction with a sadistic glee that has alienated even the hardcore terrorists of its parent organization, al Qaeda. Jessica Stern and J.M. Berger, two of America’s leading experts on terrorism, dissect the new model for violent extremism that ISIS has leveraged into an empire of death in Iraq and Syria, and an international network that is rapidly expanding in the Middle East, North Africa and around the world. ISIS: The State of Terror traces the ideological innovations that the group deploys to recruit unprecedented numbers of Westerners, the composition of its infamous snuff videos, and the technological tools it exploits on social media to broadcast its atrocities, and its recruiting pitch to the world, including its success at attracting thousands of Western adherents. The authors examine ISIS’s predatory abuse of women and children and its use of horror to manipulate world leaders and its own adherents as it builds its twisted society. The authors offer a much-needed perspective on how world leaders should prioritize and respond to ISIS’s deliberate and insidious provocations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS: The State of Terror Author: Jessica Stern, J. M. Berger Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Islamic State, known as ISIS, exploded into the public eye in 2014 with startling speed and shocking brutality. It has captured the imagination of the global jihadist movement, attracting recruits in unprecedented numbers and wreaking bloody destruction with a sadistic glee that has alienated even the hardcore terrorists of its parent organization, al Qaeda. Jessica Stern and J.M. Berger, two of America’s leading experts on terrorism, dissect the new model for violent extremism that ISIS has leveraged into an empire of death in Iraq and Syria, and an international network that is rapidly expanding in the Middle East, North Africa and around the world. ISIS: The State of Terror traces the ideological innovations that the group deploys to recruit unprecedented numbers of Westerners, the composition of its infamous snuff videos, and the technological tools it exploits on social media to broadcast its atrocities, and its recruiting pitch to the world, including its success at attracting thousands of Western adherents. The authors examine ISIS’s predatory abuse of women and children and its use of horror to manipulate world leaders and its own adherents as it builds its twisted society. The authors offer a much-needed perspective on how world leaders should prioritize and respond to ISIS’s deliberate and insidious provocations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230303 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Know Everything About You: How Data-Collecting Corporations and Snooping Government Agencies Are Destroying Democracy Author: Robert Scheer Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They Know Everything About You is a groundbreaking exposé of how government agencies and tech corporations monitor virtually every aspect of our lives, and a fierce defense of privacy and democracy. The revelation that the government has access to a vast trove of personal online data demonstrates that we already live in a surveillance society. But the erosion of privacy rights extends far beyond big government. Intelligence agencies such as the NSA and CIA are using Silicon Valley corporate partners as their data spies. Seemingly progressive tech companies are joining forces with snooping government agencies to create a brave new world of wired tyranny. Life in the digital age poses an unprecedented challenge to our constitutional liberties, which guarantee a wall of privacy between the individual and the government. The basic assumption of democracy requires the ability of the individual to experiment with ideas and associations within a protected zone, as secured by the Constitution. The unobserved moment embodies the most basic of human rights, yet it is being squandered in the name of national security and consumer convenience. Robert Scheer argues that the information revolution, while a source of public enlightenment, contains the seeds of freedom’s destruction in the form of a surveillance state that exceeds the wildest dream of the most ingenious dictator. The technology of surveillance, unless vigorously resisted, represents an existential threat to the liberation of the human spirit. Robert Scheer Sun, 01 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230303 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Know Everything About You: How Data-Collecting Corporations and Snooping Government Agencies Are Destroying Democracy Author: Robert Scheer Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They Know Everything About You is a groundbreaking exposé of how government agencies and tech corporations monitor virtually every aspect of our lives, and a fierce defense of privacy and democracy. The revelation that the government has access to a vast trove of personal online data demonstrates that we already live in a surveillance society. But the erosion of privacy rights extends far beyond big government. Intelligence agencies such as the NSA and CIA are using Silicon Valley corporate partners as their data spies. Seemingly progressive tech companies are joining forces with snooping government agencies to create a brave new world of wired tyranny. Life in the digital age poses an unprecedented challenge to our constitutional liberties, which guarantee a wall of privacy between the individual and the government. The basic assumption of democracy requires the ability of the individual to experiment with ideas and associations within a protected zone, as secured by the Constitution. The unobserved moment embodies the most basic of human rights, yet it is being squandered in the name of national security and consumer convenience. Robert Scheer argues that the information revolution, while a source of public enlightenment, contains the seeds of freedom’s destruction in the form of a surveillance state that exceeds the wildest dream of the most ingenious dictator. The technology of surveillance, unless vigorously resisted, represents an existential threat to the liberation of the human spirit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Know Everything About You: How Data-Collecting Corporations and Snooping Government Agencies Are Destroying Democracy Author: Robert Scheer Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They Know Everything About You is a groundbreaking exposé of how government agencies and tech corporations monitor virtually every aspect of our lives, and a fierce defense of privacy and democracy. The revelation that the government has access to a vast trove of personal online data demonstrates that we already live in a surveillance society. But the erosion of privacy rights extends far beyond big government. Intelligence agencies such as the NSA and CIA are using Silicon Valley corporate partners as their data spies. Seemingly progressive tech companies are joining forces with snooping government agencies to create a brave new world of wired tyranny. Life in the digital age poses an unprecedented challenge to our constitutional liberties, which guarantee a wall of privacy between the individual and the government. The basic assumption of democracy requires the ability of the individual to experiment with ideas and associations within a protected zone, as secured by the Constitution. The unobserved moment embodies the most basic of human rights, yet it is being squandered in the name of national security and consumer convenience. Robert Scheer argues that the information revolution, while a source of public enlightenment, contains the seeds of freedom’s destruction in the form of a surveillance state that exceeds the wildest dream of the most ingenious dictator. The technology of surveillance, unless vigorously resisted, represents an existential threat to the liberation of the human spirit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230261 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside ISIS: The Brutal Rise of a Terrorist Army Author: Benjamin Hall Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A year ago, few people had heard of ISIS-- today, they are a major terrorist threat. Despite numerous warnings from intelligence services, ISIS's rise to power has left countries around the world floundering for solutions. Today, we face a threat that is more violent, powerful and financially stronger than ever before. In this book, Journalist Benjamin Hall will provide insights by answering the basic questions we still don't have the answers to; Who are they? Where did they come from? How are they so successful, so quickly? How can they be stopped? By embedding himself behind enemy lines, Hall provides a riveting narrative based on firsthand experience and personal interviews. He goes beyond the vicious jihadis, to reveal a generation of chaos, and uncover a volatile region engulfed in turmoil. Hall reveals why ISIS is a problem that will define the Middle East - and the West - for decades to come. Benjamin Hall Tue, 10 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230261 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside ISIS: The Brutal Rise of a Terrorist Army Author: Benjamin Hall Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A year ago, few people had heard of ISIS-- today, they are a major terrorist threat. Despite numerous warnings from intelligence services, ISIS's rise to power has left countries around the world floundering for solutions. Today, we face a threat that is more violent, powerful and financially stronger than ever before. In this book, Journalist Benjamin Hall will provide insights by answering the basic questions we still don't have the answers to; Who are they? Where did they come from? How are they so successful, so quickly? How can they be stopped? By embedding himself behind enemy lines, Hall provides a riveting narrative based on firsthand experience and personal interviews. He goes beyond the vicious jihadis, to reveal a generation of chaos, and uncover a volatile region engulfed in turmoil. Hall reveals why ISIS is a problem that will define the Middle East - and the West - for decades to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230261]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside ISIS: The Brutal Rise of a Terrorist Army Author: Benjamin Hall Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A year ago, few people had heard of ISIS-- today, they are a major terrorist threat. Despite numerous warnings from intelligence services, ISIS's rise to power has left countries around the world floundering for solutions. Today, we face a threat that is more violent, powerful and financially stronger than ever before. In this book, Journalist Benjamin Hall will provide insights by answering the basic questions we still don't have the answers to; Who are they? Where did they come from? How are they so successful, so quickly? How can they be stopped? By embedding himself behind enemy lines, Hall provides a riveting narrative based on firsthand experience and personal interviews. He goes beyond the vicious jihadis, to reveal a generation of chaos, and uncover a volatile region engulfed in turmoil. Hall reveals why ISIS is a problem that will define the Middle East - and the West - for decades to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decline and Fall: The End of Empire and the Future of Democracy in 21st Century America Author: John Michael Greer Narrator: Kristoffer Tabori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Things fall apart; the center cannot hold; Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world. Although writing nearly a century ago, William Butler Yeats could easily be describing the United States today. The central feature of today's geopolitical landscape is the imminent decline and fall of America's global empire, and our response to it will determine much of our future, with implications reaching far beyond the limits of the United States' borders. Decline and Fall: The End of Empire and the Future of Democracy in 21st Century America challenges the conventional wisdom of empire. John Michael Greer uses a wealth of historical examples combined with groundbreaking original analysis to show how, in the pursuit of political and economic power, the United States has backed itself into a corner, explores the inevitable consequences of imperial collapse, and argues that the only constructive way forward is a renewal of democratic institutions. Rather than asking whether today's American empire should survive, Greer shifts the conversation to whether it can survive, and argues persuasively that the answer to the latter question is "no." An invaluable contribution to the body of speculative post-industrial literature, this book is a must-read for anyone worried about the state of the Union, or who thinks that it is time to reinvent the American Dream. John Michael Greer is a scholar of ecological history, an internationally renowned Peak Oil theorist, and the author of more than thirty books including The Long Descent. John Michael Greer Wed, 01 Jan 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230109 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decline and Fall: The End of Empire and the Future of Democracy in 21st Century America Author: John Michael Greer Narrator: Kristoffer Tabori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Things fall apart; the center cannot hold; Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world. Although writing nearly a century ago, William Butler Yeats could easily be describing the United States today. The central feature of today's geopolitical landscape is the imminent decline and fall of America's global empire, and our response to it will determine much of our future, with implications reaching far beyond the limits of the United States' borders. Decline and Fall: The End of Empire and the Future of Democracy in 21st Century America challenges the conventional wisdom of empire. John Michael Greer uses a wealth of historical examples combined with groundbreaking original analysis to show how, in the pursuit of political and economic power, the United States has backed itself into a corner, explores the inevitable consequences of imperial collapse, and argues that the only constructive way forward is a renewal of democratic institutions. Rather than asking whether today's American empire should survive, Greer shifts the conversation to whether it can survive, and argues persuasively that the answer to the latter question is "no." An invaluable contribution to the body of speculative post-industrial literature, this book is a must-read for anyone worried about the state of the Union, or who thinks that it is time to reinvent the American Dream. John Michael Greer is a scholar of ecological history, an internationally renowned Peak Oil theorist, and the author of more than thirty books including The Long Descent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decline and Fall: The End of Empire and the Future of Democracy in 21st Century America Author: John Michael Greer Narrator: Kristoffer Tabori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Things fall apart; the center cannot hold; Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world. Although writing nearly a century ago, William Butler Yeats could easily be describing the United States today. The central feature of today's geopolitical landscape is the imminent decline and fall of America's global empire, and our response to it will determine much of our future, with implications reaching far beyond the limits of the United States' borders. Decline and Fall: The End of Empire and the Future of Democracy in 21st Century America challenges the conventional wisdom of empire. John Michael Greer uses a wealth of historical examples combined with groundbreaking original analysis to show how, in the pursuit of political and economic power, the United States has backed itself into a corner, explores the inevitable consequences of imperial collapse, and argues that the only constructive way forward is a renewal of democratic institutions. Rather than asking whether today's American empire should survive, Greer shifts the conversation to whether it can survive, and argues persuasively that the answer to the latter question is "no." An invaluable contribution to the body of speculative post-industrial literature, this book is a must-read for anyone worried about the state of the Union, or who thinks that it is time to reinvent the American Dream. John Michael Greer is a scholar of ecological history, an internationally renowned Peak Oil theorist, and the author of more than thirty books including The Long Descent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230095 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gettysburg Address & The Emancipation Proclamation Author: Abraham Lincoln Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While the conflict over slavery was a factor in the Civil War, the abolition of slavery did not become a stated objective until President Abraham Lincoln's Emancipation Proclamation, which went into effect on January 1, 1863. Freeing the slaves held in the still Confederate controlled states, it is heralded as one of America's most significant documents. Likewise, The Gettysburg Address, delivered by Lincoln on November 19, 1863 in the aftermath of a Union victory at the Battle of Gettysburg, is considered one of the greatest speeches in American history. Abraham Lincoln Tue, 24 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230095 thebookvoice.com 0:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gettysburg Address & The Emancipation Proclamation Author: Abraham Lincoln Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While the conflict over slavery was a factor in the Civil War, the abolition of slavery did not become a stated objective until President Abraham Lincoln's Emancipation Proclamation, which went into effect on January 1, 1863. Freeing the slaves held in the still Confederate controlled states, it is heralded as one of America's most significant documents. Likewise, The Gettysburg Address, delivered by Lincoln on November 19, 1863 in the aftermath of a Union victory at the Battle of Gettysburg, is considered one of the greatest speeches in American history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gettysburg Address & The Emancipation Proclamation Author: Abraham Lincoln Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: While the conflict over slavery was a factor in the Civil War, the abolition of slavery did not become a stated objective until President Abraham Lincoln's Emancipation Proclamation, which went into effect on January 1, 1863. Freeing the slaves held in the still Confederate controlled states, it is heralded as one of America's most significant documents. Likewise, The Gettysburg Address, delivered by Lincoln on November 19, 1863 in the aftermath of a Union victory at the Battle of Gettysburg, is considered one of the greatest speeches in American history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Violence: Robots and Germs, Hackers and Drones—Confronting a New Age of Threat Author: Gabriella Blum, Benjamin Wittes Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From drone warfare in the Middle East to digital spying by the National Security Agency, the US government has harnessed the power of cutting-edge technology to awesome effect. But what happens when ordinary people have the same tools at their fingertips? Advances in cybertechnology, biotechnology, and robotics mean that more people than ever before have access to potentially dangerous technologies—from drones to computer networks and biological agents—that could be used to attack states and private citizens alike. In The Future of Violence, law and security experts Benjamin Wittes and Gabriella Blum detail the myriad possibilities, challenges, and enormous risks present in the modern world and argue that if our national governments can no longer adequately protect us from harm, they will lose their legitimacy. Consequently, governments, companies, and citizens must rethink their security efforts to protect lives and liberty. In this brave new world where many little brothers are as menacing as any Big Brother, safeguarding our liberty and privacy may require strong domestic and international surveillance and regulatory controls. Maintaining security in this world where anyone can attack anyone requires a global perspective, with more multinational forces and greater action to protect (and protect against) weaker states who do not yet have the capability to police their own people. Drawing on political thinkers from Thomas Hobbes to the Founders and beyond, Wittes and Blum show that, despite recent protestations to the contrary, security and liberty are mutually supportive, and we must embrace one to ensure the other. The Future of Violence is at once an introduction to our emerging world—one in which students can print guns with 3-D printers and scientists' manipulations of viruses can be recreated and unleashed by ordinary people—and an authoritative blueprint for how government must adapt in order to survive and protect us. Gabriella Blum, Benjamin Wittes Tue, 10 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230076 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Violence: Robots and Germs, Hackers and Drones—Confronting a New Age of Threat Author: Gabriella Blum, Benjamin Wittes Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From drone warfare in the Middle East to digital spying by the National Security Agency, the US government has harnessed the power of cutting-edge technology to awesome effect. But what happens when ordinary people have the same tools at their fingertips? Advances in cybertechnology, biotechnology, and robotics mean that more people than ever before have access to potentially dangerous technologies—from drones to computer networks and biological agents—that could be used to attack states and private citizens alike. In The Future of Violence, law and security experts Benjamin Wittes and Gabriella Blum detail the myriad possibilities, challenges, and enormous risks present in the modern world and argue that if our national governments can no longer adequately protect us from harm, they will lose their legitimacy. Consequently, governments, companies, and citizens must rethink their security efforts to protect lives and liberty. In this brave new world where many little brothers are as menacing as any Big Brother, safeguarding our liberty and privacy may require strong domestic and international surveillance and regulatory controls. Maintaining security in this world where anyone can attack anyone requires a global perspective, with more multinational forces and greater action to protect (and protect against) weaker states who do not yet have the capability to police their own people. Drawing on political thinkers from Thomas Hobbes to the Founders and beyond, Wittes and Blum show that, despite recent protestations to the contrary, security and liberty are mutually supportive, and we must embrace one to ensure the other. The Future of Violence is at once an introduction to our emerging world—one in which students can print guns with 3-D printers and scientists' manipulations of viruses can be recreated and unleashed by ordinary people—and an authoritative blueprint for how government must adapt in order to survive and protect us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Violence: Robots and Germs, Hackers and Drones—Confronting a New Age of Threat Author: Gabriella Blum, Benjamin Wittes Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From drone warfare in the Middle East to digital spying by the National Security Agency, the US government has harnessed the power of cutting-edge technology to awesome effect. But what happens when ordinary people have the same tools at their fingertips? Advances in cybertechnology, biotechnology, and robotics mean that more people than ever before have access to potentially dangerous technologies—from drones to computer networks and biological agents—that could be used to attack states and private citizens alike. In The Future of Violence, law and security experts Benjamin Wittes and Gabriella Blum detail the myriad possibilities, challenges, and enormous risks present in the modern world and argue that if our national governments can no longer adequately protect us from harm, they will lose their legitimacy. Consequently, governments, companies, and citizens must rethink their security efforts to protect lives and liberty. In this brave new world where many little brothers are as menacing as any Big Brother, safeguarding our liberty and privacy may require strong domestic and international surveillance and regulatory controls. Maintaining security in this world where anyone can attack anyone requires a global perspective, with more multinational forces and greater action to protect (and protect against) weaker states who do not yet have the capability to police their own people. Drawing on political thinkers from Thomas Hobbes to the Founders and beyond, Wittes and Blum show that, despite recent protestations to the contrary, security and liberty are mutually supportive, and we must embrace one to ensure the other. The Future of Violence is at once an introduction to our emerging world—one in which students can print guns with 3-D printers and scientists' manipulations of viruses can be recreated and unleashed by ordinary people—and an authoritative blueprint for how government must adapt in order to survive and protect us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230013 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Kids: The American Dream in Crisis Author: Robert D. Putnam Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller and “a passionate, urgent” (The New Yorker) examination of the growing inequality gap from the bestselling author of Bowling Alone: why fewer Americans today have the opportunity for upward mobility. Central to the very idea of America is the principle that we are a nation of opportunity. But over the last quarter century we have seen a disturbing “opportunity gap” emerge. We Americans have always believed that those who have talent and try hard will succeed, but this central tenet of the American Dream seems no longer true or at the least, much less true than it was. In Our Kids, Robert Putnam offers a personal and authoritative look at this new American crisis, beginning with the example of his high school class of 1959 in Port Clinton, Ohio. The vast majority of those students went on to lives better than those of their parents. But their children and grandchildren have faced diminishing prospects. Putnam tells the tale of lessening opportunity through poignant life stories of rich, middle class, and poor kids from cities and suburbs across the country, brilliantly blended with the latest social-science research. “A truly masterful volume” (Financial Times), Our Kids provides a disturbing account of the American dream that is “thoughtful and persuasive” (The Economist). Our Kids offers a rare combination of individual testimony and rigorous evidence: “No one can finish this book and feel complacent about equal opportunity” (The New York Times Book Review). Robert D. Putnam Tue, 10 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230013 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Kids: The American Dream in Crisis Author: Robert D. Putnam Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller and “a passionate, urgent” (The New Yorker) examination of the growing inequality gap from the bestselling author of Bowling Alone: why fewer Americans today have the opportunity for upward mobility. Central to the very idea of America is the principle that we are a nation of opportunity. But over the last quarter century we have seen a disturbing “opportunity gap” emerge. We Americans have always believed that those who have talent and try hard will succeed, but this central tenet of the American Dream seems no longer true or at the least, much less true than it was. In Our Kids, Robert Putnam offers a personal and authoritative look at this new American crisis, beginning with the example of his high school class of 1959 in Port Clinton, Ohio. The vast majority of those students went on to lives better than those of their parents. But their children and grandchildren have faced diminishing prospects. Putnam tells the tale of lessening opportunity through poignant life stories of rich, middle class, and poor kids from cities and suburbs across the country, brilliantly blended with the latest social-science research. “A truly masterful volume” (Financial Times), Our Kids provides a disturbing account of the American dream that is “thoughtful and persuasive” (The Economist). Our Kids offers a rare combination of individual testimony and rigorous evidence: “No one can finish this book and feel complacent about equal opportunity” (The New York Times Book Review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Kids: The American Dream in Crisis Author: Robert D. Putnam Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestseller and “a passionate, urgent” (The New Yorker) examination of the growing inequality gap from the bestselling author of Bowling Alone: why fewer Americans today have the opportunity for upward mobility. Central to the very idea of America is the principle that we are a nation of opportunity. But over the last quarter century we have seen a disturbing “opportunity gap” emerge. We Americans have always believed that those who have talent and try hard will succeed, but this central tenet of the American Dream seems no longer true or at the least, much less true than it was. In Our Kids, Robert Putnam offers a personal and authoritative look at this new American crisis, beginning with the example of his high school class of 1959 in Port Clinton, Ohio. The vast majority of those students went on to lives better than those of their parents. But their children and grandchildren have faced diminishing prospects. Putnam tells the tale of lessening opportunity through poignant life stories of rich, middle class, and poor kids from cities and suburbs across the country, brilliantly blended with the latest social-science research. “A truly masterful volume” (Financial Times), Our Kids provides a disturbing account of the American dream that is “thoughtful and persuasive” (The Economist). Our Kids offers a rare combination of individual testimony and rigorous evidence: “No one can finish this book and feel complacent about equal opportunity” (The New York Times Book Review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Contender: Andrew Cuomo, a Biography Author: Michael Shnayerson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 31, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A no-holds-barred biography of New York Governor Andrew Cuomo. Andrew Cuomo is the protagonist of an ongoing political saga that reads like a novel. In many ways, his rise, fall, and rise again is an iconic story: a young American politician of vaunting ambition, aiming for nothing less than the presidency. Building on his father's political success, a first run for governor in 2002 led to a stinging defeat, and a painful, public divorce from Kerry Kennedy, scion of another political dynasty, Cuomo had to come back from seeming political death and reinvent himself. He did so, brilliantly, by becoming New York's attorney general, and compiling a record that focused on public corruption. In winning the governorship in 2010, he promised to clean up America's most corrupt legislature. He is blunt and combative, the antithesis of the glad-handing, blow-dried senator or governor who tries to please one and all. He's also proven he can make his legislature work, alternately charming and arm-twisting his colleagues with a talent for political strategy reminiscent of President Lyndon Johnson. Political pundits tend to agree that for Cuomo, a run for the White House is not a question of whether, but when. Michael Shnayerson Tue, 31 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229805 thebookvoice.com 23:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Contender: Andrew Cuomo, a Biography Author: Michael Shnayerson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 31, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A no-holds-barred biography of New York Governor Andrew Cuomo. Andrew Cuomo is the protagonist of an ongoing political saga that reads like a novel. In many ways, his rise, fall, and rise again is an iconic story: a young American politician of vaunting ambition, aiming for nothing less than the presidency. Building on his father's political success, a first run for governor in 2002 led to a stinging defeat, and a painful, public divorce from Kerry Kennedy, scion of another political dynasty, Cuomo had to come back from seeming political death and reinvent himself. He did so, brilliantly, by becoming New York's attorney general, and compiling a record that focused on public corruption. In winning the governorship in 2010, he promised to clean up America's most corrupt legislature. He is blunt and combative, the antithesis of the glad-handing, blow-dried senator or governor who tries to please one and all. He's also proven he can make his legislature work, alternately charming and arm-twisting his colleagues with a talent for political strategy reminiscent of President Lyndon Johnson. Political pundits tend to agree that for Cuomo, a run for the White House is not a question of whether, but when. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Contender: Andrew Cuomo, a Biography Author: Michael Shnayerson Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 31, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A no-holds-barred biography of New York Governor Andrew Cuomo. Andrew Cuomo is the protagonist of an ongoing political saga that reads like a novel. In many ways, his rise, fall, and rise again is an iconic story: a young American politician of vaunting ambition, aiming for nothing less than the presidency. Building on his father's political success, a first run for governor in 2002 led to a stinging defeat, and a painful, public divorce from Kerry Kennedy, scion of another political dynasty, Cuomo had to come back from seeming political death and reinvent himself. He did so, brilliantly, by becoming New York's attorney general, and compiling a record that focused on public corruption. In winning the governorship in 2010, he promised to clean up America's most corrupt legislature. He is blunt and combative, the antithesis of the glad-handing, blow-dried senator or governor who tries to please one and all. He's also proven he can make his legislature work, alternately charming and arm-twisting his colleagues with a talent for political strategy reminiscent of President Lyndon Johnson. Political pundits tend to agree that for Cuomo, a run for the White House is not a question of whether, but when. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229053 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crucible of Decline – America's Plague and Plunder – Tottering on the Fall Author: Columbus Falco, R.S. Bagaladi Narrator: Michael Hudson Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 3, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After decades of corruption the American experiment is at an end. The forces that have distorted the Four Pillars of the United States of America’s strength –The Cultural Pillar – The Political Pillar – The Economic Pillar – are finally attacking the last pillar of American greatness – The Military Pillar. The last hope to restore the Republic is a Military Coup D'E tat. Columbus Falco, R.S. Bagaladi Tue, 03 Dec 2013 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229053 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crucible of Decline – America's Plague and Plunder – Tottering on the Fall Author: Columbus Falco, R.S. Bagaladi Narrator: Michael Hudson Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 3, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After decades of corruption the American experiment is at an end. The forces that have distorted the Four Pillars of the United States of America’s strength –The Cultural Pillar – The Political Pillar – The Economic Pillar – are finally attacking the last pillar of American greatness – The Military Pillar. The last hope to restore the Republic is a Military Coup D'E tat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/229053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crucible of Decline – America's Plague and Plunder – Tottering on the Fall Author: Columbus Falco, R.S. Bagaladi Narrator: Michael Hudson Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 3, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After decades of corruption the American experiment is at an end. The forces that have distorted the Four Pillars of the United States of America’s strength –The Cultural Pillar – The Political Pillar – The Economic Pillar – are finally attacking the last pillar of American greatness – The Military Pillar. The last hope to restore the Republic is a Military Coup D'E tat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228953 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus, Jihad and Peace: What Bible Prophecy Says About World Events Today Author: Michael Youssef Narrator: Jon Gauger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is there any hope for peace in the world? Or is terror our destiny?  In our post-9/11 world, Westerners in general—and Christians in particular—remain targets of Islamic terrorism. From the White House to 10 Downing Street, radical groups like the Muslim Brotherhood are appeased and allowed to operate freely in the West.  In a world that cries out for peace, which will prevail—Jesus or Jihad?  Bible-believing Christians wonder: What does Islamic extremism mean in terms of Bible prophecy? Do today’s turbulent events have prophetic significance?  In Jesus, Jihad and Peace, Dr. Michael Youssef provides answers that are concise and biblically accurate, explaining how trends within Judaism, Christianity, and Islam fit into prophetic history. You will be filled with hope as you see God displaying His character and purpose through current global events. Michael Youssef Tue, 17 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228953 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus, Jihad and Peace: What Bible Prophecy Says About World Events Today Author: Michael Youssef Narrator: Jon Gauger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is there any hope for peace in the world? Or is terror our destiny?  In our post-9/11 world, Westerners in general—and Christians in particular—remain targets of Islamic terrorism. From the White House to 10 Downing Street, radical groups like the Muslim Brotherhood are appeased and allowed to operate freely in the West.  In a world that cries out for peace, which will prevail—Jesus or Jihad?  Bible-believing Christians wonder: What does Islamic extremism mean in terms of Bible prophecy? Do today’s turbulent events have prophetic significance?  In Jesus, Jihad and Peace, Dr. Michael Youssef provides answers that are concise and biblically accurate, explaining how trends within Judaism, Christianity, and Islam fit into prophetic history. You will be filled with hope as you see God displaying His character and purpose through current global events. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus, Jihad and Peace: What Bible Prophecy Says About World Events Today Author: Michael Youssef Narrator: Jon Gauger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is there any hope for peace in the world? Or is terror our destiny?  In our post-9/11 world, Westerners in general—and Christians in particular—remain targets of Islamic terrorism. From the White House to 10 Downing Street, radical groups like the Muslim Brotherhood are appeased and allowed to operate freely in the West.  In a world that cries out for peace, which will prevail—Jesus or Jihad?  Bible-believing Christians wonder: What does Islamic extremism mean in terms of Bible prophecy? Do today’s turbulent events have prophetic significance?  In Jesus, Jihad and Peace, Dr. Michael Youssef provides answers that are concise and biblically accurate, explaining how trends within Judaism, Christianity, and Islam fit into prophetic history. You will be filled with hope as you see God displaying His character and purpose through current global events. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228770 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phantom Terror: Political Paranoia and the Creation of the Modern State, 1789–1848 Author: Adam Zamoyski Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the ruling and propertied classes of the late eighteenth century, the years following the French Revolution were characterized by intense anxiety. Monarchs and their courtiers lived in constant fear of rebellion, convinced that their power—and their heads—were at risk. Driven by paranoia, they chose to fight back against every threat and insurgency, whether real or merely perceived, repressing their populaces through surveillance networks and violent, secretive police action. Europe, and the world, had entered a new era. In Phantom Terror, award-winning historian Adam Zamoyski argues that the stringent measures designed to prevent unrest had disastrous and far-reaching consequences, inciting the very rebellions they had hoped to quash. The newly established culture of state control halted economic development in Austria and birthed a rebellious youth culture in Russia that would require even harsher methods to suppress. By the end of the era, the first stirrings of terrorist movements had become evident across the continent, making the previously unfounded fears of European monarchs a reality. Phantom Terror explores this troubled, fascinating period, when politicians and cultural leaders from Edmund Burke to Mary Shelley were forced to choose sides and either support or resist the counterrevolutionary spirit embodied in the newly omnipotent central states. The turbulent political situation that coalesced during this era would lead directly to the revolutions of 1848 and to the collapse of order in World War I. We still live with the legacy of this era of paranoia, which prefigured not only the modern totalitarian state but also the now preeminent contest between society's haves and have-nots. These tempestuous years of suspicion and suppression were the crux upon which the rest of European history would turn. In this magisterial history, Zamoyski chronicles the moment when desperate monarchs took the world down the path of revolution, terror, and world war. Adam Zamoyski Tue, 10 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228770 thebookvoice.com 22:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phantom Terror: Political Paranoia and the Creation of the Modern State, 1789–1848 Author: Adam Zamoyski Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the ruling and propertied classes of the late eighteenth century, the years following the French Revolution were characterized by intense anxiety. Monarchs and their courtiers lived in constant fear of rebellion, convinced that their power—and their heads—were at risk. Driven by paranoia, they chose to fight back against every threat and insurgency, whether real or merely perceived, repressing their populaces through surveillance networks and violent, secretive police action. Europe, and the world, had entered a new era. In Phantom Terror, award-winning historian Adam Zamoyski argues that the stringent measures designed to prevent unrest had disastrous and far-reaching consequences, inciting the very rebellions they had hoped to quash. The newly established culture of state control halted economic development in Austria and birthed a rebellious youth culture in Russia that would require even harsher methods to suppress. By the end of the era, the first stirrings of terrorist movements had become evident across the continent, making the previously unfounded fears of European monarchs a reality. Phantom Terror explores this troubled, fascinating period, when politicians and cultural leaders from Edmund Burke to Mary Shelley were forced to choose sides and either support or resist the counterrevolutionary spirit embodied in the newly omnipotent central states. The turbulent political situation that coalesced during this era would lead directly to the revolutions of 1848 and to the collapse of order in World War I. We still live with the legacy of this era of paranoia, which prefigured not only the modern totalitarian state but also the now preeminent contest between society's haves and have-nots. These tempestuous years of suspicion and suppression were the crux upon which the rest of European history would turn. In this magisterial history, Zamoyski chronicles the moment when desperate monarchs took the world down the path of revolution, terror, and world war. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phantom Terror: Political Paranoia and the Creation of the Modern State, 1789–1848 Author: Adam Zamoyski Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the ruling and propertied classes of the late eighteenth century, the years following the French Revolution were characterized by intense anxiety. Monarchs and their courtiers lived in constant fear of rebellion, convinced that their power—and their heads—were at risk. Driven by paranoia, they chose to fight back against every threat and insurgency, whether real or merely perceived, repressing their populaces through surveillance networks and violent, secretive police action. Europe, and the world, had entered a new era. In Phantom Terror, award-winning historian Adam Zamoyski argues that the stringent measures designed to prevent unrest had disastrous and far-reaching consequences, inciting the very rebellions they had hoped to quash. The newly established culture of state control halted economic development in Austria and birthed a rebellious youth culture in Russia that would require even harsher methods to suppress. By the end of the era, the first stirrings of terrorist movements had become evident across the continent, making the previously unfounded fears of European monarchs a reality. Phantom Terror explores this troubled, fascinating period, when politicians and cultural leaders from Edmund Burke to Mary Shelley were forced to choose sides and either support or resist the counterrevolutionary spirit embodied in the newly omnipotent central states. The turbulent political situation that coalesced during this era would lead directly to the revolutions of 1848 and to the collapse of order in World War I. We still live with the legacy of this era of paranoia, which prefigured not only the modern totalitarian state but also the now preeminent contest between society's haves and have-nots. These tempestuous years of suspicion and suppression were the crux upon which the rest of European history would turn. In this magisterial history, Zamoyski chronicles the moment when desperate monarchs took the world down the path of revolution, terror, and world war. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228730 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Worth Learning Author: Marion Brady Narrator: Diane Havens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What's Worth Learning? addresses the central question of general education. For learners facing a complex, unpredictable, and dangerous future, it asks and answers the question: What knowledge is absolutely essential for every learner? In simple, jargon-free language, the book explains why the "core curriculum" in near-universal use in America's classrooms was poor when it was adopted in 1893 and why it grows more dysfunctional with each passing year. It then shows how, without changes in staffing, budgets, or bureaucratic boundaries, knowledge can be organized to both radically improve learner intellectual performance and significantly decrease the cost of a general education. Marion Brady Tue, 01 Jan 2013 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228730 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Worth Learning Author: Marion Brady Narrator: Diane Havens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What's Worth Learning? addresses the central question of general education. For learners facing a complex, unpredictable, and dangerous future, it asks and answers the question: What knowledge is absolutely essential for every learner? In simple, jargon-free language, the book explains why the "core curriculum" in near-universal use in America's classrooms was poor when it was adopted in 1893 and why it grows more dysfunctional with each passing year. It then shows how, without changes in staffing, budgets, or bureaucratic boundaries, knowledge can be organized to both radically improve learner intellectual performance and significantly decrease the cost of a general education. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What's Worth Learning Author: Marion Brady Narrator: Diane Havens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What's Worth Learning? addresses the central question of general education. For learners facing a complex, unpredictable, and dangerous future, it asks and answers the question: What knowledge is absolutely essential for every learner? In simple, jargon-free language, the book explains why the "core curriculum" in near-universal use in America's classrooms was poor when it was adopted in 1893 and why it grows more dysfunctional with each passing year. It then shows how, without changes in staffing, budgets, or bureaucratic boundaries, knowledge can be organized to both radically improve learner intellectual performance and significantly decrease the cost of a general education. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228712 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservatarian Manifesto: Libertarians, Conservatives, and the Fight for the Right's Future Author: Charles C. W. Cooke Narrator: Charles C. W. Cooke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is an underserved movement budding among young conservatives, in which fiscal responsibility and controlled government spending remain crucial tenets, but issues like gay marriage and drug control are approached with a libertarian bent.The ideas of this growing wave need a public, nuanced voice. The implications for the Republican party if this philosophy is more widely adopted may not only spur major change within the party, but could also revitalize its chances of claiming more power in our government.Author Charles Cooke has coined the term 'conservatarian' for this group, and The Conservatarian Manifesto is his explanation of what defines this new breed of Republican, what they believe on every hot-button issue of our day, and how they can effect change within the GOP. This audiobook is a blueprint of action and ideology for the growing population of socially liberal, fiscally conservative young members of the political Right. Charles C. W. Cooke Tue, 10 Mar 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228712 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservatarian Manifesto: Libertarians, Conservatives, and the Fight for the Right's Future Author: Charles C. W. Cooke Narrator: Charles C. W. Cooke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is an underserved movement budding among young conservatives, in which fiscal responsibility and controlled government spending remain crucial tenets, but issues like gay marriage and drug control are approached with a libertarian bent.The ideas of this growing wave need a public, nuanced voice. The implications for the Republican party if this philosophy is more widely adopted may not only spur major change within the party, but could also revitalize its chances of claiming more power in our government.Author Charles Cooke has coined the term 'conservatarian' for this group, and The Conservatarian Manifesto is his explanation of what defines this new breed of Republican, what they believe on every hot-button issue of our day, and how they can effect change within the GOP. This audiobook is a blueprint of action and ideology for the growing population of socially liberal, fiscally conservative young members of the political Right. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conservatarian Manifesto: Libertarians, Conservatives, and the Fight for the Right's Future Author: Charles C. W. Cooke Narrator: Charles C. W. Cooke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is an underserved movement budding among young conservatives, in which fiscal responsibility and controlled government spending remain crucial tenets, but issues like gay marriage and drug control are approached with a libertarian bent.The ideas of this growing wave need a public, nuanced voice. The implications for the Republican party if this philosophy is more widely adopted may not only spur major change within the party, but could also revitalize its chances of claiming more power in our government.Author Charles Cooke has coined the term 'conservatarian' for this group, and The Conservatarian Manifesto is his explanation of what defines this new breed of Republican, what they believe on every hot-button issue of our day, and how they can effect change within the GOP. This audiobook is a blueprint of action and ideology for the growing population of socially liberal, fiscally conservative young members of the political Right. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228680 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold, Hungry and In the Dark Author: Bill Powers Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom has North America entering a new era of energy abundance thanks to shale gas. But has industry been honest? Cold, Hungry and in the Dark argues that declining productivity combined with increasing demand will trigger a crisis that will cause prices to skyrocket, damage the economy, and have a profound impact on the lives of nearly every North American. Relying on faulty science, bought-and-paid-for-white papers masquerading as independent research and "industry consultants," the "shale promoters" have vastly overstated the viable supply of shale gas resources for their own financial gain. This startling exposé, written by an industry insider, suggests that the stakes involved in the Enron scandal might seem like lunch money in comparison to the bursting of the natural gas bubble. Exhaustively researched and rigorously documented, Cold, Hungry and in the Dark: Puts supply-and-demand trends under a microscope Provides overwhelming evidence of the absurdity of the one hundred-year supply myth Suggests numerous ways to mitigate the upcoming natural gas price spike. The mainstream media has told us that natural gas will be cheap and plentiful for decades, when nothing could be further from the truth. Forewarned is forearmed. Cold, Hungry and in the Dark is vital reading for anyone concerned about the inevitable economic impact of our uncertain energy future. Bill Powers is an author, private investor, contrarian and sits on the board of directors of Calgary-based Arsenal Energy. Bill Powers Tue, 01 Jan 2013 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228680 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold, Hungry and In the Dark Author: Bill Powers Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom has North America entering a new era of energy abundance thanks to shale gas. But has industry been honest? Cold, Hungry and in the Dark argues that declining productivity combined with increasing demand will trigger a crisis that will cause prices to skyrocket, damage the economy, and have a profound impact on the lives of nearly every North American. Relying on faulty science, bought-and-paid-for-white papers masquerading as independent research and "industry consultants," the "shale promoters" have vastly overstated the viable supply of shale gas resources for their own financial gain. This startling exposé, written by an industry insider, suggests that the stakes involved in the Enron scandal might seem like lunch money in comparison to the bursting of the natural gas bubble. Exhaustively researched and rigorously documented, Cold, Hungry and in the Dark: Puts supply-and-demand trends under a microscope Provides overwhelming evidence of the absurdity of the one hundred-year supply myth Suggests numerous ways to mitigate the upcoming natural gas price spike. The mainstream media has told us that natural gas will be cheap and plentiful for decades, when nothing could be further from the truth. Forewarned is forearmed. Cold, Hungry and in the Dark is vital reading for anyone concerned about the inevitable economic impact of our uncertain energy future. Bill Powers is an author, private investor, contrarian and sits on the board of directors of Calgary-based Arsenal Energy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cold, Hungry and In the Dark Author: Bill Powers Narrator: Michael Puttonen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom has North America entering a new era of energy abundance thanks to shale gas. But has industry been honest? Cold, Hungry and in the Dark argues that declining productivity combined with increasing demand will trigger a crisis that will cause prices to skyrocket, damage the economy, and have a profound impact on the lives of nearly every North American. Relying on faulty science, bought-and-paid-for-white papers masquerading as independent research and "industry consultants," the "shale promoters" have vastly overstated the viable supply of shale gas resources for their own financial gain. This startling exposé, written by an industry insider, suggests that the stakes involved in the Enron scandal might seem like lunch money in comparison to the bursting of the natural gas bubble. Exhaustively researched and rigorously documented, Cold, Hungry and in the Dark: Puts supply-and-demand trends under a microscope Provides overwhelming evidence of the absurdity of the one hundred-year supply myth Suggests numerous ways to mitigate the upcoming natural gas price spike. The mainstream media has told us that natural gas will be cheap and plentiful for decades, when nothing could be further from the truth. Forewarned is forearmed. Cold, Hungry and in the Dark is vital reading for anyone concerned about the inevitable economic impact of our uncertain energy future. Bill Powers is an author, private investor, contrarian and sits on the board of directors of Calgary-based Arsenal Energy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228543 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Library of Congress Timeline of the Civil War Author: Margaret E. Wagner Narrator: Peter Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With striking visuals from the Library of Congress' unparalleled archive, The Library of Congress Illustrated Timeline of the Civil War is an authoritative and engaging narrative of the domestic conflict that determined the course of American history. A detailed chronological timeline of the war captures the harrowing intensity of 19th-century warfare in firsthand accounts from soldiers, nurses, and front-line journalists. Readers will be enthralled by speech drafts in Lincoln's own hand, quotes from the likes of Frederick Douglass and Robert E. Lee, and portraits of key soldiers and politicians who are not covered in standard textbooks. The Illustrated Timeline's exciting new source material and lucid organization will give Civil War enthusiasts a fresh look at this defining period in our nation's history. Margaret E. Wagner Tue, 10 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228543 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Library of Congress Timeline of the Civil War Author: Margaret E. Wagner Narrator: Peter Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With striking visuals from the Library of Congress' unparalleled archive, The Library of Congress Illustrated Timeline of the Civil War is an authoritative and engaging narrative of the domestic conflict that determined the course of American history. A detailed chronological timeline of the war captures the harrowing intensity of 19th-century warfare in firsthand accounts from soldiers, nurses, and front-line journalists. Readers will be enthralled by speech drafts in Lincoln's own hand, quotes from the likes of Frederick Douglass and Robert E. Lee, and portraits of key soldiers and politicians who are not covered in standard textbooks. The Illustrated Timeline's exciting new source material and lucid organization will give Civil War enthusiasts a fresh look at this defining period in our nation's history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Library of Congress Timeline of the Civil War Author: Margaret E. Wagner Narrator: Peter Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With striking visuals from the Library of Congress' unparalleled archive, The Library of Congress Illustrated Timeline of the Civil War is an authoritative and engaging narrative of the domestic conflict that determined the course of American history. A detailed chronological timeline of the war captures the harrowing intensity of 19th-century warfare in firsthand accounts from soldiers, nurses, and front-line journalists. Readers will be enthralled by speech drafts in Lincoln's own hand, quotes from the likes of Frederick Douglass and Robert E. Lee, and portraits of key soldiers and politicians who are not covered in standard textbooks. The Illustrated Timeline's exciting new source material and lucid organization will give Civil War enthusiasts a fresh look at this defining period in our nation's history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believer: My Forty Years in Politics Author: David Axelrod Narrator: David Axelrod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A stout defense—indeed, the best I have read—of the Obama years.”—New York Times Book Review A New York Times bestseller. David Axelrod has always been a believer. Whether as a young journalist investigating city corruption, a campaign consultant guiding underdog candidates against entrenched orthodoxy, or as senior adviser to the president during one of the worst crises in American history, Axelrod held fast to his faith in the power of stories to unite diverse communities and ignite transformative political change. Now this legendary strategist, the mastermind behind Barack Obama’s historic election campaigns, shares a wealth of stories from his forty-year journey through the inner workings of American democracy. Believer is the tale of a political life well lived, of a man who never gave up on the deepest promises our country has to offer. Believer reveals the roots of Axelrod’s devotion to politics and his faith in democratic change. As a child of the ’60s in New York City, Axelrod worked his first campaigns during a tumultuous decade that began with soaring optimism and ended in violence and chaos. As a young newspaperman in Chicago during the 1970s and ’80s, Axelrod witnessed another world transformed when he reported on the dissolution of the last of the big city political machines—Richard Daley, Dan Rostenkowski, and Harold Washington—along with the emergence of a dynamic black independent movement that ultimately made Obama’s ascent possible. After cutting his teeth in the rollicking world of Chicago journalism, Axelrod switched careers to become a political strategist. His unorthodox tactics during his first campaign helped him get Paul Simon unexpectedly elected to the Senate, and soon Axelrod’s counsel was sought by the greatest lights of the Democratic Party. Working for path breakers like Hillary Clinton, Deval Patrick, and Rahm Emanuel—and morally conflicted characters like Rod Blagojevich and John Edwards—Axelrod, for better and worse, redefined the techniques by which modern political campaigns are run. The heart of Believer is Axelrod’s 20-year friendship with Barack Obama, a warm partnership that inspired both men even as it propelled each to great heights. Taking a chance on an unlikely candidate for the U.S. Senate, Axelrod ultimately collaborated closely with Obama on his political campaigns, and served as the invaluable strategist who contributed to the tremendous victories of 2008 and 2012. Switching careers again, Axelrod served as senior adviser to the president during one of the most challenging periods in national history: working at Obama’s side as he battled an economic disaster; navigated America through two wars; and fought to reform health care, the financial sector, and our gridlocked political institutions. In Believer, Axelrod offers a deeper and richer profile of this extraordinary figure—who in just four years vaulted from the Illinois State Senate to the Oval Office—from the perspective of one who was at his side every step of the way. Spanning 40 years that include corruption and transformation, turmoil and progress, Believer takes readers behind the closed doors of politics even as it offers a thrilling call to democratic action. Axelrod’s Believer is a powerful and inspiring memoir enlivened by the charm and candor of one of the greatest political strategists in recent American history. “Beautifully written with warmth, humor, and remarkable self-awareness, Believer is one of the finest political memoirs I have ever read.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin, author of The Bully Pulpit and Team of Rivals David Axelrod Tue, 10 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228289 thebookvoice.com 19:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believer: My Forty Years in Politics Author: David Axelrod Narrator: David Axelrod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A stout defense—indeed, the best I have read—of the Obama years.”—New York Times Book Review A New York Times bestseller. David Axelrod has always been a believer. Whether as a young journalist investigating city corruption, a campaign consultant guiding underdog candidates against entrenched orthodoxy, or as senior adviser to the president during one of the worst crises in American history, Axelrod held fast to his faith in the power of stories to unite diverse communities and ignite transformative political change. Now this legendary strategist, the mastermind behind Barack Obama’s historic election campaigns, shares a wealth of stories from his forty-year journey through the inner workings of American democracy. Believer is the tale of a political life well lived, of a man who never gave up on the deepest promises our country has to offer. Believer reveals the roots of Axelrod’s devotion to politics and his faith in democratic change. As a child of the ’60s in New York City, Axelrod worked his first campaigns during a tumultuous decade that began with soaring optimism and ended in violence and chaos. As a young newspaperman in Chicago during the 1970s and ’80s, Axelrod witnessed another world transformed when he reported on the dissolution of the last of the big city political machines—Richard Daley, Dan Rostenkowski, and Harold Washington—along with the emergence of a dynamic black independent movement that ultimately made Obama’s ascent possible. After cutting his teeth in the rollicking world of Chicago journalism, Axelrod switched careers to become a political strategist. His unorthodox tactics during his first campaign helped him get Paul Simon unexpectedly elected to the Senate, and soon Axelrod’s counsel was sought by the greatest lights of the Democratic Party. Working for path breakers like Hillary Clinton, Deval Patrick, and Rahm Emanuel—and morally conflicted characters like Rod Blagojevich and John Edwards—Axelrod, for better and worse, redefined the techniques by which modern political campaigns are run. The heart of Believer is Axelrod’s 20-year friendship with Barack Obama, a warm partnership that inspired both men even as it propelled each to great heights. Taking a chance on an unlikely candidate for the U.S. Senate, Axelrod ultimately collaborated closely with Obama on his political campaigns, and served as the invaluable strategist who contributed to the tremendous victories of 2008 and 2012. Switching careers again, Axelrod served as senior adviser to the president during one of the most challenging periods in national history: working at Obama’s side as he battled an economic disaster; navigated America through two wars; and fought to reform health care, the financial sector, and our gridlocked political institutions. In Believer, Axelrod offers a deeper and richer profile of this extraordinary figure—who in just four years vaulted from the Illinois State Senate to the Oval Office—from the perspective of one who was at his side every step of the way. Spanning 40 years that include corruption and transformation, turmoil and progress, Believer takes readers behind the closed doors of politics even as it offers a thrilling call to democratic action. Axelrod’s Believer is a powerful and inspiring memoir enlivened by the charm and candor of one of the greatest political strategists in recent American history. “Beautifully written with warmth, humor, and remarkable self-awareness, Believer is one of the finest political memoirs I have ever read.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin, author of The Bully Pulpit and Team of Rivals Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believer: My Forty Years in Politics Author: David Axelrod Narrator: David Axelrod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A stout defense—indeed, the best I have read—of the Obama years.”—New York Times Book Review A New York Times bestseller. David Axelrod has always been a believer. Whether as a young journalist investigating city corruption, a campaign consultant guiding underdog candidates against entrenched orthodoxy, or as senior adviser to the president during one of the worst crises in American history, Axelrod held fast to his faith in the power of stories to unite diverse communities and ignite transformative political change. Now this legendary strategist, the mastermind behind Barack Obama’s historic election campaigns, shares a wealth of stories from his forty-year journey through the inner workings of American democracy. Believer is the tale of a political life well lived, of a man who never gave up on the deepest promises our country has to offer. Believer reveals the roots of Axelrod’s devotion to politics and his faith in democratic change. As a child of the ’60s in New York City, Axelrod worked his first campaigns during a tumultuous decade that began with soaring optimism and ended in violence and chaos. As a young newspaperman in Chicago during the 1970s and ’80s, Axelrod witnessed another world transformed when he reported on the dissolution of the last of the big city political machines—Richard Daley, Dan Rostenkowski, and Harold Washington—along with the emergence of a dynamic black independent movement that ultimately made Obama’s ascent possible. After cutting his teeth in the rollicking world of Chicago journalism, Axelrod switched careers to become a political strategist. His unorthodox tactics during his first campaign helped him get Paul Simon unexpectedly elected to the Senate, and soon Axelrod’s counsel was sought by the greatest lights of the Democratic Party. Working for path breakers like Hillary Clinton, Deval Patrick, and Rahm Emanuel—and morally conflicted characters like Rod Blagojevich and John Edwards—Axelrod, for better and worse, redefined the techniques by which modern political campaigns are run. The heart of Believer is Axelrod’s 20-year friendship with Barack Obama, a warm partnership that inspired both men even as it propelled each to great heights. Taking a chance on an unlikely candidate for the U.S. Senate, Axelrod ultimately collaborated closely with Obama on his political campaigns, and served as the invaluable strategist who contributed to the tremendous victories of 2008 and 2012. Switching careers again, Axelrod served as senior adviser to the president during one of the most challenging periods in national history: working at Obama’s side as he battled an economic disaster; navigated America through two wars; and fought to reform health care, the financial sector, and our gridlocked political institutions. In Believer, Axelrod offers a deeper and richer profile of this extraordinary figure—who in just four years vaulted from the Illinois State Senate to the Oval Office—from the perspective of one who was at his side every step of the way. Spanning 40 years that include corruption and transformation, turmoil and progress, Believer takes readers behind the closed doors of politics even as it offers a thrilling call to democratic action. Axelrod’s Believer is a powerful and inspiring memoir enlivened by the charm and candor of one of the greatest political strategists in recent American history. “Beautifully written with warmth, humor, and remarkable self-awareness, Believer is one of the finest political memoirs I have ever read.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin, author of The Bully Pulpit and Team of Rivals https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities 1938–1968; Complete Set Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Molly Underwood, Lee Rosch, Ted Scott, Richard Mcgonagle, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Dean Sluyter, Sunil Malhotra, Richard Gilliland, Coleen Marlo, Claire Bloom, Christian Rummel, Kirby Heyborne, Jean Smart, Paul Boehmer, Theodore Bikel, A Full Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 41 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations The testimony that Eric Bentley has gleaned for this book from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee focuses on HUAC’s treatment of artists, intellectuals, and performers. This highly dramatic and compelling collection of significant excerpts from the hearings shows with painful clarity how HUAC grew from a panel that investigated possible subversive activities in a “dignified” manner to a huge, unrelenting accusatory finger from which almost no one was safe. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record. Eric Bentley Tue, 03 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228278 thebookvoice.com 41:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities 1938–1968; Complete Set Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Molly Underwood, Lee Rosch, Ted Scott, Richard Mcgonagle, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Dean Sluyter, Sunil Malhotra, Richard Gilliland, Coleen Marlo, Claire Bloom, Christian Rummel, Kirby Heyborne, Jean Smart, Paul Boehmer, Theodore Bikel, A Full Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 41 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations The testimony that Eric Bentley has gleaned for this book from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee focuses on HUAC’s treatment of artists, intellectuals, and performers. This highly dramatic and compelling collection of significant excerpts from the hearings shows with painful clarity how HUAC grew from a panel that investigated possible subversive activities in a “dignified” manner to a huge, unrelenting accusatory finger from which almost no one was safe. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/228278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities 1938–1968; Complete Set Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Molly Underwood, Lee Rosch, Ted Scott, Richard Mcgonagle, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Dean Sluyter, Sunil Malhotra, Richard Gilliland, Coleen Marlo, Claire Bloom, Christian Rummel, Kirby Heyborne, Jean Smart, Paul Boehmer, Theodore Bikel, A Full Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 41 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations The testimony that Eric Bentley has gleaned for this book from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee focuses on HUAC’s treatment of artists, intellectuals, and performers. This highly dramatic and compelling collection of significant excerpts from the hearings shows with painful clarity how HUAC grew from a panel that investigated possible subversive activities in a “dignified” manner to a huge, unrelenting accusatory finger from which almost no one was safe. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going to Pot: Why the Rush to Legalize Marijuana Is Harming America Author: William J. Bennett, Robert A. White Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: William J. Bennett, former director of the National Drug Control policy under President George H.W. Bush and bestselling author of The Book of Virtues, and co-author Robert White provide strong societal and scientific arguments against the legalization of marijuana. Marijuana, once considered worthy of condemnation, has in recent years become a 'medicine,' legalized fully in four states, with others expected to follow. But the dangers are clear. According to Bennett's research, more Americans are admitted to treatment facilities for marijuana use than for any other illegal drug. Studies have shown a link between marijuana use and abnormal brain structure and development. From William Bennett comes a call-to-action for the 46 states that know better than to support full legalization, and a voice of reason for millions who have jumped on the legalization bandwagon because they haven't had access to the facts. William J. Bennett, Robert A. White Tue, 03 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226786 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going to Pot: Why the Rush to Legalize Marijuana Is Harming America Author: William J. Bennett, Robert A. White Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: William J. Bennett, former director of the National Drug Control policy under President George H.W. Bush and bestselling author of The Book of Virtues, and co-author Robert White provide strong societal and scientific arguments against the legalization of marijuana. Marijuana, once considered worthy of condemnation, has in recent years become a 'medicine,' legalized fully in four states, with others expected to follow. But the dangers are clear. According to Bennett's research, more Americans are admitted to treatment facilities for marijuana use than for any other illegal drug. Studies have shown a link between marijuana use and abnormal brain structure and development. From William Bennett comes a call-to-action for the 46 states that know better than to support full legalization, and a voice of reason for millions who have jumped on the legalization bandwagon because they haven't had access to the facts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going to Pot: Why the Rush to Legalize Marijuana Is Harming America Author: William J. Bennett, Robert A. White Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: William J. Bennett, former director of the National Drug Control policy under President George H.W. Bush and bestselling author of The Book of Virtues, and co-author Robert White provide strong societal and scientific arguments against the legalization of marijuana. Marijuana, once considered worthy of condemnation, has in recent years become a 'medicine,' legalized fully in four states, with others expected to follow. But the dangers are clear. According to Bennett's research, more Americans are admitted to treatment facilities for marijuana use than for any other illegal drug. Studies have shown a link between marijuana use and abnormal brain structure and development. From William Bennett comes a call-to-action for the 46 states that know better than to support full legalization, and a voice of reason for millions who have jumped on the legalization bandwagon because they haven't had access to the facts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226476 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discontent and its Civilizations: Dispatches from Lahore, New York, and London Author: Mohsin Hamid Narrator: Mohsin Hamid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From “one of his generation’s most inventive and gifted writers” (The New York Times), intimate and sharply observed commentary on life, art, politics, and “the war on terror.”   Mohsin Hamid’s brilliant, moving, and extraordinarily clever novels have not only made him an international bestseller, they have earned him a reputation as a “master critic of the modern global condition” (Foreign Policy). His stories are at once timeless and of-the-moment, and his themes are universal: love, language, ambition, power, corruption, religion, family, identity. Here he explores this terrain from a different angle in essays that deftly counterpoise the personal and the political, and are shot through with the same passion, imagination, and breathtaking shifts of perspective that gives his fiction its unmistakable electric charge.   A “water lily” who has called three countries on three continents his home—Pakistan, the birthplace to which he returned as a young father; the United States, where he spent his childhood and young adulthood; and Britain, where he married and became a citizen—Hamid writes about overlapping worlds with fluidity and penetrating insight. Whether he is discussing courtship rituals or pop culture, drones or the rhythms of daily life in an extended family compound, he transports us beyond the scarifying headlines of an anxious West and a volatile East, beyond stereotype and assumption, and helps to bring a dazzling diverse global culture within emotional and intellectual reach. Mohsin Hamid Tue, 24 Feb 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226476 thebookvoice.com 4:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discontent and its Civilizations: Dispatches from Lahore, New York, and London Author: Mohsin Hamid Narrator: Mohsin Hamid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From “one of his generation’s most inventive and gifted writers” (The New York Times), intimate and sharply observed commentary on life, art, politics, and “the war on terror.”   Mohsin Hamid’s brilliant, moving, and extraordinarily clever novels have not only made him an international bestseller, they have earned him a reputation as a “master critic of the modern global condition” (Foreign Policy). His stories are at once timeless and of-the-moment, and his themes are universal: love, language, ambition, power, corruption, religion, family, identity. Here he explores this terrain from a different angle in essays that deftly counterpoise the personal and the political, and are shot through with the same passion, imagination, and breathtaking shifts of perspective that gives his fiction its unmistakable electric charge.   A “water lily” who has called three countries on three continents his home—Pakistan, the birthplace to which he returned as a young father; the United States, where he spent his childhood and young adulthood; and Britain, where he married and became a citizen—Hamid writes about overlapping worlds with fluidity and penetrating insight. Whether he is discussing courtship rituals or pop culture, drones or the rhythms of daily life in an extended family compound, he transports us beyond the scarifying headlines of an anxious West and a volatile East, beyond stereotype and assumption, and helps to bring a dazzling diverse global culture within emotional and intellectual reach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Discontent and its Civilizations: Dispatches from Lahore, New York, and London Author: Mohsin Hamid Narrator: Mohsin Hamid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 24, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From “one of his generation’s most inventive and gifted writers” (The New York Times), intimate and sharply observed commentary on life, art, politics, and “the war on terror.”   Mohsin Hamid’s brilliant, moving, and extraordinarily clever novels have not only made him an international bestseller, they have earned him a reputation as a “master critic of the modern global condition” (Foreign Policy). His stories are at once timeless and of-the-moment, and his themes are universal: love, language, ambition, power, corruption, religion, family, identity. Here he explores this terrain from a different angle in essays that deftly counterpoise the personal and the political, and are shot through with the same passion, imagination, and breathtaking shifts of perspective that gives his fiction its unmistakable electric charge.   A “water lily” who has called three countries on three continents his home—Pakistan, the birthplace to which he returned as a young father; the United States, where he spent his childhood and young adulthood; and Britain, where he married and became a citizen—Hamid writes about overlapping worlds with fluidity and penetrating insight. Whether he is discussing courtship rituals or pop culture, drones or the rhythms of daily life in an extended family compound, he transports us beyond the scarifying headlines of an anxious West and a volatile East, beyond stereotype and assumption, and helps to bring a dazzling diverse global culture within emotional and intellectual reach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226447 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corruption in America: From Benjamin Franklin's Snuff Box to Citizens United Author: Zephyr Teachout Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For two centuries, the Framers' ideas about political corruption flourished in the courts, even in the absence of clear rules governing voters, civil officers, and elected officials. In the 1970s, the U.S. Supreme Court began to narrow the definition of corruption, and the meaning has since changed dramatically. No case makes that clearer than Citizens United. In 2010, one of the most consequential Court decisions in American political history gave wealthy corporations the right to spend unlimited money to influence elections. Justice Anthony Kennedy's majority opinion treated corruption as nothing more than explicit bribery. With unlimited spending transforming American politics for the worse, Citizens United was not just bad law but bad history. Corruption in America clearly shows that if the American experiment in self-government is to have a future, then we must revive the traditional meaning of corruption and embrace an old ideal. Zephyr Teachout Tue, 30 Dec 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226447 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corruption in America: From Benjamin Franklin's Snuff Box to Citizens United Author: Zephyr Teachout Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For two centuries, the Framers' ideas about political corruption flourished in the courts, even in the absence of clear rules governing voters, civil officers, and elected officials. In the 1970s, the U.S. Supreme Court began to narrow the definition of corruption, and the meaning has since changed dramatically. No case makes that clearer than Citizens United. In 2010, one of the most consequential Court decisions in American political history gave wealthy corporations the right to spend unlimited money to influence elections. Justice Anthony Kennedy's majority opinion treated corruption as nothing more than explicit bribery. With unlimited spending transforming American politics for the worse, Citizens United was not just bad law but bad history. Corruption in America clearly shows that if the American experiment in self-government is to have a future, then we must revive the traditional meaning of corruption and embrace an old ideal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Corruption in America: From Benjamin Franklin's Snuff Box to Citizens United Author: Zephyr Teachout Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For two centuries, the Framers' ideas about political corruption flourished in the courts, even in the absence of clear rules governing voters, civil officers, and elected officials. In the 1970s, the U.S. Supreme Court began to narrow the definition of corruption, and the meaning has since changed dramatically. No case makes that clearer than Citizens United. In 2010, one of the most consequential Court decisions in American political history gave wealthy corporations the right to spend unlimited money to influence elections. Justice Anthony Kennedy's majority opinion treated corruption as nothing more than explicit bribery. With unlimited spending transforming American politics for the worse, Citizens United was not just bad law but bad history. Corruption in America clearly shows that if the American experiment in self-government is to have a future, then we must revive the traditional meaning of corruption and embrace an old ideal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226414 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Bitter Pill: Money, Politics, Backroom Deals, and the Fight to Fix Our Broken Healthcare System Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • “A tour de force . . . a comprehensive and suitably furious guide to the political landscape of American healthcare . . . persuasive, shocking.”—The New York Times  America’s Bitter Pill is Steven Brill’s acclaimed book on how the Affordable Care Act, or Obamacare, was written, how it is being implemented, and, most important, how it is changing—and failing to change—the rampant abuses in the healthcare industry. It’s a fly-on-the-wall account of the titanic fight to pass a 961-page law aimed at fixing America’s largest, most dysfunctional industry. It’s a penetrating chronicle of how the profiteering that Brill first identified in his trailblazing Time magazine cover story continues, despite Obamacare. And it is the first complete, inside account of how President Obama persevered to push through the law, but then failed to deal with the staff incompetence and turf wars that crippled its implementation.   But by chance America’s Bitter Pill ends up being much more—because as Brill was completing this book, he had to undergo urgent open-heart surgery. Thus, this also becomes the story of how one patient who thinks he knows everything about healthcare “policy” rethinks it from a hospital gurney—and combines that insight with his brilliant reporting. The result: a surprising new vision of how we can fix American healthcare so that it stops draining the bank accounts of our families and our businesses, and the federal treasury.   Praise for America’s Bitter Pill   “An energetic, picaresque, narrative explanation of much of what has happened in the last seven years of health policy . . . [Brill] has pulled off something extraordinary.”—The New York Times Book Review   “A thunderous indictment of what Brill refers to as the ‘toxicity of our profiteer-dominated healthcare system.’ ”—Los Angeles Times   “A sweeping and spirited new book [that] chronicles the surprisingly juicy tale of reform.”—The Daily Beast   “One of the most important books of our time.”—Walter Isaacson   “Superb . . . Brill has achieved the seemingly impossible—written an exciting book about the American health system.”—The New York Review of Books Steven Brill Mon, 05 Jan 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226414 thebookvoice.com 17:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Bitter Pill: Money, Politics, Backroom Deals, and the Fight to Fix Our Broken Healthcare System Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • “A tour de force . . . a comprehensive and suitably furious guide to the political landscape of American healthcare . . . persuasive, shocking.”—The New York Times  America’s Bitter Pill is Steven Brill’s acclaimed book on how the Affordable Care Act, or Obamacare, was written, how it is being implemented, and, most important, how it is changing—and failing to change—the rampant abuses in the healthcare industry. It’s a fly-on-the-wall account of the titanic fight to pass a 961-page law aimed at fixing America’s largest, most dysfunctional industry. It’s a penetrating chronicle of how the profiteering that Brill first identified in his trailblazing Time magazine cover story continues, despite Obamacare. And it is the first complete, inside account of how President Obama persevered to push through the law, but then failed to deal with the staff incompetence and turf wars that crippled its implementation.   But by chance America’s Bitter Pill ends up being much more—because as Brill was completing this book, he had to undergo urgent open-heart surgery. Thus, this also becomes the story of how one patient who thinks he knows everything about healthcare “policy” rethinks it from a hospital gurney—and combines that insight with his brilliant reporting. The result: a surprising new vision of how we can fix American healthcare so that it stops draining the bank accounts of our families and our businesses, and the federal treasury.   Praise for America’s Bitter Pill   “An energetic, picaresque, narrative explanation of much of what has happened in the last seven years of health policy . . . [Brill] has pulled off something extraordinary.”—The New York Times Book Review   “A thunderous indictment of what Brill refers to as the ‘toxicity of our profiteer-dominated healthcare system.’ ”—Los Angeles Times   “A sweeping and spirited new book [that] chronicles the surprisingly juicy tale of reform.”—The Daily Beast   “One of the most important books of our time.”—Walter Isaacson   “Superb . . . Brill has achieved the seemingly impossible—written an exciting book about the American health system.”—The New York Review of Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Bitter Pill: Money, Politics, Backroom Deals, and the Fight to Fix Our Broken Healthcare System Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK • “A tour de force . . . a comprehensive and suitably furious guide to the political landscape of American healthcare . . . persuasive, shocking.”—The New York Times  America’s Bitter Pill is Steven Brill’s acclaimed book on how the Affordable Care Act, or Obamacare, was written, how it is being implemented, and, most important, how it is changing—and failing to change—the rampant abuses in the healthcare industry. It’s a fly-on-the-wall account of the titanic fight to pass a 961-page law aimed at fixing America’s largest, most dysfunctional industry. It’s a penetrating chronicle of how the profiteering that Brill first identified in his trailblazing Time magazine cover story continues, despite Obamacare. And it is the first complete, inside account of how President Obama persevered to push through the law, but then failed to deal with the staff incompetence and turf wars that crippled its implementation.   But by chance America’s Bitter Pill ends up being much more—because as Brill was completing this book, he had to undergo urgent open-heart surgery. Thus, this also becomes the story of how one patient who thinks he knows everything about healthcare “policy” rethinks it from a hospital gurney—and combines that insight with his brilliant reporting. The result: a surprising new vision of how we can fix American healthcare so that it stops draining the bank accounts of our families and our businesses, and the federal treasury.   Praise for America’s Bitter Pill   “An energetic, picaresque, narrative explanation of much of what has happened in the last seven years of health policy . . . [Brill] has pulled off something extraordinary.”—The New York Times Book Review   “A thunderous indictment of what Brill refers to as the ‘toxicity of our profiteer-dominated healthcare system.’ ”—Los Angeles Times   “A sweeping and spirited new book [that] chronicles the surprisingly juicy tale of reform.”—The Daily Beast   “One of the most important books of our time.”—Walter Isaacson   “Superb . . . Brill has achieved the seemingly impossible—written an exciting book about the American health system.”—The New York Review of Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thieves of State: Why Corruption Threatens Global Security Author: Sarah Chayes Narrator: Sarah Chayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former adviser to the Joint Chiefs of Staff explains how government's oldest problem is its greatest destabilizing force. Thieves of State argues that corruption is not just a nuisance; it is a major source of geopolitical turmoil. Since the late 1990s, corruption has grown such that some governments now resemble criminal gangs, provoking extreme reactions ranging from revolution to militant puritanical religion. Through intensive firsthand reporting, Sarah Chayes explores the security implications of corruption throughout our world: Afghans returning to the Taliban, Egyptians overthrowing the Mubarak government-but also redesigning Al Qaeda-and Nigerians embracing both evangelical Christianity and Islamist terrorist groups like Boko Haram. The pattern, moreover, pervades history. Canonical political thinkers such as John Locke and Machiavelli, as well as the great medieval Islamic statesman Nizam al-Mulk, all named corruption as a threat to the realm. In a thrilling argument that connects the Protestant Reformation to the Arab Spring, Chayes asserts that we cannot afford not to attack corruption, for it is a cause, and not a result, of global instability. Sarah Chayes Mon, 19 Jan 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226323 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thieves of State: Why Corruption Threatens Global Security Author: Sarah Chayes Narrator: Sarah Chayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former adviser to the Joint Chiefs of Staff explains how government's oldest problem is its greatest destabilizing force. Thieves of State argues that corruption is not just a nuisance; it is a major source of geopolitical turmoil. Since the late 1990s, corruption has grown such that some governments now resemble criminal gangs, provoking extreme reactions ranging from revolution to militant puritanical religion. Through intensive firsthand reporting, Sarah Chayes explores the security implications of corruption throughout our world: Afghans returning to the Taliban, Egyptians overthrowing the Mubarak government-but also redesigning Al Qaeda-and Nigerians embracing both evangelical Christianity and Islamist terrorist groups like Boko Haram. The pattern, moreover, pervades history. Canonical political thinkers such as John Locke and Machiavelli, as well as the great medieval Islamic statesman Nizam al-Mulk, all named corruption as a threat to the realm. In a thrilling argument that connects the Protestant Reformation to the Arab Spring, Chayes asserts that we cannot afford not to attack corruption, for it is a cause, and not a result, of global instability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thieves of State: Why Corruption Threatens Global Security Author: Sarah Chayes Narrator: Sarah Chayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 19, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former adviser to the Joint Chiefs of Staff explains how government's oldest problem is its greatest destabilizing force. Thieves of State argues that corruption is not just a nuisance; it is a major source of geopolitical turmoil. Since the late 1990s, corruption has grown such that some governments now resemble criminal gangs, provoking extreme reactions ranging from revolution to militant puritanical religion. Through intensive firsthand reporting, Sarah Chayes explores the security implications of corruption throughout our world: Afghans returning to the Taliban, Egyptians overthrowing the Mubarak government-but also redesigning Al Qaeda-and Nigerians embracing both evangelical Christianity and Islamist terrorist groups like Boko Haram. The pattern, moreover, pervades history. Canonical political thinkers such as John Locke and Machiavelli, as well as the great medieval Islamic statesman Nizam al-Mulk, all named corruption as a threat to the realm. In a thrilling argument that connects the Protestant Reformation to the Arab Spring, Chayes asserts that we cannot afford not to attack corruption, for it is a cause, and not a result, of global instability. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226190 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Warrior: Andrew Marshall and the Shaping of Modern American Defense Strategy Author: Andrew Krepinevich, Barry Watts Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Andrew Marshall is a Pentagon legend. For more than four decades he has served as Director of the Office of Net Assessment, the Pentagon's internal think tank, under twelve defense secretaries and eight administrations. Yet Marshall has been on the cutting edge of strategic thinking even longer than that. At the Rand Corporation during its golden age in the 1950s and early 1960s, Marshall helped formulate bedrock concepts of US nuclear strategy that endure to this day; later, at the Pentagon, he pioneered the development of 'net assessment'—a new analytic framework for understanding the long-term military competition between the United States and the Soviet Union. Following the Cold War, Marshall successfully used net assessment to anticipate emerging disruptive shifts in military affairs, including the revolution in precision warfare and the rise of China as a major strategic rival of the United States. In The Last Warrior, Andrew Krepinevich and Barry Watts—both former members of Marshall's staff—trace Marshall's intellectual development from his upbringing in Detroit during the Great Depression to his decades in Washington as an influential behind-the-scenes advisor on American defense strategy. The result is a unique insider's perspective on the changes in US strategy from the dawn of the Cold War to the present day. Covering some of the most pivotal episodes of the last half century and peopled with some of the era's most influential figures, The Last Warrior tells Marshall's story for the first time, in the process providing an unparalleled history of the evolution of the American defense establishment. Andrew Krepinevich, Barry Watts Tue, 06 Jan 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226190 thebookvoice.com 11:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Warrior: Andrew Marshall and the Shaping of Modern American Defense Strategy Author: Andrew Krepinevich, Barry Watts Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Andrew Marshall is a Pentagon legend. For more than four decades he has served as Director of the Office of Net Assessment, the Pentagon's internal think tank, under twelve defense secretaries and eight administrations. Yet Marshall has been on the cutting edge of strategic thinking even longer than that. At the Rand Corporation during its golden age in the 1950s and early 1960s, Marshall helped formulate bedrock concepts of US nuclear strategy that endure to this day; later, at the Pentagon, he pioneered the development of 'net assessment'—a new analytic framework for understanding the long-term military competition between the United States and the Soviet Union. Following the Cold War, Marshall successfully used net assessment to anticipate emerging disruptive shifts in military affairs, including the revolution in precision warfare and the rise of China as a major strategic rival of the United States. In The Last Warrior, Andrew Krepinevich and Barry Watts—both former members of Marshall's staff—trace Marshall's intellectual development from his upbringing in Detroit during the Great Depression to his decades in Washington as an influential behind-the-scenes advisor on American defense strategy. The result is a unique insider's perspective on the changes in US strategy from the dawn of the Cold War to the present day. Covering some of the most pivotal episodes of the last half century and peopled with some of the era's most influential figures, The Last Warrior tells Marshall's story for the first time, in the process providing an unparalleled history of the evolution of the American defense establishment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Warrior: Andrew Marshall and the Shaping of Modern American Defense Strategy Author: Andrew Krepinevich, Barry Watts Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Andrew Marshall is a Pentagon legend. For more than four decades he has served as Director of the Office of Net Assessment, the Pentagon's internal think tank, under twelve defense secretaries and eight administrations. Yet Marshall has been on the cutting edge of strategic thinking even longer than that. At the Rand Corporation during its golden age in the 1950s and early 1960s, Marshall helped formulate bedrock concepts of US nuclear strategy that endure to this day; later, at the Pentagon, he pioneered the development of 'net assessment'—a new analytic framework for understanding the long-term military competition between the United States and the Soviet Union. Following the Cold War, Marshall successfully used net assessment to anticipate emerging disruptive shifts in military affairs, including the revolution in precision warfare and the rise of China as a major strategic rival of the United States. In The Last Warrior, Andrew Krepinevich and Barry Watts—both former members of Marshall's staff—trace Marshall's intellectual development from his upbringing in Detroit during the Great Depression to his decades in Washington as an influential behind-the-scenes advisor on American defense strategy. The result is a unique insider's perspective on the changes in US strategy from the dawn of the Cold War to the present day. Covering some of the most pivotal episodes of the last half century and peopled with some of the era's most influential figures, The Last Warrior tells Marshall's story for the first time, in the process providing an unparalleled history of the evolution of the American defense establishment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226175 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flashpoints: The Emerging Crisis in Europe Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk, George Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A major new book by New York Times bestselling author and geopolitical forecaster George Friedman (The Next 100 Years), with a bold thesis about coming events in Europe. This provocative work examines “flashpoints,” unique geopolitical hot spots where tensions have erupted throughout history, and where conflict is due to emerge again. “There is a temptation, when you are around George Friedman, to treat him like a Magic 8 Ball.”  —The New York Times Magazine With remarkable accuracy, George Friedman has forecasted coming trends in global politics, technology, population, and culture. In Flashpoints, Friedman focuses on Europe—the world’s cultural and power nexus for the past five hundred years . . . until now. Analyzing the most unstable, unexpected, and fascinating borderlands of Europe and Russia—and the fault lines that have existed for centuries and have been ground zero for multiple catastrophic wars—Friedman highlights, in an unprecedentedly personal way, the flashpoints that are smoldering once again.      The modern-day European Union was crafted in large part to minimize built-in geopolitical tensions that historically have torn it apart. As Friedman demonstrates, with a mix of rich history and cultural analysis, that design is failing. Flashpoints narrates a living history of Europe and explains, with great clarity, its most volatile regions: the turbulent and ever-shifting land dividing the West from Russia (a vast area that currently includes Ukraine, Belarus, and Lithuania); the ancient borderland between France and Germany; and the Mediterranean, which gave rise to Judaism and Christianity and became a center of Islamic life.      Through Friedman’s seamless narrative of townspeople and rivers and villages, a clear picture of regions and countries and history begins to emerge. Flashpoints is an engrossing analysis of modern-day Europe, its remarkable past, and the simmering fault lines that have awakened and will be pivotal in the near future. This is George Friedman’s most timely and, ultimately, riveting book. George Friedman Tue, 27 Jan 2015 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226175 thebookvoice.com 11:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flashpoints: The Emerging Crisis in Europe Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk, George Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A major new book by New York Times bestselling author and geopolitical forecaster George Friedman (The Next 100 Years), with a bold thesis about coming events in Europe. This provocative work examines “flashpoints,” unique geopolitical hot spots where tensions have erupted throughout history, and where conflict is due to emerge again. “There is a temptation, when you are around George Friedman, to treat him like a Magic 8 Ball.”  —The New York Times Magazine With remarkable accuracy, George Friedman has forecasted coming trends in global politics, technology, population, and culture. In Flashpoints, Friedman focuses on Europe—the world’s cultural and power nexus for the past five hundred years . . . until now. Analyzing the most unstable, unexpected, and fascinating borderlands of Europe and Russia—and the fault lines that have existed for centuries and have been ground zero for multiple catastrophic wars—Friedman highlights, in an unprecedentedly personal way, the flashpoints that are smoldering once again.      The modern-day European Union was crafted in large part to minimize built-in geopolitical tensions that historically have torn it apart. As Friedman demonstrates, with a mix of rich history and cultural analysis, that design is failing. Flashpoints narrates a living history of Europe and explains, with great clarity, its most volatile regions: the turbulent and ever-shifting land dividing the West from Russia (a vast area that currently includes Ukraine, Belarus, and Lithuania); the ancient borderland between France and Germany; and the Mediterranean, which gave rise to Judaism and Christianity and became a center of Islamic life.      Through Friedman’s seamless narrative of townspeople and rivers and villages, a clear picture of regions and countries and history begins to emerge. Flashpoints is an engrossing analysis of modern-day Europe, its remarkable past, and the simmering fault lines that have awakened and will be pivotal in the near future. This is George Friedman’s most timely and, ultimately, riveting book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flashpoints: The Emerging Crisis in Europe Author: George Friedman Narrator: Bruce Turk, George Friedman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A major new book by New York Times bestselling author and geopolitical forecaster George Friedman (The Next 100 Years), with a bold thesis about coming events in Europe. This provocative work examines “flashpoints,” unique geopolitical hot spots where tensions have erupted throughout history, and where conflict is due to emerge again. “There is a temptation, when you are around George Friedman, to treat him like a Magic 8 Ball.”  —The New York Times Magazine With remarkable accuracy, George Friedman has forecasted coming trends in global politics, technology, population, and culture. In Flashpoints, Friedman focuses on Europe—the world’s cultural and power nexus for the past five hundred years . . . until now. Analyzing the most unstable, unexpected, and fascinating borderlands of Europe and Russia—and the fault lines that have existed for centuries and have been ground zero for multiple catastrophic wars—Friedman highlights, in an unprecedentedly personal way, the flashpoints that are smoldering once again.      The modern-day European Union was crafted in large part to minimize built-in geopolitical tensions that historically have torn it apart. As Friedman demonstrates, with a mix of rich history and cultural analysis, that design is failing. Flashpoints narrates a living history of Europe and explains, with great clarity, its most volatile regions: the turbulent and ever-shifting land dividing the West from Russia (a vast area that currently includes Ukraine, Belarus, and Lithuania); the ancient borderland between France and Germany; and the Mediterranean, which gave rise to Judaism and Christianity and became a center of Islamic life.      Through Friedman’s seamless narrative of townspeople and rivers and villages, a clear picture of regions and countries and history begins to emerge. Flashpoints is an engrossing analysis of modern-day Europe, its remarkable past, and the simmering fault lines that have awakened and will be pivotal in the near future. This is George Friedman’s most timely and, ultimately, riveting book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225892 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Second Continent: How a Million Migrants Are Building a New Empire in Africa Author: Howard W. French Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An exciting, hugely revealing account of China’s burgeoning presence in Africa—a developing empire already shaping, and reshaping, the future of millions of people. A prizewinning foreign correspondent and former New York Times bureau chief in Shanghai and in West and Central Africa, Howard French is uniquely positioned to tell the story of China in Africa. Through meticulous on-the-ground reporting—conducted in Mandarin, French, and Portuguese, among other languages—French crafts a layered investigation of astonishing depth and breadth as he engages not only with policy-shaping moguls and diplomats, but also with the ordinary men and women navigating the street-level realities of cooperation, prejudice, corruption, and opportunity forged by this seismic geopolitical development. With incisiveness and empathy, French reveals the human face of China’s economic, political, and human presence across the African continent—and in doing so reveals what is at stake for everyone involved. We meet a broad spectrum of China’s dogged emigrant population, from those singlehandedly reshaping African infrastructure, commerce, and even environment (a self-made tycoon who harnessed Zambia’s now-booming copper trade; a timber entrepreneur determined to harvest the entirety of Liberia’s old-growth redwoods), to those just barely scraping by (a sibling pair running small businesses despite total illiteracy; a karaoke bar owner–cum–brothel madam), still convinced that Africa affords them better opportunities than their homeland. And we encounter an equally panoramic array of African responses: a citizens’ backlash in Senegal against a “Trojan horse” Chinese construction project (a tower complex to be built over a beloved soccer field, which locals thought would lead to overbearing Chinese pressure on their economy); a Zambian political candidate who, having protested China’s intrusiveness during the previous election and lost, now turns accommodating; the ascendant middle class of an industrial boomtown; African mine workers bitterly condemning their foreign employers, citing inadequate safety precautions and wages a fraction of their immigrant counterparts’. French’s nuanced portraits reveal the paradigms forming around this new world order, from the all-too-familiar echoes of colonial ambition—exploitation of resources and labor; cut-rate infrastructure projects; dubious treaties—to new frontiers of cultural and economic exchange, where dichotomies of suspicion and trust, assimilation and isolation, idealism and disillusionment are in dynamic flux. Part intrepid travelogue, part cultural census, part industrial and political exposé, French’s keenly observed account ultimately offers a fresh perspective on the most pressing unknowns of modern Sino-African relations: why China is making the incursions it is, just how extensive its cultural and economic inroads are, what Africa’s role in the equation is, and just what the ramifications for both parties—and the watching world—will be in the foreseeable future. Howard W. French Sun, 01 Jun 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225892 thebookvoice.com 10:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Second Continent: How a Million Migrants Are Building a New Empire in Africa Author: Howard W. French Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An exciting, hugely revealing account of China’s burgeoning presence in Africa—a developing empire already shaping, and reshaping, the future of millions of people. A prizewinning foreign correspondent and former New York Times bureau chief in Shanghai and in West and Central Africa, Howard French is uniquely positioned to tell the story of China in Africa. Through meticulous on-the-ground reporting—conducted in Mandarin, French, and Portuguese, among other languages—French crafts a layered investigation of astonishing depth and breadth as he engages not only with policy-shaping moguls and diplomats, but also with the ordinary men and women navigating the street-level realities of cooperation, prejudice, corruption, and opportunity forged by this seismic geopolitical development. With incisiveness and empathy, French reveals the human face of China’s economic, political, and human presence across the African continent—and in doing so reveals what is at stake for everyone involved. We meet a broad spectrum of China’s dogged emigrant population, from those singlehandedly reshaping African infrastructure, commerce, and even environment (a self-made tycoon who harnessed Zambia’s now-booming copper trade; a timber entrepreneur determined to harvest the entirety of Liberia’s old-growth redwoods), to those just barely scraping by (a sibling pair running small businesses despite total illiteracy; a karaoke bar owner–cum–brothel madam), still convinced that Africa affords them better opportunities than their homeland. And we encounter an equally panoramic array of African responses: a citizens’ backlash in Senegal against a “Trojan horse” Chinese construction project (a tower complex to be built over a beloved soccer field, which locals thought would lead to overbearing Chinese pressure on their economy); a Zambian political candidate who, having protested China’s intrusiveness during the previous election and lost, now turns accommodating; the ascendant middle class of an industrial boomtown; African mine workers bitterly condemning their foreign employers, citing inadequate safety precautions and wages a fraction of their immigrant counterparts’. French’s nuanced portraits reveal the paradigms forming around this new world order, from the all-too-familiar echoes of colonial ambition—exploitation of resources and labor; cut-rate infrastructure projects; dubious treaties—to new frontiers of cultural and economic exchange, where dichotomies of suspicion and trust, assimilation and isolation, idealism and disillusionment are in dynamic flux. Part intrepid travelogue, part cultural census, part industrial and political exposé, French’s keenly observed account ultimately offers a fresh perspective on the most pressing unknowns of modern Sino-African relations: why China is making the incursions it is, just how extensive its cultural and economic inroads are, what Africa’s role in the equation is, and just what the ramifications for both parties—and the watching world—will be in the foreseeable future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China's Second Continent: How a Million Migrants Are Building a New Empire in Africa Author: Howard W. French Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An exciting, hugely revealing account of China’s burgeoning presence in Africa—a developing empire already shaping, and reshaping, the future of millions of people. A prizewinning foreign correspondent and former New York Times bureau chief in Shanghai and in West and Central Africa, Howard French is uniquely positioned to tell the story of China in Africa. Through meticulous on-the-ground reporting—conducted in Mandarin, French, and Portuguese, among other languages—French crafts a layered investigation of astonishing depth and breadth as he engages not only with policy-shaping moguls and diplomats, but also with the ordinary men and women navigating the street-level realities of cooperation, prejudice, corruption, and opportunity forged by this seismic geopolitical development. With incisiveness and empathy, French reveals the human face of China’s economic, political, and human presence across the African continent—and in doing so reveals what is at stake for everyone involved. We meet a broad spectrum of China’s dogged emigrant population, from those singlehandedly reshaping African infrastructure, commerce, and even environment (a self-made tycoon who harnessed Zambia’s now-booming copper trade; a timber entrepreneur determined to harvest the entirety of Liberia’s old-growth redwoods), to those just barely scraping by (a sibling pair running small businesses despite total illiteracy; a karaoke bar owner–cum–brothel madam), still convinced that Africa affords them better opportunities than their homeland. And we encounter an equally panoramic array of African responses: a citizens’ backlash in Senegal against a “Trojan horse” Chinese construction project (a tower complex to be built over a beloved soccer field, which locals thought would lead to overbearing Chinese pressure on their economy); a Zambian political candidate who, having protested China’s intrusiveness during the previous election and lost, now turns accommodating; the ascendant middle class of an industrial boomtown; African mine workers bitterly condemning their foreign employers, citing inadequate safety precautions and wages a fraction of their immigrant counterparts’. French’s nuanced portraits reveal the paradigms forming around this new world order, from the all-too-familiar echoes of colonial ambition—exploitation of resources and labor; cut-rate infrastructure projects; dubious treaties—to new frontiers of cultural and economic exchange, where dichotomies of suspicion and trust, assimilation and isolation, idealism and disillusionment are in dynamic flux. Part intrepid travelogue, part cultural census, part industrial and political exposé, French’s keenly observed account ultimately offers a fresh perspective on the most pressing unknowns of modern Sino-African relations: why China is making the incursions it is, just how extensive its cultural and economic inroads are, what Africa’s role in the equation is, and just what the ramifications for both parties—and the watching world—will be in the foreseeable future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Resilience Dividend: Being Strong in a World Where Things Go Wrong Author: Judith Rodin Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Building resilience—the ability to bounce back more quickly and effectively—is an urgent social and economic issue. Our interconnected world is susceptible to sudden and dramatic shocks and stresses: a cyber-attack, a new strain of virus, a structural failure, a violent storm, a civil disturbance, an economic blow. Through an astonishing range of stories, Judith Rodin shows how people, organizations, businesses, communities, and cities have developed resilience in the face of otherwise catastrophic challenges: • Medellin, Colombia, was once the drug and murder capital of South America. Now it’s host to international conferences and an emerging vacation destination. • Tulsa, Oklahoma, cracked the code of rapid urban development in a floodplain. • Airbnb, Toyota, Ikea, Coca-Cola, and other companies have realized the value of reducing vulnerabilities and potential threats to customers, employees, and their bottom line. • In the Mau Forest of Kenya, bottom-up solutions are critical for dealing with climate change, environmental degradation, and displacement of locals. • Following Superstorm Sandy, the Rockaway Surf Club in New York played a vital role in distributing emergency supplies. As we grow more adept at managing disruption and more skilled at resilience-building, Rodin reveals how we are able to create and take advantage of new economic and social opportunities that offer us the capacity to recover after catastrophes and grow strong in times of relative calm. Judith Rodin Mon, 01 Dec 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225803 thebookvoice.com 11:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Resilience Dividend: Being Strong in a World Where Things Go Wrong Author: Judith Rodin Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Building resilience—the ability to bounce back more quickly and effectively—is an urgent social and economic issue. Our interconnected world is susceptible to sudden and dramatic shocks and stresses: a cyber-attack, a new strain of virus, a structural failure, a violent storm, a civil disturbance, an economic blow. Through an astonishing range of stories, Judith Rodin shows how people, organizations, businesses, communities, and cities have developed resilience in the face of otherwise catastrophic challenges: • Medellin, Colombia, was once the drug and murder capital of South America. Now it’s host to international conferences and an emerging vacation destination. • Tulsa, Oklahoma, cracked the code of rapid urban development in a floodplain. • Airbnb, Toyota, Ikea, Coca-Cola, and other companies have realized the value of reducing vulnerabilities and potential threats to customers, employees, and their bottom line. • In the Mau Forest of Kenya, bottom-up solutions are critical for dealing with climate change, environmental degradation, and displacement of locals. • Following Superstorm Sandy, the Rockaway Surf Club in New York played a vital role in distributing emergency supplies. As we grow more adept at managing disruption and more skilled at resilience-building, Rodin reveals how we are able to create and take advantage of new economic and social opportunities that offer us the capacity to recover after catastrophes and grow strong in times of relative calm. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Resilience Dividend: Being Strong in a World Where Things Go Wrong Author: Judith Rodin Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: December 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Building resilience—the ability to bounce back more quickly and effectively—is an urgent social and economic issue. Our interconnected world is susceptible to sudden and dramatic shocks and stresses: a cyber-attack, a new strain of virus, a structural failure, a violent storm, a civil disturbance, an economic blow. Through an astonishing range of stories, Judith Rodin shows how people, organizations, businesses, communities, and cities have developed resilience in the face of otherwise catastrophic challenges: • Medellin, Colombia, was once the drug and murder capital of South America. Now it’s host to international conferences and an emerging vacation destination. • Tulsa, Oklahoma, cracked the code of rapid urban development in a floodplain. • Airbnb, Toyota, Ikea, Coca-Cola, and other companies have realized the value of reducing vulnerabilities and potential threats to customers, employees, and their bottom line. • In the Mau Forest of Kenya, bottom-up solutions are critical for dealing with climate change, environmental degradation, and displacement of locals. • Following Superstorm Sandy, the Rockaway Surf Club in New York played a vital role in distributing emergency supplies. As we grow more adept at managing disruption and more skilled at resilience-building, Rodin reveals how we are able to create and take advantage of new economic and social opportunities that offer us the capacity to recover after catastrophes and grow strong in times of relative calm. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224147 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How The Government Got in Your Backyard: Superweeds, Frankenfoods, Lawn Wars, and the (Nonp Author: Jeff Gillman Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 15, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the Government Got in Your Backyard distills the science, the politics, and the unbiased, nonpartisan truth behind hot-button environmental issues from pesticides to global warming. By clearly representing what the left says, what the right says, what the science is, and what the facts are, Gillman and Heberlig don't set out to provide the answer - they light the path so concerned citizens can uncover their own true and informed opinion. In this season of political discontent, the unbiased truth about environmental policies - free of political agendas - is as refreshing as it is fascinating. How the Government Got in Your Backyard is not for Republicans or Democrats, liberals or conservatives. It's for anyone who is ready to get to the bottom line. Jeff Gillman Tue, 15 Feb 2011 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224147 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How The Government Got in Your Backyard: Superweeds, Frankenfoods, Lawn Wars, and the (Nonp Author: Jeff Gillman Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 15, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the Government Got in Your Backyard distills the science, the politics, and the unbiased, nonpartisan truth behind hot-button environmental issues from pesticides to global warming. By clearly representing what the left says, what the right says, what the science is, and what the facts are, Gillman and Heberlig don't set out to provide the answer - they light the path so concerned citizens can uncover their own true and informed opinion. In this season of political discontent, the unbiased truth about environmental policies - free of political agendas - is as refreshing as it is fascinating. How the Government Got in Your Backyard is not for Republicans or Democrats, liberals or conservatives. It's for anyone who is ready to get to the bottom line. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How The Government Got in Your Backyard: Superweeds, Frankenfoods, Lawn Wars, and the (Nonp Author: Jeff Gillman Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 15, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the Government Got in Your Backyard distills the science, the politics, and the unbiased, nonpartisan truth behind hot-button environmental issues from pesticides to global warming. By clearly representing what the left says, what the right says, what the science is, and what the facts are, Gillman and Heberlig don't set out to provide the answer - they light the path so concerned citizens can uncover their own true and informed opinion. In this season of political discontent, the unbiased truth about environmental policies - free of political agendas - is as refreshing as it is fascinating. How the Government Got in Your Backyard is not for Republicans or Democrats, liberals or conservatives. It's for anyone who is ready to get to the bottom line. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224117 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 41: A Portrait of My Father Author: George W. Bush Narrator: George W. Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • George W. Bush, the 43rd President of the United States, has authored a personal biography of his father, George H. W. Bush, the 41st President.   Forty-three men have served as President of the United States. Countless books have been written about them. But never before has a President told the story of his father, another President, through his own eyes and in his own words. A unique and intimate biography, the book covers the entire scope of the elder President Bush’s life and career, including his service in the Pacific during World War II, his pioneering work in the Texas oil business, and his political rise as a Congressman, U.S. Representative to China and the United Nations, CIA Director, Vice President, and President.  The book shines new light on both the accomplished statesman and the warm, decent man known best by his family. In addition, George W. Bush discusses his father’s influence on him throughout his own life, from his childhood in West Texas to his early campaign trips with his father, and from his decision to go into politics to his own two-term Presidency. George W. Bush Tue, 11 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224117 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 41: A Portrait of My Father Author: George W. Bush Narrator: George W. Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • George W. Bush, the 43rd President of the United States, has authored a personal biography of his father, George H. W. Bush, the 41st President.   Forty-three men have served as President of the United States. Countless books have been written about them. But never before has a President told the story of his father, another President, through his own eyes and in his own words. A unique and intimate biography, the book covers the entire scope of the elder President Bush’s life and career, including his service in the Pacific during World War II, his pioneering work in the Texas oil business, and his political rise as a Congressman, U.S. Representative to China and the United Nations, CIA Director, Vice President, and President.  The book shines new light on both the accomplished statesman and the warm, decent man known best by his family. In addition, George W. Bush discusses his father’s influence on him throughout his own life, from his childhood in West Texas to his early campaign trips with his father, and from his decision to go into politics to his own two-term Presidency. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 41: A Portrait of My Father Author: George W. Bush Narrator: George W. Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • George W. Bush, the 43rd President of the United States, has authored a personal biography of his father, George H. W. Bush, the 41st President.   Forty-three men have served as President of the United States. Countless books have been written about them. But never before has a President told the story of his father, another President, through his own eyes and in his own words. A unique and intimate biography, the book covers the entire scope of the elder President Bush’s life and career, including his service in the Pacific during World War II, his pioneering work in the Texas oil business, and his political rise as a Congressman, U.S. Representative to China and the United Nations, CIA Director, Vice President, and President.  The book shines new light on both the accomplished statesman and the warm, decent man known best by his family. In addition, George W. Bush discusses his father’s influence on him throughout his own life, from his childhood in West Texas to his early campaign trips with his father, and from his decision to go into politics to his own two-term Presidency. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showbiz Politics: Hollywood in American Political Life Author: Kathryn Cramer Brownell Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 24, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom holds that John F. Kennedy was the first celebrity president, in no small part because of his innate television savvy. But as Kathryn Brownell shows, Kennedy capitalized on a tradition and style rooted in California politics and the Hollywood studio system. Since the 1920s, politicians and professional showmen have developed relationships and built organizations institutionalizing Hollywood styles, structures, and personalities in the American political process. Brownell explores how similarities developed between operating a studio, planning a successful electoral campaign, and ultimately running an administration. Using their business and public relations know-how, figures such as Louis B. Mayer, Bette Davis, Jack Warner, Harry Belafonte, Ronald Reagan, and members of the Rat Pack made Hollywood connections an asset in a political world being quickly transformed by the media. Brownell takes listeners behind the camera to explore the negotiations and relationships that developed between key Hollywood insiders and presidential candidates from Dwight Eisenhower to Bill Clinton, analyzing how entertainment replaced party spectacle as a strategy to raise money, win votes, and secure success for all those involved. She demonstrates how Hollywood contributed to the rise of mass-mediated politics, making the twentieth century not just the age of the political consultant but also the age of showbiz politics. Kathryn Cramer Brownell Mon, 24 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224052 thebookvoice.com 11:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showbiz Politics: Hollywood in American Political Life Author: Kathryn Cramer Brownell Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 24, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom holds that John F. Kennedy was the first celebrity president, in no small part because of his innate television savvy. But as Kathryn Brownell shows, Kennedy capitalized on a tradition and style rooted in California politics and the Hollywood studio system. Since the 1920s, politicians and professional showmen have developed relationships and built organizations institutionalizing Hollywood styles, structures, and personalities in the American political process. Brownell explores how similarities developed between operating a studio, planning a successful electoral campaign, and ultimately running an administration. Using their business and public relations know-how, figures such as Louis B. Mayer, Bette Davis, Jack Warner, Harry Belafonte, Ronald Reagan, and members of the Rat Pack made Hollywood connections an asset in a political world being quickly transformed by the media. Brownell takes listeners behind the camera to explore the negotiations and relationships that developed between key Hollywood insiders and presidential candidates from Dwight Eisenhower to Bill Clinton, analyzing how entertainment replaced party spectacle as a strategy to raise money, win votes, and secure success for all those involved. She demonstrates how Hollywood contributed to the rise of mass-mediated politics, making the twentieth century not just the age of the political consultant but also the age of showbiz politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/224052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Showbiz Politics: Hollywood in American Political Life Author: Kathryn Cramer Brownell Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 24, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conventional wisdom holds that John F. Kennedy was the first celebrity president, in no small part because of his innate television savvy. But as Kathryn Brownell shows, Kennedy capitalized on a tradition and style rooted in California politics and the Hollywood studio system. Since the 1920s, politicians and professional showmen have developed relationships and built organizations institutionalizing Hollywood styles, structures, and personalities in the American political process. Brownell explores how similarities developed between operating a studio, planning a successful electoral campaign, and ultimately running an administration. Using their business and public relations know-how, figures such as Louis B. Mayer, Bette Davis, Jack Warner, Harry Belafonte, Ronald Reagan, and members of the Rat Pack made Hollywood connections an asset in a political world being quickly transformed by the media. Brownell takes listeners behind the camera to explore the negotiations and relationships that developed between key Hollywood insiders and presidential candidates from Dwight Eisenhower to Bill Clinton, analyzing how entertainment replaced party spectacle as a strategy to raise money, win votes, and secure success for all those involved. She demonstrates how Hollywood contributed to the rise of mass-mediated politics, making the twentieth century not just the age of the political consultant but also the age of showbiz politics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Solution: How Unconventional Thinking and Special Operations Can Eliminate Radical Islam Author: Peter Nealen, Jack Murphy, Brandon Webb Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 18, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors and former Special Operations veterans, Brandon Webb, Jack Murphy, and Peter Nealen details the dangers of ISIS and how America can stop the religious extremist threat at last 'It's too soon to say what steps the United States will take against ISIS. I don't want to put the cart before the horse,' Obama told reporters during a White House news briefing. 'We don't have a strategy yet.''-former President Obama If we have been at war with terror for over a decade and still don't have solid strategies for dealing with radical terrorism, then what have we really been doing the last thirteen years? It's a good question to ask yourself, and at least the former President was telling the truth when he said we don't have a strategy for ISIS. As ISIS grows in strength with each successful battle, they will also set up the infrastructure of something resembling a functional state. They will become a self-funded organization making millions of dollars from oil revenue. Left unchecked, it is hard to say how powerful they could become. The dream of a pan-Islamic caliphate is most certainly beyond their reach, however, they could carve out a very large swath of the Middle East for their empire. If ISIS were to capture the first and second most holy sites of the Islamic faith, Mecca and Medina, the entire Middle East may very well implode. The ISIS Solution takes a look at the current geopolitical situation, organizational structure of ISIS, and provides new thinking and strategies for dealing with the Islamic State in the Middle East. Its authors and contributors have over fifty years of combined experience in the intelligence, analyst and Special Operations communities. Leadership and a new philosophical conversation of action is needed to eliminate violent terrorism. This book starts the conversation. Peter Nealen, Jack Murphy, Brandon Webb Tue, 18 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223836 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Solution: How Unconventional Thinking and Special Operations Can Eliminate Radical Islam Author: Peter Nealen, Jack Murphy, Brandon Webb Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 18, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors and former Special Operations veterans, Brandon Webb, Jack Murphy, and Peter Nealen details the dangers of ISIS and how America can stop the religious extremist threat at last 'It's too soon to say what steps the United States will take against ISIS. I don't want to put the cart before the horse,' Obama told reporters during a White House news briefing. 'We don't have a strategy yet.''-former President Obama If we have been at war with terror for over a decade and still don't have solid strategies for dealing with radical terrorism, then what have we really been doing the last thirteen years? It's a good question to ask yourself, and at least the former President was telling the truth when he said we don't have a strategy for ISIS. As ISIS grows in strength with each successful battle, they will also set up the infrastructure of something resembling a functional state. They will become a self-funded organization making millions of dollars from oil revenue. Left unchecked, it is hard to say how powerful they could become. The dream of a pan-Islamic caliphate is most certainly beyond their reach, however, they could carve out a very large swath of the Middle East for their empire. If ISIS were to capture the first and second most holy sites of the Islamic faith, Mecca and Medina, the entire Middle East may very well implode. The ISIS Solution takes a look at the current geopolitical situation, organizational structure of ISIS, and provides new thinking and strategies for dealing with the Islamic State in the Middle East. Its authors and contributors have over fifty years of combined experience in the intelligence, analyst and Special Operations communities. Leadership and a new philosophical conversation of action is needed to eliminate violent terrorism. This book starts the conversation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The ISIS Solution: How Unconventional Thinking and Special Operations Can Eliminate Radical Islam Author: Peter Nealen, Jack Murphy, Brandon Webb Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 18, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors and former Special Operations veterans, Brandon Webb, Jack Murphy, and Peter Nealen details the dangers of ISIS and how America can stop the religious extremist threat at last 'It's too soon to say what steps the United States will take against ISIS. I don't want to put the cart before the horse,' Obama told reporters during a White House news briefing. 'We don't have a strategy yet.''-former President Obama If we have been at war with terror for over a decade and still don't have solid strategies for dealing with radical terrorism, then what have we really been doing the last thirteen years? It's a good question to ask yourself, and at least the former President was telling the truth when he said we don't have a strategy for ISIS. As ISIS grows in strength with each successful battle, they will also set up the infrastructure of something resembling a functional state. They will become a self-funded organization making millions of dollars from oil revenue. Left unchecked, it is hard to say how powerful they could become. The dream of a pan-Islamic caliphate is most certainly beyond their reach, however, they could carve out a very large swath of the Middle East for their empire. If ISIS were to capture the first and second most holy sites of the Islamic faith, Mecca and Medina, the entire Middle East may very well implode. The ISIS Solution takes a look at the current geopolitical situation, organizational structure of ISIS, and provides new thinking and strategies for dealing with the Islamic State in the Middle East. Its authors and contributors have over fifty years of combined experience in the intelligence, analyst and Special Operations communities. Leadership and a new philosophical conversation of action is needed to eliminate violent terrorism. This book starts the conversation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America in Retreat: The New Isolationism and the Coming Global Disorder Author: Bret Stephens Narrator: Bret Stephens, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A world in which the leading liberal-democratic nation does not assume its role as world policeman will become a world in which dictatorships contend, or unite, to fill the breach. Americans seeking a return to an isolationist garden of Eden—alone and undisturbed in the world, knowing neither good nor evil—will soon find themselves living within shooting range of global pandemonium.”—From the Introduction In a brilliant book that will elevate foreign policy in the national conversation, Pulitzer Prize–winning columnist Bret Stephens makes a powerful case for American intervention abroad. In December 2011 the last American soldier left Iraq. “We’re leaving behind a sovereign, stable, and self-reliant Iraq,” boasted President Obama. He was proved devastatingly wrong less than three years later as jihadists seized the Iraqi city of Mosul. The event cast another dark shadow over the future of global order—a shadow, which, Bret Stephens argues, we ignore at our peril. America in Retreat identifies a profound crisis on the global horizon. As Americans seek to withdraw from the world to tend to domestic problems, America’s adversaries spy opportunity. Vladimir Putin’s ambitions to restore the glory of the czarist empire go effectively unchecked, as do China’s attempts to expand its maritime claims in the South China Sea, as do Iran’s efforts to develop nuclear capabilities. Civil war in Syria displaces millions throughout the Middle East while turbocharging the forces of radical Islam. Long-time allies such as Japan, Saudi Arabia, and Israel, doubting the credibility of American security guarantees, are tempted to freelance their foreign policy, irrespective of U.S. interests. Deploying his characteristic stylistic flair and intellectual prowess, Stephens argues for American reengagement abroad. He explains how military intervention in Iraq and Afghanistan was the right course of action, foolishly executed. He traces the intellectual continuity between anti-interventionist statesmen such as Henry Wallace and Robert Taft in the late 1940s and Barack Obama and Rand Paul today. And he makes an unapologetic case for Pax Americana, “a world in which English is the default language of business, diplomacy, tourism, and technology; in which markets are global, capital is mobile, and trade is increasingly free; in which values of openness and tolerance are, when not the norm, often the aspiration.” In a terrifying chapter imagining the world of 2019, Stephens shows what could lie in store if Americans continue on their current course. Yet we are not doomed to this future. Stephens makes a passionate rejoinder to those who argue that America is in decline, a process that is often beyond the reach of political cures. Instead, we are in retreat—the result of faulty, but reversible, policy choices. By embracing its historic responsibility as the world’s policeman, America can safeguard not only greater peace in the world but also greater prosperity at home. At once lively and sobering, America in Retreat offers trenchant analysis of the gravest threat to global order, from a rising star of political commentary. Bret Stephens Tue, 02 Dec 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223678 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America in Retreat: The New Isolationism and the Coming Global Disorder Author: Bret Stephens Narrator: Bret Stephens, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A world in which the leading liberal-democratic nation does not assume its role as world policeman will become a world in which dictatorships contend, or unite, to fill the breach. Americans seeking a return to an isolationist garden of Eden—alone and undisturbed in the world, knowing neither good nor evil—will soon find themselves living within shooting range of global pandemonium.”—From the Introduction In a brilliant book that will elevate foreign policy in the national conversation, Pulitzer Prize–winning columnist Bret Stephens makes a powerful case for American intervention abroad. In December 2011 the last American soldier left Iraq. “We’re leaving behind a sovereign, stable, and self-reliant Iraq,” boasted President Obama. He was proved devastatingly wrong less than three years later as jihadists seized the Iraqi city of Mosul. The event cast another dark shadow over the future of global order—a shadow, which, Bret Stephens argues, we ignore at our peril. America in Retreat identifies a profound crisis on the global horizon. As Americans seek to withdraw from the world to tend to domestic problems, America’s adversaries spy opportunity. Vladimir Putin’s ambitions to restore the glory of the czarist empire go effectively unchecked, as do China’s attempts to expand its maritime claims in the South China Sea, as do Iran’s efforts to develop nuclear capabilities. Civil war in Syria displaces millions throughout the Middle East while turbocharging the forces of radical Islam. Long-time allies such as Japan, Saudi Arabia, and Israel, doubting the credibility of American security guarantees, are tempted to freelance their foreign policy, irrespective of U.S. interests. Deploying his characteristic stylistic flair and intellectual prowess, Stephens argues for American reengagement abroad. He explains how military intervention in Iraq and Afghanistan was the right course of action, foolishly executed. He traces the intellectual continuity between anti-interventionist statesmen such as Henry Wallace and Robert Taft in the late 1940s and Barack Obama and Rand Paul today. And he makes an unapologetic case for Pax Americana, “a world in which English is the default language of business, diplomacy, tourism, and technology; in which markets are global, capital is mobile, and trade is increasingly free; in which values of openness and tolerance are, when not the norm, often the aspiration.” In a terrifying chapter imagining the world of 2019, Stephens shows what could lie in store if Americans continue on their current course. Yet we are not doomed to this future. Stephens makes a passionate rejoinder to those who argue that America is in decline, a process that is often beyond the reach of political cures. Instead, we are in retreat—the result of faulty, but reversible, policy choices. By embracing its historic responsibility as the world’s policeman, America can safeguard not only greater peace in the world but also greater prosperity at home. At once lively and sobering, America in Retreat offers trenchant analysis of the gravest threat to global order, from a rising star of political commentary. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America in Retreat: The New Isolationism and the Coming Global Disorder Author: Bret Stephens Narrator: Bret Stephens, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A world in which the leading liberal-democratic nation does not assume its role as world policeman will become a world in which dictatorships contend, or unite, to fill the breach. Americans seeking a return to an isolationist garden of Eden—alone and undisturbed in the world, knowing neither good nor evil—will soon find themselves living within shooting range of global pandemonium.”—From the Introduction In a brilliant book that will elevate foreign policy in the national conversation, Pulitzer Prize–winning columnist Bret Stephens makes a powerful case for American intervention abroad. In December 2011 the last American soldier left Iraq. “We’re leaving behind a sovereign, stable, and self-reliant Iraq,” boasted President Obama. He was proved devastatingly wrong less than three years later as jihadists seized the Iraqi city of Mosul. The event cast another dark shadow over the future of global order—a shadow, which, Bret Stephens argues, we ignore at our peril. America in Retreat identifies a profound crisis on the global horizon. As Americans seek to withdraw from the world to tend to domestic problems, America’s adversaries spy opportunity. Vladimir Putin’s ambitions to restore the glory of the czarist empire go effectively unchecked, as do China’s attempts to expand its maritime claims in the South China Sea, as do Iran’s efforts to develop nuclear capabilities. Civil war in Syria displaces millions throughout the Middle East while turbocharging the forces of radical Islam. Long-time allies such as Japan, Saudi Arabia, and Israel, doubting the credibility of American security guarantees, are tempted to freelance their foreign policy, irrespective of U.S. interests. Deploying his characteristic stylistic flair and intellectual prowess, Stephens argues for American reengagement abroad. He explains how military intervention in Iraq and Afghanistan was the right course of action, foolishly executed. He traces the intellectual continuity between anti-interventionist statesmen such as Henry Wallace and Robert Taft in the late 1940s and Barack Obama and Rand Paul today. And he makes an unapologetic case for Pax Americana, “a world in which English is the default language of business, diplomacy, tourism, and technology; in which markets are global, capital is mobile, and trade is increasingly free; in which values of openness and tolerance are, when not the norm, often the aspiration.” In a terrifying chapter imagining the world of 2019, Stephens shows what could lie in store if Americans continue on their current course. Yet we are not doomed to this future. Stephens makes a passionate rejoinder to those who argue that America is in decline, a process that is often beyond the reach of political cures. Instead, we are in retreat—the result of faulty, but reversible, policy choices. By embracing its historic responsibility as the world’s policeman, America can safeguard not only greater peace in the world but also greater prosperity at home. At once lively and sobering, America in Retreat offers trenchant analysis of the gravest threat to global order, from a rising star of political commentary. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223579 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Big Lies About America: Combating Destructive Distortions About Our Nation Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "It ain’t so much the things we don’t know that get us into trouble," nineteenth-century humorist Josh Billings remarked. "It’s the things we know that just ain’t so." In this bold New York Times bestseller, acclaimed author and talk-radio host Michael Medved zeroes in on ten of the biggest fallacies that millions of Americans believe about our country–in spite of incontrovertible evidence to the contrary. The Big Lies exposed and dissected include: • America was founded on genocide against Native Americans. • The United States is uniquely guilty for the crime of slavery and built its wealth on stolen African labor. • Aggressive governmental programs offer the only remedy for economic downturns and poverty. • The Founders intended a secular, not Christian, nation. Each of the ten lies is a grotesque, propagandistic misrepresentation of the historical record. Medved’s witty, well-documented rebuttal supplies the ammunition necessary to fire back the next time somebody tries to recycle destructive distortions about our nation. Michael Medved Thu, 28 May 2009 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223579 thebookvoice.com 10:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Big Lies About America: Combating Destructive Distortions About Our Nation Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "It ain’t so much the things we don’t know that get us into trouble," nineteenth-century humorist Josh Billings remarked. "It’s the things we know that just ain’t so." In this bold New York Times bestseller, acclaimed author and talk-radio host Michael Medved zeroes in on ten of the biggest fallacies that millions of Americans believe about our country–in spite of incontrovertible evidence to the contrary. The Big Lies exposed and dissected include: • America was founded on genocide against Native Americans. • The United States is uniquely guilty for the crime of slavery and built its wealth on stolen African labor. • Aggressive governmental programs offer the only remedy for economic downturns and poverty. • The Founders intended a secular, not Christian, nation. Each of the ten lies is a grotesque, propagandistic misrepresentation of the historical record. Medved’s witty, well-documented rebuttal supplies the ammunition necessary to fire back the next time somebody tries to recycle destructive distortions about our nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Big Lies About America: Combating Destructive Distortions About Our Nation Author: Michael Medved Narrator: Michael Medved Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "It ain’t so much the things we don’t know that get us into trouble," nineteenth-century humorist Josh Billings remarked. "It’s the things we know that just ain’t so." In this bold New York Times bestseller, acclaimed author and talk-radio host Michael Medved zeroes in on ten of the biggest fallacies that millions of Americans believe about our country–in spite of incontrovertible evidence to the contrary. The Big Lies exposed and dissected include: • America was founded on genocide against Native Americans. • The United States is uniquely guilty for the crime of slavery and built its wealth on stolen African labor. • Aggressive governmental programs offer the only remedy for economic downturns and poverty. • The Founders intended a secular, not Christian, nation. Each of the ten lies is a grotesque, propagandistic misrepresentation of the historical record. Medved’s witty, well-documented rebuttal supplies the ammunition necessary to fire back the next time somebody tries to recycle destructive distortions about our nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223452 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 3: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1953–1968 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Molly Underwood, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Sunil Malhotra, Richard Gilliland, Christian Rummel, Gabrielle De Cuir, A Full Cast, Roscoe Lee Browne, Robertson Dean, Stefan Rudnicki, Jim Meskimen, Burt Reynolds, Arthur Morey, Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations The testimony that the author has gleaned for this book from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee focuses on HUAC’s treatment of artists, intellectuals, and performers. This highly readable and absorbing collection of significant excerpts from the hearings shows with painful clarity how HUAC grew from a panel that investigated possible subversive activities in a “dignified” manner to a huge, unrelenting accusatory finger from which almost no one was safe. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record. Eric Bentley Fri, 14 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223452 thebookvoice.com 15:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 3: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1953–1968 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Molly Underwood, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Sunil Malhotra, Richard Gilliland, Christian Rummel, Gabrielle De Cuir, A Full Cast, Roscoe Lee Browne, Robertson Dean, Stefan Rudnicki, Jim Meskimen, Burt Reynolds, Arthur Morey, Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations The testimony that the author has gleaned for this book from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee focuses on HUAC’s treatment of artists, intellectuals, and performers. This highly readable and absorbing collection of significant excerpts from the hearings shows with painful clarity how HUAC grew from a panel that investigated possible subversive activities in a “dignified” manner to a huge, unrelenting accusatory finger from which almost no one was safe. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 3: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1953–1968 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Molly Underwood, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Sunil Malhotra, Richard Gilliland, Christian Rummel, Gabrielle De Cuir, A Full Cast, Roscoe Lee Browne, Robertson Dean, Stefan Rudnicki, Jim Meskimen, Burt Reynolds, Arthur Morey, Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations The testimony that the author has gleaned for this book from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee focuses on HUAC’s treatment of artists, intellectuals, and performers. This highly readable and absorbing collection of significant excerpts from the hearings shows with painful clarity how HUAC grew from a panel that investigated possible subversive activities in a “dignified” manner to a huge, unrelenting accusatory finger from which almost no one was safe. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizens of the Green Room: Profiles in Courage and Self-Delusion Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Author of the groundbreaking #1 New York Times bestseller This Town, Mark Leibovich returns with a masterly collection of portraits of Washington’s elite, and wannabe elites. Hailed by The Washington Post as a “master of the political profile,” Leibovich has spent his career writing memorable, buzz-worthy, and often jaw-dropping features about politicians and other notables. Currently chief national correspondent for The New York Times Magazine, Leibovich punctures the inflated personas of the powerful, and in Citizens of the Green Room, he reveals the lives, stories, and peculiarities behind the public masks. A brilliant reporter with a talent for subversive, engaging storytelling, Leibovich maintains a refreshing conviviality with many of his subjects even as he renders incisive and unflinching assessments. His features have driven the national conversation while exposing the fallibilities of the kingmakers and media stars: consider his 2007 profile of Hillary Clinton, which unearthed a treasure trove of old letters that the then senator had written as a vulnerable young college student; or his much-talked-about 2010 portrait of Glenn Beck, which laid bare the tortured soul and precarious standing of the once invincible host and his uneasy relationship with his soon-to-be ex-employer FOX News. In the political arena, Leibovich’s portraits  of John Kerry, Paul Ryan, Chris Christie, and John McCain are already classics; they invariably remind us that great journalism and stylish writing are not only essential to the Republic but necessary to maintain the citizenry’s sanity and humor in the face of made-for-TV government. Mark Leibovich Thu, 13 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223409 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizens of the Green Room: Profiles in Courage and Self-Delusion Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Author of the groundbreaking #1 New York Times bestseller This Town, Mark Leibovich returns with a masterly collection of portraits of Washington’s elite, and wannabe elites. Hailed by The Washington Post as a “master of the political profile,” Leibovich has spent his career writing memorable, buzz-worthy, and often jaw-dropping features about politicians and other notables. Currently chief national correspondent for The New York Times Magazine, Leibovich punctures the inflated personas of the powerful, and in Citizens of the Green Room, he reveals the lives, stories, and peculiarities behind the public masks. A brilliant reporter with a talent for subversive, engaging storytelling, Leibovich maintains a refreshing conviviality with many of his subjects even as he renders incisive and unflinching assessments. His features have driven the national conversation while exposing the fallibilities of the kingmakers and media stars: consider his 2007 profile of Hillary Clinton, which unearthed a treasure trove of old letters that the then senator had written as a vulnerable young college student; or his much-talked-about 2010 portrait of Glenn Beck, which laid bare the tortured soul and precarious standing of the once invincible host and his uneasy relationship with his soon-to-be ex-employer FOX News. In the political arena, Leibovich’s portraits  of John Kerry, Paul Ryan, Chris Christie, and John McCain are already classics; they invariably remind us that great journalism and stylish writing are not only essential to the Republic but necessary to maintain the citizenry’s sanity and humor in the face of made-for-TV government. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Citizens of the Green Room: Profiles in Courage and Self-Delusion Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 13, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Author of the groundbreaking #1 New York Times bestseller This Town, Mark Leibovich returns with a masterly collection of portraits of Washington’s elite, and wannabe elites. Hailed by The Washington Post as a “master of the political profile,” Leibovich has spent his career writing memorable, buzz-worthy, and often jaw-dropping features about politicians and other notables. Currently chief national correspondent for The New York Times Magazine, Leibovich punctures the inflated personas of the powerful, and in Citizens of the Green Room, he reveals the lives, stories, and peculiarities behind the public masks. A brilliant reporter with a talent for subversive, engaging storytelling, Leibovich maintains a refreshing conviviality with many of his subjects even as he renders incisive and unflinching assessments. His features have driven the national conversation while exposing the fallibilities of the kingmakers and media stars: consider his 2007 profile of Hillary Clinton, which unearthed a treasure trove of old letters that the then senator had written as a vulnerable young college student; or his much-talked-about 2010 portrait of Glenn Beck, which laid bare the tortured soul and precarious standing of the once invincible host and his uneasy relationship with his soon-to-be ex-employer FOX News. In the political arena, Leibovich’s portraits  of John Kerry, Paul Ryan, Chris Christie, and John McCain are already classics; they invariably remind us that great journalism and stylish writing are not only essential to the Republic but necessary to maintain the citizenry’s sanity and humor in the face of made-for-TV government. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223387 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution Author: Russell Brand Narrator: Russell Brand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER We all know the system isn’t working. Our governments are corrupt and the opposing parties pointlessly similar. Our culture is filled with vacuity and pap, and we are told there’s nothing we can do: “It’s just the way things are.”   In this book, Russell Brand hilariously lacerates the straw men and paper tigers of our conformist times and presents, with the help of experts as diverse as Thomas Piketty and George Orwell, a vision for a fairer, sexier society that’s fun and inclusive.   You have been lied to, told there’s no alternative, no choice, and that you don’t deserve any better. Brand destroys this illusory facade as amusingly and deftly as he annihilates Morning Joe anchors, Fox News fascists, and BBC stalwarts.   This book makes revolution not only possible but inevitable and fun. Russell Brand Tue, 04 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223387 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution Author: Russell Brand Narrator: Russell Brand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER We all know the system isn’t working. Our governments are corrupt and the opposing parties pointlessly similar. Our culture is filled with vacuity and pap, and we are told there’s nothing we can do: “It’s just the way things are.”   In this book, Russell Brand hilariously lacerates the straw men and paper tigers of our conformist times and presents, with the help of experts as diverse as Thomas Piketty and George Orwell, a vision for a fairer, sexier society that’s fun and inclusive.   You have been lied to, told there’s no alternative, no choice, and that you don’t deserve any better. Brand destroys this illusory facade as amusingly and deftly as he annihilates Morning Joe anchors, Fox News fascists, and BBC stalwarts.   This book makes revolution not only possible but inevitable and fun. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223387]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution Author: Russell Brand Narrator: Russell Brand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER We all know the system isn’t working. Our governments are corrupt and the opposing parties pointlessly similar. Our culture is filled with vacuity and pap, and we are told there’s nothing we can do: “It’s just the way things are.”   In this book, Russell Brand hilariously lacerates the straw men and paper tigers of our conformist times and presents, with the help of experts as diverse as Thomas Piketty and George Orwell, a vision for a fairer, sexier society that’s fun and inclusive.   You have been lied to, told there’s no alternative, no choice, and that you don’t deserve any better. Brand destroys this illusory facade as amusingly and deftly as he annihilates Morning Joe anchors, Fox News fascists, and BBC stalwarts.   This book makes revolution not only possible but inevitable and fun. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/222216 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/222216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Criminal Mind (Newly Revised Edition) Author: Stanton Samenow Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, no-nonsense profile of the criminal mind, newly updated in 2022 to include the latest research, effective methods for dealing with hardened criminals, and an urgent call to rethink criminal justice from expert witness Stanton E. Samenow, Ph.D.   “Utterly compelling reading, full of raw insight into the dark mind of the criminal.”—John Douglas, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Mind Hunter Long-held myths defining the sources of and remedies for crime are shattered in this groundbreaking book—and a chilling profile of today’s criminal emerges. In 1984, Stanton Samenow changed the way we think about the workings of the criminal mind, with a revolutionary approach to “habilitation.” In 2014, armed with thirty years of additional knowledge and insight, Samenow explored the subject afresh, explaining criminals’ thought patterns in the new millennium, such as those that lead to domestic violence, internet victimization, and terrorism. Since then the arenas of criminal behavior have expanded even further, demanding this newly updated version, which includes an exploration of social media as a vehicle for criminal conduct, new pharmaceutical influences and the impact of the opioid crisis, recent genetic and biological research into whether some people are “wired” to become criminals, new findings on the effectiveness of cognitive behavioral therapy, and a fresh take on criminal justice reform. Throughout, we learn from Samenow’s five decades of experience how truly vital it is to know who the criminals are and how they think. If equipped with that crucial understanding, we can reach reasonable, compassionate, and effective solutions. From expert witness Dr. Stanton E. Samenow, a brilliant, no-nonsense profile of the criminal mind, updated to include new influences and effective methods for dealing with hardened criminals Stanton Samenow Tue, 04 Nov 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/222216 thebookvoice.com 14:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/222216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Criminal Mind (Newly Revised Edition) Author: Stanton Samenow Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, no-nonsense profile of the criminal mind, newly updated in 2022 to include the latest research, effective methods for dealing with hardened criminals, and an urgent call to rethink criminal justice from expert witness Stanton E. Samenow, Ph.D.   “Utterly compelling reading, full of raw insight into the dark mind of the criminal.”—John Douglas, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Mind Hunter Long-held myths defining the sources of and remedies for crime are shattered in this groundbreaking book—and a chilling profile of today’s criminal emerges. In 1984, Stanton Samenow changed the way we think about the workings of the criminal mind, with a revolutionary approach to “habilitation.” In 2014, armed with thirty years of additional knowledge and insight, Samenow explored the subject afresh, explaining criminals’ thought patterns in the new millennium, such as those that lead to domestic violence, internet victimization, and terrorism. Since then the arenas of criminal behavior have expanded even further, demanding this newly updated version, which includes an exploration of social media as a vehicle for criminal conduct, new pharmaceutical influences and the impact of the opioid crisis, recent genetic and biological research into whether some people are “wired” to become criminals, new findings on the effectiveness of cognitive behavioral therapy, and a fresh take on criminal justice reform. Throughout, we learn from Samenow’s five decades of experience how truly vital it is to know who the criminals are and how they think. If equipped with that crucial understanding, we can reach reasonable, compassionate, and effective solutions. From expert witness Dr. Stanton E. Samenow, a brilliant, no-nonsense profile of the criminal mind, updated to include new influences and effective methods for dealing with hardened criminals Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/222216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the Criminal Mind (Newly Revised Edition) Author: Stanton Samenow Narrator: Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant, no-nonsense profile of the criminal mind, newly updated in 2022 to include the latest research, effective methods for dealing with hardened criminals, and an urgent call to rethink criminal justice from expert witness Stanton E. Samenow, Ph.D.   “Utterly compelling reading, full of raw insight into the dark mind of the criminal.”—John Douglas, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Mind Hunter Long-held myths defining the sources of and remedies for crime are shattered in this groundbreaking book—and a chilling profile of today’s criminal emerges. In 1984, Stanton Samenow changed the way we think about the workings of the criminal mind, with a revolutionary approach to “habilitation.” In 2014, armed with thirty years of additional knowledge and insight, Samenow explored the subject afresh, explaining criminals’ thought patterns in the new millennium, such as those that lead to domestic violence, internet victimization, and terrorism. Since then the arenas of criminal behavior have expanded even further, demanding this newly updated version, which includes an exploration of social media as a vehicle for criminal conduct, new pharmaceutical influences and the impact of the opioid crisis, recent genetic and biological research into whether some people are “wired” to become criminals, new findings on the effectiveness of cognitive behavioral therapy, and a fresh take on criminal justice reform. Throughout, we learn from Samenow’s five decades of experience how truly vital it is to know who the criminals are and how they think. If equipped with that crucial understanding, we can reach reasonable, compassionate, and effective solutions. From expert witness Dr. Stanton E. Samenow, a brilliant, no-nonsense profile of the criminal mind, updated to include new influences and effective methods for dealing with hardened criminals https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hands Off My Gun: Defeating the Plot to Disarm America Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Dana Loesch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative talk show host, blogger and TV commentator Dana Loesch gives her views on the history and intent of the Second Amendment and discusses what she believes gun confiscation would mean to Americans' basic rights as citizens. How many people in America today are truly well-versed in the history of the Second Amendment, and why it was included in the Bill of Rights? In HANDS OFF MY GUN, Dana Loesch explains why the Founding Fathers included the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights, and argues that 'gun control' regulations throughout history have been used to keep minority populations under control. She also contends that current arguments in favor of gun control are primarily based on emotions and fear. This narrative is a must-read for every Second Amendment supporter. Dana Loesch is a determined and fierce advocate for those rights and shouts out: hands off my gun! Dana Loesch Tue, 21 Oct 2014 01:22:30 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221547 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hands Off My Gun: Defeating the Plot to Disarm America Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Dana Loesch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative talk show host, blogger and TV commentator Dana Loesch gives her views on the history and intent of the Second Amendment and discusses what she believes gun confiscation would mean to Americans' basic rights as citizens. How many people in America today are truly well-versed in the history of the Second Amendment, and why it was included in the Bill of Rights? In HANDS OFF MY GUN, Dana Loesch explains why the Founding Fathers included the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights, and argues that 'gun control' regulations throughout history have been used to keep minority populations under control. She also contends that current arguments in favor of gun control are primarily based on emotions and fear. This narrative is a must-read for every Second Amendment supporter. Dana Loesch is a determined and fierce advocate for those rights and shouts out: hands off my gun! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hands Off My Gun: Defeating the Plot to Disarm America Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Dana Loesch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Respected conservative talk show host, blogger and TV commentator Dana Loesch gives her views on the history and intent of the Second Amendment and discusses what she believes gun confiscation would mean to Americans' basic rights as citizens. How many people in America today are truly well-versed in the history of the Second Amendment, and why it was included in the Bill of Rights? In HANDS OFF MY GUN, Dana Loesch explains why the Founding Fathers included the right to bear arms in the Bill of Rights, and argues that 'gun control' regulations throughout history have been used to keep minority populations under control. She also contends that current arguments in favor of gun control are primarily based on emotions and fear. This narrative is a must-read for every Second Amendment supporter. Dana Loesch is a determined and fierce advocate for those rights and shouts out: hands off my gun!